Citation
Undergraduate and graduate catalog

Material Information

Title:
Undergraduate and graduate catalog
Cover title:
Catalog of undergraduate and graduate studies
Cover title:
Undergraduate and graduate studies
Creator:
University of Colorado at Denver
Place of Publication:
Denver, Colo
Publisher:
University of Colorado at Denver
Publication Date:
Language:
English
Physical Description:
32 v. : ill. ; 28 cm.

Subjects

Subjects / Keywords:
Universities and colleges -- Curricula -- Catalogs -- Colorado -- Denver ( lcsh )
Education -- Curricula ( fast )
Universities and colleges -- Curricula ( fast )
Universities and colleges -- Graduate work ( fast )
Colorado -- Denver ( fast )
Genre:
Catalogs. ( fast )
Catalogs ( fast )

Notes

General Note:
Cover title varies: 1987-88, Catalog of undergraduate and graduate studies; 1988-89, Undergraduate and graduate studies.
Statement of Responsibility:
University of Colorado at Denver.

Record Information

Source Institution:
Auraria Library
Holding Location:
Auraria Library
Rights Management:
All applicable rights reserved by the source institution and holding location.
Resource Identifier:
19093218 ( OCLC )
ocm19093218
Classification:
LD1192 .A2 ( lcc )

Related Items

Succeeded by:
University of Colorado Denver Downtown Campus catalog

Auraria Membership

Aggregations:
Auraria Library

Downloads

This item has the following downloads:


Full Text
Uniuersity of Colorado at Denver
Uniuersity of Colorado Dolletin


■■2fJ2!£JrIBRARy
iiiu
Jiff
i mi lilil III ill
U1‘701
University of Colorado Bulletin. (USPS 651-060)
364 Willard Administrative Center, Boulder, Colorado 80309 Vol. LXXX, No. 11, April 10, 1980 General series No. 2009. Published three times monthly by the University of Colorado.
Second class postage paid at Boulder, Colorado.


Uniueisity of Colorado at Dernier llOO Fourteenth Street
Dernier, Colorado Telephone - 300/629-2800
.-**■ ■' • • /-
SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID
AT THE POST OFFICE BOULDER, CO 80302
Colleges and Schools
Business and Administration
Graduate School of Business Administration
Education
Engineering and Applied Science Enuironmenal Besign Graduate School Liberal Arts and Sciences music
Public Affairs





L J3B j /


CONTENTS
General Information ....................................................... 1
Admission Policies and Procedures ....................................... 2
Tuition, Fees, Financial Aid ............................................ 7
Registration ........................................................... 10
Academic Policies ...................................................... 11
Student Services ....................................................... 14
Academic Programs ...................................................... 15
Administration Officers ................................................ 17
College of Business and Administration
and Graduate School of Business Administration ......................... 19
School of Education .................................................... 31
College of Engineering and Applied Science ............................. 33
College of Environmental Design .......................................... 53
Graduate School .......................................................... 60
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences ..................................... 78
Division of Arts and Humanities ........................................ 88
Division of Natural and Physical Sciences .............................. 93
Division of Social Sciences ............................................ 97
College of Music ........................................................ 101
Graduate School of Public Affairs ....................................... 104
Course Descriptions ..................................................... 115
Faculty ................................................................. 182
Index ................................................................... 189


4


ACADEMICCALENDAR1
Summer 19802
June 2, 3 June 9 July 4 August 15
Fall2
August 20-22, 25-29 September 2 November 27, 28
December 17
Registration.
First day of classes. Holiday (no classes). End of term.
Registration.
First day of classes. Thanksgiving holidays, (no classes).
End of semester.
Spring 19812
January 19-23 January 26 March 23-27 May 15 May 16
Summer 19812
June 4, 5 June 8 July 4
August 14
Registration.
First day of classes.
Spring vacation (no classes). End of semester. Commencement.
Registration.
First day of classes.
Holiday (no classes).
End of term.
'The University reserves the right toalterthe AcademicCalendarat anytime.
2Consult the Schedule of Courses for application deadline dates and deadlines for changing programs(droppingandaddingclasses).
I


BUSINESS
EDUCATION
ENGINEERING
ENVIRONMENTAL
DESIGN
HUMANITIES
MUSIC
NATURAL AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES
PUBLIC AFFAIRS
SOCIAL SCIENCES
DEGREE PROGRAMS AT A GLANCE1
Baccalaureate Programs Master's Programs
(areas of emphasis) accounting, finance, information systems, international business, marketing, minerals land management, organization management, personnel management, production and operations management, public agency administration, real estate, small business management, statistics, transportation and traffic management rehabilitation services, teacher education program
civil engineering, civil engineering and business, electrical engineering, electrical engineering and business, electrical engineering and computer science, electrical engineering and computer science and business, applied mathematics, applied mathematics and business, mechanical engineering, mechanical engineering and business
offered only at Boulder
communication and theatre, creative arts, English, fine arts, French,
German, philosophy, Spanish, writing program
music and media
biology, chemistry, geography, geology, mathematics, physics, population dynamics, psychology
anthropology, economics, ethnic studies, history, political science, sociology, urban studies
M.B.A. areas of emphasis: accounting, finance, management science, marketing, organization management, personnel management, production and operations management, transportation and traffic management.
M.S.: accounting, finance, management science, marketing, management and organization
administration and supervision, early childhood education, educational psychology, foundations of education, guidance and counseling, initial certification program, library media, reading, secondary education, applied mathematics, civil engineering, electrical engineering, mechanical engineering
architecture, architecture in urban design—interior landscape architecture and space planning, urban and regional planning.
communication and theatre, communication disorders and speech science, English, humanities
basic science, biology, chemistry, environmental science, geography, mathematics, psychology
criminal justice, public administration, urban affairs (also, doctorate in public administration)
anthropology, economics, history, political science, social science, sociology
'Courses in many other undergraduate and graduate areas are offered at UCO, but degrees must be completed at the University of Colorado at Boulder. UCD also offers preprofessional programs in law, journalism, and the health careers (child health associate, dental hygiene, dentistry, medical technology, medicine, nursing, optometry, osteopathy, pharmacy, physical therapy, and veterinary medicine.)


UNDERGRADUATE AND SPECIAL STUDENT ADMISSION INFORMATION »’*
Type of Applicant Criteria for-Admission: Required Credentials When to Apply Notes
FRESHMAN IN GENERAL: Complete application (Students seeking a bachelor's a) Rank in upper half of high school $10 application fee degree who have never graduating class. Official high school transcript show-attended a collegiate institu- b) Have 15 units of acceptable high ing rank-in-class, date of grad-tion) school work. uation, 7th semester grades, 8th c) Test scores: semester courses ACT comp: 23 Official ACT or SAT score report, or SAT comb: 1000 Note: Business and Engineering applicants are expected to have higher Test scores and class rank. Not later than: For specific requirements refer to Aug. 1 for fall the college sections of this bul-Dec. 1 for spring letin. For example, Music requires May 1 for summer an audition. Seniors who meet or exceed all admission criteria may apply as early as Oct. 1 for following fall.
TRANSFER' (Students seeking a bachelor's degree who have attended a collegiate institution other than CU) IN GENERAL: Must be in good standing and eligible to return to all institutions previously attended. Residents must have a minimum 2.0 (C) GPA on all work attempted. Nonresidents must have a minimum 2.5 (C+) GPA on all work attempted. Business and Engineering applicants - may be required to have higher GPAs. Complete application $10 application fee Two official transcripts sent from each college attended Not later than: Aug. 1 for fall Dec. 1 for spring May 1 for summer Transfers to the School of Education consult that section for additional requirements. Liberal arts and music transfers with less than 12 sem. hrs. of college work (business and engineering transfers with less than 24 sem.hrs.) must also submit all freshman credentials.
SPECIAL (Students who are not seeking a degree at this institution) Must be at least 21 years old (except in summer). Must be a high school graduate. Complete application Not later than: Aug. 1 for fall Dec. 1 for spring May 1 for summer Application will also be accepted at registration if space allows. Graduate special students, see Graduate School Section for additional information.
RETURNING CU STUDENT (Returning special students, returning degree students who have not attended another institution since CU) Must be in good standing Former student application Same as for special students Students under academic suspension in certain schools or colleges at the University of Colorado may enroll during the summer terms as a means of improving their grade-point averages.
RETURNING CU STUDENT (Returning degree students who have attempted 12 or more hours at another institution since attending CU) Same as for transfers Complete application $10 application fee Two official transcripts from each intervening college Same as for transfers
CHANGE OF STATUS: SPECIAL TO DEGREE (former CU special students who wish to enter a degree program) Same as for transfers Same as for transfers Plus CU transcript Same as for transfers
CHANGE OF STATUS: DEGREE TO SPECIAL (Former CU special students who have graduated and wish to take additional work) Must have completed degree. Special student application Same as for special students Only students who have completed and received degree are eligible to change to special status.
INTERCAMPUS TRANSFER (Students who have been enrolled on one CU campus and wish to take courses on another) Must be in good standing Former student application Transfer to Denver: same as for specials Transfer from Denver refer to appropriate bulletin. Transfers from Denver to another campus of CU should refer to appropriate bulletin for additional requirements.
INTRAUNIVERSITY TRANSFER (Students who wish to change from one CU college to another, e g., from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences to the College of Business) Same as for transfers Intrauniversity transfer application CU transcript Same as for transfers
'Applications will be accepted only as long as openings remain. Requirements for individual schools or colleges may vary.


General Information
THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO AT DENVER: AN URBAN UNIVERSITY CAMPUS
The University of Colorado at Denver (UCD) is an urban nonresidential campus located in downtown Denver. The campus is easily accessible to commuters from a four-county area and is close to major business and government offices in downtown Denver, as well as to civic and cultural centers. UCD is one of the largest state-supported institutions of higher education in Colorado in terms of enrollment, with an average of 8,500 students (approximately 5,300 FTE—full-time equivalent—students) enrolled during a semester.
The UCD Administration Building is located at 1100 Fourteenth Street. UCD shares library, laboratory, classroom, and recreation facilities with two other metropolitan institutions on a single campus, the Auraria Higher Education Center.
Academic Programs
UCD is committed to meeting the needs of the metropolitan Denver community. Academic, public service, and research activities are geared to the needs of the urban population and environment, encompassing both traditional and nontraditional fields of study. Students enrolled at UCD can earn undergraduate degrees in 36 fields and graduate degrees in over 50 fields. The colleges and schools at UCD are:
College of Business and Administration and
Graduate School of Business Administration
School of Education
College of Engineering and Applied Science
College of Environmental Design
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
College of Music
Graduate School
Graduate School of Public Affairs
The undergraduate colleges admit freshmen and offer programs leading to the baccalaureate degree in the arts, sciences, humanities, business, engineering, and music. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences also provides preprofessional training in the fields of education, law, journalism, and the health sciences. The School of Education offers programs leading to the baccalaureate degree in education and teacher certification to students with two years of college work. The Graduate School offers master’s programs in the arts, sciences, humanities, engineering, business, education, and music to students
with baccalaureate degrees. The College of Environmental Design, the Graduate School of Business Administration, and the Graduate School of Public Affairs provide programs leading to the master’s degree in their specialized areas. The Graduate School of Public Affairs also offers a doctorate in public administration.
Students
Highly motivated people from all walks of life make up UCD’s student body. The diversity of backgrounds, interests, occupations, and ages stimulates a unique learning experience for the men and women enrolled at UCD. Students range in age from 16 to 70. Approximately 84% of the students hold full-time or part-time jobs and 38% are enrolled at the graduate level. In order to give students maximum flexibility in planning both educational and employment goals, more than half of the courses are offered during the evening hours. Students may begin studies in most areas at the beginning of the fall or spring semester, or the summer term.
Faculty and Accreditation
More than 230 highly qualified faculty members teach full time at UCD; most have doctoral degrees. The faculty is alert to the challenges of the urban environment and responsive to the needs of the commuter student. UCD is accredited by or holds membership in the following organizations:
ACCREDITATION
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools
National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education
National Architecture Accrediting Board Engineers’ Council for Professional Development National Association of Schools of Music
MEMBERSHIP
Association of Urban Universities American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business Association of Collegiate Schools of Architecture and Collegiate Schools of Planning National Association of Schools of Public Affairs and Administration


2 / University of Colorado at Denver
University of Colorado System
UCD is one of four campuses of the University of Colorado. The University was founded in Boulder in 1876, and the University of Colorado, Boulder, now serves over 20,000 students enrolled in undergraduate, graduate, and professional programs. The Health Sciences Center in Denver provides education and training to medical, dental, nursing, and allied health personnel. The University of Colorado at Colorado Springs serves over 3,000 students in the Pikes Peak region, offering undergraduate, graduate, and professional programs. UCD's special role within the University system is to provide urban-oriented educational programs for students in the Denver metropolitan area.
Students have access to the library resources of all campuses and to cultural events sponsored within the University system.
The official transcript of any student who first enrolled in the spring semester 1978 or afterwards and who graduates from an undergraduate program operated solely by UCD will indicate that the degree was conferred at Denver. At present the only undergraduate program operated solely by UCD is the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
Auraria Higher Education Center
The Auraria Higher Education Center is the site for the University of Colorado at Denver, Metropolitan State College, and the Auraria campus of the Community College of Denver. The three institutions share library, classroom, and related facilities on the Auraria campus, a 168-acre site in downtown Denver. Certain courses and programs are cooperatively offered.
The Auraria campus includes three administration buildings, five classroom buildings, the Learning Resources Center, the student center, child care and development centers, the physical education building, and two service buildings.
The Auraria Library is housed in the Learning Resources Center, with a branch in the Community College/ Auraria Administration Building, and the College of Environmental Design library in the Bromley Building. The library collection includes books, reserve and reference materials, journals, microforms, records, slides, tapes, and other media in various formats. Microform equipment and listening and viewing facilities are provided. General reference service, interlibrary loans, and assistance with individual library problems are available at the reference counter. UCD students may use the interlibrary loan service to obtain materials not held by the Auraria Libraries.
The new buildings share the campus with reminders of Denver’s past—historic Ninth Street Park, churches, and the Tivoli brewery built in 1882.
Equal Opportunity
The University of Colorado at Denver follows a policy of equal opportunity in education and in employment.
In pursuance of this policy, no UCD department, unit, discipline, or employee shall discriminate against an
individual or group on the basis of race, sex, creed, color, age, national origin, or individual handicap. This policy applies to all areas of the University affecting present and prospective students or employees.
The institution’s educational programs, activities, and services offered to students and/or employees are administered on a nondiscriminatory basis subject to the provisions of Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973.
A UCD Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action Program has been established to implement this policy. For information about these provisions on equity, discrimination, or fairness, consult the following persons who will advise individuals of existing complaint procedures within and outside the University: Affirmative Action Director Nereyda Bottoms, Room 803, 1100 Fourteenth Street (telephone: 629-2621); or Paul Kopecky, Rehabilitation Act Coordinator, Room 801,
1100 Fourteenth Street (telephone: 629-2642).
I. ADMISSION POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
All questions and correspondence regarding admission to UCD and requests for application forms should be directed to:
Office of Admissions and Records University of Colorado at Denver 1100 Fourteenth Street Denver, Colorado 80202 (303) 629-2660
General Policies
UCD seeks to identify applicants who are likely to complete an academic program successfully. Admission decisions are based on many factors, the most important being:
1. Level of previous academic performance.
2. Evidence of scholarly ability and accomplishment, as indicated by scores on national aptitude tests.
3. Maturity, motivation, and potential for academic growth.
UCD reserves the right to deny admission to new applicants or readmission to former students whose total credentials indicate an inability to assume those obligations of performance and behavior deemed essential by the University in order to carry out its lawful missions, processes, and functions as an educational institution.
Admission of Undergraduate Degree Students
APPLICATION DEADLINES
Undergraduate halt Spring Summer
Students 1980 1981 1981
New Students Aug. 1 Dec. 1 May 1
Transfer Students Aug. 1 Dec. 1 May 1
International Students June 1 Nov. 1 April 1
Former University of Aug. 1 Dec. 1 May 1
Colorado Students Intrauniversity
Transfer Students 60 days prior to the beginning of the term


General Information / 3
The University reserves the right to change application deadlines in accordance with enrollment demands, and applicants should apply as early as possible. Updated information is available from the Office of Admissions and Records, (303) 629-2660. All documents required for admission must be received by the Office of Admissions and Records by the deadline for an applicant to be considered for the term desired. Applicants who are unable to meet the deadline may elect to have admission consideration made for a later term. Transfer students are reminded that sufficient time should be allowed to have transcripts sent from institutions attended previously, and foreign students are advised that it usually takes 120 days for credentials to reach the Office of Admissions and Records from international locations.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR FRESHMEN
New freshmen may apply for admission to the Colleges of Business and Administration, Engineering and Applied Science, Liberal Arts and Sciences, and Music.
/. General Requirements. The applicant must be a high school graduate or have been awarded a High School Equivalency Certificate by completing the General Education Development (GED) Test. Applicants with a High School Equivalency Certificate must have an average standard score of 45 with no one score below 36 on each section of the GED test to be considered for admission. Applicants who have completed the Spanish Language General Educational Development Test must also submit scores from Test VI, “English as a Second Language.”
Applicants should have completed 15 units of acceptable secondary school (grades 9-12) credit. A unit of credit is one year of high school course work. While the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences does not specify particular units, the other undergraduate colleges have the following requirements:
College of Business and Administration
English............................................................3
Mathematics .......................................................3
Natural sciences (laboratory type)................................2
Social sciences (including history)................................2
Electives..........................................................5
(Such as foreign languages and additional academic courses.
May include up to 2 units in business areas.) ----
Total 15
College of Engineering and Applied Science'
English (literature, composition, grammar).......................4
Mathematics distributed as follows:
Algebra.......................................................2
Geometry......................................................I
Additional mathematics........................................I
Natural sciences (physics and chemistry recommended) ............2
Social studies and humanities (Foreign languages and additional units
of English, history, and literature are included..............3
Electives........................................................ â–  3
Total 16
College of Music
English..........................................................3
Theoretical music..........................................
Physical science...........................................j
Social science ........................................... \ 8
Foreign language ..........................................I
Mathematics................................................/
Additional high school academic units............................4
Total 15
It is expected that all students will have had previous experience in an applied music area. Two years of piano training are recommended.
The College of Music requires an audition of all entering freshmen and undergraduate transfer students. In lieu of the personal audition, applicants may substitute tape recordings (about 10 minutes in length on VA ips monaural) or a statement of excellence by a qualified teacher. Interested students should write to the College of Music. UCD. for audition or interview applications.
2. AH Applicants. All applicants who meet the above requirements are classified in two ways for admission purposes:
a. Preferred consideration is given to Liberal Arts and Sciences and Music applicants who rank in the upper half of their high school graduating class and have a composite score of 23 or higher on the American College Test (ACT) or a combined score of 1000 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT). Engineering applicants are expected to have a strong mathematics and science background, somewhat higher scores on the mathematics portion of the ACT or SAT, and higher class rank. Business students are expected to have a strong mathematics background, higher class rank and higher test scores. Music requires an audition.
b. Applicants for any of the above four colleges who rank in the lower half of their high school graduating class, and/or have combined SAT scores below 1000 or a composite ACT score below 23, and/or do not have 15 units of acceptable high school credit are considered on an individual basis.
How to Apply
1. Students should obtain an Application for Admission from their Colorado high school counselor or the UCD Office of Admissions and Records.
2. The application must be completed in full and sent to the Office of Admissions and Records. A $10 nonrefundable application fee must accompany the application. An applicant who is granted admission, but who is unable to enroll for the term applied for, will have the $10 fee valid for 12 months, provided the applicant informs Admissions and Records that he or she intends to enroll for a later term.
3. Students are required to have their high school send an official transcript of their high school grades, including class rank, to the Office of Admissions and Records.
4. Students also are required to take either the American College Test (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) and request that scores be sent to UCD (ACT code 0533 or SAT code R-4875). High school students may obtain information from their counselors regarding when and where tests are given. Applicants who took one of these tests earlier and did not designate UCD to receive scores must request the testing agency to send scores to UCD. This is done by completing a Request for Additional Score Report available at test centers or from the offices listed below.
'See the College of Engineering and Applied Science section of this bulletin for more specific information.


4 / University of Colorado at Denver
Registration Department
American College Testing Program (ACT)
P.O. Box 414
Iowa City, Iowa 52240
College Entrance Examination Board (SAT)
P.O. Box 592
Princeton, New Jersey 08540
College Entrance Examination Board (SAT)
P.O. Box 1025 Berkeley, California 94704
5. Students who did not graduate from high school are required to send a copy of their GED test scores and GED certificate to the UCD Office of Admissions and Records.
All credentials presented for admission become the property of the University of Colorado and must remain on file.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSFER STUDENTS
Transfer students may apply for admission to the Colleges of Business and Administration, Engineering and Applied Science, Liberal Arts and Sciences, and Music. Students interested in the field of education should contact the School of Education office for information (629-2717).
Transfer students are given priority consideration for admission as follows:
1. College of Liberal A rts and Sciences and College of Music. Both Colorado residents and nonresidents' must have at least a 2.0 cumulative college grade-point average (on a 4.0 scale) for all work attempted and must be eligible to return to all institutions previously attended. Course work in progress cannot be used in calculating the cumulative average. Music applicants must also successfully pass a music audition. Contact the College of Music for audition information.
2. College of Business and Administration and College of Engineering and Applied Science. Colorado residents' must have at least a 2.5 and nonresidents' must have at least a 2.75 cumulative college grade-point average (on a 4.0 scale) for all work attempted and must be eligible to return to all institutions previously attended. Course work in progress cannot be used in calculating the cumulative average.
In addition to the above academic requirements, preferred consideration is given to transfer applicants who have completed more than 12 semester credit hours (18 quarter hours) at an institution of university rank or to transfer applicants who have completed at least 45 semester credit hours (68 quarter hours) at a two-year college or a four-year state college.
Important Note: Applicants who do not meet the above grade-point average or credit hour requirements will still be considered for admission, but on an individual basis.
'See Residency Classification for Tuition Purposes for a definition of resident and nonresident.
The primary factors used when considering students individually are (1) the academic program to which admission is desired; (2) the quality of prior academic work; (3) age, maturity, and noncollegiate achievements; and (4) time elapsed since last attendance at previous colleges.
How to Apply
1. The student should obtain a transfer application from the UCD Office of Admissions and Records.
2. The application form must be completed and returned to the Office of Admissions and Records with the $10 nonrefundable application fee.
3. The student is required to have two official transcripts sent to the Office of Admissions and Records from each collegiate institution attended. If a student is currently enrolled, a transcript listing all courses except those taken in the final term should be sent. Another transcript must be submitted after completion of the final term. (Transcripts from foreign institutions must be presented in the original language and accompanied by a certified literal English translation.)
4. Applicants with less than 12 semester hours (18 quarter hours) of college work completed must also submit a high school transcript and ACT or SAT test scores (24 semester hours or 36 quarter hours for business or engineering transfers).
5. Applicants to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences should be aware that they may be able to receive credit for foreign language taken during the high school years provided they furnish an official high school transcript to the dean’s office. Further information may be obtained from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
All credentials presented for admission become the property of the University of Colorado and must remain on file.
Transfer of College-Level Credit
The Office of Admissions and Records and the appropriate academic unit will determine which courses taken at another institution can be applied to a degree program at UCD after all transcripts have been received and the applicant has been admitted. In general, transfer credit will be accepted insofar as it meets the degree, grade, and residence requirements at UCD.
College-level credit may be transferred to the University if it was earned at a college or university of recognized standing, by advanced placement examinations, or in military service or schooling as recommended by the Commission on Accreditation of Service Experiences of the American Council on Education; if a grade of C or higher was attained; and if the credit is for courses appropriate to the degree sought at this institution.
The University may accept up to 72 semester credits (108 quarter credits) of work from a two-year institution toward the baccalaureate degree requirements, and may accept up to 102 semester credits (168 quarter hours) from a four-year college or university. No credit is allowed for vocational/technical, remedial, or religious/


General Information / 5
doctrinal work. A maximum of 60 semester credits of extension and correspondence work (not to include more than 30 semester credits of correspondence) may be allowed if the above conditions are met.
The College of Business and Administration generally limits transfer credit for business courses taken at the lower division level. All courses in the area of emphasis must be taken at the University of Colorado unless written approval is obtained from the division head. A maximum of 60 semester hours (90 quarter hours) of junior college work and 9 semester hours of business courses taken through correspondence study may be applied toward baccalaureate degree requirements. All correspondence courses are evaluated to determine their acceptability, and required business courses and those in the area of emphasis may not be taken through correspondence.
Readmission Requirements for Former Students
/. Students Who Have Not Attended Another Institution. Former students of the University of ^Colorado who have not attended another collegiate institution since their last enrollment at the University must submit a Former Student Application (available from the Office of Admissions and Records), by the deadline for the term desired. No application fee and no supplementary credentials are required.
2. Students Who Have Attended Another Institution. Former students of the University of Colorado who have attended another collegiate institution since their last enrollment at the University must submit a Former Student Application and two official transcripts from any institutions attended in the interim. Applicants who have completed 12 semester hours or 18 quarter hours at another institution since last attending the University also must submit a $10 nonrefundable evaluation fee.
International Students
Undergraduate. International students who desire to attend the University of Colorado at Denver must present at least one full year of academic study from another accredited American collegiate institution before they may be considered for admission. A minimum of a 2.75 grade-point average (on a 4.0 scale) on all work attempted and proof of English proficiency are required. An application form may be obtained from the UCD Office of Admissions and Records.
Application and supporting credentials are to be presented to the admissions office three months prior to the start of the term for which the student is applying. Transcripts from foreign institutions must be presented in the original language and accompanied by a certified literal English translation.
Graduate. International students who desire graduate study at UCD must possess the equivalent of an American baccalaureate (undergraduate) degree and fulfill other requirements as designated by the graduate program to which they are applying. Applications can be obtained from the individual graduate schools. Appli-
cation and credentials should be presented to the individual graduate school 6 months prior to the term for which the student is applying.
UCD Intrauniversity Transfer or Change of Campus
UCD students may change academic programs within UCD provided they are accepted by the college or school to which they wish to transfer. UCD Intrauniversity Transfer Forms may be obtained from the Office of Admissions and Records. Students should observe application deadlines indicated in the current Schedule of Courses. Decisions on intrauniversity transfers are made by the academic unit to which the student wishes to transfer.
UCD students may change campuses by applying directly to the Admissions Office of the University of Colorado campus to which they wish to transfer. Change of Campus applications and deadline information also must be obtained from the campus to which the student is applying.
High School Concurrent Enrollment
High school juniors and seniors with proven academic abilities may be admitted to UCD with special approval. Credit for courses taken may subsequently be applied toward a University degree program. For more information and application instructions, contact the UCD Office of Admissions and Records.
Admission of Graduate Degree Students
All correspondence and questions regarding admission to the graduate programs at UCD should be directed to the following:
Programs in Business
Office of Graduate Studies
Graduate School of Business Administration
629-2605
Programs in Environmental Design College of Environmental Design 629-2877
Programs in Public Affairs Graduate School of Public Affairs 629-2825
All Other Programs Graduate School 629-2663
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
As a principal part of its mission, UCD offers graduate- and professional-level programs for the convenience of Denver residents. During the 1978-1979 academic year, approximately 38 percent of the student body was enrolled at the graduate level.
Graduate degree programs are offered through the Graduate School by its member schools and colleges, and outside the Graduate School by the Graduate School of


6 / University of Colorado at Denver
Business Administration, the College of Environmental Design, and the Graduate School of Public Affairs. The particular admission and graduation requirements established by each of these academic units are detailed in the following sections.
Students holding baccalaureate degrees but who are not accepted to specific degree programs may enroll for graduate course work as graduate special students. Several types of students make use of the special student category. Among these are students who have attained whatever degree or credential status they feel is desirable, but who wish to take additional course work for professional or personal improvement; students who, for whatever reason (weak undergraduate background, change of discipline, or length of time since previous formal course work), feel the need to make up deficiencies before entering a degree program; and students who have not decided about entering a specific degree program. Such students should be aware that, generally, only limited course credits taken as a special student may be applied toward a degree program. Also, a
2.0 minimum grade-point average must be maintained to permit continuing registration as a graduate special student. Students interested in applying as graduate special students should contact the Office of Admissions and Records for applications.
GRADUATE ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS AND APPLICATION DEADLINES
Admission requirements and application deadlines vary according to the individual graduate program. The Graduate School has general admission requirements which are supplemented by specific requirements of the major departments of graduate study (i.e., electrical engineering, education, English, etc.). Applicants in the fields of education, engineering, and the arts, sciences, and humanities should consult the general information section of the Graduate School portion of this bulletin as well as the following sections dealing with requirements and deadlines for specific programs. Applicants in the fields of business administration, public affairs, and environmental design should refer to the sections of this bulletin on the Graduate School of Business Administration, the Graduate School of Public Affairs, and the College of Environmental Design.
Admission of Nondegree Special Students
All correspondence and questions regarding admission as a special student should be directed to the UCD Office of Admissions and Records.
Persons desiring admission as special students for the purpose of teacher certification should contact the School of Education, 629-2717.
SPECIAL STUDENT APPLICATION DEADLINES
Special Students Fait 1980 Spring 1981 Summer 1981
Those who want to take undergraduate or graduate courses Aug. 1 Dec. 1 May 1
Those who want to change from special to degree status Aug. 1 Dec. 1 May 1
Those who want teacher
certification Feb. 1 N.A. Feb. 1
REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIAL STUDENT ADMISSION
Persons who want to take University courses but do not plan to work toward a U niversity of Colorado degree are admitted as special students. Except during the summer term, special students must beat least 21 years of age. Courses taken as a special student are fully credited and can be used for transfer to other institutions or for pfofessional improvement. Persons who do not have an undergraduate degree are encouraged to apply to an undergraduate degree program rather than apply as special students. UCD will enroll persons without an undergraduate degree as special students for 12 semester hours, after which the student must apply to a regular degree program. Persons with a baccalaureate degree who seek teacher certification or renewal of certification may be admitted as special students if they meet the requirements of the School of Education. Special students must maintain a grade-point average of 2.0 at UCD.
HOW TO APPLY FOR SPECIAL STUDENT ADMISSION
To apply for admission as a special student, obtain a Special Student Application Form from the Office of Admissions and Records. Return the completed application by the deadline for the term desired. There is no application fee, and no additional credentials are required. Applicants who seek teacher certification or renewal of teacher certification must apply separately to the School of Education and submit the required credentials.
Special students are advised that registration for courses is on a space available basis.
CHANGING STATUS FROM SPECIAL TO DEGREE STUDENT
Special students may apply for admission to an undergraduate degree program by completing the Special to Degree Application available from the Office of Admissions and Records. Academic credentials (i.e., transcripts and/or test scores) and a $10 nonrefundable application fee also must be submitted. Special students who are accepted as undergraduate degree students may generally transfer a maximum of 12 semester credits for courses taken as a special student to an undergraduate degree program, with approval by the dean. (Students enrolled as special students prior to the fall semester of 1970 are subject to the policies in effect between January of 1969 and August of 1970.)
Special students may apply for admission to a graduate degree program by completing the application required by the particular program. The graduate dean, upon recommendation by the department, may accept up to 8 semester hours of credit toward the requirements for a master’s degre for courses taken as a special student at the University or at another recognized graduate school, or some combination thereof. The department may recommend acceptance of additional credit for courses taken as a special student during the semester the student has applied for admission to the desired degree program.


General Information / 7
Official Notification of Admission
Official notification of admission to UCD as an undergraduate, graduate, or special student is provided by the Office of Admissions and Records on a Statement of Admission Eligibility Form. Letters from the various schools and colleges indicating acceptance into a particular program are subject to official admission to the institution. Applicants who do not receive official notification of admission within a reasonable period of time after submitting application materials should contact the Office of Admissions and Records, (303)629-2660.
II. TUITION AND FEES, EXPENSES,
AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Tuition and Fees
All tuition and fee charges are established by the Board of Regents, the governing body of the University of Colorado, in accordance with legislation enacted annually (usually in the spring) by the Colorado General Assembly. The Regents reserve the right to change tuition and fee rates at any time. A tuition schedule is published prior to registration for each term, and students should contact the Office of Admissions and Records for further information on the tuition and fee charges for a particular term. The rates below are for the 1979-80 academic year and are provided to assist prospective students in anticipating cost.
TUITION RATES PER SEMESTER FOR 1979-80
Credit Hours of Enrollment Undergraduate Students Resident Nonresident Graduate Students Resident Nonresident
0-1 $ 23 $ 77 $ 24 $ 80
2 46 154 48 160
3 69 231 72 240
4 92 308 96 320
5 115 385 120 400
6 138 462 144 480
7 161 1146 168 1198
8 184 1146 192 1198
9 207 1146 216 1198
10-18 216 1146 274 1198
Each credit hour over 18 18 77 19 80
OTHER FEES
1. Student activity fee (mandatory for all students):
OTHER FEES
1. Student activity fee (mandatory for all students):
Fall semester 1979 .......................$17'
Spring semester 1980 .....................$17'
2. Matriculation fee (mandatory for all new students):
Degree students...........................$15
Special students .........................$ 5
This is a one-time nonrefundable fee charged at the time of initial registration. No further charges will be made for adding or dropping courses or for ordering
transcripts. A special student who becomes a degree student will be charged $10 at the initial registration as a degree student.
3. Health insurance fee (automatic for all students unless waived):
Fall or spring semester ................ $44.00
Summer term ............................$30.75
Health insurance coverage is automatic unless waived by the student by signing a waiver card and turning it in at the time of registration. Dependent coverage (spouse and / or children) is also available at an additional charge. Further information on health insurance is available from the Office for Student Affairs, 629-2861.
4. Doctoral dissertation fee (mandatory for all students certified by the Graduate School for enrollment for
doctoral dissertation):
Dissertation fee.........................$109
CoP/RG fee (automatic for all students unless waived): ..........................................$2.25
5. Comprehensive examination fee (mandatory for graduate student enrolled for a comprehensive examination only):
Minimum resident graduate tuition........$72
Graduate students enrolled for a comprehensive examination will be assessed regular tuition and fees if they need hours toward graduation.
7. Laboratory breakage fee (mandatory for students enrolled in a chemistry laboratory course):
Breakage deposit.........................$10
This fee will be refunded at the end of the term if appropriate.
8. Music laboratory fee (mandatory for College of Music students and others enrolled in certain music courses):
Music fee................................$18
College of Music students and others enrolled in piano, sound recording and reinforcement, and electronic music must pay this fee. No student is charged more than one $18 fee.
PAYMENT OF TUITION AND FEES
All tuition and fees are assessed and payable when the student registers for the term. Arrangements may be made through the Finance Office at the time of registration to defer payment of part of the charges. A minimum down payment consisting of the resident tuition for 0-3 hours or one-half of the total tuition and fees, whichever is greater, must be made at the time of registration. Specific information on deferred payment is included in the Schedule of Courses published before each semester or summer term.
â– Includes bond retirement fee.


8 / University of Colorado at Denver
Students who register for courses are liable for payment of tuition and fees even though they may drop out of school. Refund policies for students who withdraw from the University are included in the Schedule of Courses. A student with financial obligations to the University will not be permitted to register for any subsequent term, to be graduated, or to be listed among those receiving a degree or credit. The only exception to this regulation involves students with loans and other types of indebtedness which are payable after graduation.
Personal checks are accepted for any University obligation. Any student who pays with a check which is not acceptable to the bank may be immediately dropped from the rolls of the University.
Residency Classification for Tuition Purposes
General Policies. A student is initially classified as a resident or nonresident student for tuition purposes at the time of application to the University. The classification is based on information furnished by the student and other relevant sources. To be eligible for instate tuition (resident) status the following requirements (as defined in the Colorado Revised Statutes, Chapter 124, Article 18) j must be met by students who are 21 years of age or older (or emancipated minors as defined by law): (1) the student must have been domiciled in Colorado for 12 consecutive months preceding the first day of classes for the term in which in-state status is desired; (2) the student must demonstrate significant intent to make Colorado a fixed and permanent residence. Intent is demonstrated by compliance with other mandatory laws of the state for 12 consecutive months (i.e., valid driver’s license, valid motor vehicle registration, payment of state income tax, voter registration etc.). An unemancipated minor assumes the domicile of his or her parents.
Once the student’s status is established, it remains unchanged unless satisfactory information to the contrary is presented. A student who, due to subsequent events, becomes eligible for a change in classification from resident to nonresident or vice versa must inform the Office of Admissions and Records within 15 days after such a change occurs. An adult student or emancipated minor who moves outside of Colorado must send written notification of the Office of Admissions and Records within 15 days of the change.
Petitioning for a Change in Residency Classification. Any student who is 22 years of age or older, or an emancipated minor as defined by law, may change his or her residence and tuition classification status. Detailed information on the procedures which must be followed, including necessary petition forms, is available from the Office of Admissions and Records. Petitions will not be considered until an application for admission and supporting credentials have been received by the University. Changes in classification are effective at the time of the student’s next registration. A student who willfully gives wrong information in order to avoid paying out-of-state tuition is subject to legal and disciplinary action.
Estimated Expenses
Educational expenses at UCD include tuition, fees, and the cost of books and related instructional materials. Students who do not live with their parents must also include the cost of housing and food expenses. All students should consider transportation and personal expenditures (i.e., clothing, entertainment, etc.) in determining their expenses. Students who wish to review estimates of the cost of attendance at the University of Colorado at Denver should contact the Office of Financial Aid and Student Employment.
The financial aid program at the University is designed to assist those students who would be unable to attend the University without aid. While the primary responsibility for meeting the costs of education rests with individual students and their families, financial aid funds are offered to supplement whatever funds students and their families can provide. Since requests generally exceed the availability of funds, students and their families should be aware of procedures and deadlines in order to receive maximum consideration. Questions and requests for forms should be directed to the Office of Financial Aid and Student Employment at UCD.
Determination of Financial Need and Award
Financial need is defined as the difference between the cost of attendance as defined by the institution (tuition and fees, books and supplies, room and board, transportation and essential incidental expenses) and total resources available to the student. These resources include a family contribution (summer savings, term earnings, a spouse contribution, and a parental contribution) and awards from agencies outside the University.
Financial need is determined by a national uniform needs analysis system administered by agencies such as the American College Testing Program. This system analyzes income and assets, family size, number of children in post-secondary education, student independence, etc., to determine a reasonable student and/ or family contribution.
After the financial need is determined, students are ranked in order of financial need and are aided accordingly until all funds are committed. The financial aid package normally consists of a self-help component (loans and/or employment) and a gift aid component (grants and scholarships) proportionate to the available funds and to the number of needy students applying.
How to Apply
Application forms may be obtained by contacting the Office of Financial Aid and Student Employment. Students are asked to complete an institutional application and a needs analysis form. Students will be contacted if additional information is necessary to complete the application.
Parents are expected to contribute toward a student’s educational costs. However, in certain cases students may be considered financially independent of their parents. To be eligible for financial aid as a self-


General Information / 9
supporting student, a student (1) cannot be claimed as a tax exemption, (2) cannot receive $750 or more, or (3) live at home for more than six consecutive weeks for the year aid is received and for the entire preceding calendar year. For example, for a student to receive aid as a self-supporting student during the 1980-81 academic year, the above three criteria must be met for 1979, 1980, and 1981.
Note: Requirements for receiving aid as a self-supporting student are subject to change by the federal government.
Self-supporting students must document their status by providing income tax forms or other supporting documents to show sufficient income to be self-supporting during the appropriate period of time. In some cases, additional documentation from parents is required to complete a student’s application. The information provided on the institutional application for financial aid is analyzed according to the uniform needs analysis formula to determine the student’s ability to contribute to his or her educational costs during the academic year.
To be eligible for financial aid, students must be U.S. citizens or permanent residents or have a refugee visa. Eligible foreign students are advised to include a photocopy of their visa cards with their applications to facilitate processing.
Available Funds
Undergraduate Students. Undergraduate students are eligible to submit the following three applications:
1. The University application plus the Family Financial Statement (FFS). Under this two-part application the student will be considered for:
Federal Basic Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG)
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG)
Federal Work-Study Assistance
Federal National Direct Student Loan (NDSL)
State Colorado Student Grant (CSG)
State Colorado Work-Study Assistance
State and Federal Colorado Student Incentive Grant (CSIG)
Institutional Grant Assistance
(Students classified as nonresident for tuition purposes are not eligible for state financial aid funds.)
2. Basic Educational Opportunity Grant. This is a separate federal grant program which students can apply for if they do not apply for financial aid under number one above.
3. Federally Insured Student Loan/Guaranteed Student Loan. See the Types of Aid Available section for details.
Graduate Students: Graduate students are eligible to submit the following two applications:
1. The University application plus the Family Financial Statement (FFS). Under this two-part application, the student will be considered for:
Federal Work-Study Assistance
Federal National Direct Student Loan (NDSL)
State of Colorado Graduate Grant
2. Federally Insured Student Loan/Guaranteed Student Loan. See the Types of Aid Available section for details.
Preferential Filing Dates
April 2—All undergraduate students applying for financial aid for the summer term and/or academic year.
October I—All undergraduate students applying for spring semester financial aid.
April I—Graduate students applying for summer term financial aid.
June 15—Graduate students applying for financial aid for the fall and spring semesters.
October I—Graduate students applying for financial aid for the spring semester.
Special Note: An application for financial aid does not constitute an application for admission to the University. Please contact the UCD Office of Admissions and Records for application forms and procedures. Applicants will not receive financial aid until they are enrolled in a degree program at the University. Special students are not eligible for financial aid.
Types of Aid Available
SCHOLARSHIPS
UCD Scholarships. UCD scholarships provide up to $400 for entering Colorado residents of the Denver metropolitan area who are freshmen or transfer applicants. These awards are funded by the State of Colorado. Students should contact the Office of Admissions and Records for application information.
Colorado Scholarships. Colorado Scholars Awards provide up to $400 for Colorado residents who have at least a 3.0 grade-point average and have attended the University for at least 24 semester credit hours. These scholarships are funded by the State of Colorado. Information and application materials are available in the Office of Financial Aid.
GRANTS
Basic Educational Opportunity Grant. The Basic Educational Opportunity Grant is a source of federal grant aid for which students pursuing their first undergraduate degree may apply. Application can be made by submitting the Family Financial Statement or the separate Basic Grant application. Applications can be obtained from the Office of Financial Aid. Grant amounts vary depending on financial need, costs at the institution, and Congressional allocation. This program is the base of all financial aid.
Colorado Student Grant. The Colorado Student Grant is an undergraduate grant for Colorado residents. This grant is based on financial need and funds are allotted to the University by the State of Colorado. Amounts vary from approximately $100 to $1,000 per year. Application for this grant is made by submitting the University Application for Financial Aid and the Family Financial Statement.


10 / University of Colorado at Denver
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants are undergraduate federal grants varying in amounts from $200 to $1,500 per year. The total that may be awarded to one student is $4,000 for a four-year course of study. These grants are based on student need and availability of funds. This aid cannot exceed 50 percent of financial need for a student and must be matched with some other form of financial aid. Application for this grant is made by submitting the University application and the Family Financial Statement.
Graduate Grant. Grants for graduate students are available on a limited basis and will be awarded to students as eligibility and funds allow. Application is made by submitting the University application and the Family Financial Statement of the Office of Financial Aid.
LOANS
National Direct Student Loans. National Direct Student Loans are federal loans available to undergraduate and graduate students with financial need. A student may borrow up to (a) $2,500 during the freshman and sophomore years; (b) $5,000 total for undergraduate study; (c) $10,000 for total graduate and undergraduate study. Application for the loan is made by submitting the University Application for Financial Aid and the Family Financial Statement.
Federally Insured Student Loan/ Guaranteed Student Loan Programs. These two programs enable undergraduate and graduate students to borrow directly from a bank, credit union, savings and loan association, or other participating lenders who are willing to make the educational loan. The loan is guaranteed by a state or private nonprofit agency and insured by the federal government. Information and applications may be obtained from the lender.
EMPLOYMENT
College Work-Study Program. The College Work-Study Program is designed to provide jobs to undergraduate and graduate students who have financial need. The program is funded by the federal government and the State of Colorado. Employment is arranged whenever possible in the student’s major area of interest, with job opportunities both on- and off-campus. Awards average up to $1,600 per academic year. For details contact the Office of Student Employment. Application for this aid is made by submitting the University Application for Financial Aid and the Family Financial Statement.
Part-time Student Employment. The Office of Financial Aid and Student Employment assists students in obtaining part-time employment other than that based on financial need. Further information and application may be obtained from the office.
OTHER SOURCES OF AID
See the Office of Financial Aid and Student Employment for details of these programs:
Bureau of Indian Affairs. Grants are available to Native American students.
LEEP Grants and Loans. Grants and loans for tuition and fees are available to personnel working full time in law enforcement.
Short-Term Loans. Small, temporary loans are made to students facing financial emergencies. These loans are to be repaid during the semester.
Academic Requirements
Students receiving financial aid must demonstrate that they are maintaining normal progress and are in good standing at the University. Normal academic progress is defined as completing the minimum number of hours stipulated on the notification of financial aid by obtaining a grade of Dor better for that number of hours. Less than normal progress can result in the loss of future financial aid. Aid received while suspended under Satisfactory Progress Policy must be repaid.
Duration of Aid
Financial aid is offered for one year (two academic semesters). Students must reapply for summer and for each academic year, prior to the established deadlines.
Use of Funds
All financial aid awards are to be used only for immediate educational expenses. These expenses include tuition, fees, books, supplies, room and board, transportation and essential miscellaneous expenses, such as clothing, medical, etc.
Refunds
The University tuition refund policy is published in the Schedule of Courses for each term. Students receiving financial aid may be required to return any refund to the University’s financial aid accounts.
Student Rights and Responsibilities
Students have certain rights and responsibilities regarding financial aid and student employment. Students may review applicable policies and procedures in the UCD Office of Financial Aid. Specific application procedures and policies are subject to change.
III. REGISTRATION: SELECTING A PROGRAM AND COURSES
Selecting a Program and Courses
New and continuing UCD students are urged to review Section VI and the following sections of this bulletin. Section VI describes the traditional and nontraditional instructional programs available at UCD, and the sections which follow it give information by school or college on the various majors available, course requirements by major, graduation requirements, course load policies, and other information and specific policies.


General Information ///
Courses available during a particular semester or summer term are listed in the Schedule of Courses, published several weeks before registration and available from the Office of Admissions and Records and the various deans’ offices.
Undergraduate students who need assistance in planning a program or selecting courses should contact the academic unit in which they are enrolled to arrange for a counseling appointment. The appointment should be made prior to registration. Graduate students should contact their graduate department for assistance.
Orientation
An orientation program for all new students is held at the beginning of the fall semester, usually on the first day of registration. The program is conducted by the Office of Admissions and Records and the various deans’ offices, and introduces the programs, activities, and services available at UCD, in addition to providing information on degree requirements, how to register, and similar matters.
Registration
GENERAL PROCEDURES
Registration for new students is held the week before classes begin on the dates indicated in the Schedule of Courses. Only students who have been accepted for enrollment for a particular term may register for courses.
LATE REGISTRATION
Late registration dates are indicated in the Schedule of Courses. Students who register late may be charged a late fee and are subject to limited course selection.
PAYMENT OF TUITION AND FEES
All tuition and fees are assessed and payable at registration. Arrangements may be made with the Finance Office at the time of registration to defer payment of a portion of the charges with a minimum down payment or one-half of the tuition, whichever is greater. Specific information on deferred payment is included in the Schedule of Courses.
INTERINSTITUTIONAL REGISTRATION
UCD students may register for courses offered by Metropolitan State College and the Community College of Denver-Auraria with approval of their dean. Refer to the Schedule of Courses for more information.
IV. ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
Advanced Standing and Advanced Placement Credit
Undergraduate students may obtain credit for lower-level courses in which they demonstrate proficiency by examination. By passing an examination, the student will be given credit for the course to satisfy lower division requirements and may be eligible to enroll in higher level courses than indicated by the student’s formal academic experience. Credit granted for courses by examination is
treated as transfer credit without a grade but does count toward graduation and other requirements for which it is appropriate. There are three types of examinations as described below.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT PROGRAM
The Advanced Placement Program of the College Entrance Examination Board (CEEB) allows students to take advanced work while in high school and then be examined for credit at the college level. Students who take advanced placement courses and subsequently receive scores of 3, 4, or 51 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Examination are generally given college credit for lower-level courses in which they have demonstrated proficiency and are granted advanced standing in those areas. Students with scores below 31 are considered for advanced placement by the discipline concerned. For more information, contact your high school counselor or the Office of Admissions and Records.
CREDIT BY EXAMINATION
Students may receive credit by examination for work completed by private study or through employment experience. To qualify for an examination, the student must be formally working toward a degree at UCD and have a grade-point average of at least 2.0. Examinations are arranged through the Office of Admissions and Records, and a nonrefundable fee is charged. Students should contact the office of the dean of the academic unit in which they are enrolled.
COLLEGE-LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM
An exciting challenge is available to incoming UCD students who may earn University credit by examination in subject areas in which they have excelled at college-level proficiency. Interested students are encouraged to take appropriate subject examinations provided in the College-Level Examination Program (CLEP) of the College Entrance Examination Board testing service. The cost for a single examination is $20.
Students who are interested in CLEP examinations must contact the office of their school or college.
Credit for Military Service and Schooling and ROTC
MILITARY SERVICE AND SCHOOLING
Applicants with military experience should submit the following with their application in order to have credit for educational experiences evaluated: (1) a copy of DD Form 214 and (2) DD Form 295, Application for the Evaluation of Educational Experience During Military Service. USAF personnel may present an official transcript from the Community College of the Air Force in lieu of the DD Form 295. Credit will be awarded as recommended by the Commission on the Accreditation of Service Experiences of the American Council on Education to the extent that such credit is applicable to
'Students in the College of Engineering and Applied Science must receive scores of 4 or 5 for credit to be granted; students with scores of 3 may be considered by the department concerned. All credit must be validated by subsequent academic performance.


12 / University of Colorado at Denver
the degree sought at UCD. Credit for courses completed through the U.S. Armed Forces Institute will be evaluated on the same basis as transfer credit from collegiate institutions.
RESERVE OFFICERS’ TRAINING CORPS (ROTC)
Students enrolled in Army or Air Force ROTC programs should consult with their college or school regarding the application of ROTC course credit toward graduation requirements. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences allows a maximum of 12 semester hours of ROTC credit to be applied toward baccalaureate degree requirements. The College of Business and Administration stipulates that ROTC courses may be used for credit only for nonbusiness elective requirements and that no credit may be given for freshman and sophomore ROTC courses. Furthermore, a maximum of 12 semester hours may be applied toward baccalaureate degree requirements in business and only if the ROTC program is completed.
Grading System and Policies
The following grading system and procedures for pass/fail registration, dropping and adding courses, and withdrawal from the University have been standardized for all academic units of the University effective with the 1974-75 academic year.
GRADE SYMBOLS
The instructor is responsible for whatever grade symbol (A, B, C. D, F, IF, IW. or IP) is to be assigned. Special symbols (AC, W, and Y) are indications of registration or grade status and are not assigned by the instructor but are automatically converted by the grade application system, explained under Pass/Fail Procedure.
A— superior/excellent—4 credit points per credit hour.
B—good/better than average—3 credit points per credit hour.
C—competent/average—2 credit points per credit hour.
D—minimum passing—1 credit point per credit hour.
F—failing—no credit points per credit hour.
IF—incomplete—conversion after one academic year to F.
!W—incomplete—conversion after one academic year to W.
IP—in progress—thesis at the graduate level only.
P/F—pass/fail— P grade is not included in the grade-point average; the Fgrade is included; up to 16 hours of pass/fail course work may be credited toward a bachelor’s degree.
H/P/F—honors/pass/fail—intended for honors
courses; credit hours count toward the degree but are not included in the grade-point average.
SPECIAL SYMBOLS
NC—indicates registration on a no-credit basis.
W—indicates withdrawal without credit.
Y—indicates the final grade roster was not received by the time grades were processed.
PASS/FAIL PROCEDURE
1. Any student who wishes to register for a course on a pass/fail basis should do so during regular registration procedures. (Up to 16 semester hours of regular course work may be taken on a pass/fail basis and credited toward the bachelor’s degree). Changes to or from a pass/fail basis may be effected only during the regular drop/add period.
2. The record of pass/ fail registration is maintained by the Office of Admissions and Records.
3. Academic deans and faculty will not be informed of special pass/fail registration. All students who register on a pass/fail basis appear on the regular class roster, and a normal letter grade is assigned by the professor. When grades are received in the Records Office, those registrations which require a pass/fail designation are
PASS/FAIL OPTION RESTRICTIONS
College Genera! 16 Hours Maximum Transfer SluJems
Business and Administration May not be used for “core" courses required for graduation and courses in area of emphasis. Includes credit received through CLEP and advanced standing examinations Maximum of 1 semester hour of i>a.\s/fail for every 8 semester hours attempted at the University
Education Engineering and Applied Science No restrictions Courses must be designated by major department; students without major not eligible; recommended maximum one course semester Includes courses taken in the honors program Maximum of 1 semester hour of pass/fail may be applied toward graduation for every 9 semester hours taken in the college
(iraduate School Not applicable toward degree
l iberal Arts and Sciences May be restricted in certain majors; not included in 30 hours of C or better work required for major Does not include courses taken in honors, physical education, cooperative education, and certain teacher certification courses May not be used by students graduating with only 30 semester hours taken at the University
Music Same as business Includes courses taken in the honors program


General Information /13
automatically converted by the grade application system. Grades of D and above convert to grades of P.
4. Only 6 hours of course work may be P/ F in any given semester.
5. Exception to the pass/fail regulations is permitted for certain specified courses offered by the School of Education, the Division of Continuing Education, and Study Abroad Programs.
6. Graduate degree students can exercise the P/ F option for undergraduate courses only. However, a grade of P will not be acceptable for graduate credit to satisfy any Graduate School requirement.
Adding and Dropping Courses'
Adding Courses. Students may add courses to their original registration during the first 5 days of classes, provided there is space available. Approval signatures are not required.
Dropping Courses:
1. Students will be able to drop courses during the first 12 days of the fall or spring semesters (7th day of the summer term). Tuition will not be charged for the courses which are dropped and signatures are not required.
2. After the 12th day of a fall or spring semester (7th day of a summer term), only the instructor's signature must be obtained and the instructor must indicate either a drop without discredit or failing. Tuition will be charged and the courses will appear on the student’s permanent record with a W grade.
3. After the 10th week of a fall or spring semester (5th week of a summer term), courses may not be dropped unless there are circumstances clearly beyond the student’s control. In addition to the instructor’s certification (as in 2 above), the student must petition the academic dean for approval to drop the courses. Tuition will be charged even though the drop is allowed.
Withdrawal From the University
To withdraw from the University, the student obtains approval of the dean’s office. Finance Office, and the Office of Admissions and Records. The withdrawal date is recorded on the student’s permanent record page. If the withdrawal date is prior to the 13th day of the semester (7th day of the summer term), the courses will not appear on the student’s permanent record. If the withdrawal date is after the 12th day, the courses will appear with W grades. Students may not withdraw afterthe 10th week of the semester (5th week of the summer term) except under documented circumstances clearly beyond their control.
Students who are receiving veterans’ benefits or financial aid also must obtain the required signature of the appropriate office(s).
A student who ceases to attend classes without officially withdrawing from the University will receive a grade of F for all course work enrolled for during that term.
A graduate student who desires to withdraw from the University must apply to the associate dean of the Graduate School for permission to withdraw in good
â– For ihc exact dates, check the Schedule of Courses for the appropriate term.
standing. Students who withdraw without communicating with the associate dean and filing the appropriate Withdrawal Form will be marked as having failed their courses for the term.
For specific signatures and refunds the student must refer to the Schedule of Courses published prior to the beginning of each term.
Inspection of Educational Records
Periodically, but not less than annually, the University of Colorado informs students of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. This act, with which the institution intends to comply fully, was designated to protect the privacy of educational records, to establish the right of students to inspect and review their educational records, and to provide guidelines for the correction of inaccurate or misleading data through informal and formal hearings. Students also have the right to file complaints with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office (FERPA) concerning alleged failures by the institution to comply with the act.
Local policy explains in detail the procedures to be used by the institution for compliance with the provisions of the act. Copies of the policy can be found in the library on each of the several campuses of the University of Colorado.
A directory of records which lists all educational records maintained on students by this institution may be found in the offices of the chancellor on each campus.
The following items of student information have been designated by the University of Colorado as public or directory information. Such information may be disclosed by the institution for any purpose, at its discretion. These items are: name, address, telephone number, dates of attendance, registration status, class, major field of study, awards, honors, degree(s) conferred, past and present participation in officially recognized sports and activities, physical factors (height, weight) of athletes, date and place of birth.
Currently enrolled students may withhold disclosure of any category of information under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. To withhold disclosure, written notification must be received in the Office of Admissions and Records on the appropriate campus prior to the 11 th day of classes in any given term. Forms requesting the withholding of directory information are available in the Offices of Admissions and Records.
The University of Colorado assumes that failure on the part of any student to request specifically the withholding of categories of directory information indicates individual approval for disclosure.
Questions concerning the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act may be referred to the Office of Admissions and Records.
Good Standing
To remain in good standing within a particular department, a student must maintain a minimum grade-point average of 2.0 (C) in all course work attempted. A minimum grade-point average of 2.0 must also be


14 / University of Colorado at Denver
maintained to qualify for an undergraduate degree. Policies on academic probation, suspension, and dismissal vary by college or school, and students should refer to the sections of this bulletin dealing with the colleges and schools for information.
Student Classification
Students who have passed fewer than 30 semester hours are classified as freshmen. To be classified as a sophomore, a student must have passed 30 semester hours; to be classified as a junior, 60 hours; and to be classified as a senior, 90 hours of credit. All transfer students will be classified on the same basis according to their hours of credit accepted by the University of Colorado.
Student Indebtedness
A student with financial obligations to the University will not be permitted to register for any subsequent term, to be graduated, or to be listed among those receiving a degree or credit from the University. Transcripts will not be released to a student with a financial obligation to the University. The only exception to this policy involves students who have loans or other types of indebtedness which mature after graduation.
V. SERVICES FOR STUDENTS
The Division of Student Affairs offers educational and personal support services and programs designed to assist students in meeting their educational and personal growth objectives. The division office telephone number is 629-2861.
The University of Colorado at Denver follows a policy of equal opportunity in education and employment. In pursuance of this policy, no UCD department, unit, discipline, or employee shall discriminate against an individual or group on the basis of race, sex, creed, color, age, national origin, or individual handicap. This policy applies to all areas of the U niversity affecting present and prospective students or employees.
Academic Honorary Societies
Academic honorary societies are affiliated with each of the schools and colleges. Further information may be obtained from the deans’ offices.
Alumni and Friends Program
The UCD Alumni and Friends organization was established in 1975 to support the University of Colorado at Denver. Membership is open to all University of Colorado graduates, former students, and friends of the University.
The organization publishes a newsletter on alumni and University activities and sponsors legislative breakfasts to aid in keeping alumni, students, and faculty informed about the legislative process.
Members work with students to select the campus’ outstanding faculty member, assist with student recruitment and registration, sponsor a reception for
each graduating class, and coordinate the UCD Distinguished Service Award program. Functions are planned which bring alumni and friends back to the campus. The office is located in Room 706 of the UCD Administration Building, telephone 629-2665.
Counseling Center
The services of the Counseling Center are open to all students and prospective students. Personal and vocational counseling, group experiences, and testing are provided by trained counselors. Interviews are confidential and there is no fee for counseling. The office telephone number is 629-2861.
Disabled Student Services
This office provides specialized services for disabled students. Services are developed as the need arises and include preadmission advising and orientation; academic, vocational, and personal counseling; registration assistance; notetaker and interpreter services; close-in parking permits; locker usage; and a monthly newsletter. Telephone, 629-8354.
Health Insurance Program
The student medical-hospital-surgical plan is automatic for all students unless waived. Dependent coverage is available at an additional charge. Students may waive this coverage by checking the appropriate box on the Registration Authorization Card at the time of registration. Information may be obtained at 629-2861.
International Student Services
The Office for Student Affairs provides assistance to the more than 300 international students who attend UCD. The office helps foreign students with such requirements as immigration certifications and passport assistance, and supplies information on study abroad programs, international student I.D. cards, and overseas travel.
Special Services Program
Special Services is a program designed to assist selected students to be successful in their university lives by providing a variety of supportive services. Services are provided for low income students, physically disabled students, students with limited English-speaking ability, and other students with special needs. A variety of supportive services are offered including tutoring, English as a second language classes, testing, counseling, and academic skill development. Call 629-8345 for further information.
Student Conduct, Policies and Standards
The Office for Student Affairs, which protects student rights and responsibilities, administers the Code of Student Conduct. When a student enrolls in the U niversity. he or she agrees to participate meaningfully in the life of the University and to share in the obligation to


General Information /15
preserve and promote its educational endeavors. Each student preserves his or her rights as a citizen and has a basic obligation not to commit or to tolerate any impingement on the rights of others. Copies of the code and information regarding all student grievance procedures may be obtained in the Office for Student Affairs. Telephone, 629-2861.
Student Employment Opportunities
The Office of Financial Aid offers job listings to all enrolled UCD students. Both on-campus and off-campus job openings are listed.
Students receiving financial aid may use this service only if the Office of Financial Aid has determined that earnings from the job in question will not exceed the amount of their unmet need. Telephone, 629-2886.
For information on career-related job opportunities, refer to Cooperative Education under Academic Programs.
Career Services
This office coordinates career planning, career counseling, vocational interest exploration, and career placement for UCD students and alumni.
Counseling programs are available to help students plan their futures and attain skills necessary for the achievement of career goals. Assistance is provided in developing skills essential for resume preparation and interviewing techniques.
Local and national employers list available career vacancies and visit the campus to recruit qualified personnel. Students are advised to register for this service early in their senior year. Telephone, 629-2861.
Job Placement
The Job Placement Office of UCD is centralized with the other colleges on the Auraria campus. Assistance in finding full-time employment is provided. Individual files are maintained, interviews are arranged, and workshops in job-seeking skills and resume writing are conducted. Call UCD at 629-2861 for location of the Job Placement Office.
Study Skills Center
The Study Skills Center is administered by the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences on behalf of UCD. The purpose of the center is to help UCD students develop methods of efficient study. Services are available to help specifically with particular academic and research skills. Telephone, 629-2802.
Veterans Affairs
The Office of Veterans Affairs offers all student veterans counseling regarding school attendance requirements, benefits, personal and vocational assistance, and other program information. Consult the veterans’ representative, 629-2630.
Women’s Center
The Women’s Center provides counseling regarding vocational choices and personal and school-related problems. The center is also a place to meet other women students or join a discussion group. Telephone, 629-2815.
VI. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS Degree Programs
For complete bachelor’s and master’s degree programs offered by UCD, see the Degree Programs at a Glance chart at the beginning of this bulletin.
UCD also offers preprofessional programs in law, journalism, and the health sciences (child health associate, dental hygiene, dentistry, medical technology, medicine, nursing, optometry, osteopathy, pharmacy, physical therapy, podiatry, and veterinary medicine). Courses in many other undergraduate and graduate areas are offered at UCD, but degrees must be completed at the University of Colorado at Boulder.
The remaining sections of this bulletin discuss in detail each school and college and provide information on their specific policies on requirements for graduation, course requirements for various majors, course load policies, and similar information. Course offerings appear in a separate section of this bulletin.
Cooperative Education Program
1047 Ninth Street 629-2892
The Cooperative Education Program provides students with an opportunity to find work experience relevant to their academic programs. The program is open to all students in the colleges and schools of UCD who have completed their freshman year and have maintained a grade-point average of at least 2.5. However, only the Colleges of Liberal Arts and Sciences and Music award credit for the work experience.
The cooperative internship program consists of jobs developed by the program staff in a wide variety of federal, state, and private agencies and businesses. Positions are specifically geared to students’ academic and career goals. Cooperative education students can either work full time by alternating semesters of work with semesters of full-time school or they can work part time year around.
Educational Opportunity Program
Room 212. 1100 Fourteenth Street 629-2700
The Educational Opportunity Programs assist all educationally disadvantaged students at UCD. Support programs include specialized recruiting, intensive counseling, tutorial services, and community out-reach programs. The program is designed to provide assistance to minority students and to acquaint students with the history and culture of Asian Americans, Blacks, Mexican Americans, and Native Americans. Student organizations provide assistance with recruitment.


16 / University of Colorado at Denver
counseling, and tutoring; financial assistance is available through grants and the Work/Study Program. Courses are offered in Asian American, Black, Mexican American, and Native American Studies. These courses are open to all students and are described in the Course Description section of this bulletin.
Reserve Officer Training Programs
U.S. Army Reserve Officer Training Corps (ROTC) Department of Military Science, University of Colorado at Denver, 1015 9th Street, 629-3491.
The Department of Military Science offers two Army ROTC programs leading to a commission in the active Army, the Army Reserve, or the Army National Guard Forces.
TWO-YEAR PROGRAM
The abbreviated two-year program consists of the same courses offered in the advanced course. However, both undergraduate and graduate students may become qualified for this program by successful completion of a six-week summer basic camp, an on-campus summer program, or by completion of specially designed compression courses offered during the spring or fall semesters. If selected for the abbreviated program under these options, students may receive an early commission with the Reserve or National Guard while continuing their college education at the undergraduate or graduate level.
FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM
The standard four-year program consists of two phases. The basic course, normally completed during the freshman and sophomore years, consists of courses in military science, officer career development, and leadership theory and managment. The advanced course coincides with the junior and senior years. Subject areas include psychology and methods of instruction, tactics, and unit operations, military law, history, national strategy and army policies. Completion of a six-week advanced camp during the summer is required prior to commissioning.
Students should contact the Professor of Military Science (629-3491, 1015 9th Street) for specific
requirements and options available based on each student’s status at the time of program entry. Students who are veterans of military service or participated in Junior ROTC, Civil Air Patrol, or similar organizations may have a portion or all of the basic course requirements waived by the Professor of Military Science.
SCHOLARSHIPS
Students selected for a U.S. Army scholarship receive full tuition, books, laboratory fees, classroom materials, and a monthly allowance of $100 during each academic year. Only high school seniors are eligible to apply for four-year scholarships. Both ROTC and non-ROTC students, enrolled on campus as full-time students, may compete for the three-, two-, and one-year scholarships. All scholarship benefits are tax free and competition is open to both men and women.
FLIGHT TRAINING
Students selected for the advanced course may become qualified, as a cadet, to participate in the Army Aviation Program. These individuals will attend flight school after completion of their officer’s basic course while on active duty.
Army ROTC course credit for graduation varies with each college. Students should contact the Professor of Military Science or dean of their college to clarify the number of credit hours to be awarded.
U.S. Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps (AFROTC), Folsom Stadium, Gate 3, University of Colorado at Boulder, Boulder, Colorado 80309, 492-8351.
U.S. Air Force ROTC offers two programs leading to commission in the U.S. Air Force upon receipt of the baccalaureate degree. Graduate students may be commissioned upon the completion of 12 hours of the professional officer course and a six-week summer training program.
STANDARD FOUR-YEAR COURSE
This program is in three parts: the general military course for lower-division (freshman and sophomore) students, the professional officer course for upper-division students, and corps training (attended by all students). Completion of the general military course is a prerequisite for entry into the professional officer course. Completion of a four-week summer training course is required prior to commissioning.
MODIFIED TWO-YEAR PROGRAM
This program is offered to full-time, regularly enrolled degree students at both undergraduate and graduate levels who will have two years remaining at the University of Colorado at Boulder when they enroll. Selection is on a competitive basis. Applicants should apply directly to the Professor of Aerospace Studies not later than March 15 of the spring semester immediately preceding the academic year in which they desire to enroll in the program. Those selected for this program must complete a six-week field training program during the summer months as a prerequisite for entry into the professional officer course the following fall or spring semester.
FLIGHT TRAINING
Expense-paid ground school and flight training are open to cadets approved and qualified for future USAF pilot training.
AIR FORCE COLLEGE SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM
Students participating in Air Force ROTC may be eligible to compete for Air Force ROTC College Scholarships. Students selected for this program are placed on grants that pay tuition, book costs, nonrefundable educational fees, and subsistence of $100 per month, tax free. All cadets enrolled in the professional officer course receive $100 per month subsistence during the regular academic year. Students


General Information /17
are also eligible to compete for two-, three-, or four-year scholarships open to both men and women.
AFROTC credit for graduation varies with each college. Students should contact the appropriate college or the Professor of Aerospace Studies for determination of credit.
COURSES
See Department of Military Science in the Course Description section of this bulletin for courses offered.
Senior Citizen Program
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences through its Academic Advising Office coordinates tuition-free classes for persons 60 years of age or over. Senior citizens may register for any class on a noncredit/audit basis as long as space is available. Senior citizens should register and pick up class registration forms in Room 204, UCD Administration Building, and should take the completed forms to the first session of class for the instructor’s approval. The form then should be returned to Room 204, and a student l.D. card will be issued which entitles senior citizens to the same privileges as regular degree students. For further information call 629-2555.
Division of Continuing Education
The Division of Continuing Education at UCD provides lifelong learning experiences for people of all ages seeking to attain career and personal development goals and serves a society trying to cope with the problems and realities of rapidly changing patterns of living. The division offers a large noncredit program ranging from one-day workshops to certificate programs requiring several years to complete. Classes meet throughout the Denver metropolitan area. Off-campus credit classes are offered in the public schools, Lowry Air Force Base, and Fitzsimons Army Medical Center.
Noncredit programs are open to all adults regardless of previous education or training. Some advanced courses require a background in a specific subject matter area. Examples of these courses include licensing and professional designation refresher courses for engineers, accountants, and life insurance agents. Except in some certificate programs, no grade is awarded upon completion of a course.
Off-campus credit classes supplement the regular academic programs offered at UCD. These special purpose programs include recertification classes for public school teachers, vacation college, and certificate programs for government professionals. Admission requirements and refund policies for off-campus instruction are identical with requirements for enrollment in UCD. Individuals who have never been enrolled on any campus of the University of Colorado usually are admitted to off-campus instruction as special students.
Individuals interested in obtaining a copy of the Division of Continuing Education Bulletin or other information may write or call the division office at UCD,
1100 14th Street, 629-2735.
BOARD OF REGENTS
JACK KENT ANDERSON, Golden, term expires 1985 RACHEL B. NOEL, Denver, term expires 1985 LOUIS F.BEIN, Berthoud, termexpires 1981 RICHARD M. BERNICK, Denver, terms expires 1981 FRED M. BETZ, JR., Lamar, termexpires 1983 PETER DIETZE, Boulder, termexpires 1985 BYRON L. JOHNSON, Denver, termexpires 1983 SANDY F.KRAEMER, Colorado Springs, term expires 1983 DAVID SUNDERLAND, ColoradoSprings, term expires 1981
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS University-Wide
ARNOLD WEBER, President of the University; Professor of Economics, UCB; Professor of Public Affairs, UCD; Professor of Public Affairs, UCD. B.A., M.A., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
University of Colorado at Denver
WILLIAM A. JENKINS, Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs; Professor of Education. B.S., New York University; M S., Ph.D., U niversity of Illinois.
PAUL J. KOPECKY, Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs; Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.A., Ed.D., University ofColorado.
KENNETH E. HERMAN, Director, Budget and Finance. B.A. (Bus.), University ofColorado.
GEORGE L. BURNHAM, Director, Admissions and Records. B.A., William Jewell College; M. A., U niversity of Kansas City.
ELLEN CARUSO, Director, Alumni and Friends and Development. B.A., University of Montana.
BARBARA HOLLAND, Public Information Officer. B.A., M.A., University of Missouri.
FLOYD C. MANN, Director, Institute for Urban and Public Policy Research; Professor of Public Affairs. B.A., M.A., University of Iowa, Ph.D., University of Michigan.
PATRICIA SENN BREIVIK, Director, Auraria Libraries; Professor. B.A., Brooklyn College; M.L.S., Pratt Institute (Brooklyn); D.L.S., Columbia University, School of Library Science.
TOM S. STEIN, Director, Community Relations. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., University ofColorado.
PAUL E. BARTLETT, Associate Dean, College of Engineering and Applied Science; Professor of Civil Engineering. B.S.(C.E.), B.S. (Bus.), M.S. (C.E.), University of Colorado. Professional Engineer: Colorado. REX O. BENNETT, Associate Dean, College of Business and Administration; Associate Professor of Marketing. B.S., University of T ennessee; Ph. D., University of North Carolina.
WILLIAM D. BOUB, Dean, Summer Session; Director, Division of Continuing Education. B.S., Kansas State Teachers College; M.S., University of Illinois.
DANIEL FALLON, Dean, College of Liberal Arts and Sciences; Professor of Psychology. B.A., Antioch College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia.
GERALD W. LUNDQUIST, Associate Dean, School of Education; Professor of Education. B.A., University of Puget Sound; M. A., Ph.D., Arizona State University.
DWAYNE C. NUZUM, Dean, College of Environmental Design; Associate Professor of Architecture. B.Arch., University ofColorado; M.(Arch.), Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Doctoral (Town Planning), Delft Technical University, The Netherlands. Registered Architect: Colorado, Virginia.
FRANZ L. ROEHMANN, Associate Dean, College of Music; Associate Professor of Music. B.S., State University of New York; M.Mus., Ed.D., University of Illinois.
ROBERT N. ROGERS, Associate Dean, Graduate School; Professor of Physics. B.S., Ph. D., Stanford U niversity.
ROBERT F. WILCOX, Dean, Graduate School of Public Affairs; Professor of Public Affairs. M.A., Columbia University; A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Stanford University.




College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration
Rex O. Bennett, Associate Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE
The College of Business and Administration and the Graduate School of Business Administration at UCD offer programs designed to train competent, responsible administrative and related professional personnel. The College serves students entering this field of study and men and women already in administrative positions— demonstrated by the fact that 80-85 percent of courses are offered in the evening. It promotes research and new thinking about administrative problems.
The major purpose of the College of Business is to provide opportunities both for a liberal education and for professional training. Students are given help in preparing not only for effective careers but also for satisfying living and constructive citizenship.
The Graduate School of Business Administration offers graduate-level education in business to persons with undergraduate degrees in business and other academic fields and prepares them for work in the broad spectrum of business enterprise. All Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.) classes are offered in the evening.
The College was admitted to membership in the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business in 1938.
The College participates on a continuing basis in the Executive Program for the Gas Industry, the Institute for Organization Management, the Colorado School of Banking, the National Installment Banking School, the School of Bank Marketing, the School for International Banking, and many activities of the Center for Management and Technical Programs. The College also assists in the presentation throughout Colorado of a Certificate Program in Real Estate. The faculty also participate in many continuing education, government, and company educational programs.
The UCD Business Advisory Council serves as a direct link with the Denver business community to promote understanding, cooperation, and mutual gain in a variety of education-industry activities.
Career Opportunities
G raduates occupy positions and perform widely varied functions in:
Advertising Media
Banking Minerals land management
Consumer credit and mortgage finance
Credit administration Financial management Industrial selling and purchasing Information Systems Insurance
International business Investments
Management accounting Management consulting Marketing management
Marketing research Office management Operations research Personnel management Production management Public accounting Real estate Retailing
Selling and sales management Traffic management Transportation Wholesaling
Others hold positions of responsibility in fields as diverse as business journalism, public relations, city planning, chamber of commerce and trade association management, college administration, and government.
Organization
Within the broad framework of policy established by the Regents of the University of Colorado, policy decisions for the College of Business are made by the Educational Policy Committee of the faculty under the chairmanship of the dean and are subject to review by the faculty as a whole.
The College’s activities at UCD are administered by the associate dean, by the heads of its several instructional divisions, and by other faculty directors of particular programs.
Research Activities
The Business Research Division provides facilities and trained personnel for research on business and economic problems. Established in 1915, the unit serves as the research arm of the College. The division serves Colorado and the surrounding region to improve the general economic welfare of the area and to gather and disseminate business and economic information; encourages research by faculty members and graduate students; and develops closer relationships between students, faculty, and businessmen.
Through its monthly publication. The Colorado Business Review, the division provides basic business information concerning Colorado. Other publications include compilations of business and economic data, industry surveys, studies of special problems in business management and regional community studies.


20/ University of Colorado at Denver
Honors Program
Upon recommendation of the faculty, students who demonstrate superior scholarship are given special recognition at graduation.
Students must achieve an overall grade-point average of 3.3 and a grade-point average of 3.5 in all business courses taken at the University of Colorado to be considered for cum laude.
Those who achieve an overall grade-point average of 3.5 and a grade-point average of 3.7 in all business courses taken at the University of Colorado will be considered for magna cum laude.
Student Organizations
Opportunity for association with other College of Business and Administration students in varied activities intended to stimulate professional interests and to give recognition to scholastic attainment is provided by the following student organizations:
AIESEC—international business association Beta Alpha Psi—national honorary and professional accounting fraternity
Beta Gamma Sigma—national honorary scholastic fraternity in business BREC—Buffalo Real Estate Club CSPA—Colorado Society for Personnel Administration (student chapter) for students interested in personnel or industrial relations
CUAM A— student chapter of the American Marketing Association
Delta Sigma Pi—national professional business
fraternity
MBA Association—University of Colorado association of master’s students in business Phi Chi Theta—national professional business and economics fraternity
Rho Epsilon—professional real estate fraternity Sigma Iota Epsilon—professional and honorary management fraternity
SAML—Student Association of Minerals Landmen
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Academic policies which apply to all UCD students are described in the General Information section of this bulletin. The policies that follow apply specifically to the College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration.
Upon admission, the student can be advised on the academic program by the College advisers. The student is responsible for knowing his/her status at all times.
Scholastic Load
The normal scholastic load of an undergraduate student in the College of Business is 15 semester hours, with 19 hours normally the maximum. Hours carried concurrently in the Division of Continuing Education, whether in classes or through correspondence, are included in the student’s load.
Credit
To receive credit, all courses must be listed on the student’s registration in the Office of Admissions and Records. Credit is then evaluated by the College of Business to determine degree acceptability.
Courses completed at any University of Colorado campus are credited toward degree requirements if appropriate to the degree program.
Registration for Business Courses
Beginning with the Fall Semester 1980, admission to some courses offered by the UCD College of Business will be limited to those students who have been admitted to the College of Business and on a space available basis, and to other students as provided for below.
The course admission criteria are designed to meet a number of objectives:
1. To assure access to business courses for students seeking a business degree.
2. To serve students in other colleges who have business-related educational objectives or requirements.
3. To serve the non-degree seeking special students who have specific career or educational goals.
College of Business Core Courses
In order to serve the needs of non-business students, core courses in the College of Business (Acct. 200, B. Ad. 100, B.Ad. 200, B.Law 300, Fin. 305, Mk. 300, Or.Mg. 330, Pr.Mg. 300, Q.M. 201) will be open to all University of Colorado students in good standing on a space available basis. However, students admitted to the College of Business will be given priority in registering. For all business courses, non-business majors will be able to enroll up to a maximum of 21 semester hours.
Admission to non-core business courses will be limited to the following students:
1. Those admitted to the College of Business who are eligible for all business courses taken in sequential order. (Refer to Model Degree Program in this section.)
2. Non-business degree students who may request admission to business courses outside the core on a petition basis. However, the total number of College of Business courses may not exceed the 21 semester hour limit, and the students must have the signature of the faculty adviser and dean of the students’college and have the statement that the business course will be an elective course for his/her major, or is required by that college.
3. Non-degree seeking students who may enroll for a maximum of 15 semester hours of business courses.
Attendance Regulations
Classroom attendance is at the discretion of the instructor. Students are responsible for determining each instructor’s policy on attendance.
Grading and Point System
See the General Information section for Universitywide grading system and pass/fail policy. Students in the College may not take required business or nonbusiness


College of Business and Administration 121
courses, or business elective courses on a pass/fail basis. A maximum of 16 hours pass/fail credit may be applied toward the B.S. degree in business; transfer students may take 1 hour pass/fail for every 8 hours attempted at this institution. Pass/fail determination must be made within the posted deadline, and is irreversible. Failed courses may be repeated, but the F will be included in the grade-point average.
A student who receives an incomplete grade of IF must complete course requirements (exams, papers, etc.) and may not retake the entire course to remove the incomplete.
Adding and Dropping Courses
See the General Information section of this bulletin for University-wide drop/add policies.
Administrative Drop
Instructors may recommend to the College of Business and Administration office that students who fail to meet expected course attendance standards be dropped without discredit during the first 10 weeks oft he semester.
Withdrawal
Students may withdraw without discredit at any time prior to the start of the final examination period.
Students who leave the University before the end of the semester should obtain a Withdrawal Form from the associate dean’s office and follow the instructions on the form. The completed form must be turned in to the Office of Admissions.
Appeal Procedure
Students should contact the associate dean or staff members in the College of Business and Administration office for appeal and petition procedures pertaining to rules and regulations of the College.
SPECIFIC UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES
Standards of Performance
Students are held to basic standards of performance established for their classes with respect to attendance, active participation in course work, promptness in completion of assignments, correct English usage both in writing and in speech, accuracy in calculations, and general quality of scholastic workmanship.
In general, examinations are required in all courses and for all students, including graduating seniors.
To be in good standing, students must have an overall grade-point average of not less than 2.0 (C = 2.0) for all course work attempted and a 2.0 for all business courses attempted. This applies to work taken at all University campuses. Activity physical education and remedial courses are not included in the overall average.
When semester grades become available, students below standard will be notified of (1) probationary status or (2) suspension.
College rules governing probation and suspension are as follows:
1. Any student whose overall grade average, or business course average, is less than 2.0 shall be placed on probation immediately. A student may be removed from probation when the overall average and the business average have been raised to 2.0.
2. A student shall remain on probation as long as the student maintains normal degree progress each semester as determined by the College, and obtains no grade below a C; such probationary status may continue a maximum of four regular semesters, providing these provisions have been met. Failure to meet these provisions will result in indefinite suspension.
3. Indefinitely suspended students may attend the University of Colorado summer session in order to improve their grade averages in the area of deficiency, but may not attend any division of the University for at least two regular (fall and spring) semesters.
4. A student who has been under indefinite suspension for two semesters may apply for readmission to the College of Business and Administration. If readmitted, that readmission will be on a probationary status. After being readmitted under such probationary status, any student who fails to comply with the requirements of his/her probation will be subject to permanent suspension.
5. Any student who is placed on suspension more than once will be permanently suspended from the College of Business.
6. Any student earning all failing grades or no academic credit for the semester will not be permitted to register without the dean’s approval.
7. Official combined degree students are required to maintain the same standards of performance as College of Business students in order to be continued in the combined business program.
Transfer Credit
Credits in business and nonbusiness subjects transferred from other institutions will be limited to the number of credit hours given for equivalent work in the regular offerings of the University. Transfer work is only accepted from institutions accredited by the regional association. In general, the College will limit transfer credit for business courses taken at a lower division level to such courses as the College offers at that level. All courses in the area of emphasis must be taken at the University of Colorado unless written approval is given by the appropriate division head and associate dean. Transfer students must take 30 hours of business degree reauirements (in business courses) in residency after admission to the College of Business.
A maximum of 60 semester hours taken at junior colleges may be applied toward the B.S. degree in business. Remedial or vocational work does not transfer. Business courses from junior colleges will not be applied toward degree requirements if the course work is offered at the junior-senior level at UCD.
For a detailed explanation of transfer credit, see the General Information section.


22/ University of Colorado at Denver
Correspondence Credit
Only 30 semester hours of credit, 9 of which may be in business, taken through correspondence study will be counted toward the B.S. degree in business. Required business courses and area of emphasis courses cannot be taken by correspondence. All correspondence courses are evaluated to determine their acceptability.
Credit by Examination
College Level Examination credits (CLEP subject examinations only) are acceptable toward degree requirements to a maximum of 30 hours. Specific information is available in the College of Business and Administration Office, Room 512.
CLEP credit will be applied in the same manner as transfer credits. For credit, students must rank in the 66.7 percentile based on national available norms. Generally, CLEP credit is only appropriate for (a) nonbusiness requirements and (b) nonbusiness electives. A maximum of 6 hours of credit in any one course area is allowed. CLEP may not be used in course areas where credit has already been allowed. General examinations are not acceptable.
Credit for CLEP subject examinations in business course areas must have prior approval in writing by the College of Business and Administration and by the appropriate division head.
Advanced Placement (CEEB) credit will be given where appropriate to students who make scores of 3, 4, or 5.
Special Sources of Credit
Up to 6 hours of experimental studies or independent study programs can be accepted toward graduation. A maximum of 3 hours of this type of credit may be taken in any one semester.
Junior or senior business students desiring to work beyond regular business course coverage may take variable credit courses (I to 3 semester hours) under the direction of an instructor who approves the project, but the student must have prior approval. Information and request forms are available in the College of Business and Administration office. The request form must be signed by the instructor, division head of the student’s area of emphasis, and associate dean.
To receive credit for nonbusiness independent study courses, students should obtain the associate dean's approval prior to registering for the course. Further information and forms are available in the College office.
There is no credit for work experience or cooperative education programs.
ROTC Credit
Students who are enrolled in and complete the ROTC program may apply a maximum of 12 semester hours of advanced ROTC credit toward nonbusiness elective requirements and toward the 120-semester hour total degree requirement for the B.S. degree in business. No credit toward requirements is granted for basieffreshman and sophomore) ROTC courses. The ROTC adviser can provide more detailed information.
Study Abroad Credit
Transfer credit from study abroad programs is most appropriately applied as nonbusiness elective credit. Required business courses should not be taken during studies abroad. Students are responsible for checking with the College of Business and Administration for prior approval. Information on the various study abroad programs is available at the Office of International Education on the Boulder campus.
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAM
The undergraduate curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Science (Business) degree is intended to help the student achieve the following general objectives:
1. Understanding of the activities that constitute business enterprise and of the principles underlying administration of those activities.
2. Ability to think through logically and analytically the kinds of complex problems encountered by management.
3. Facility in the arts of communication.
4. Comprehension of the human relationships involved in an organization.
5. Awareness of the social and ethical responsibilities of those in administrative positions.
6. Skill in the arts of learning that will help the student continue self-education after leaving the campus.
Admission of Freshman Students
See the General I nformation section for admission and application procedures.
Prospective students in business are encouraged to pursue a broad college preparatory program in high school, with particular emphasis on English, mathematics, the social sciences, and speech.
Candidates for the Bachelor of Science (Business) degree normally enter as freshmen. The College expects entering freshmen to present 15 units of the secondary course work.
Admission of Transfer Students
See the General Information section for admission and application procedures.
Intrauniversity Transfer
Students who wish to transfer to the College of Business and Administration from another college or school of the University must formally apply at the College of Business office (Room 512). A minimum University of Colorado grade-point average (established by the College) is required for consideration.
Students desiring admission to official combined programs must apply to and be accepted by the College of Business. Minimum grade-point averages are also established for these jointly enrolled students.
Second Undergraduate Degree
Students may apply to the College of Business and Administration to earn a second undergraduate degree.


College of Business and Administration /23
provided the first undergraduate degree is in a field other than business. The student who is accepted for the second undergraduate degree will be required to pursue courses in the sequence normally required for a degree plan. For example, if a student registered for the second degree has not had the required mathematics or general education courses, these must be taken before the student will be eligible to register for businesscourses. Further, the basic business courses (core courses) must be taken before a student begins to pursue the major field. Applications are available through the Office of Admissions and Records.
If a student applying for a second undergraduate degree has an academic record that justifies consideration for the graduate program, that student will be encouraged to consider one of the master’s programs.
Academic Advising
Each student in the College of Business is responsible for knowing and complying with the academic requirements and regulations established for the College and for classes. Upon admission to the College of Business and Administration or to the Graduate School of Business Administration, the student has the responsibility for conferring with the student advisers in the College concerning an academic program. Appointments for academic advising can be made by calling 629-2605.
Graduation Requirements
The Bachelor of Science (Business) degree requires:
1. Total Credits. A total of 120 acceptable semester hours of credit, of which at least 51 hours must be in nonbusiness courses (including 9 hours of upper division work) and at least 51 hours in business courses. The remaining 18 hours may be in either, or some combination of both. This credit cannot include remedial work, repetition of courses, courses failed, or activity physical education, recreation and dance courses. However, a maximum 6 hours of theory, physical education, recreation, and/or dance may be used. Advanced ROTC work is acceptable only if the ROTC program is completed. All incomplete grades and correspondence course grades must be completed and recorded at the Office of Admissions and Records no later than four weeks prior to graduation. It is the student’s responsibility to contact the instructor concerning the removal of incomplete grades. A maximum of 60 semester hours taken at junior colleges may be applied toward the B.S. degree in business.
2. Residence: Completion of at least 30 semester hours of business, after admission to the College of Business and Administration, including 12 hours in the area of emphasis. Courses completed at any University of Colorado campus after the candidate has been admitted to the College are acceptable toward this requirement.
3. Grade Average: Acceptable toward B.S. (Business) degree—2.0 for all University courses, 2.0 for all business courses and 2.0 for the specific 12 hours required for the student’s area of emphasis.
4. Graduation With Honors: Upon recommendation of the faculty of the College of Business, students who demonstrate superior scholarship are given special recognition at graduation. Please refer to the Honors Program under the Information About the College section.
5. Intent to Graduate Form. Students must file an Intent to Graduate Form with the College of Business and Administration office prior to registering for the last semester. Questions concerning graduation should be directed to a student adviser. Room 512.
6. Courses. Completion of all of the following required courses:
Semester Hours
Area of emphasis...........................................12
College algebra and calculus................................6
Communication and composition...............................6
Core requirements (basic courses in accounting, business law. business statistics, business and society, data processing, marketing, finance, organization management, production and operations
management and business policy)............................. 30
Electives
Business..................................................... 9
Nonbusiness (to include 9 hours of upper division work).......15
Free electives (either business or nonbusiness electives).....18
General psychology ...............................................6
Introductory sociology or cultural anthropology ..................3
Natural science (astro-geophvsics. biology, chemistry, physical geography, geological
sciences, and physics; applies as nonbusiness elective)........3
Political science.................................................6
Principles of economics...........................................6
Total 120
Model Degree Program
The following sequence of courses is a guide to
registration.
Freshman Year Semester Hours
Engl. 102 or 103. English Composition .........................3
Comm. 202 or 210. Communication Theory or Public Speaking. . .3
Math. 107. College Algebra1....................................3
Math. 108. College Calculus1...................................3
Pol. Sci. 100. Introduction to Political Science...............3
Pol. Sci. 110. American National Government....................3
Soc. 100. Introduction to Sociology2 ..........................3
B.Ad. 100. Introduction to Business or a business elective’ ...3
Nonbusiness electives4.........................................3
Natural science................................................3
Total 30
Sophomore Year
Econ. 201 and 202. Principles of Economics (macro/micro) ......6
Psych. 203, 204. General Psychology ...........................6
B.Ad. 200. Business Information and the Computer...............3
Q.M. 201. Business Statistics..................................3
Acct. 200. Introduction to Financial Accounting................3
Nonbusiness electives4.........................................9
Total 30
Junior Year
Mk. 300. Principles of Marketing...............................3
Fin. 305. Basic Finance........................................3
Or. Mg. 330. Introduction to Management and Organization.......3
Pr. Mg. 300. Production and Operations Management..............3
B. Law 300. Business Law ......................................3
Business electives ............................................3
Nonbusiness electives4.........................................3
Free electives................................................ 9
Total 30


24/ University of Colorado at Denver
Senior Year
B.Ad. 411. Business and Society
or B.Ad. 410. Business and Government.......................3
B.Ad. 450. Cases and Concepts in Business Policy or B.Ad. 452. Small Business
Strategy, Policy and Entrepreneurship........................3
Area of emphasis................................................12
Business electives ..............................................3
Free electives...................................................9
Total 30
Area of Emphasis
Each candidate for the B.S. (Business) degree must complete the prescribed courses in an area of emphasis comprising 12 semester hours taken at the University of Colorado. Typically, students select an area of emphasis from those offered after taking several of the “core” courses. Then they take the hours required for their selected area. Available areas of emphasis are:
Accounting
Finance
I nformation science International business Marketing
M inerals land management Organization management Personnel management
Production and operations management
Public agency administration Real estate
Small business management Transportation and traffic management
Although only one area of emphasis will be listed on the student’s official records, students so desiring may accomplish the effect of a dual area of emphasis by careful selection of courses.
ACCOUNTING
Accounting courses are offered in several fields of professional accountancy at the intermediate, advanced, and graduate levels. They provide preparation for practice in one or more of the following fields:
Financial accounting Tax accounting
Auditing Data processing and
Managerial accounting control systems
Teaching and research
In all of these fields a thorough knowledge of the social, legal, economic, and political environment is needed. A high degree of analytical ability and communication skill is indispensible.
The undergraduate area of emphasis in accounting consists of 12 hours beyond Acct. 200 and 202:
Required Courses Semester Hours
Acct. 322. Intermediate Financial Accounting 1 ...............3
Acct. 323. Intermediate Financial Accounting II ..............3
Acct. 332. Cost Accounting ....................................3
Accounting elective ........................................... • 3
Total 12 * 4
•Any of the following four options: (I) Math. 107 and I OX; (2) Math. 111 and 140; (3) Math. Ill and 108: or (4) Math. 140 and 241. A maximum of 9 hours of mathematics below the level of Math. 140 can be applied toward the degree
-'Soc. 100 is recommended to meet the sociology requirement; however. Soc. 104. 119. 300. 301. 302. 303. 305. 3X4. and Anth. 104 or 200 arc acceptable.
’Applies as a business elective. This course is recommended but not required.
4For completion of the B.S. (Business) degree requirements, the student’s program must include at least 9 semester hours in upper division, nonbusiness courses.
Students planning to pursue accounting as a career usually take more than the required 12 hours. Many students take a total of about 30 hours of accounting, often taking two courses each semester in their junior and senior years. Students should work closely with the accounting faculty in planning their accounting programs.
Students planning to take the CPA examination should take about 30 hours of accounting and also be well prepared in statistics, business law, finance, economics.
Graduate study in accounting is receiving increasing emphasis by professional organizations and employers. Students meeting admission requirements should consider continuing their education at the graduate level.
FINANCE
The principal areas of study in finance are financial management, monetary policy, banking, investments, and insurance. Finance is intended to give an understanding of fundamental theory pertaining to finance and to develop ability to make practical applications of the principles and techniques of sound financial management in business affairs. Every endeavor is made to train students to think logically about financial problems and to formulate sound financial decisions and policies. Numerous opportunities are to be found with financial institutions and in the field of business finance. Emphasis is placed on financial policy, management, control, analysis and decision making. Acct. 202 is a prerequisite for this area.
Required Courses Semester Hours
Fin. 401. Business Finance I..................................3
Fin. 402. Business Finance li.................................3
Fin. 433. Investment and Portfolio Management.................3
Fin. 455. Monetary and Fiscal Policy..........................3
Recommended Elective Courses
Fin. 440. International Financial Management..................3
Fin. 434. Security Analysis...................................3
Fin. 453. Bank Management ....................................3
R.Es. 454. Real Estate Finance................................3
Ins. 484. Principles of Insurance.............................3
INFORMATION SCIENCE
The information science area is designed for those who wish to prepare themselves for careers as professional administrative data processing managers in business and government. The student develops those technical skills and administrative insights required for the analysis of information systems, the design and implementation of systems, and the management of data processing operations. The emphasis is on management information systems—systems for the collection, organization, accessing, and analysis of information for the planning and control of operations. The automation of data processing is also studied extensively.
The undergraduate area of emphasis consists of 12 hours beyond B.Ad. 200, Q.M. 201, and l.S. 215.
Required Core: (12 Hours) Semester Hours
1.5. 350. Database Information Systems ......................3
1.5. 465. Systems Analysis and Design........................3
1.5. 470. Computerware.......................................3
Q.M. 330. Operations Research................................3


College of Business and Administration / 25
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
In recent years, companies have completely reoriented their thinking, planning, and operations to capitalize on the opportunities offered in the world marketplace. Every phase of business operation is affected by this reorientation, and individuals who offer the appropriate skills, training, and orientation are in great demand.
The program reflects the basic principle that effectiveness in international business is based on a thorough training in business administration. The international business program provides the opportunity to build on these skills. The student electing this area must complete 15 semester hours as follows:
Required Courses Semester Hours
Econ. 441. International Trade (applies as a
non-business elective).........................................3
B.Ad. 440. International Business Seminar..........................3
Fin. 440. International Financial Management.......................3
Tr. Mg. 458. International Transportation..........................3
Mk. 490. International Marketing...................................3
Because of the availability of courses on the Denver campus, the requirements for this area may vary from those listed for the Boulder campus. Please see an academic adviser for course scheduling.
A second area ot emphasis in business is highly recommended. The course requirements for the second area can be included as part of the business and free elective hours. Foreign language study is also recommended, and foreign language skills are much sought after by business recruiters for this field. Other courses emphasizing international affairs may be elected from the following departments: anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology. Students interested in this area may start their preparation by electing language and other liberal arts and sciences courses in their program.
MARKETING
Marketing is concerned with analyzing the market for a product or service, planning and developing that product, determining the most appropriate distribution channels, pricing the product, and promoting it. Today the administrative policies and practices of any well-managed firm should be marketing-oriented toward the consumer.
The career opportunities in marketing reflect the business person’s awareness of the importance of this field. Today many individuals are rising to top executive positions by the marketing route. There are more executive and other job opportunities for women in the marketing field than in any other single area outside teaching or secretarial work. One out of every four people gainfully employed in this country is in a marketing position.
Career opportunities abound in personal selling, advertising, sales management, marketing research, retailing, wholesaling, marketing by manufacturers.
international marketing, etc.
Required Courses Semester Hours
Mk. 330. Marketing Research...............................3
Marketing electives (beyond Mk. 300)......................9
MINERALS LAND MANAGEMENT
The curriculum in minerals land management is designed to incorporate the primary course patterns of the College of Business and Administration along with certain field area preparation in geology, chemistry, economics, and land management.
With this preparation, the graduate is a candidate for entry into employment as a landman, exploration trainee, lease broker, and other jobs related to the minerals industry. Colorado is presently the headquarters for a wide assortment of resource-based companies operating throughout the western United States and Canada. These companies need qualified employees and have helped in the preparation of the program.
The four-year program will consist of all College of Business requirements and must include the following courses. Except as specifically stated, no 300-or 400-level course (business or nonbusiness) may be taken pass/fail.
1. Nonbusiness Courses Semester Hours
Geol. 101. Introduction to Geomorphology1 ...............4
Geology/Geography Option2............................... 7
Chem. 101. General Chemistry..............................4
Econ. 453. Natural Resource Economics or
Econ. 454. Environmental Economics........................3
2. Business Courses
Acct. 202. Introduction to Managerial Accounting.........3
R.Es. 300. Principles of Real Estate......................3
3. A minimum of 12 hours for the major area is required as specified below:
Required Courses
(The following four courses)
M.L. Mg. 485. Minerals Landman Administration............3
M.L.M. 495. Oil-Gas and Mineral Law .....................3
Acct. 441. Income Tax Accounting.........................3
Fin. 401. Business Finance 1.............................3
Recommended Elective Courses
R.Es. 430. Real Estate Appraisal.........................3
R.Es. 473. Legal Aspects of Real Estate Transactions.....3
B.Law 412. Business Law..................................3
Econ. 476. Government Regulation of Business.............3
Econ. 477, 478. Economic Development—Theory and Problems I, II...................................6
ORGANIZATION MANAGEMENT
Organization management offers opportunities to develop understanding and skill in managing human resources in organizations. The curriculum provides the foundation for supervisory and general management careers.
Required Courses Semester Hours
Or.Mg. 335. Managing Individuals and Work Groups ................3
Or.Mg. 437. Managing Complex Organizations.......................3
(One of the following:)
Ps.Mg. 434. Labor and Employee Relations.........................3
Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice............3
'Geol. 207-208 (Physical Geology I and II) will also fulfill the requirement.
JA minimum of 7 hours of the following geology or geography courses. These may not be taken pass fail Geological Development of Colorado and the West (Geol. 153-4). Environmental Geology (Geol. 370-3). Geohydrology (Geol. 404-3). Principles of Geomorphology (Geol. 463-4). Introduction to Geophysical Prospecting (Geol. 493-4). Mineral Resources and World Affairs (Geol. 494-3). Map Interpretation (Geog. 306-3), Geographic Interpretation of Aerial Photos (Geog. 406-3).


26 / University of Colorado at Denver
Recommended Electives (At least one of the following:)
Ps.Mg. 439. Personnel Management: Legal and Social Issues.3
Pr.Mg. 444. Work Design and Measurement ..................3
Pr.Mg. 447. Policy Analysis in Production and
Operations Management..................................3
Pr.Mg. 460. Purchasing and Materials Management...........3
Tr.Mg. 450. Transportation Operation and Management.......3
B.Ad. 470. Small Businesss—Management and Operations......3
PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT
Personnel management offers opportunities for students to develop professional competence in the areas of personnel administration and labor relations. Students develop understanding and skill in developing and implementing personnel systems including recruiting, selection, evaluating, training, motivation of employees, and union-management relations.
Required Courses Semester Hours
Ps.Mg. 434. Labor and Employee Relations.....................3
Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice........3
Ps.Mg. 439. Personnel Management: Legal and Social Issues....3
Elective.....................................................3
Recommended Electives (At least one of the following:)
Or.Mg. 335. Managing Individuals and Work Groups ............3
Or. Mg. 437. Managing Complex Organizations .................3
Pr.Mg. 444. Work Design and Measurement .....................3
Acct. 332. Cost Accounting ..................................3
I S. 350. Database and Information Systems...................3
Q.M. 300. Intermediate Statistics ...........................3
Econ. 461. Labor Economics...................................3
Psych. 485. Principles of Psychological Testing .............3
PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Production and operations management studies are designed to prepare for careers as production manager, operations manager, management analyst, or systems analyst in such private sector organizations as manufacturing, banking, insurance, hospitals, and construction, as well as in a variety of municipal, state, and federal organizations.
Production or operations managers may be charged with the design, implementation, operation, and maintenance of the production systems. Managerial activities could include forecasting demand, production planning and inventory control, scheduling labor and equipment, job design and labor standards, quality control, purchasing, and facilities location and layout.
Students choosing this area of study may be asked to participate in live case research and consulting projects with local organizations under the direction of their instructor; encouraged to participate in the newly chartered student chapter of the American Production and Inventory Control Society; and encouraged to seriously consider preparing for and taking the five-part Certification Examinations given semi-annually by AP1CS.
Students whose major areas of emphasis are information science or transportation and traffic management will find the Pr.Mg. 400-level courses to be particularly well related to their courses of study.
Required Courses
(The following three courses)
Pr.Mg. 440. Planning arrd Control Systems in
Production and Operations Management........................3
Pr.Mg. 447. Policy Analysis in Production and
Operations Management.......................................3
Pr.Mg. 460. Purchasing and Materials Management...............3
(One of the following courses)
Pr.Mg. 444. Work Design and Measurement ......................3
Q.M. 330. Operations Research..................................3
1.5. 215. Information Systems..................................3
Mk. 485. Physical Distribution Management ....................3
Recommended Electives
1.5. 350. Database Information Systems .......................3
Or.Mg. 335. Managing Individual and Work Groups...............3
Or.Mg. 437. Managing Complex Organizations.....................3
Ps.Mg. 434. Labor and Employee Relations.......................3
Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice.........3
Tr.Mg. 450. Transportation Operation and Management............3
Acct. 332. Cost Accounting ....................................3
Q.M. 300. Intermediate Statistics .............................3
PUBLIC AGENCY ADMINISTRATION
Public agency administration is designed to prepare for careers in management of governmental or other nonprofit service organizations. The curriculum in public agency administration provides the student with a foundation of core courses upon which to construct an area of emphasis which will focus on the type of service organization the student desires to enter upon graduation.
Required Courses
Acct. 480. Business and Governmental Budgeting
and Control....................................................3
Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Administration.............................3
O.Ad. 440. Principles of Office Management ......................3
Q.M. 330. Operations Research....................................3
REAL ESTATE
Real estate careers require knowledge of real estate investments, urban land economics, real estate law. appraising, finance, taxes, management, sales, and accounting.
Real estate is one segment of the economy in which it is still possible for a person to be his/ her own boss whether as a broker, appraiser, developer, syndicator or property manager.
Semester Hours
Required Courses (After completion of R.Es. 300)
R.Es. 430. Real Estate Appraising..............................3
R.Es. 454. Real Estate Financing ..............................3
R.Es. 401. Urban Land Analysis or
R.Es. 433. Real Estate Investments..........................3
R.Es. 473. Legal Aspects of Real Estate........................3
It is strongly recommended that any student planning to sit for the Colorado broker’s examination take all six of the real estate courses.
Recommended Electives
Acct. 441. Income Tax Accounting...........................3
Ins. 484. Principles of Insurance..........................3
Fin. 455. Monetary and Fiscal Policy.......................3
Fin. 433. Investment and Portfolio Management..............3
Mk. 310. Salesmanship.....................................3
Mk. 320. Consumer Behavior................................3


College of Business and Administration 127
Mk. 470. Sales Management ....................................3
B.Ad. 452. Small Business Strategy, Policy,
and Entrepreneurship.......................................3
Arch. Eng. 240. Building Materials and Construction...........3
SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Small business management studies provide under standing, knowledge, and skills in organizing and managing small business. The emphasis is on the managerial aspects of the wide range of activities required of the entrepreneur.
A second area of emphasis in business is highly recommended. The course requirements of the second area can be included as part of business or free electives. Additional courses in management, finance, accounting, and marketing should be planned in consultation with the adviser to serve individual career needs.
Required Courses Semester Hours
B.Ad. 470. Small Business-Management and Operation............3
(Two or three of the following four courses)
Fin. 401. Business Finance I..................................3
Acct. 332. Cost Accounting ...................................3
Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice.........3
Mk. 480. Marketing Policies and Strategies ...................3
Recommended Electives (at least one of the following)
Ps.Mg. 434. Labor and Employee Relations......................3
Pr.Mg. 440. Planning and Control Systems in
Production and Operations Management.......................3
Pr.Mg. 447. Policy Analysis in Production and
Operations Management......................................3
Tr.Mg. 450. Transportation Operation and Management...........3
Pr.Mg. 460. Purchasing and Materials Management...............3
Mk. 485. Physical Distribution Management ....................3
O.Ad. 440. Principles of Office Management ...................3
Fin. 402. Business Finance II.................................3
TRANSPORTATION AND TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT
The curriculum in transportation management includes the role of transportation in society and the problems of traffic management within specific industries as well as the management of firms in the transportation industry, such as airlines, trucking firms, railroads, and urban transit firms. International transportation management problems and policies are analyzed.
One of the recommended elective courses may be substituted with permission of the adviser for one of the required courses if there is a schedule conflict, if the course is not available, or if a student demonstrates a career need for such a course.
Required Courses Semester Hours
(Any four of the following six courses)
Tr.Mg. 450. Transportation Operation and Management.........3
Tr.Mg. 452. Problems in Traffic Management .................3
Tr.Mg. 456. Air Transportation..............................3
Tr.Mg. 457. Urban Transportation............................3
Tr.Mg. 458. International Transportation....................3
Mk. 485. Physical Distribution Management ...................3
Recommended Electives
Ps.Mg. 434. Labor and Employee Relations....................3
Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice.......3
Tr.Mg. 451. Survey of Transportation........................3
Pr.Mg. 460. Purchasing and Materials Management.............3
B.Ad. 470. Small Business—Management and Operation...........3
O.Ad. 440. Principles of Office Management ..................3
COMBINED PROGRAMS
Numerous career opportunities exist for persons trained in both a specialized field and management. For this reason, students may be interested in combined programs of study leading to completion of degree requirements concurrently in two fields. Such combined programs have been arranged for engineering and business, pharmacy and business, and environmental design and business and may be arranged for other professional combinations as well.
The two programs of study proceed concurrently, terminating together with the award of two degrees. Generally, at least five years will be needed for such combined programs. No substitutions are allowed in this program.
For students in combined programs, the requirements for the degree in business are as follows:
1. An application for admission to the combined program must be filed with the College of Business and approved by the deans of both colleges. Completion of at least 48 semester hours in business and economics, to include Econ. 201 and 202 (6 semester hours), required courses in business (30 semester hours), and a business area of emphasis (12 semester hours).
2. Completion of at least 30 of these semester hours at the University of Colorado while enrolled in the College of Business.
3. Completion of nonbusiness requirements in mathematics, communications, and the social and behavioral sciences in a degree program approved in advance by the College of Business. In addition, forsome courses and areas of emphasis, there are prerequisite requirements which must be met.
4. At least a 2.0 grade average must be earned in all courses undertaken in the College of Business. Students in combined degree program are subject to all policies of the College of Business.
5. Any combined degree student who does not make reasonable progress toward the completion of the business degree requirements, as determined by the College of Business, may be dropped from the program.
6. The number of students accepted in any combined program may be numerically limited and is dependent upon existing demand each semester.
Shown below is the combined engineering-business program. For other combinations, students should consult with the associate dean of the College of Business.
The requirements for all combined business and
engineering programs are as follows:
Courses Semester Hours
Econ. 201 and 202. Principles of Economics (Should be completed during the student's sophomore
or junior year.)..............................................6
Acct. 200. Introduction to Financial Accounting.................3
B.Ad. 200. Business Information and the Computer................3
Q.M. 201. Business Statistics...................................3
Mk. 300. Principles of Marketing................................3
Fin. 305. Basic Finance.........................................3
Pr.Mg. 300. Production and Operations Management ...............3
Or.Mg. 330. Introduction to Management
and Organization .............................................3
B.Law 300. Business Law.........................................3
B.Ad. 410. Business and Government; or B.Ad. 411.
Business and Society..........................................3


28 / University of Colorado at Denver
B.Ad. 450. Business Policy.........................................3
Specified courses in an area of emphasis in one of the following fields: accounting, information science, finance, international business, marketing, minerals land management, production operations management, organization management, personnel management, public agency administration, real estate, small business management, or transportation and traffic management. All work in the area of emphasis must be taken at the University of Colorado, College of Business and Administration.
Area of emphasis.............................................12
Total 48
GRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS Requirements for Admission-Master’s Programs
Admission to the master’s programs will be determined by the following criteria:
1. Applicant’s academic record.
2. The applicant’s scores on the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT). (This test is given four times each year at numerous centers throughout the world. For information and to make application for the test, write to the Educational Testing Service, P.O. Box 966, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.)
Because of the large number of applications which must be processed, the deadlines set out below are strictly adhered to, and applicants should be careful to observe them. Personal interviews are not required.
In general, students failing to meet minimum standards are not admitted on a provisional status. Seniors in this University who have satisfied the undergraduate residence requirements and who need not more than 6 semester hours of advanced subjects and 12 credit points to meet requirements for bachelor’s degrees may be admitted to the Graduate School of Business Administration by special permission of the director of graduate studies.
Completed applications, including GMAT scores, two official transcripts from each college attended, and a $20 nonrefundable application fee should be in the Office of Graduate Studies, Graduate School of Business Administration, University of Colorado at Boulder, Boulder, Colorado 80309, by March / for summer admission, by April I for fall admission, and by October / for spring admission.
Daytime M.B.A. courses are offered in Boulder. Evening M.B.A. courses are offered in Denver and Colorado Springs.
BACKGROUND REQUIREMENTS
Students applying for graduate programs in business do not need to have taken their undergraduate degree in business. For those students the M.B.A. or M.S. degree programs provide a series of 3-semester-hour fundamental background courses. These include B.Ad. 501 (Accounting), B.Ad. 502 (Statistics); B.Ad. 503(Market-ing), B.Ad. 504 (Management and Organization); B.Ad. 505 (Finance); B.Ad. 506 (Business Law), B.Ad. 507 (Management Science), and Econ. 201 and 202 (Macro and Micro Economics) or Econ. 300 (Accelerated Principles of Economics). In addition, all graduate students are required to take either B.Ad. 500 (Sources of
Information and Research Methods—I semester hour) or pass a qualifying examination. These fundamental courses do not carry graduate credit nor may they be used to satisfy requirements for the bachelor’s degree in business. They are open only to admitted graduate students.
Graduate students possessing an undergraduate degree in business must be prepared to present the following acceptable course work in order to waive the relevant graduate fundamental course:
Semester Htturs
Introduction to Accounting 6 (Financial Managerial)
Statistics By qualifying exam only'
Principles of Marketing Introduction to Management and 3
Organization 3
Finance 3
Business Law 3
Operations Research 3
Principles of Economics 6 (Macro/ Micro) or 3 (accelerated economics; must include Macro/ Micro)
Remedial work is required of all applicants accepted for the M.B.A. and M.S. programs who do not have the mathematical and programming skills.
General Information—Master’s Programs
The M.B.A. program is a two-year curriculum with the possibility of waiver, for properly prepared students, of all or part of the first year. The student must request course exemption and should be prepared to support the request for waiver. Up to 25 credit hours (First Year Program) of course work may be waived.
Advising. All graduate students should report first to the student adviser in the Graduate School of Business Administration office for the purpose of ascertaining deficiencies and principal field of interest. The division heads of each area serve as faculty advisers.
During the first term of residence, each student should prepare a degree plan. This plan, with appropriate signatures, should be filed in the Office of Graduate Studies.
Qualifying Examination. Satisfactory performance on the Graduate Management Admission Test and admission into a master’s program with the status of a regular degree student will constitute the qualifying examination for graduate study.
Course Load. The normal course load for graduate students is 12-15 semester hours.
Minimum Hours Required. A candidate fora master’s degree in business must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours of graduate work plus any deficiencies. A maximum of 6 semester hours of graduate work can be transferred from another AACSB-accredited master’s program.
1Students entering any of the graduate programs are required to take either B.Ad. 502 (Fundamentals of Business Statistics) or to pass satisfactorily a qualifying examination covering this subject matter. In addition, all Master's students are required to take either B. A d. 500 (Sources of Information and Research Methods) or to pass satisfactorily a qualifying examination.


College of Business and Administration 129
Comprehensive Examination. A comprehensive examination is not required for students pursuing the Master of Business Administration degree program. Each candidate for a Master of Science or Master of Business Education degree is required to take a comprehensive final examination after the other requirements for the degree have been met. This examination is given near the end of the candidate’s last semester of residence. Students must be registered when they take this examination. Comprehensive examinations are given in November, April, and July.
Students must file an Application for Admission to Candidacy with the Office of Graduate Studies during the first month of the final term of their residency.
Minimum Grade-Point Average. A minimum cumulative grade-point average of 3.0 must be achieved in courses taken after the student's admission to the graduate program. If the student’s cumulative grade-point average falls below 3.0, he or she will be placed on academic probation and given one regular semester (summer terms excluded) in which to achieve the required 3.0 cumulative average. Failure to achieve the required average within the allotted time period will result in dismissal.
Work receiving the lowest passing grade, D. may not be counted toward a degree, nor may it be accepted for the removal of deficiencies. A graduate student may repeat once a course for which he or she has received a grade of C, D. or F. Both the original grade and the grade for the repeated course count in the computation of the grade-point average.
To earn a grade of W (withdrawal) in a course, a graduate student must be earning a grade of C or better in that course. Students will not be permitted to withdraw from courses after the tenth week of the semester.
An //^incomplete) will be automatically converted to an F after one academic year.
Time Limit. All 30 semester hours of graduate work, including the comprehensive final examination, should be completed within five years or six successive summers. Candidates for the master's degree are expected to complete their work with reasonable continuity.1
Master of Business Administration
The Master of Business Administration program is devoted to the concepts, analytical tools, and communication skills required for competent and responsible administration. The administration of an enterprise is viewed in its entirety and within its social, political, and economic environment.
In addition to the background requirements for a master’s degree listed above, the candidate for the M.B.A. degree must complete the specific requirements of the M.B.A. curriculum (30 semester hours) as follows:
Core Requirements Semester Hours
a. Functional Courses
Two of the following four functional courses are required: Fin. 601. Mk. 600. Pr.Mg. 640 (Logistics), and I.S. 645, at least one of which shall be either Kin. 601 or Mk. 600. Candidates with either marketing or finance undergraduate or graduate majors shall not take the corresponding functional course to fulfill this requirement .......................................6
b. Business and Its Environment
Business. Government, and Society (B.Ad. 610) ............3
c. Analysis and Control
Business and Economic Analysis (B.Ad. 615)................3
Administrative Controls (B.Ad. 620).......................3
d. Human Factors
Organizational Behavior (B.Ad. 640).......................3
e. Planning and Policy
Administrative Policy (B.Ad. 650).........................3
Area of Emphasis............................................. .9
Total 30
Areas of emphasis include accounting, finance, management science, marketing, organization management, personnel management, production and operations management, and transportation and traffic management.
For students taking an area of emphasis in accounting, Acct. 322, 323 and 332 or their equivalents are prerequisites for all graduate-level accounting courses. Acct. 533 is substituted for B.Ad. 620. Acct. 628 and two other graduate-level accounting courses are required in the area of emphasis. It is strongly recommended that accounting students take Fin. 601 as one of their functional courses.
Requirements for an area of emphasis in finance are Fin. 601, 602 and either Fin. 633 or 655.
Requirements for an area of emphasis in marketing are Mk. 600, 605 and one additional graduate marketing course.
Candidates pursuing the area of emphasis in management science must elect either a decision science option or an information science option. Those electing the decision science option will be required to take Mg.Sc. 601, 602 and Q.M. 602. Those electing the information science option will be required to take l.S. 645, 650 and 665.
Students taking other areas of emphasis should consult the head of the division concerning the requirements.
No thesis is required in the M.B.A. program. In the total program there must be a minimum of 30 semester hours of graduate course work and a minimum of 24 semester hours of course work at the 600 level. Independent study course 699 is normally not acceptable for credit in the final 30 semester hours of the M.B.A. program.
Master of Science
The Master of Science degree affords opportunity for specialization and depth of training within a particular major field and a related minor field.
MAJOR FIELDS
For detailed information concerning requirements and recommended programs for each of the major fields, students should consult the division heads of the following areas: Accounting, Finance, Management Science, Marketing, and Management and Organization. Call 629-2605 for division head’s name and telephone number.
With the approval of the student’s adviser and the director of graduate studies, minor fields may be chosen from business subjects or from other graduate departments.


30 / University of Colorado at Denver
Fields available in the College of Business for selection as a minor are:
Accounting Personnel management
Finance Production and operations
Management science management
Marketing Real Estate
Organization management Transportation and traffic
management
The minimum requirements for the M.S. degree, after all undergraduate background deficiencies have been removed, may be met by Plan 1 or Plan II. The student’s degree program should be approved in advance by the advisory committee and the director of graduate studies.
Plan 1. The requirement is 30 semester hours of graduate credit including a thesis (4 to 6 hours credit) based upon original research by the candidate. A minimum of 20 semester hours of credit, including B.Ad. 630 (Business Research), is required of all candidates and, including the thesis, must be earned in a major field. A minimum of three courses, normally 9 semester hours but not fewer than 6, must be completed in a minor field.
Plan //. Minimum of 30 semester hours of course work must be completed in courses numbered at the 500 level or above. Requirements must be met in both a major and a minor field. No thesis is required.
Of the 30 semester hours of graduate-level course work, a minimum of 16 hours must be at the 600 level.
All M.S. students must pass written comprehensive examinations covering major and minor fields. The candidate’s committee may require an oral final comprehensive examination subsequent to the written examination.
Minors Without Majors in Fields of Business
Graduate students majoring in other divisions of the U niversity may elect as a minor some field of study within the College of Business and Administration. Acceptable fields are:
Accounting Organization management
Finance Personnel management
Management science Production and operations
Marketing management
Transportation and traffic management
The student must complete two preparatory fundamentals courses, or their equivalents, as background preparation in the particular field. These two courses will be selected in consultation with a College of Business and Administration adviser. Validation of background preparation may be required through examination, either written or oral, or both.
To complete a minor at the graduate level in one of the fields within the college, the student must present not fewer than two graduate courses, and not fewer than 6 semester hours at the 500 or 600 level. Courses taken to apply on a minor must form a logical sequence or unit and should be approved in advance by a representative of the subject field from which the courses are selected.
Doctor of Business Administration
Students should refer to the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog for information regarding the Doctor of Business Administration (D.B.A.) program.


School of Education
Gerald W. Lundquist, Associate Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE SCHOOL
UCD offers undergraduate and graduate programs to prepare teachers and other educational workers. The education of school personnel has long been a recognized responsibility of the University. No program of studies involves the coordination of more scholastic disciplines than does the education of teachers. None is more fundamental, more significant, more far-reaching, or more enduring in its impact on society.
The teacher education program is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education. Membership also is held in the American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education.
Students interested in pursuing a program of studies leading to teacher certification should consult the School of Education Office. Those desiring to pursue graduate programs or to take courses as graduate students should consult the Graduate School section of this bulletin.
All application forms for School of Education programs are available in the school office, located at 1156 9th Street. 629-2717.
TEACHER CERTIFICATION PROGRAM
The Teacher Certification Program is designed to prepare elementary and secondary teachers for urban school settings through academic work, professional studies, classroom teaching experiences, community field experiences, and urban studies courses.
(iraduate and undergraduate teacher certification programs are available at UCD in elementary education and in secondary education in the fields of communication and theatre. English. German. French, Spanish, mathematics, science, and social studies.
Undergraduate students must fulfill all degree requirements of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. For students who already have a B.A.. B.S.. or advanced degree it is possible to obtain teacher certification only or to work toward an advanced degree in education while obtaining Colorado teacher certification.
Student Candidates
1. Juniors and seniors who are working on a B.A. degree.
2. Persons who already have B.A., B.S.. or advanced degrees, but who do not have teaching certificates.
The Program
First Semester (Fall)
Semester Hours
T.Ed. 406 506. Foundations of American Education1...........3
T.Ed. 413 513. (ieneral Educational Psychology'.............3
T.Ed. 436 536. Teaching Reading in Urban Schools' ..........3
T.Ed. 473 573. The City as a Cultural Laboratory ...........2
T.Ed. 420 520. Media in Education ..........................3
Time Commitment for Field Experiences:
T.Ed. 406 506. Two hours per week in Denver Public Schools
T.Ed. 413 513. Two hours per week in Denver Public Schools
T.Ed. 436 536. Two hours per week in Denver Public Schools
If the student elects to take these courses out of sequence, such as T.Ed.
406 506 the first semester and T.Ed. 413 5l3and436 536 the following fall, the time commitment will be a minimum of four hours per week each semester.
City as a Cultural Laboratory: To be offered fall semester in the form of individualized field experiences in the city of Denver. Seminars will be held during the semester to process the experiences.
K-12: T.Ed. 436 536 and T.Ed. 413 513 will be offered with one section designated with an elementary emphasis and one section with an emphasis on secondary aspects. All other courses will maintain the K-12 perspective.
Second Semester (Spring) Semester Hours
Special Methods:
a. For elementary certification:
T.Ed. 415 515 Basic Elementary Block .......................8
b. For secondary certification:
Discipline-area methods course...............................3
T.Ed. 475 575. School-Based Field Experience (Secondary) ........2
6 hours per week in Denver Public Schools
T.Ed. 475 575. School-Based Field Experience (Elementary)........4
12 hours per week in Denver Public Schools T.Ed. 412 512. Communication: Human Relations and Group Processes...............................................3
Full-time involvement in School of Education for elementary-level students during second semester of program.
Summer Session (Optional Enrollment)
This additional semester may be necessary for some students to complete program requirements during a two-year period.
1. Student teaching (T.Ed. 470/570, T.Ed. 471/571, T.Ed. 439/539, T.Ed. 440/540).
2. Academic work in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
3. Elective courses in the School of Education also may be taken during the summer terms.
Third Semester (Fall) Semester Hours
Elementary certification: (1 nvolves an 8 week full-time student teaching assignment, concurrent seminar.)
'A livid e.xperient e component is an integral /tart of each of these courses.


32 / University of Colorado at Denver
T.Ed. 470/570. Student Teaching-Elementary School...............8
T.Ed. 459/559. Seminar in Elementary Student Teaching..........I
T.Ed. 408/508. Methods and Materials for Teaching the Exceptional Student ........................................5
Secondary certification:
T.Ed. 471/571. Student Teaching-Secondary School
(8 weeks full time or 16 weeks half-time assignment).........8
T.Ed. 440 540. Seminar in Secondary Student Teaching ...........I
T.Ed. 408 508. Methods and Materials for Teaching
the Exceptional Student .....................................5
Fourth Semester (Spring)
T.Ed. 414/514. Seminar: Urban Education,
Bilingual, Multicultural Education..................5
Admission Procedures
A check list which outlines the steps necessary for admission into the Teacher Certification Program is available in the Education office. Students should obtain and follow the procedures as listed. For further information contact the School of Education, 1156 9th Street. 629-2717.
Physical Education Programs
Metropolitan State College is responsible for teaching all undergraduate physical education for the Auraria Higher Education Center. This includes the basic activity program as well as the undergraduate major in health, physical education, and recreation. UCD students may take any activity class MSC offers. Check the
appropriate Schedule of Courses for activities offered, class times, and procedures for enrolling in such classes.
Rehabilitation Services Program
The School of Education offers a two-year program in rehabilitation services to juniors and seniors, focusing strongly on the recruitment and training of minorities. Students entering the program must have completed 60 semester hours by September of the year for which application is made and should consult with the School of Education regarding entrance requirements. The program leads to a B.S. degree, but not a teaching certificate.
The program combines didactic and experiential facets of rehabilitation counseling. Trainees spend a minimum of two days per week working in settings such as drug and alcohol treatment centers, juvenile probation, and rehabilitation service agencies. The program requires 30 hours of core curriculum courses during the junior and senior years.
Applications for admission to the Rehabilitation Services Program are accepted each year until July 31.
Graduate Programs
Refer to the Graduate School section of this bulletin for information regarding graduate programs in education.
i


College of Engineering and Applied Science
Paul E. Bartlett, Associate Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE PROFESSION
Through engineering the resources of nature are used for the benefit of humanity and the environment. Engineers today are expected not only to be competent planners and designers of technical systems, but significant contributors to the betterment of their environment in the social and humanistic sense as well. Engineering professional societies have committed themselves to the principle that, as mankind gains the ability to build more powerful machines and more useful devices, there must be a strong and successful effort to protect natural resources and the environment.
An engineering career demands hard work, and so does an engineering education. In return engineers have excellent opportunities to work in various places, meet new challenges, or move upward in management. The engineer is generally well paid and usually in demand; in the rare times when there is a surplus of certain kinds of engineers, individuals usually have little difficulty finding attractive opportunities in other fields.
Currently, registration is required in all states for the legal right to practice professional engineering. Although there are variations in the state laws, graduation from an accredited curriculum in engineering, subscription to a code of ethics, and four years of qualifying experience are required. In addition, two days of examinations covering the engineering sciences and the applicant’s practical experience are required in most states. Those who cannot qualify for registration are expected to work under experienced registered engineers.
A listing of the fields in which engineers work would have many hundreds of entries. The following list by departments gives only a brief summary.
The aerospace engineering sciences prepare engineers for an industry that encompasses the design and construction of both commercial and military aircraft and the development and fabrication of space vehicles. Advances in this technology have permitted the industry to enter also the fields of urban mass transit, undersea exploration, bioengineering, nuclear engineering, laser technology, and many other emerging high technology fields. An aerospace engineer often works at the forefront of engineering with scientists in the fields of mathematics, physics, chemistry, biology, etc.
Applied mathematics meets the need of modern research, which is dependent upon advanced mathematical concepts. Almost all concerns that are
engaged in industrial and scientific research today need applied mathematicians, as do organizations involved in computational work, statistical analysis, or stochastics.
Architectural engineering prepares students for careers in the building industry and for research at the graduate level on building-related topics. This course of study fulfills the academic requirements for registration as a professional engineer.
The architectural engineering curriculum is recommended for those wishing to specialize within the building industry in engineering design, construction and contracting, or sales engineering. The architectural engineering student may select any of three areas of specialization offered: construction engineering, environmental engineering, or structural engineering.
Chemical engineers convert natural resources into industrial and consumer products in facilities that include refineries and gasification plants. Among their products are many that often are not identified with chemical engineering oils, metals, glass, plastics, rubber, paints, soaps and detergents, foods, beverages, synthetic and natural fibers, nuclear and exotic fuels, medicines, and many others.
The department has recently revised and upgraded its bioengineering/premedical engineering program. It is very much interested in research directed toward ecologically sound development of chemical processes. It is also working hard on energy problems and is stressing in its instructional program problems of energy conversion.
Civil engineering offers an interesting and challenging career to the student interested in the design and construction of buildings, bridges, dams, aqueducts, and other structures; in transportation systems including highways, canals, pipelines, airports, rapid transit lines, railroads, and harbor facilities; in the transmission of water and the control of rivers; in the development of water resources for urban use, industry, and land reclamation; in the control of water quality through water purification and proper waste treatment; in the construction and contracting industry; and in the problems concerned with man’s physical environment and the growth of cities.
Electrical engineering offers professional possibilities that include teaching and research in a university; research in development of new electrical or electronic devices, instruments, or products; design of equipment or systems; production and quality-control of electrical


34 / University of Colorado at Denver
products for private industry or government; and sales or management for a private firm or branch of government. There are numerous specialties within electrical engineering. Among them are the design of computer interfaces and computer software; electromagnetic Helds, which are basic to radio, television, and related systems; communication theory and signal processing; electrical machinery; solid-state, integrated-circuit, and electron devices, energy and power, control systems and others.
The electrical engineering and computer science program is designed to provide entrance into the profession for students who wish to work in computer engineering. This includes design and construction of efficient software systems as well as an introduction to hardware design. Present interest is in the application of microprocessors.
The engineering physicist works where new kinds of engineering are being born, or where many fields are being used jointly. General knowledge of the diverse fields of physics provides the ability to deal with industrial problems that cannot be solved by a standardized procedure in a specialized field. The training prepares the student for a career in physics where there are many and varied opportunities in development work and industrial research. It is also basic for graduate work in physics and for specialized training in research.
Mechanical engineering is very broad in scope, not identified with or restricted to a particular technology, vehicle, device, or system but instead is concerned with all such subjects, both individually and collectively. The objective of the undergraduate program is to prepare the student to meet and anticipate change, and to work with technologies as yet unknown. Typical starting assignments for the graduating senior include positions with oil, construction, and automotive industries.
INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE B.S. Degree
The College of Engineering and Applied Science offers at UCD complete four-year programs leading to the B.S. degree in civil engineering, electrical engineering, electrical engineering and computer science, mechanical engineering, and applied mathematics. A number of the courses leading to the B.S. degree in aerospace engineering sciences, architectural engineering, chemical engineering, and engineering physics also are offered at UCD.
The course requirements during the freshman year are essentially the same throughout the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
About two-thirds of the sophomore year is common to all, and the remainder of the courses begin to point to the various fields of engineering taught; real specialization begins, however, in the junior year and carries on through the senior year. A fifth year of study leading to the master's degree is strongly urged for students of more than usual ability who feel they can profit from additional study. Those in this category are likely to achieve greater ultimate success in the engineering
profession.
At UCD it is also possible for a student to obtain a bachelor’s degree in engineering and a bachelor’s degree in business in five years plus one or two summer terms. Any of the engineering degree programs can be modified for an excellent premedical program. If liberal arts students elect certain courses in science, mathematics, and engineering as undergraduates, they may earn an -engineering degree in four semesters after graduation from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
At the graduate level, UCD offers complete master’s degree programs in civil engineering, electrical engineering and applied mathematics. Many graduate courses leading to the Ph.D. in civil engineering and electrical engineering are also offered.
For information regarding courses and requirements leading to the Master of Engineering. Master of Science, or to the Ph.D. degree, see the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog and the Graduate School section of this bulletin.
Summer Courses
Summer term courses are planned for regular students who must clear deficiencies and for transfer students. Courses also are offered for high school graduates who wish to enter as freshmen and for those who need to remove subject deficiencies. For information about courses, students should write to the associate dean of the College of Engineering and Applied Science, UCD, for the Schedule of Summer Courses.
For many students there are several advantages in starting their college careers during the summer term. Some required freshman and sophomore courses are normally offered at UCD during the summer. Generally, the summer classes are smaller than regular academic-year classes, which means that students can get more individual attention. The summer term gives students a head start and enables them to take a lighter load during the fall semester or take additional courses to enrich their program.
Scholarships, Fellowships, and Loan Funds
Money contributed to the University Development Foundation for assistance to engineering students is deposited in appropriate accounts and used according to the restrictions imposed by the donors. Numerous industries match employee contributions. A list of companies contributing to scholarships and fellowships and different loan funds available can be obtained from the associate dean’s office.
Student Organizations
The following honorary engineering societies have active student chapters in the College of Engineeringand Applied Science:
Chi Epsilon, civil and architectural fraternity Eta Kappa Nu. electrical engineering society


College of Engineering and Applied Science / 35
Tau Beta Pi. engineering society Student chapters of the following professional societies are well established at UCD:
American Society of Civil Engineers Association for Computing Machinery Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers Society of Women Engineers
The following societies have chapters on the Boulder Campus; however, UCD students are eligible for membership:
American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics American Institute of Chemical Engineers American Society of Mechanical Engineers Society of Industrial and Applied Mathematics
These societies meet frequently to present papers, speakers, films, and other programs of technical interest. A general student organization, known as the Associated Engineering Students, of which all students in the College are members, has supervision of matters of interest to the whole group.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
The prospective engineering student needs to be able to work hard, should enjoy mathematics, and should havea keen interest in science and its methods. Sound curiosity about the principles governing the behavior of forces and materials and the ability to visualize structures and machines are necessary prerequisites. The ability to express ideas in both written and spoken form is of primary importance.
In order to enroll, the student must meet the admission requirements of the College of Engineering and Applied Science and the admission requirements described in the General Information section of this bulletin. Students who have been out of high school for two or more years may petition the College for admission. Persons of sufficient maturity and experience who do not meet the prescribed requirements for admission may be admitted upon approval of the associate dean.
Beginning students in engineering should be prepared to start analytic geometry-calculus. No credit toward a degree will be given for algebra or trigonometry (courses will be offered to allow a student to make up deficiencies). Any student who questions the adequacy of his precollege background in mathematics should see the applied mathematics coordinator for suggestions. A diagnostic test covering precalculus mathematics will be available, prior to registration, to assist new freshmen in selecting the appropriate beginning mathematics course.
To be prepared for the type of mathematics courses that will be taught, the student must be competent in the basic ideas and skills of ordinary algebra, geometry, and plane trigonometry. These include such topics as the fundamental operations with algebraic expressions, exponents and radicals, fractions, simple factoring, solution of linear and quadratic equations, graphical representation, simple systems of equations, complex
numbers, the binomial theorem, arithmetic and geometric progressions, logarithms, the trigonometric functions and their use in triangle solving and simple applications, and the standard theorems of geometry, including some solid geometry. It is estimated that it will usually take seven semesters to cover this material adequately in high school.
It is recommended that students take at least two
units of a foreign language.
Freshmen
High School Subjects Required
Required for A dmission1 Units'-
English (literature, composition, grammar) 4
Mathematics distributed as follows:
Algebra 2
Geometry 1
Additional mathematics 1
Natural sciences (physics and chemistry
recommended) 2
Social studies and humanities 3
(Foreign languages and additional
units of English, history, and
literature are included)
Electives' 3
Totals 16
Former Students
Former students must meet the requirements outlined in the General Information section of this bulletin. Records made at collegiate institutions while the student was a member of the armed forces will not necessarily be a determining factor in a student's readmission to the University of Colorado, but all such records should be submitted. Students who have withdrawn must obtain permission of the associate dean to reenroll in the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
Students who interrupt their course of study may be required to take any preparatory courses which have been added during their absence or to repeat courses in which their preparation is thought to be weak.
Transfer Students
Students transferring from other accredited collegiate institutions may be considered for admission on an individual basis if they meet the requirements outlined in the General Information section of this bulletin and the freshmen requirements for entering the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
Intrauniversity transfers within the same campus of the
â– Applicants not meeting these requirements will be considered on an individual basis. A student who is not prepared should expect to make up deficiencies.
2A unit of work in high school is defined as a course covering a school year of not fewer than 36 weeks, with five periods of at least 40 minutes per week. (Two periods of manual training, domestic science, drawing, or laboratory work are equivalent to one period of classroom work.) This is equivalent to 180 actual periods per unit. Fractional credits of value less than one-half unit will not be accepted. Not less than one unit of work will be accepted in a foreign language, elementary algebra, geometry, physics, chemistry, or biology.
JElectives may be chosen from any of the high school subjects (except physical education) which are accepted by an accredited school for its diploma and which meet the standards as defined by the North Central Association. However, not more than two units will be considered from drawing, shop, or other vocational work; courses that have descriptive geometry features may be considered for elective units beyond the recommended units.


36 / University of Colorado at Denver
University to the College of Engineering and Applied Science will be considered on an individual basis if both the following conditions are fulfilled:
1. Enrollment limitations permit.
2. The student’s prior academic record fulfills the admissions requirements of the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
Intercampus transfers of students from one campus of the University to another will be considered on an individual basis if the following conditions are fulfilled:
1. Enrollment limitations permit.
2. The student has a minimum of 30 hours in an engineering curriculum at that campus, not counting transfer hours.
3. If an engineering student, the student is in good academic standing with at least a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average for all courses attempted and for all courses that count toward graduation requirements. If not an engineering student, the student’s academic record has all that fulfills the admission requirements of the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
Some course sequences should be completed before transferring to another campus; therefore, it is strongly recommended that students who contemplate transferring campuses see their department adviser prior to initiating the transfer request.
Both intrauniversity and intercampus transfers are subject to review by a faculty committee which evaluates the applicant's qualifications for academic success in engineering subjects.
TRANSFER CREDIT
After a prospective transfer student has made application and submitted transcripts to the University of Colorado, the Office of Admissions and Records issues a Statement of Advanced Standing (currently Form 382) listing those courses that are acceptable by University standards for transfer. A copy of this statement is received by the associate dean’s office at the time the student is admitted by the Office of Admissions and Records and is made a part of the permanent record. The appropriate engineering faculty departmental representative will use this copy of the form to indicate which of those credits listed may be acceptable toward the 136-hour graduation requirement in the College of Engineering and Applied Science and note the tentative acceptance of these credits by dating and initialing each acceptable course listed on the Statement of Advanced Standing. The student will be notified that the acceptance is tentative and is contingent upon satisfactory completion of a minimum of 30 semester hours at the University of Colorado before the credits may be officially applied toward the degree requirements. // is the responsibility of the transfer student, after having completed the 30 semester credit hours at the University of Colorado, to request final validation of the credits by his department and to have this validation noted on the Statement of Advanced Standing kept in the associate dean’s office.
If at any time a student wishes to have a course not
previously accepted considered again for transfer, the student should consult with the departmental transfer adviser and complete a petition to the associate dean through the department chairman. All transfer credit must be validated by satisfactory achievement in subsequent courses.
NONTRANSFERABLE CREDITS
Students desiring to transfer credits from engineering technology programs should note that such credits are accepted only upon the submission of evidence that the work involved was fully equivalent to that offered in this College.
There are technology courses given with titles and textbooks identical to those of some engineering courses. These may still not be equivalent to engineering courses because of emphasis that is nonmathematical or otherwise divergent.
In order to assist engineering technology students with transfer problems, the following guidelines have been established:
Courses on basic subjects such as mathematics, physics, literature, or history may be acceptable for direct transfer of credit if they were taught as part of an accredited program for all students and were not specifically designated for technology students.
Students who have taken technology courses (courses with technology designations) that may be valid equivalents for engineering courses have these options:
1. They may petition faculty advisers to waive the course. The requirement for a course can be waived if students demonstrate that, by previous course work, individual study, or work experience they have acquired the background and training normally provided by the course. No credit is given toward graduation for a waived course, but strong students may benefit from the waiver by being able to include more advanced work later in their curriculum. Other students may profit by taking the course at this College instead and thus establish a fully sound basis for what follows.
2. Credit for a course may be given if the course work was done at an accredited institution of higher education. The University of Colorado department involved may recommend that credit be transferred to count toward the requirements fora related course in its curriculum. Credit cannot be given for vocational-technical or remedial courses under rules of the University. (See section on transfer of college-level credit in the General Information section of this bulletin.)
3. Students may seek credit for the course by examination.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Refer to the General Information section of this bulletin for descriptions of University-wide policies.
The following policies apply specifically to the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement credit may be granted by special examination of the department involved or by College


College of Engineering and Applied Science / 37
Entrance Examination Board (CEEB) tests. Credit by examination is not given for correspondence courses. If the applicant has scored 4 or 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Examination, credit toward graduation may be awarded. Students who have scored 3 may be considered for advanced placement by the department concerned. All advanced placement and transfer credit must be validated by satisfactory achievement in subsequent courses, in accordance with standard transfer policies of the College.
Advanced placement credit for the freshman mathematics courses in calculus and differential equations will be limited to not more than 4 hours each. Equivalent mathematics courses from other colleges are usually accepted at full value.
Attendance Regulations
Successful work in the College of Engineering and Applied Science is dependent upon regular attendance in all classes. Students who are unavoidably absent should make arrangements with instructors to make up the work missed. Students who, for illness or other good reason, miss a final examination must notify the instructor or the associate dean’s office no later than the end of the day on which the examination is given. Failure to do so will result in an F in the course.
Changing Departments
Students who wish to change to another department within the College of Engineering and Applied Science must apply for transfer by submitting a Change of Major For Undergraduate Degree Students form which must have the approval of both departments concerned and the associate dean.
College-Level Examination (CLEP) Credit
Prospective students may earn college-level credit through the College-Level Examination Program (CLEP) examinations, provided that they score at the 67th percentile or above. Departments will advise students of the credits accepted for such courses. The number of credits so earned must be within the limits of the number of elective hours of the individual department. A list of subjects in which CLEP examination credit will be accepted may be obtained from the College of Engineering and Applied Science office. The currently approved list includes 23 subjects in the fields of computing, business, science, mathematics, the humanities, and social sciences. (See also College-Level Examination Program in the General Information section of this bulletin.)
Counseling
Freshman students are counseled by the associate dean's office and by representatives from each academic department. These representatives are readily available to assist students with academic, vocational, or personal concerns.
Students are assigned specific departmental advisers for academic planning and should consult with the
departmental chairman or designated representative for assignment.
Course Load Policy
Full-lime Students. Undergraduate students employed less than 10 hours per week should register for the regular work as outlined in the departmentaf^cjirricula. Additional courses may be allowed when there is satisfactory evidence that these extra courses can be taken profitably and creditably. Permission to take more than 21 hours orfewerthan 12 hours may be granted only after written petition to the associate dean. The petition must carry the approval of the departmental faculty adviser.
Employed Students. Suggested maximum course loads for undergraduate students employed 10 or more hours per week are as follows:
Employed 40 or more hours per week—two courses (maximum of 9 semester hours)
Employed 30 to 39 hours per week—three courses (maximum of 12 semester hours)
Employed 20 to 29 hours per week—four courses (maximum of 15 semester hours)
Employed 10 to 19 hours per week—five courses (maximum of 18 semester hours)
Freshman Year
Fundamentals taught in the freshman year are of prime importance in the more advanced classes, and every effort is made to register a beginning freshman in the proper courses. (Course requirements for freshmen are detailed within the curriculum given under each department.)
All freshmen are urged to consult their instructors whenever they need help in their assignments.
Repetition of Courses
A student may not register for credit in a course in which he already has received a grade of C or better. When a student takes a course for credit more than once, all grades are used in determining the grade-point average. An F grade in a required course necessitates a subsequent satisfactory completion of the course. Students may not register for credit in any course which they have previously enrolled in and completed for NC (no credit).
Work Experience
It is the policy of the College of Engineering and Aplied Science that any credits accrued in the official records of the student that were a warded for work experience (or for Cooperative Education experience) will not apply as part of the 136 semester hours required for an engineering degree.
Policy on Academic Progress
The following is a statement of the Policy on Academic Progress in the College of Engineering and Applied Science.


38 / University of Colorado at Denver
An overall average of 2.0 or better, in hours taken at the University of Colorado toward graduation requirements, is necessary to remain in good standing in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Grades earned at another institution are not used in calculating the grade-point average at the University of Colorado. However, grades earned in another school or college within the University of Colorado will be used in determining the student’s scholastic standing and progress toward the bachelor of science degree in the College of Engineeringand Applied Science.
Students whose overall averages fall below 2.0 will be placed on probation for the next semester in which they are enrolled in the College and will be so notified. If, after that semester the student’s average is still below 2.0, the student will be suspended from the College.
The following is additional information and interpretation of the policy:
1. Students who have been suspended are suspended indefinitely and may not enroll at any University of Colorado campus during any regular academic year, September through May, but may enroll in summer sessions or Vacation College and/or may take correspondence courses for credit through the Division of Continuing Education.
2. Students who have been suspended may apply fora readmission if they bring their overall average up to a 2.0 through summer session. Vacation College, and/or correspondence work applying to engineering degree requirements as approved by a member of the Academic Progress Committee.
3. A student, upon satisfactorily completing at another college or university a minimum of 12 semester hours of work appropriate to an engineering curriculum subsequent to suspension, may apply for readmission as a transfer student.
4. Applicants for readmission to the University of Colorado cannot be assured readmission.
5. During a probation semester the student must complete a normal load, i.e., 12 hours or more (fora fulltime student) of courses counting toward graduation requirements. Physical education courses do not count; if the student has previously completed 6 hours of ROTC courses. ROTC courses do not count; if 24 hours of social-humanistic subjects have been completed, social-humanistic subjects do not count.
6. Students who have been on probation or suspension at any time in the past will automatically be suspended if their overall average again falls below a 2.0.
Details of the probationary and suspension status and of the conditions for return to good academic standing will be stipulated in the letters of probation and suspension. Information regarding these matters may be obtained in the Office of the Associate Dean, Room 402.
Grading System, Pass/Fail and Drop/Add Procedures
See the General Information section of this bulletin for the University of Colorado uniform grading system and for additional pass/fail information and drop/add procedures. Also see the current Schedule of Courses.
GRADING SYSTEM
It is particularly important to note that in the College of Engineering and Applied Science courses to be counted toward fulfilling the 136-hour graduation requirement cannot be taken no credit (NC). Once a course has been taken for no credit, the course cannot he repeated for credit.
PASS/FAIL
The primary purpose for offering courses on a pass/fail grade basis is to encourage students, especially juniors and seniors, to broaden their educational experience by electing challenging courses without serious risk to their academic records. In general pass/fail should be I’mited to 300- or 400-level elective courses. Beiow are specific pass/fail regulations for the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
1. A maximum of 16 pass/fail hours may be included in a student’s total program. A maximum of 6 hours may be taken in one semester, but it is recommended that not more than one course at a time be taken pass/fail.
2. Courses that a student may elect to take pass/fail shall be designated and approved in advance by the student’s major department. If courses not so designated are taken, the earned grade will be recorded in place of the P or F grade. An engineering student who has not designated a major field will not be allowed the pass/fail option without approval through the associate dean’s office.
3. A transfer student may count toward graduation I credit hour of pass/fail for each 9 credit hours completed in the College; however, the maximum number of pass/fail hours counting toward graduation shall not exceed 16, including courses taken in the Honors Program under that program’s pass/fail grading system.
4. Students on academic probation should not enroll for pass/fail courses.
DROP/ADD
Only under very extenuating circumstances will petitions for dropping courses be considered after the tenth week of the semester.
Sequence of Courses
Full-time students should complete the courses in the department in which they are registered according to the curriculum shown under their major department in this bulletin. (Part-time students may need to modify the order of courses with adviser approval.) Any course in which there is a failure or an unremoved incomplete should, upon the first recurrence of such course, take precedence over other courses; however, each student must be registered so that departmental requirements will be completed with the least possible delay.
Students who do not earn a grade of C or better in a course that is prerequisite to another may not register for the succeeding course unless they have the permission of both the department and the instructor of the succeeding course.
Students may enroll for as much as 50 percent of their


College of Engineering and Applied Science /39
courses in work that is not a part of the prescribed curricula of the College of Engineering and Applied Science, provided they have at least a 2.0 grade average in all college work attempted. Exceptions to this policy may be made by petition and may be made for students taking the combined engineering-business program.
Graduation With Honors
In recognition of high scholastic and professional attainments, Honors or Special Honors, (at the discretion of the Engineering Honors and Recognition Committee) will be awarded at graduation. These honors will be recorded on the diplomas of the graduates receiving them and indicated in the commencement program.
Social-Humanistic Content of the Engineering Curriculum
The faculty of the College of Engineering and Applied Science requires that 24 semester hours should be considered the minimum of social-humanistic content of the degree-granting departments.
A minimum of 6 hours of literature is required. Six hours of social-humanistic subjects should be taken in the junior year and 6 in the senior year. These subjects should be taken from the following categories, with not fewer than 6 hours from category 2 below.
1. Literature (including foreign literature either in the original or in translation).
2. Economics, sociology, political science, history, and anthropology.
3. Fine arts and music (critical or historical).
Up to a maximum of 6 hours of communication skills (e.g., English composition, technical writing, public speaking, elementary foreign languages) may be substituted for 6 hours of the social-humanistic requirement. Alternatively, such courses may be counted as technical electives. Courses in business subjects such as accounting, contracts, and management should be used as technical electives where applicable. (Elective courses are to be coordinated with the faculty adviser.)
Qualified students will be permitted to take appropriate honors courses as substitutes for social-humanistic courses.
PLANNING AN ENGINEERING PROGRAM
// is the responsibility of students to be sure they have fulfilled all the requirements, to file the intended date of graduation in the departmental office at the close of the third year, to fill out a Diploma Card at registration at the beginning of the last semester, and to keep the departmental adviser and the associate dean’s office informed of any changes in the students’ plans throughout the last year.
In order to become eligible for one of the bachelor’s degrees in the College of Engineering and Applied Science, a student, in addition to being in good standing in the University, must meet the following minimum requirements.
Courses. The satisfactory completion of the prescribed and elective work in any curriculum as determined by the appropriate department.
Hours. A minimum of 136 hours, of which the last 30 shall be earned after matriculation and admission as a degree student in the College of Engineering and Applied Science at CU is required for students in the four-year curricula; however, many students may need to present more than the minimum hours because of certain departmental requirements and because they may have enrolled in courses which do not carry full credit toward a degree. The hours required for students in the business and engineering program vary by departments; as a guide, 166 semester hours are considered a minimum, but most students follow programs that bring the total above this figure.
Grade Average. A minimum grade-point average of
2.0 (C) for all courses attempted and (separately computed) for all required courses. A department may require a minimum grade of C in all major courses.
Faculty Recommendation. The recommendation of the faculty of the department offering the degree and the recommendation of the faculty of the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
Incompletes and Correspondence Courses. It is the student’s responsibility to insure that all incompletes and correspondence courses are officially completed before the tenth week of the student’s final semester in school.
Simultaneous Conferring of Degrees. For business and engineering students, the degree B.S. in business and the degree B.S. in engineering must be conferred at the same commencement.
Commencement Exercises. Commencement exercises usually are held in May. Students finishing in December and August may attend commencement the following May or receive diplomas by mail.
English for Engineering
Communication skills are essential for every professional person and are particularly so for the engineer. Most engineering departments recommend one of the following series of courses. It is not mandatory but is preferable that the courses be taken sequentially as shown. These courses are intended to develop the student’s writing ability and to allow a close analysis of significant works of world literature in translation and in English originals.
The following combinations are recommended: (1) Engl. 258. 259. 260, 261; or (b) Engl. 258, 259, and the following two introductory courses: Engl. 120 (Introduction to Fiction), Engl. 130 (Introduction to Drama and Poetry). Students who achieve a ^average in two of the following English courses (120, 130, 258, and 259) may take immediately thereafter any literature courses listed by the Department of English. No social-humanistic credit will be given for courses dealing with English as a foreign language. Students having questions about the English requirement should see their departmental adviser.


40 / University of Colorado at Denver
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREES
In addition to the standard four-year degree programs previously listed, the College is involved in the following programs.
Business and Engineering Curricula
Undergraduates in the College of Engineering and Applied Science with career interests in administration may complete all of the requirements for a B.S. degree in engineering and a B.S. degree in business by extending their study programs to five years, including one or two summer terms. The 48 semester credits required in the College of Business and Administration may be started in the second, third, or fourth year, depending upon the curricular plan for the particular field of engineering in which the student is enrolled.
It is also possible for qualified graduates (GPA: 3.0 or better) to complete the requirements fora master’s degree in business within one year after receiving the baccalaureate degree in engineering. Before deciding upon the business option, a student should carefully consider, in consultation with departmental advisers, the relative advantages of the B.S. business-engineering curricula, the degree program of the Graduate School of Business Administration, and the M.S. degree program in the student’s own engineering discipline.
Combined B.S. business and B.S. engineering programs are available for students in aerospace engineering sciences, applied mathematics, architectural engineering, chemical engineering, civil engineering, electrical engineering, electrical engineering and computer science, engineering physics, and mechanical engineering.
Students taking these undergraduate programs are not required to submit formal application for admission to the College of Business. However, before enrolling in any business courses, the student must see an adviser from the College of Business.
Requirements for the undergraduate business degree and engineering degree must be completed concurrently. At least a 2.0 grade average must be earned in all courses undertaken in the College of Business. Not fewer than 30 semester credits in business courses must be earned to establish residency credit. Courses offered by the College of Business may be used in lieu of electives required for undergraduate engineering degrees, subject to the approval of the individual department.
The business requirements for this program are as follows:
Courses Semester Hours
Econ. 201 and 202. Principles of Economics.......................6
(Should be completed during the student's sophomore year or junior year.)
Acct. 200. Introduction to Financial Accounting...................3
B.Ad. 200. Business Information and the Computer.................3
Q.M. 201. Business Statistics.....................................3
Mk. 300. Principles of Marketing..................................3
Fin. 30S. Basic Finance...........................................3
Pr.Mg. 300. Production and Operations Management ...............3
Or.Mg. 330. Introduction to Management and Organization.....................................................3
B.Law 300. Business Law..........................................3
B.Ad. 410. Business and Government; or B.Ad. 411
Business and Society.........................................3
B.Ad. 450. Business Policy (Cases and Concepts in Business Policy) ............................................3
Courses in an area of emphasis in one of the following fields: accounting, finance, information science, international business, marketing, minerals land management, organization management, personnel management, production and operations management, public agency administration, real estate, small business management, or transportation and traffic management. All course work in the area of emphasis must be taken in the University of Colorado College of
Business and Administration ...................................12
Total 48
The student should note that for some courses, and for some areas of emphasis, there are prerequisites which must be met. Since some of the courses may be taken as engineering electives, it is possible to obtain the two degrees in as few as 166 semester hours; however, most students will require more.
Joint Engineering Degrees
A student may obtain two engineering degrees by meeting the requirements and obtaining the approval of both departments concerned. Thirty hours of elective or required subjects in addition to the largest minimum number required by either of the two departments must be completed.
Premedicine Option
A professional school in a field such as medicine requires a student to have a college education prior to pursuing its professional courses. In practically all cases, medical students are university graduates, although occasionally a student may enter medical school after three years of university training. A student can prepare for medical school either in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences or in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. The desirability of obtaining an engineering education prior to undertaking a study of medicine is increasing continually, as medicine itself is evolving. A great deal of additional equipment, most of it electronic, is being developed to assist the medical practitioner in treatment of patients. Bioengineering, engineering systems analysis, probability, and communication theory are highly applicable to medical problems. Improved communication techniques also are allowing the storage and retrieval of information not previously available to the medical doctor. An advanced knowledge of basic mathematics and computing techniques, along with increased understanding of physical chemistry, are improving the scientific base upon which medical knowledge rests. It is therefore desirable that the medical practitioner and researcher in the future be well equipped with the tools which engineering can offer.
To provide at least a minimum of the necessary knowledge, the additional courses listed below are prescribed and must be completed with superior grades. General overall requirements for entry into most medical schools are given. Students can meet these requirements by careful substitution of electives in the engineering


College of Engineering and Applied Science / 41
curriculum. In some cases where additional hours may be required, interested students should consult with the engineering department chairman.
General chemistry (103-106)................ 2 sem. (8-10 sem. hrs.)
Organic chemistry (341, 342, 343, 344)..... 2 sem. (8-10 sem. hrs.)
General biology (205-206).....................2 sem. (8 sem. hrs.)
English composition...........................I sem. (3 sem. hrs.)
To prepare for a career in medicine in the College of Engineering and Applied Science, it is strongly recommended that the student follow a full four-year college course (with the equivalent of at least 136 semester hours) and earn a B.S. degree.
The Admissions Committee of the University of Colorado School of Medicine welcomes inquiries and visits from prospective students, particularly at the time of their first interest in medicine as their chosen profession.
Students desiring to enter a premedical program should consult the representative of the department involved. At UCD, premedical advising is available through the Health Careers Advisory Committee, Room 232.
GRADUATE STUDY IN ENGINEERING
The College of Engineering and Applied Science at UCD offers complete M.S. degree programs in civil engineering, electrical engineering, and applied mathematics. Some courses are now being offered toward the M.S. degree in mechanical engineering. Many graduate courses leading to the Ph.D. in civil engineering and electrical engineering also are offered.
For information regarding courses and requirements leading to the degrees Master of Engineering and Master of Science or to the Ph.D. degree, see the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog and the Graduate School section of this bulletin.
Education for Employed Professional Engineers
Continuing education for employed engineers grows more important each year. Therefore, the College puts great emphasis upon making graduate courses available through night and televised courses. A new degree, the Master of Engineering, permits graduate students more flexibility in defining specialized interdisciplinary fields that meet their professional needs. This degree has standards fully equivalent to those of the Master of Science degree.
In addition to credit course work, the College works jointly with the Division of Continuing Education to offer noncredit courses of interest to practicing engineers.
Concurrent B.S. and M.S. Degree Program in Engineering
Students who plan to continue in the Graduate School after completing the requirements for the B.S. degree may apply for admission to the concurrent degree program through their department early in the second semester of their junior year (after completion of at least 84 semester hours). Requirements are the same as for the
two degrees taken separately: 136 credit hours for the
B.S. degree and 24 hours plus thesis (Plan I) or 30 credit hours (Plan II) for the M.S. degree. Social-humanistic requirements must be completed within the first 136 credit hours. A 3.0 grade-point average for all work attempted through the first six semesters (at least 96 credit hours) and written recommendations from at least two major-field faculty members are required.
The purpose of the concurrent degree program is to allow the student who qualifies for graduate study and expects to continue for an advanced degree to plan his graduate program from the beginning of the senior year rather than from the first year of graduate study. The student can then reach the degree of proficiency required to begin research at an earlier time, and can make better and fuller use of courses offered in alternate years.
Students will be assigned faculty advisers to help them develop the program best suited to their particular interests. Those in the program will be encouraged to pursue independent study on research problems or in areas of specialization where no formal courses are offered. A liberal substitution policy will be followed for courses normally required in the last year of the undergraduate curriculum. The program selected must be planned so that the student may qualify for the B.S. degree after completing the credit-hour requirements for the degree if the student so elects, or if the student’s grade-point average falls below the 3.0 required to remain in the program. In this case, all hours completed with a passing grade while in the program will count toward fulfilling the normal requirements for the B.S. degree. There will be no credit given toward a graduate degree for courses applied to the B.S. degree requirements; however, students are still eligible to apply for admission to the Graduate School under the rules set forth in the Graduate School section of this bulletin. Normally, however, the student will apply for admission to the Graduate School when at least 130 of the 136 credit hours required for the B.S. degree have been completed, and will be awarded the B.S. and M.S. degrees simultaneously upon meeting the requirements set forth for the concurrent degree program.
Graduate Work in Business
Undergraduates in engineering who intend to pursue graduate study in business may complete some of the business background requirements as electives in their undergraduate programs. Seniors in engineering who have such intentions and appear likely to qualify for admission to graduate study in business may be permitted to register for the graduate fundamentals courses which are designed to provide qualified students with needed background preparation in business.
AEROSPACE ENGINEERING SCIENCES
The primary objective of the aerospace engineering sciences curriculum is to provide sound general training in subjects fundamental to the practice of and research in this branch of engineering sciences. The major part of the first three years is devoted to the study of mathematics.


42 / University of Colorado at Denver
physics, mechanics, chemistry, and the humanities. The fourth year is devoted to the professional courses in the fields of physics of fluids (fluid dynamics); propulsion and energy conversion; flight dynamics, control, and guidance; space system analysis; materials and structural mechanics; space environment; and bioengineering.
Planning of graduate study for students having sufficient ability and interest should begin by the start of the junior year. Such a plan should consider the foreign language requirements of appropriate graduate schools, and an advanced mathematics program included in technical electives consisting of Math. 431 -432 and Math. 481 or 443.
The minimum total number of semester hours for the B.S. degree is 136. Students who wish to obtain a B.S. degree in aerospace engineering sciences and a B.S. degree in business are advised to consider obtaining the B.S. degree in aeiospace and the M.S. degree in business rather than two B.S. degrees. Business courses may not be substituted for technical electives in the aerospace curriculum.
TRANSFER TO BOULDER
The complete aerospace engineering sciences program is not available at UCD. Therefore, students wishing to complete this program should plan on transferring to the University of Colorado at Boulder at the start of the junior year. Students must complete a minimum of 30 hours including the required freshman and sophomore courses in mathematics and physics before transferring to the Boulder campus. The complete curriculum degree requirements, and descriptions of courses may be found in the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog.
Curriculum for B.S.
(Aerospace Engineering Sciences)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical first two years of the program:
Freshman Year
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ..................3
Engr. 101. Engineering Drawing................................2
Engl. 258. Great Books I (see note I).........................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note 2) ......................3
E.E. 210. Fundamentals of Computing............. .............3
E.E. 130. Problems and Methods of Modern Engineering
(or C.E. 130)............................................... -2
Total
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ...................3
Phys. 231. General Physics I ...................................4
Phys. 232. General Physics Lab. 1...............................1
Engl. 259. Great Books II (see note I)..........................3
Ch.E. 210. Physical and Chemical Properties of
Matter (see note 3)............................................4
Social-humanistic elective (see note 2) .......................^_3
18
Sophomore Year Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III...................3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ............................3
C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I ...............................3
Engl. 260. Great Books III (see note I) ........................3
Phys. 233. General Physics II...................................4
Phys. 234. General Physics Lab. II..............................I
Total 17
Spring Semester
Math. 320. Elementary Differential Equations....................3
C.E. 311. Analytical Mechanics II...............................3
Engl. 261. Great Books IV (see note I) .........................3
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics.......................................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note 2) ........................3
Approved physics elective.......................................3
Total 18
Notes for B.S.
(Aerospace Engineering)
1. For other options in English, see the English listings in the Course Description section of this bulletin.
2. Students may take electives pass/fail, subject to the regulations of the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
3. Chem. 103 may be substituted.
APPLIED MATHEMATICS
Charles I. Sherrill III, Coordinator
The Division of Natural and Physical Sciences in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences offers all courses in mathematics, both required and elective, for undergraduate and graduate students in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Three curricula leading to the degree B.S. (A. Math.) are offered. In Option I, the student takes a minor in a specific engineering department, satisfying an adviser from that department. In Option II, the student takes distributed course work in engineering departments, including a solid grounding in mechanics, electronics, and materials. (This option is intended for the above-average student.) Option III is a joint mathematics-computer science program. Regardless of the option chosen, each student is expected to complete a minimum of 45 semester hours of course work in mathematics beginning with Math. 140.
Modern industrial and scientific research is so dependent on advanced mathematical concepts that applied mathematicians are needed today by almost all concerns which are engaged in such research.
The undergraduate curriculum is designed to give training in mathematics and in engineering and science. The use of numerical methods and electronic computers is included.
Nontechnical electives should be broadening and have cultural value. Courses in the humanities and the social sciences are required. Students interested in research should take a foreign language as early as possible. Some beginning language courses are considered technical electives and may not count toward the social-humanistic electives. Some 300- and 400-level language courses may be counted. Under all circumstances, a student must plan
Total


College of Engineering and Applied Science / 43
a complete program and obtain the approval of a departmental adviser at the beginning of the sophomore year.
The B.S. degree in applied mathematics requires the completion of a minimum of 136 credit hours of course work with an average grade of C or better (a 2.0 grade-point average) and a grade of C or better in all mathematics courses. Course work in the social-humanistic elective area must be approved by the student's adviser.
Curriculum for B.S. (Applied Mathematics)
Freshman Year
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ..................3
Chem. 103. General Chemistry...................................5
Engl. 258. Great Books I (see note I).........................3
E.E. 210. Fundamentals of Computing (or E.E. 201).............3
Approved elective (see notes 3 and 5)..........................2
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II .................3
Engr. 101. Engineering Drawing.................................2
Engl. 259. Great Books I (see note I).........................3
Phys. 231. General Physics I ..................................4
Phys. 232. General Physics Lab. I..............................I
Approved elective (see notes 3 and 5)..........................3
Total 16
Sophomore Year Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III...................3
Engl. 260. Great Books III (see note I) ........................3
Phys. 233. General Physics II...................................4
Phys. 234. General Physics Lab. II .............................I
Approved elective (see notes 3 and 5)...........................6
Total 17
Spring Semester
Engl. 261. Great Books IV (see note I) .........................3
Math. 300. Introduction to Abstract Mathematics..................3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ...............................3
Approved elective (see notes 3 and 5)............................8
Total 17
Junior Year Fall Semester
Math. 431. Advanced Calculus I...................................3
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics........................................3
Approved electives (see notes 3 and 5)..........................12
Total 18
Spring Semester
Math. 320. Elementary Differential Equations.....................3
Math. 481. Introduction to Probability Theory ...................3
Approved electives (see notes 3 and 5)..........................12
Total 18
Senior Year Fall Semester
Approved electives (see notes 3 and 5)..........................17
Spring Semester
Approved electives (see notes 3 and 5).............
Requirements under each option are as follows:
Option I Semester Hours
Specialty in a specific engineering department .................18-30
Technical electives ............................................15-22
Other electives................................................11-30
Required social-humanistic electives (see note 2).................12
(Electives should include Math 432.)
Option II
Distributed engineering courses in the
engineering college..........................................22-30
(A minimal program would consist of the following courses:
C.E. 212.C.E. 311. E.E. 213, E.E. 313. E.E. 314. M E. 301. M.E. 383 or C.E. 331 or their equivalents.)
Technical electives ............................................15-22
Other electives................................................11-30
Required social-humanistic electives (see note 2) .................12
(Electives should include Math. 432.)
Option III
Specific courses required under Option III:
E.E. 257 (C.S. 257).................................................3
E.E. 455 ...........................................................3
E.E. 401 (C.S. 401).................................................3
E.E. 453 (C.S. 453).................................................3
E.E. 459 (C.S. 459).................................................3
E.E. 458 and E.E. 460 ..............................................2
Math. 311 ..........................................................3
Math. 465 ..........................................................3
Math. 466 ..........................................................3
Technical electives .............................................6-23
Other electives................................................11-30
Required social-humanistic electives (see note 2) .................12
Notes for B.S. (Applied Mathematics)
1. For other options in English, see the English listings in the Course Description section of this bulletin.
2. Students may take social-humanistic electives pass/ fail, subject to the regulations of the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
3. A minimum of 10 approved courses in mathematics beyond 140, 241, 242, 3 i 9 and 320 is required of all students majoring in applied mathematics.
4. Math. 101, 111, 112. and 113 do not count toward the B.S. (A. Math.) degree or any other B.S. degree in engineering.
5. In addition to E.E. 210. Engr. 101 and Engr. 301, the student must take a minimum of 18 hours of approved elective engineering courses excluding chemistry, mathematics, and physics courses. Furthermore, the student who does not have a strong interest in applications of mathematics to engineering is encouraged to consider a major in mathematics in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING
John R. Mays, Coordinator
The architectural engineering curriculum is administered at the Boulder Campus by the Department of Civil, Environmental, and Architectural Engineering of the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Its purpose is to prepare a student for a career in the building industry and for graduate-level research on building-related topics. The building industry is the largest single industry in the United States and includes many diverse skills and fields of knowledge.
This course of study fulfills the academic requirements for registration as a professional engineer.
The architectural engineering curriculum is


44 / University of Colorado at Denver
recommended for those wishing to specialize (within the building industry) in engineering design, construction and contracting, or sales engineering. The architectural engineering student may select any of three areas of specialization offered: construction engineering, environmental engineering, or structural engineering.
Specialization in construction is for students planning a career in contracting and building construction. This program involves courses in construction management, planning and scheduling techniques, cost accounting, estimating and pricing, building materials, and construction methods.
Students interested in environmental engineering may concentrate their efforts in the fields of illumination and electrical systems design, heating-ventilating-air conditioning systems design, sanitation and water supply, or acoustics.
The third area of specialization is for those interested in the design of structural systems for buildings. Courses available include structural analysis; indeterminate structures; and steel, concrete, and timber design.
The five-year course leading to a B.S. degree in architectural engineering and a B.S. degree in business offers opportunity to complement the architectural engineering background with study in one of the major areas of business administration, such as personnel and business management, marketing, and finance.
TRANSFER TO BOULDER
Approximately one-half of the architectural engineering program is available at UCD under the Department of Civil and Urban Engineering. Students wishing to complete the architectural engineering program must plan to transfer to the Boulder Campus at the start of the junior year, but at that time must have completed at least 30 semester hours at UCD. Students should complete the required freshman and sophomore courses in mathematics and physics before transferring to the Boulder Campus. The complete curriculum and descriptions of courses may be found in the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog.
Curriculum for B.S.
(Architectural Engineering)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical first two years of the program:
Freshman Year
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I .....................3
Engr. 101. Engineering Drawing....................................2
Literature elective (see note I).................................3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing (or E.E. 210)................3
C.E. 130. Introduction to Civil Engineering .....................2
Social-humanistic elective...................................... 3
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II .....................3
Literature elective (see note I)..................................3
Arch. E. 102. Descriptive Geometry (see note 4) .................2
Phys. 231. General Physics I .....................................4
Phys. 232. General Physics Lab. 1...............................1
Ch.E. 210. Chemical and Physical Properties of
Materials (see note 3).......................................4
Total 17
Sophomore Year Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III...................3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ..............................3
Phys. 233. General Physics II...................................4
Phys. 234. General Physics Lab. II..............................I
C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I ...............................3
Specialty requirement: structures and construction majors take C.E. 221; environmental majors take
Arch. E. 362 (see note 4)................................. .3
Total 17
Spring Semester
Math. 320. Elementary Differential Equations....................3
Arch.E. 240. Building Materials and Construction
(see note 4) ................................................3
C.E. 312. Mechanics of Materials................................3
C.E. 314. Materials Testing Lab. (not required
of environmental majors) ....................................2
Basic science elective (see note 2).............................3
Social-humanistic elective...................................... • 3
Total 17
Notes for B.S.
(Architectural Engineering)
1. Great Books series recommended; see the English listings in the Course Description section of this bulletin.
2. Departmental approval required.
3. Chem. 103-5 may be substituted for Ch.E. 210-4. in which case the technical elective requirement is reduced by one credit hour.
4. Arch. E. 240 and 362 are normally not available at UCD. An adviser-approved junior or senior course may be moved ahead.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Meeting the crisis in oil and energy, depolluting the water and air, producing new and better materials to replace those that are limited or scarce—these are jobs in which one will find the chemical engineer.
Chemical plants (including refineries and gasification plants) convert natural resources into industrial and consumer products. Among their products are many that often are not identified with chemical engineering—oils, metals, glass, plastic, rubber, paints, soaps and detergents, foods, beverages, synthetic and natural fibers, nuclear and exotic fuels, medicines, and many others.
The department, located at the Boulder Campus, is very much interested in research directed toward ecologically sound development of chemical processes. It is also working hard on energy problems and is stressing problems of energy conversion in its instructional program.
Many essentials of life originate in chemical engineering. Recycling of wastes and resources is not a new idea in chemical engineering but a long-standing principle. Since the earth now is perceived as a self-renewing system, intelligent generalization of the recycle theory to the entire cycle of natural resources is a challenge and opportunity for chemical engineers. Cleaning up pollution from chemical plants and from other sources is largely a chemical engineering problem. The chemical engineer efficiently uses and conserves


College of Engineering and Applied Science / 45
natural resources to create valuable end products and to preserve environmental values.
Thus, chemical engineering continually changes and progresses. The Department of Chemical Engineering at the Boulder Campus therefore helps students to prepare to be immediately valuable to industry and eventually to lead future developments in industry and research. Whether they plan to go into industry or on to graduate work, students are urged to watch, understand, and enjoy the sparkle and interplay of new ideas and new technologies.
TRANSFER TO BOULDER
The complete chemical engineering program is not available at UCD. Therefore, students wishing to complete this program must plan to transfer to the University of Colorado at Boulder at the start of their junior year. UCD students must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours and should complete the required freshman and sophomore courses in mathematics, physics, and organic chemistry at UCD before transferring to the Boulder Campus. The complete curriculum, degree requirements, and descriptions of courses may be found in the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog.
Curriculum for B.S.
(Chemical Engineering)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical first two years of the program:
Freshman Year
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ....................3
Chem. 103. General Chemistry....................................5
Engl. 258. Great Books (see note I) ............................3
Engr. 101. Engineering Drawing..................................2
Ch.E. 130. Introduction to Chemical Engineering (see note 2) .................................................2
Total 15
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ...................3
Chem. 106. General Chemistry....................................5
Engl. 259. Great Books II (see note I)..........................3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing (or E.E. 210)...............3
Social-humanistic elective......................................3
Total 17
Sophomore Year Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III...................3
Phys. 231. General Physics 1 ....................................4
Phys. 232. General Physics Lab.I ................................I
Engl. 260. Great Books III (see note I) ........................3
Chem. 341. Organic Chemistry ....................................3
Chem. 343. Organic Chemistry Lab. I ............................I
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ...............................3
Total 18
Spring Semester
Math. 320. Elementary Differential Equations....................3
Phys. 233. General Physics II...................................4
Engl. 261. Great Books IV (see note I) ..........................3
Chem. 342. Organic Chemistry ..................................3
Chem. 344. Organic Chemistry Lab. 11..........................1
Phys. 234. Experimental Physics II........................... I
Ch.E. 212. Chemical Engineering Material and
Energy Balances (see note 3) ............................ .3
Total 18
Notes for B.S.
(Chemical Engineering)
1. For other English options, see the English listings in the Course Descriptions section of this bulletin.
2. Or C.E. 130 or E.E. 130.
3. Students must arrange to take Ch.E. 212 concurrently in Boulder during the spring semester of their sophomore year or it may delay graduation by a year.
CIVIL AND URBAN ENGINEERING
Ernest C. Harris, Chairman
Civil engineering is generally the broadest field of engineering studied in American universities today. Civil engineering offers an interesting and highly challenging career to the student interested in the design and construction of buildings, bridges, dams, aqueducts, and other structures; in transportation systems including highways, canals, pipe lines, airports, rapid transit lines, railroads, and harbor facilities; in the transmission of water and control of rivers; in the development of water resources for urban use, industry, and land reclamation; in the control of water quality through water purification and proper waste treatment; in the construction industry; and in general in the rapidly expanding problems concerned with man’s physical environment and the growth of cities. Furthermore, students educated in civil engineering frequently find rewarding employment in other fields: for example, in aerospace structures, electric power generation, city planning, the process industries, industrial engineering, business management and law or medicine (after appropriate education in law or medical school). The breadth of the civil and urban engineering undergraduate program provides an excellent educational background for many fields of endeavor.
The curriculum is designed to give the student a broad knowledge of the basic and engineering sciences of chemistry, mathematics (including differential equations), physics, mechanics (including fluid mechanics and soil mechanics), electrical circuits, and thermodynamics. In addition, it includes a minimum of 24 semester hours in social-humanistic studies.
Specialized training is achieved through certain required courses, followed by advanced technical electives. By proper selection of these electives the senior student who wishes to specialize may emphasize any of the four major areas of civil engineering: structures, water resources, transportation, or geotechnical engineering.
A five-year program has been arranged for students who wish to pursue a B.S. degree in civil engineering and a B.S. degree in business.
A student interested in a premedical option should consult with an adviser and the department chairman at the earliest possible time in order to make proper plans for an acceptable program. See Premedical Option.


46 / University of Colorado at Denver
Curriculum for B.S.
(Civil Engineering)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is:
Freshman Year
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ....................3
Literature elective (see note I)................................3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing.............................3
C.E. 130. Introduction to Civil Engineering ....................2
C.E. 221. Plane Surveying ......................................3
Engr. 101. Engineering Drawing...................................2
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ..................3
Chem. 103. General Chemistry (or Ch.E. 210) ....................4-5
Literature elective (see note I).................................3
Phys. 231. General Physics I ....................................4
Phys. 232. General Physics Lab. I................................I
Total 15-16
Sophomore Year Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III..................3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ..........................3
Phys. 233. General Physics II....................................4
Phys. 234 General Physics Lab. II................................I
Social-humanistic elective.......................................3
C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I ................................3
Total 17
Spring Semester
Math. 320. Elementary Differential Equations.....................3
Social-humanistic elective.......................................3
Basic science elective..........................................2-3
C.E. 312. Mechanics of Materials.................................3
Technical elective...............................................3
C.E. 314. Materials testing laboratory .........................2
Total 16-17
Junior Year Fall Semester
C.E. 311. Analytical Mechanics II................................3
C.E. 331. Theoretical Fluid Mechanics............................3
C.E. 350. Structural Analysis....................................3
C.E. 380. Soils and Foundation Engineering.......................3
C.E. 315. Water Quality Laboratory (or C.E. 481.
Intermediate Soil Mechanics)..................................2
Social-humanistic elective.......................................3
Total 17
Spring Semester
C.E. 332. Applied Fluid Mechanics................................3
C.E. 360. Transportation Engineering.............................3
C.E. 457. Design of Steel Structures (see note 4)................3
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics........................................3
C.E. 481. Intermediate Soil Mechanics (or C.E.
315. Water Quality Laboratory)................................2
Social-humanistic elective.......................................3
Total 17
Senior Year Fall Semester
(ieol. 207. Physical Geology I ...................................4
C.E. 458. Reinforced Concrete Design (see note 4) ................3
Civil engineering electives (see note 2) .........................5
Social-humanistic elective........................................3
C.E. 460. Highway Engineering.....................................3
Total 18
Spring Semester
C.E. 341. Sanitary Engineering ...................................3
Civil engineering elective (see note 2)...........................3
E.E. 213. Circuit Analysis I .....................................4
Social-humanistic elective........................................3
Technical elective................................................3
Engineering science elective (see note 3).........................3
Total 19
Notes for B.S. (Civil Engineering)
1. Courses from Great Books series recommended: see the English listings in the Course Descriptions section of this bulletin.
2. Civil engineering electives shall be chosen to form an integrated program, subject to the approval of the department.
3. Engineering science electives shall be taken from the list of courses approved by the Department of Civil and Urban Engineering.
4. A C.E. elective may be substituted for either (one only) C.E. 457 or 458.
ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING
William D. Murray. Chairman
The professional possibilities in electrical engineering include teaching and research in a university; research and development of new electrical or electronic devices, instruments, or products; production and quality-control of electrical products for private industry or government; design or operations in the electrical power industry; and sales or management for a private firm or branch of government.
The electrical engineering course of study at UCD begins with principles of physics, chemistry, and mathematics. An early, intensive training in the theory and laboratory application of electrical circuits is followed by more fundamentals in electronics, electromagnetic and transmission theory, electrical machines and transformers, heat, and mechanics. Many students find an opportunity to put their knowledge to work with jobs in industry or research projects being conducted at the University. Throughout the entire course of study, they reinforce their understanding of the theory in well-equipped laboratories.
Students are encouraged to develop interests outside of their electrical engineering specialty, thus providing themselves with a well-rounded background and a sense of awareness and responsibility for their later role in society. They are urged to attend meetings of their student professional society, where practicing engineers from many engineering specialties speak of their experiences.
The areas of specialization that electrical engineering students may enter upon graduation are so numerous it is impossible for the undergraduate training to cover them in detail. Intense specialization may be left to possible additional training graduates may receive when they assume positions with industrial firms, or acquired by specialization in a research field through graduate work beyond the bachelor’s degree. Students who have earned a B average or better in their undergraduate work and


College of Engineering and Applied Science 147
who have elected courses in their senior year that strengthen particularly their mathematical background may decide to take additional graduate work. The curriculum in electrical engineering is designed to make it possible for the graduating senior with high scholarship to finish a master’s degree in electrical engineering in about one additional full year of work at any of the nation’s major universities.
Electrical Engineering Curriculum
In the electrical engineering curriculum the student has considerable freedom in the senior electives. The student may select these electives to provide a good foundation in several of the seven electrical engineering areas listed: communications, digital, electronics, fields, materials, power, and systems. Some of these electives may be courses in other branches of engineering or in other colleges. Those students primarily interested in taking courses in the digital or computer area may do so in this curriculum or in the joint electrical engineering and computer degree option discussed below.
Business Option
Students wishing to complete a B.S. degree in electrical engineering and a B.S. degree in business should not start the business program until their fourth year, with the exception of electing Econ. 201 and 202 for two of their social-humanistic electives. Students with a B average may wish to consider obtaining a master’s degree in business administrati in. For both of these programs, students should refer to the College of Engineering and Applied Science introductory section of this bulletin.
Premedical Option
A program has been developed which permits the student to satisfy the entrance requirements for medical school, such as those of the University of Colorado, while earning a B.S. in electrical engineering.
Medical schools typically require that applicants have completed two semesters of general chemistry, two semesters of organic chemistry, and two semesters of general biology, all with laboratories. A course in English composition is recommended.
More specific information on medical school requirements may be obtained at the office of the Health Careers Advisory Committee at UCD.
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science
The joint degree in electrical engineeringand computer science is a comprehensive program covering both hardware and software aspects of computer system design. The program leads to a B.S. (E.E. and C.S.) and can be a base for further study toward either an M.S. in computer science or an M.S. in electrical engineering.
A student need not make a decision to enter this program until the second semester of the sophomore year. The details of the program are listed in the section following the electrical engineering curriculum. The
purpose of the changes is to add to the mathematics background in such a way as to provide a basis for graduate work in computer-related fields and to permit inclusion of courses in scientific application of computers, logic structure of computers, and assembly language programming. The student also will obtain actual operating experience with the departmental computers. Should students leave the program in favor of returning to the electrical engineering curriculum, they will need to satisfy the departmental requirements of mechanics and E.E. 354, which have been waived in the electrical engineering computer option curriculum.
Curriculum for B.S. (Electrical Engineering)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is:
Freshman Year
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ...................3
Chem. 103. General Chemistry (see note 2)......................5
E.E. 130. Problems and Methods of Modern
Electrical Engineering ......................................2
E.E.. 257. Logic Circuits.......................................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ........................3
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ...................3
Phys. 231. General Physics I ...................................4
Phys. 232. General Physics Lab. I...............................1
Engr. 101 Engineering Drawing...................................2
E.E. 210. Fundamentals of Computing.............................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ........................3
Total 16
Sophomore Year Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III...................3
Phys. 233. General Physics II....................................4
General Physics Lab. II..........................................I
E.E. 213. Circuit Analysis 1 ...................................4
E.E. 253. Circuits Lab. I.......................................I
Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ........................3
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ..............................3
Math. 320. Elementary Differential Equations.....................3
C.E. 313. Applied Mechanics (see note 3).........................3
E.E. 214. Circuit Analysis II....................................4
E.E. 254. CircuitsLab.il.........................................1
Social-humanistic elective (see note I) .......................... â–  3
Total 17
Junior Year Fall Semester
E.E. 313. Electromagnetic Fields 1 ..............................3
E.E. 321. Electronics I..........................................3
E.E. 361. Electronics Lab. I.....................................2
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics........................................3
E.E. 381. Introduction to Probability Theory....................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note I) .......................... .3
Total 17


48 / University of Colorado at Denver
Spring Semester
E.E. 314. Electromagnetic Fields II...............................3
E.E. 322. Electronics II..........................................3
E.E. 316. Energy Conversion I.....................................3
E.E. 331. Linear System Theory ...................................3
E.E. 362. Electronics Lab. 1......................................2
Electives (see note 4)......................................... .4
Total 18
Senior Year Fall Semester
E.E. 354. Power Lab. 1............................................2
Electives (see note 4)...........................................10
Social-humanistic electives (see note I)....................... -6
Total 18
Spring Semester
Electives (see note 4)...........................................15
Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ......................^_._3
Total 18
Notes for B.S.
(Electrical Engineering)
Students should refer to the section on Academic Policies of the College of Engineering and Applied Science in this bulletin. In addition to planning for sequences of courses based on prerequisites, students should plan to complete sophomore level courses before taking junior level courses and should have completed their junior level E.E. courses before starting their 400-level electives.
1. Of the 24 hours of required social-humanistic electives, a student must have a minimum of 6 hours in literature and a minimum of 6 hours in social sciences. The electrical engineering department does not require a sequence of two courses in one area.
2. Or Ch.E. 210.
3. The mechanics requirement may be satisfied by the 3-hour course, C.E. 313, or the 6-hour sequences of either C.E. 212 and C.E. 311, or E. Phys. 221 and E. Phys. 332. Students who first take E.E. 313 may, with permission, take only C.E. 311.
5. The purpose of these electives is to allow the student to develop some breadth in electrical engineering as well as to develop some depth in areas in which he is most likely to concentrate after graduation. Usually these courses will be taken in electrical engineering, mathematics, and physics at the 300, 400, or 500 levels. In all cases the student needs the approval of his undergraduate adviser.
Electrical engineering courses at the 400 and 500 levels are separated into the following seven areas: communications (C) digital (D). electronics (E), fields (F), materials (M), power (P), and systems (S). Seniors are free to elect courses from any of these areas but, in order to insure a minimum breadth of studies, every student's program must include 9 semester hours of electrical engineering theory courses in at least three areas and a minimum of three laboratory courses in three areas. These distribution requirements could be met through Independent Study, E.E. 940( 1-3) or E.E. 950(1-3), only if the subject matter studied is actually in the appropriate area. Independent study may be used only once to satisfy part of the distribution requirements.
A 3-hour upper division course in physics must be included among the technical electives.
The student who has good grades and is interested in graduate work should take additional mathematics. Some preliminary consulting with a department graduate adviser is desirable.
Curriculum for B.S. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is:
Freshman Year
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ..................3
Chem. 103. General Chemistry (see note 2).....................5
E.E. 130. Problems and Methods of Modern
Electrical Engineering .....................................2
E.E. 257. Logic Circuits ......................................3
Social-humanistic electives (see note I).......................3
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ..................3
Phys. 231. General Physics I ...................................4
Phys. 232. General Physics Lab. II..............................1
Engr. 101. Engineering Drawing..................................2
E.E. 210. Fundamentals of Computing.............................3
Social-humanistic electives (see note I)..................... 3
Total 16
Sophomore Year
Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III...................3
Phys. 233. General Physics II...................................4
Phys. 234. General Physics Lab. II..............................1
E.E. 213. Circuit Analysis I ...................................4
E.E. 253. Circuits Lab. I.......................................1
Social-humanistic electives (see note I)..................... .3
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math. 300. Introduction to Abstract Mathematics (see note 3) ... .3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ..............................3
E.E. 214. Circuit Analysis II...................................4
E.E.254. CircuitsLab.il.........................................I
E.E. 453. Assembly Language Programming.........................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ........................3
Total 17
Junior Year Fall Semester
E.E. 313. Electromagnetic Fields I .............................3
E.E. 321. Electronics I.........................................3
E.E. 361. Electronics Lab. 1....................................2
E.E. 381. Introduction to Probability...........................3
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics.......................................3
E.E. 458. Logic Lab.............................................I
E.E. 401. Survey of Programming Languages.......................3
Total 18
Spring Semester
E.E. 314. Electromagnetic Fields II.............................3
E.E. 322. Electronics II........................................3
E.E. 362. Electronics Laboratory II ............................2
E.E. 316. Energy Conversion I...................................3
E.E. 331. Linear System Theory .................................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ......................... â–  3
Total 17
Senior Year Fall Semester
E.E. 422. Electronics III ......................................3
E.E. 459. Computer Organization.................................3
Math. 465. Numerical Analysis (see note 5)......................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ........................3
Electives (see note 4)....................................... .6
Total 18
Spring Semester
E.E. 460. Computer Lab..........................................1
E.E. 559. Advanced Computer Architecture or E.E. 551. Hardware Software Interface
(recommended, not required).....................................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ........................6
Electives (see note 4)....................................... ,8
Total 18


College of Engineering and Applied Science / 49
Notes for B.S. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science
Students should refer to the section on Academic Policies of the College of Engineering and Applied Science in this bulletin. In planning their programs, students should consider prerequisite and corequisite requirements of courses and should plan to complete courses at the junior level before taking senior electives.
1. Of the 24 hours of social-humanistic electives a student must have a minimum of 6 hours in literature and a minimum of 6 hours in social sciences. The electrical engineering department does not require a sequence of two courses in one area.
2. Or Ch.E. 210.
3. Or equivalent mathematics substitution with approval of adviser.
4. The purpose of these electives is to allow the student to develop some breadth in electrical engineering as well as to develop some depth in areas in which he is most likely to concentrate after graduation. Usually these courses will be taken in electrical engineering, mathematics, and physics at the 300, 400, or 500 levels. In all cases the student needs the approval of his undergraduate adviser.
Electrical engineering courses at the 400 and 500 levels are separated into the following seven areas: communication (C). digital (D). electronics (E), fields (F), materials (M), power (P), and systems (S). Seniors are free to elect courses from any of these areas, but in order to insure a minimum breadth of studies, every student’s program must include at least 9 semester hours of electrical engineering theory courses in at least three areas and a minimum of three laboratory courses in three areas. These distribution requirements could be met through E.E. 400(1 to 3), and E.E. 500(1 to 3), shown in each area, only if the subject matter studied is actually in the appropriate area. E.E. 400 (1 to 3) and E.E. 500 (1 to 3) may be used only once to satisfy part of the disfribution requirements.
A 3-hour upper division course in physics must be included among the electives.
The student who has good grades and is interested in graduate work should take additional mathematics. Some preliminary consulting with a departmental graduate adviser is desirable.
5. E.E. 455. Computer Techniques in Engineering, may be substituted.
ENGINEERING DESIGN AND ECONOMIC EVALUATION
In the fall of 1978, the Engineering Design and Economic Evaluation program was merged with the Department of Mechanical Engineering. The E.D.E.E. degree will not be offered to new students. However, courses in design and economic evaluation have been retained and are administered through the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
ENGINEERING PHYSICS
William R. Simmons, Coordinator
The engineering physics curriculum gives students a thorough foundation in the physical principles underlying most of engineering. The large number of engineering electives which may be incorporated in the curriculum makes it possible for the student to prepare himself for professional work or graduate school in a wide variety of fields. Because the program is particularly flexible, the student should be aware that proper preparation for his professional field will require careful selection of his engineering electives. The student is urged to prepare, in consultation with the departmental coordinator, a coherent plan of courses to meet his professional objectives.
During the freshman and sophomore years, the student must attain a thorough training in mathematics
and a grounding in fundamental methods and principles of the physical sciences.
During the junior and senior years the work in physics is amplified to provide a comprehensive knowledge of the various branches of physics such as nuclear physics, atomic physics, electronics, thermodynamics, mechanics, electricity, and magnetism. Individual initiative and resourcefulness are stressed. For purposes of federal Civil Service requirements this degree is an engineering degree from an accredited College of Engineering. Students who plan to become registered professional engineers should check the requirements for registration in their state before choosing their engineering electives.
It is recommended that students preparing for Graduate School also prepare for its foreign language requirement as part of their undergraduate curriculum.
At present, the Bachelor of Science degree in engineering physics is awarded on the Boulder Campus only; therefore, in order to earn a bachelor’s degree in engineering physics from the Department of Physics and Astrophysics a student must, in addition to any other requirements, successfully complete 30 semester hours of courses on the Boulder Campus, including 12 semester hours in upper division physics courses.
Applied Physics Option
It is also possible to earn the degree Bachelor of Science (Engineering Physics) with an applied physics option. This option differs from the regular engineering physics degree primarily in that fewer advanced theoretical physics courses are required and in their place a selection of applied science courses is required. This option should not be selected by students intending to pursue graduate study in physics, but it is appropriate for students intending to pursue graduate work or employment in related fields such as geophysics, environmental science, oceanography, nuclear engineering, medicine, and law. Students intending to pursue this option should consult the coordinator by the beginning of their junior year regarding the electives which they wish to propose. The 24 hours of electives in pure or applied natural science must be approved by the engineering physics advising committee, which is located on the Boulder Campus. The committee will consider the proposed courses relative to the student’s stated educational and or professional objectives. At least 30 semester hours of credit must be earned after the student's proposed program is approved.
Curriculum for B.S.
(Engineering Physics)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. Approved ROTC courses may be substituted fora maximum of 6 hours of electives. A typical program is:
Freshman Year
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus 1 ..................3
Engr. 101. Engineering Drawing................................2
Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ......................6
E.Phys. III. General Physics (see note 8) ..................
Total 15


50 / University of Colorado at Denver
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ...................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ........................3
Phys. 112. General Physics (see note 8).........................4
Phys. 114. Experimental Physics (see note 8) ...................I
C.S. 210. Fundamentals of Computing.............................3
Elective (see note 2).............................................3
Total 17
Sophomore Year Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III...................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ........................3
Phys. 213. General Physics (see note 8).........................3
Phys. 215. Experimental Physics (see note 8) ...................I
Elective (see note 2)............................................3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ................................. 3
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math. 320. Elementary Differential Equations.....................3
Chem. 202. General Chemistry (see note 3).......................4
Social-humanistic elective (see note I) .........................3
Phys. 214. Introductory Modern Physics (see note 8)..............3
Elective (see note 2)............................................5
Total 18
Junior Year Fall Semester
Upper division mathematics elective..............................3
Phys. 317. Junior Lab............................................ .2
Phys. 321. Classical Mechanics and Relativity ..................4
Phys. 331. Principles of Electricity and Magnetism...............3
Elective (see note 2)............................................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ......................1J_3
Total 18
Spring Semester
Phys. 318. Junior Lab............................................2
Phys. 322. Classical Mechanics. Relativity, and
Quantum Mechanics ...........................................3
Phys. 332. Principles of Electricity and Magnetism...............3
Phys. 341. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics..............3
Chem. 453. Physical Chemistry (see note 4) ......................3
Chem. 454. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (see note 4)......... 2
Total 16
Senior Year Fall Semester
E.E. 403. Electronics (see note 6)...............................2
E.E. 443. Electronics Lab. (see note 6)..........................1
Phys. 491. Atomic and Nuclear Physics............................3
Phys. 495. Senior Lab..............................................2
Elective (see note 2)..............................................7
Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ...........................3
Total 18
Spring Semester
Phys. 492. Atomic and Nuclear Physics............................ 3
Phys. 496. Senior Lab. (see note 5)................................2
Elective (see note 2).......................;....................10
Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ...........................3
Total lg
Curriculum for B.S. (E. Physics)—
Applied Physics Option
The first five semesters are identical to the regular engineering physics curriculum listed above. The
minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. Approved ROTC courses may be substituted for a maximum of 6 hours of electives.
Junior Year
Spring Semester Semester Hours
Phys. 322. Classical Mechanics and Quantum Mechanics..............3
Phys. 332. Principles of Electricity and Magnetism................3
Upper division thermodynamics elective............................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ...........................3
Electives (see note 7) .......................................... .4
Total 16
Senior Year Fall Semester
E.E. 403. Elements of Electronics (see note 6).....................2
E.E. 443. Electives of Electronics Lab. (see note 6)...............1
Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ............................3
Electives (see note 7)............................................ 12
Total 18
Spring Semester
Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ............................3
Electives (see note 7) ........................................... 15
Total 18
Notes tor B.S.
(Engineering Physics)
1. A total of 24 hours of social-humanistic electives is required. These must include 6 hours of literature and 6 hours selected from economics, sociology, political science, history, and anthropology. The other 12 hours must be selected from the above subjects and or fine arts and music (critical or historical only), philosophy, and psychology.
2. Required and elective engineering courses (excluding mathematics and physics) must total 22 semester hours.
3. Chem. 202 is offered only at the Boulder Campus. UCD students may substitute Chem. 103 and 106 for Chem. 202.
4. Chem. 453 and 454 are offered only at the Boulder Campus. One semester of any upper division chemistry course with associated laboratory may be substituted for physical chemistry.
5. Or Phys. 455. or approved 3-hour physics elective.
6. E.E. 403 and 453 are offered only at the Boulder Campus. UCD students may substitute E.E. 321 and 361.
7. The elective courses are divided into three exclusive groups: (I) Physics electives. These must be five hours from among Phys. 318,341. 361, 365, 366, 367. 446. 451, 455, 461. 462, 491,492. 495. 496. 500. 501, 503. 504, and 580. (2) Applied natural science electives (24 semester hours, minimum). These must include 4 hours of upper-division laboratory courses and sufficient engineering courses so that the total of engineering courses (excluding mathematics and physics) is at least 22 semester hours. (3) Other courses.
8. See the E. Phys. coordinator.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Ralph C. Koeller, Associate Chairman
Mechanical engineering is perhaps the broadest in scope of all the engineering fields. It is not identified with or restricted to a particular technology, vehicle, device, or system; rather, it is concerned with all such subjects, both individually and collectively.
In an era when technology is changing rapidly, the education of an engineer must provide a base for working in fields which may now not exist. The objective of the undergraduate program in mechanical engineering is to give the student a broad intellectual horizon and such habits and skills of study that learning new science as it


College of Engineering and Applied Science / 51
appears and taking the initiative in applying it will be second nature.
There can be only one firm foundation for the student preparing for a career in mechanical engineering: mathematics, physics, and chemistry are the basic ingredients. Also essential is mastery of such engineering sciences as solid and fluid mechanics; thermodynamics, and heat and mass transport; materials, and systems analysis and controls. Along with the study of these fundamentals, the engineer must experience the ways in which scientific knowledge can be put to use in the development and design of useful devicesand processes.
The mechanical engineering program may be roughly subdivided into two-year groupings. In the first two years, the program emphasizes the fundamentals of those engineering sciences that are essential for an understanding of most branches of professional engineering. For the final two years, the department, in recognition of the extremely broad and varied demands which the advances of modern technology have imposed on the mechanical engineer, provides two plans, A and B, for the curriculum leading to the degree Bachelor of Science in mechanical engineering. The plans are designed to accommodate the professional objectives of the individual student.
Plan A specifies a typical mechanical engineering curriculum and is intended for those students who wish to obtain a broad, general education in mechanical engineering without an emphasis on any of the specific professional aspects.
Plan B is designed for students who know what they intend to do upon graduation. This option allows the student to pursue any course plan that meets a valid professional objective and has been approved by the advisory committee. Under Plan B, the specific requirements of the program are determined after a detailed conference with an appropriate departmental adviser. In the course of this conference, the professional objectives of the individual student are studied in detail, and a specific plan (with a minimum of 136 credit hours) is designed to meet these objectives. With liberal use of courses throughout the University, the following may be considered typical among the professional concentrations which can be achieved:
Thermodynamics Heat transfer Fluid mechanics Solid mechanics Electromechanical systems
Design
Power
Dynamics and controls Materials science Thermomechanical systems
All of the required courses for mechanical engineering plan A are offered at UCD. Plans are to expand the number of elective courses for plans A and B in the near future. Students should work closely with their mechanical engineering adviser as they may have to complete some courses in Boulder depending upon their study plan and the phasing in of the complete program at UCD.
Freshman Year
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Engl. 258. Great Books (see note I) ..........................3
M.E. 130. Introduction to Mechanical Engineering..............2
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ..................3
E.E. 210. Fundamentals of Computing...........................3
Chem. 103. General Chemistry (see note 2).....................5
Total 16
Spring Semester
Engl. 259. Great Books II (see note I)........................3
Phys. 231. General Physics I .................................4
Phys. 232. General Physics Lab. 1.............................I
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ..................3
Engr. 101. Engineering Drawing.................................2
Social-humanistic elective.....................................3
Total 16
Sophomore Year
Fall Semester
M.E. 281. Mechanics I (see note 3).............................3
Engl. 260. Great Books III (see note I) .......................3
Phys. 233. General Physics II..................................4
Phys. 234. General Physics Lab. It.............................1
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III..................3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra .............................3
Total 17
Spring Semester
M.E. 282. Mechanics II (see note 3)............................3
Engl. 261. Great Books IV (see note I) ........................3
Approved physics elective......................................3
Math. 320. Elementary Differential Equations ..................3
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics......................................3
Social-humanistic elective.....................................3
Total 18
Junior Year
Fall Semester
M.E. 312. Thermodynamics II..........................3
M.E. 314. Measurements I ...........................2
M.E. 362. Heat Transfer.......................................3
M.E. 371. Systems Analysis I (see note 4)....................3
M.E. 383. Mechanics 111......................................3
Social-humanistic elective...................................... â–  3
Total 17
Spring Semester
M.E. 301. Introduction to Materials Science I ...............3
M.E. 316. Measurements II ...........................2
M.E. 372. Systems Analysis II (see note 4)...............3
M.E. 384. Mechanics IV.......................................3
M.E. 385. Mechanics V.........................................3
Technical elective.............................................4
Total 18
Senior Year Fall Semester
M.E. 442. Mechanical Engineering Lab.........................3
M.E. 414. Mechanical Engineering Design .....................3
M.E. 401. Introduction to Materials Science II ................3
Technical elective.............................................6
Free elective..................................................3
Total 18
Curriculum for B.S.
(Mechanical Engineering)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is:
Spring Semester
Social-humanistic elective......................................3
Technical electives .............................................15
Total
18


52 / University of Colorado at Denver
Notes for B.S.
(Mechanical Engineering)
1. Or other English options; see the English listings in the Course Description section of this bulletin.
2. Or Ch. E. 210.
3. M.E. 281 and M.E. 282 are offered only on the Boulder Campus. UCD students may substitute C.E. 212 and C.E. 311 for M.E. 281 and M.E. 282.
4. M.E. 371 and M.E. 372 are offered only on the Boulder Campus. UCD students may substitute E.E. 213 and E.E. 413 for M.E. 371 and M.E. 372.


College of Environmental Design
Dwayne C. Nuzum, Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE
The College of Environmental Design at UCD offers five graduate programs: the Master of Architecture, Master of Architecture in Urban Design, Master of Interior Design—Interior Architecture and Space Planning, Master of Landscape Architecture, and Master of Planning and Community Development; and one service program, the Center for Community Development and Design. Undergraduate programs in the College are available only through the University of Colorado at Boulder, and students interested in the Bachelor of Environmental Design degree should see the catalog for that campus.
The College offers programs designed both to train men and women who can meet the complex and demanding challenge of developing and shaping the environment and to provide the practicing professional a means of keeping abreast of cultural and technological changes.
In recent years, the roles and responsibilities of the environmental design professions have broadened. The social and physical problems encountered by the architect, urban designer, the landscape architect, the urban and regional planner, the technologist in environmental systems, and the interior designer have minimized the lines of demarcation among these professions and interdependence among them has increased.
The College maintains traditional and essential ties with the professions and practitioners in the community and through the Division of Continuing Education offers workshops for architects in solar architecture, seismic design, and business development and law. The College participates in faculty interchanges with the Boulder campus, participates in the architectural engineering program of the College of Engineering and Applied Science, and relies on local professionals to buttress its teaching program.
The College of Environmental Design is a member of the Association of Collegiate Schools of Architecture and is represented by its students, faculty, and alumni on various professional boards, committees, and societies. In 1978, the National Architectural Accrediting Board renewed the College’s accreditation for the regular five-year period. Its program in urban and regional planning was granted recognition by the American Planning Association in 1975 for a five-year period.
Full professional status in most environmental design
fields requires a minimum of five or six years of academic experience and two or three years of practical experience followed by state registration or licensing through a professional examination.
Qualifications for success in these careers are not easily measured. Candidates for this profession must have the ability to complete successfully an academic program ranging from fundamental humanistic and scientific courses through applied technical activity to full creative development. They should have a background of secondary education that includes courses in mathematics and physics. Some experience in creative activity may aid them in predetermining their personal satisfaction from the creative process.
Financial Aid
Graduate scholarships and fellowships are available to continuing students only, with the exception of Colorado Grants. A limited number of Colorado Grants are available to new students who are residents of the State of Colorado and who fulfill the University’s criteria for financial need. Forms to apply for State of Colorado Graduate Grants, Federal Work-Study Assistance, and Federal National Direct Student Loans (NDSL), are available through the Office of Financial Aid, UCD, 1100 14th Street, Denver 80202.
Grade-Point Average Requirement and Scholastic Suspension
Students must maintain a 3.0 average for a degree. Students who fail to meet the minimum requirements during any semester will be permitted to continue their studies during the second semester, but will be placed on probation. Students who fail to meet the minimum requirement after two semesters will be suspended. After a period of one year, appeal for readmission may be made by petitioning the Scholastic Deficiency Committee of the College or the director.
MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE
The Division of Architecture offers three degree programs, all of which lead to the Master of Architecture. The three programs are named by typical time-in-residence: three-year, two-year, and one-year programs. The three- and two-year programs lead to the first professional degree for architectural practice; the one-


54/ University of Colorado at Denver
year program leads to a second professional degree.
The one-year program is open only to applicants already holding the first professional degree in architecture (generally the bachelor’s, occasionally the master’s). Individually organized studies are focused on the student’s interests in architecture or in architecture with an urban design specialization.
The two-year program is open to holders of the Bachelor of Environmental Design or Architectural Studies degree and is arranged to receive graduates of the Division of Environmental Design at Boulder or similar undergraduate studies at other schools.
The three-year program is open to holders of the bachelor’s degree in all other fields.
Curriculum
The Division of Architecture is a professional school; its role and purpose is the education of men and women who wish to design buildings. The division provides studies in architectural design, graphic communications, history and theory, technology, and professional practice.
Architectural design is the central activity of the several programs and the design studio serves to integrate architectural learning from all course work in the supportive arts and sciences. Most studios are conducted on the case study method; skill in the definition and the solution of design problems is acquired through the analysis and the working of exercises which simulate actual building problems. Advanced studio options are available with projects in the Community Center for Development and Design. The design thesis is the culmination of architectural studies.
Communications courses provide the graphic skills necessary to present design ideas. History and theory courses anchor the student’s work in social responsibility, and in an understanding of the forces that give shape to buildings and cities. Technology courses give basics in structures, and in the environmental concerns of utilities, heating, lighting, and acoustics. Professional courses provide exposure to the workings of contemporary practice, and an internship in a practicing professional’s office is a course option in the final year.
The goal of all of these studies is competency for the graduates of the division as intelligent, knowledgeable, and creative designers, each at the threshold of entry to architectural careers in private practice, government, or industry.
Admission Requirements
APPLICATION
The complete set of materials for application for the Master of Architecture programs include the application form, college transcripts, three recommendations, statement of purpose, and a portfolio of academic and professional work. To be considered for admission, the complete set of application materials must be received by March 15 preceding the fall semester of entry. The portfolio must be no larger than 14 inches by 17 inches. The application form and addition information may be
obtained by writing to the Director of Architecture, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.
Applicants must hold a Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts, or Bachelor of Science degree from an accredited four-year college or university to be accepted into the three-year Master of Architecture program. A four-year degree in architecture or environmental design from an accredited college or university is required for acceptance into the two-year program. A Bachelor or Master of Architecture degree from an accredited architecture program is required for acceptance into the one-year master’s program. A student in the fourth year of the University of Colorado architectural engineering program may enter the first year of the three-year program and qualifications based upon the course work taken previously and upon academic performance. However, a student in this program must still apply and be accepted into the Master of Architecture program and must have completed all requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in architectural engineering before entry into the second year of the program.
ADMISSION
An Admissions Committee will review the application materials and select students to be admitted to programs. Applicants will be notified that they have been accepted, are on a waiting list, or have not been accepted, prior to May I.
The recommended minimum grade-point average is 2.75 on a 4-point scale. If the student’s grade-point average is below 2.75, the Graduate Record Examination is recommended as part of the application materials. The student, however, will be evaluated for admission on the basis of all the application materials and not the grade-point average alone.
One-Year Program
The one-yeai program is available only to students already holding the first professional degree, the Bachelor or Master of Architecture. The Master of Architecture or Master of Architecture in Urban Design is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 32 semester hours of courses and special projects arranged for the particular candidate’s program. The candidate and the adviser mutually develop the course of study through selection of offerings in the College of Environmental Design and other divisions of the University. The program is primarily research oriented, and students are allowed to pursue independently an area of their choice related to architecture.
Two-Year Program
The two-year program is open to the student with a four-year Bachelor of Environmental Design or Architectural Studies degree who seeks the first professional degree in architecture. The program is a two-year, 64-semester-hour series of studies leading to the Master of Architecture degree.
Students in the third or fourth year of the University of


College of Environmental Design / 55
Colorado Environmental Design degree program who intend to pursue the Master of Architecture should take Structures (Arch. 452 and 453), Environmental Systems (Arch. 450), Materials and Methods of Construction (Arch. 451), Architectural History (Arch. 470 and 471), and Architectural Graphics (Arch. 410 and 411), and a minimum of six semesters of Design (including Arch. 400 and 401). Students who have not completed these courses previous to entry will be asked to complete them while in the program. Students from other four-year design programs must have taken two semesters of architectural history, two semesters of basic structures (statics, strength of materials) and must show, with the portfolio, a graphics ability equivalent to the two-semester course in architectural graphics. Required courses in the two-year program that have been taken by the student in prior studies may be waived if the grade received is B or above. The Master of Architecture is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 64 semester hours and all required courses.
Two-Year Program
Course Requirements Semester Hours
Architectural design...........................................24
Technologies...................................................15
Theory..........................................................3
Professional practice and construction documents................4
Landscape architecture .........................................3
Planning........................................................3
Electives......................................................12
Total 64
Three-Year Program
The three-year program is open to students with a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree, with a particular program prerequisite of one year of high school or college basic physics and college mathematics through calculus. The mathematics and physics requirement must be completed before entering the program. The Master of Architecture is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 96 semester hours and all required courses.
Three-Year Course Requirements Semester Hours
Architectural design...........................................34
Technologies...................................................27
Theory .........................................................9
Graphic communications..........................................6
Professional practice and construction documents................4
Landscape architecture .........................................3
Planning........................................................3
Electives......................................................10
Total 96
Recommended Order of Studies
Two-Year Program: 600 and 700 levels
Three-Year Program: 500, 600, and 700 levels
Fall Semester: 500 level Semester Hours
Arch. 500. Design.......................................5
L.A. 510. Graphics 1 ...................................3
Arch. 551. Materials and Construction...................3
Arch. 552. Structures 1 ................................3
U.P.C.D. 570. Development of Environmental Form.........3
Spring Semester: 500 level
Arch. 501. Design................................................5
L.A. 511. Graphics II............................................3
Arch. 550. Environmental Systems.............................. 3
Arch. 553. Structures II........................................3
Arch. 571. History/Philosophy ..................................3
Fall Semester: 600 level
Arch. 600. Design...............................................5
Arch. 650. Heating and Plumbing.................................3
Arch. 660. Structures 111.......................................3
L.A. 630. Survey of Landscape Architecture.......................3
U.P.C.D. 500. Fundamentals of Planning........................3
Spring Semester: 600 level
Arch. 601. Design...............................................5
Arch. 651. Lighting and Acoustics ..............................3
Arch. 666. Structures IV........................................3
Arch. 660. Professional Practice and Construction Documents ... .4
Arch. 680. Theory and Practice or
Arch. 670. Designer Philosophies or
U.D. 682. Architectural and Urban Design Theory................3
Fall Semester: 700 level
Arch. 700. Design...............................................5
Arch. 712. Thesis Preparation ..................................2
Arch. 750. Systems Synthesis....................................3
Arch. 760. Internship (Optional)................................3
Elective
Spring Semester: 700 level
Arch. 701. Design Thesis........................................7
Arch. 761. Internship (Optional)................................3
Elective
MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE IN URBAN DESIGN
Program Options and Descriptions
Urban design is one of the graduate environmental design programs taught at facilities which are located within two urban renewal projects in the core of the metropolitan Denver area. The curriculum focuses on the complex problems that are generated by change and growth in a vigorous urban and regional laboratory. Emphasis is given to participatory community and publicly funded design, research, and technology. Special efforts are made to utilize the vast resources of information available from federal, state, and local agencies and institutions which are concentrated in the immediate community. Specific courses and projects attempt to incorporate these allied academic, civic, and citizen inputs into the design processes.
The sequential format, content, and progression of the Architecture in Urban Design program has been developed to provide a broad range of balanced study which combines architecture, landscape, planning, and urban design methodologies. Direct contact and coordination with the activities of the students and faculty in these disciplines is an essential part of the curriculum. Importance is given to the problem-solving processes associated with mixed use complexes, neighborhood, activity center, village, town, and cityscape projects.
Specific courses in urban technologies, urban theories.


56 / University of Colorado at Denver
environmental impact analysis, and social and economic factors are available. During the final semester students have a wide choice of professional electives which can be closely related to their thesis problem selection.
Two sequences are available in the program. One is a non-prelicensing two-year graduate degree for students who have received a bachelor’s degree in environmental design, landscape, architectural studies, planning, or urban studies. The one-year program is for students who have obtained a five-year Bachelor of Architecture degree.
In both sequences the final master’s year is a synthesis of the special factors influencing urban design in one of five options: recreational facilities, community development, rehabilitation or renewal, transportation, and health care. In this phase the student is carefully advised throughout the period of his independent research and design studies. Opportunities to do state and city outreach work in association with the Center for Community Development and Design (the College statewide design aid field program for ethnic and economic minorities) are available. Many other real problems and or case studies from the community, which require anticipatory and feasibility design and development, also are considered. Whenever possible, individual or team projects in cooperation with allied disciplines and institutions are encouraged.
Admission Requirements
In order for students to be considered for admission into the graduate program, they must submit application forms, college transcripts, three letters of recommendation, statement of purpose, and a portfolio of academic and professional work by March 15 preceding the fall semester they wish to enter. All portfolio material submitted with the application must be in 8'A" by 14" format or smaller. If slides are included, they must be in a looseleaf slide holder. It is recommended that students indicate the type and length of all work experience they have had since receiving a degree. Application forms and information may be obtained by writing to the Director of Master of Architecture in Urban Design, College of Environmental Design, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.
Curriculum Outline
In both sequences the studio is the focal point for the specialization selected by the student. The projects chosen are developed on an independent study basis with meetings, seminars, and evaluations scheduled between the student and the faculty advisers. Cognate courses are selected with the guidance of the faculty advisers from related subjects offered by the College or other units of the University.
One-Year Program
A one-year program leading to the Master of Architecture in Urban Design degree is available to students holding a first professional degree in
architecture. The degree is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 30 semester credit hours. The program is for students who wish to pursue advanced studies in compound, complex community architecture and urban design problems.
One-Year Sequence
Course Requirements Semester Hours
Urban Design Studio.......................................5
Thesis Preparation.........................................I
Environmental Analysis....................................3
Planning. Landscape Electives.............................^6
15
Thesis Studio..............................................6
Urban Design Seminar .....................................3
Professional Electives....................................
30
Two-Year Sequence
A two-year non-prelicensing program leading to a Master of Architecture in Urban Design degree is available to students holding a first degree in architectural studies, environmental design, landscape architecture, urban studies, and planning. The degree is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 60 semester credit hours. The program is for students who wish to pursue graduate studies in multidiscipline design problems and processes which are evolving throughout the urban environment.
First Year Semester Hours
Urban Design and Graphics Workshop............................3
Design History Philosophy.....................................3
Urban Design Systems and Management.........................3
Professional Electives........................................6
IT
Urban Design Studio...........................................5
Design History Philosophy.....................................3
Environmental Systems.........................................3
Transportation Systems........................................4
J_5
30
Seeontl Year
See One-Year Sequence......................................30
60
MASTER OF INTERIOR DESIGN-INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE AND SPACE PLANNING
The Master of Interior Design program is structured to educate designers who will be qualified to assume responsible leadership roles in the continuing growth of the profession and in the improvement of the quality of man’s near environment by constructively relating the design process to man’s life process.
There are two programs leading to the Master of Interior Design degree. The two-year program is open to applicants holding Bachelor of Interior Design, Bachelor


College of Environmental Design / 57
of Environmental Design, or Bachelor of Architecture degrees. The three-year program is designed for applicants holding bachelor’s degrees in other fields from accredited four-year colleges or universities.
The program is characteristically different from more traditional programs in the following ways:
Multidisciplinary Approach. Individualized instruction and guidance are provided in skills and knowledge that are integrated from related disciplines. Accordingly, the student develops personal models and methodologies within a multidisciplinary conceptual framework for the analysis, design, and evaluation of appropriate interior environments.
Interior Architecture and Space Planning Orientation. The program relies heavily upon the conviction that the design of an interior space and the building form containing it are inextricably related. The former inwardly responding to the human environment, the latter outwardly responding to the natural environment; both design activities require high degrees of interdependent specializations in generating an adequate integrative environmental form.
Social and Behavioral Base. Understanding the social, behavioral, and biological implications of man-environment interactions is emphasized as an integral part of design research/problem-solving methods in all design studio work.
Coordinated University- Professional Community Learning Experiences. The program is a direct response to the Rocky Mountain region’s general recognition of a need for designers whose professional training is relevant to regional interests. In turn, the professional community serves as an auxiliary source of educational enrichment by providing students with opportunities to combine theoretical and applied learning.
Admission Requirements
APPLICATION
In order for students to be considered for admission into the graduate program, they must submit application forms, two original transcripts, three recommendations, statement of purpose, and a portfolio of academic and professional work by March 15 preceding the fall semester that they wish to enter. The portfolio format is to be 14 inches by 17inchesorsmaller. Application forms and information may be obtained by writing to the Director of Interior Design, College of Environmental Design, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.
ADMISSION
A Faculty Admissions Committee will review the application materials and select the students to be admitted to the program. Applicants will be notified that they have been accepted, are on a waiting list, or have not been accepted, prior to May I.
The recommended minimum grade-point average is 2.75 on a 4-point scale. If the student’s grade-point average is below 2.75 the Graduate Record Examination is recommended as part of the application materials. The
student, however, will be evaluated for admission on the basis of all the application materials and not the grade point average alone.
Order Of Studies
(Two and Three-Year Programs)
Fall Semester. First Year Semester Hours
I.D. 500. Design Research/Problem-Solving Methods ............ 5
Arch. 510. Graphic Communications I........................... 3
Arch. 551. Materials and Methods of Construction.............. 3
Arch. 570. History/Philosophy I............................... 3
Elective Course............................................... 3
17
Spring Semester. First Year Semester Hours
I.D. 501. Residential Design.................................. 5
Arch. 511. Graphic Communications II.......................... 3
I.D. 557. Elements of Structures.............................. 3
Arch. 571. History/Philosophy II.............................. 3
Psych. 225. Behavioral Biology or............................. 3
Psych. 320. Human Behavior and Maturation Through
the Life Span............................................ 3
17
Fall Semester. Second Year Semester Hours
I.D. 600. Transportation Design ............................ 5
I.D. 660. Furniture Design.................................. 3
I.D. 680. Physical Environmental Factors.................... 3
Arch. 650. Environmental Control Systems I ................. 3
B.Ad. 504. Fundamentals of Management and Organization...... 3
17
Spring Semester. Second Year Semester Hours
I.D. 601. Commercial Design................................... 5
I.D. 662. Professional Practice............................... 3
I.D. 681. Human Environmental Factors......................... 3
Arch. 651. Environmental Control Systems II ..................3
B.Ad. 506. Legal Environment of Business...................... 3
17
Fall Semester. Third Year Semester Hours
I.D. 700. Institutional Design................................ 7
I.D. 624. Environmental Signage and Graphic Design ........... 3
I.D. 663. Internship I........................................ 3
L.A. 630. Landscape Architecture.............................. 3
16
Spring Semester. Third Year Semester Hours
I.D. 701. Thesis............................................... 7
I D. 664. Internship II.........................................3
B.Law 512. Business Law........................................ 3
B.Ad. 610. Business. Government, and Society or............... 3
B.Ad. 503. Fundamentals of Marketing (Fall or
Summer Semesters)........................................
16
MASTER OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE
The academic program leading to a Master of Landscape Architecture degree at the University of Colorado at Denver responds to a perceived need to offer professional training preparing students to meet the complex and demanding challenges of designing and shaping the environment.
Our rapidly growing western regions, both urban and rural, require comprehensive problem-solving skills which address regional climate, geology, soils, hydrology, and vegetation. These related processes provide


58 / University of Colorado at Denver
a regional basis for planning and designing land areas for public/private use, enjoyment, and preservation.
Programs
UCD offers both two- and three-year graduate-level professional programs leading to the degree Master of Landscape Architecture. The two-year second professional degree program, comprised of a minimum of 64 semester hours, is structured to provide advanced training and exposure in the theoretical, technical, and practical aspects of design for those M.L.A. candidates possessing a Bachelor of Landscape Architecture degree. The three-year first professional degree program, comprised of a minimum of 96 semester hours, is offered to students with undergraduate degrees not specifically related to landscape architecture.
These programs permit the M.L.A. candidate to pursue a wide range of career goals responding to the profession’s concerns and expertise in physical planning and design. A major goal of the program is to develop the candidates’ knowledge and practical skills of landscape architecture to assume effective roles in professional practice. Emphasis is placed upon emerging problems and frontier areas of the Rocky Mountain Region, and on applying problem-solving tools, theories, and methodologies to environmental concerns covering a broad range of scales and project types.
Curriculum
The curriculum includes those subjects considered as essential to core professional training in the field of landscape architecture, including design, technology, history, and professional practice. Both programs and courses have a design focus upon real problem-solving situations with emphasis on design process.
Opportunities exist to develop complementary knowledge and skills related to interdisciplinary projects involving the graduate programs of architecture, urban design, urban and regional planning, and public administration, within the College of Environmental Design. Additionally, through the Center for Community Development and Design (an outreach program in the College of Environmental Design), the M.L.A. candidate is afforded opportunity for actual project experience and participation for a variety of projects within the Denver metropolitan area and the state of Colorado.
The hierarchy of courses from term to term includes sequences of design, technical, and history core courses required of all entering candidates. The final spring term is reserved for an independent design practicum contributing to the program and the profession of landscape architecture. This project is performed under the guidance of a Comprehensive Thesis Committee comprised of faculty, practicing professionals, and technical specialists in the project topic. Additionally, the M.L.A. candidate is required to complete a minimum 12-week internship with a professional landscape architecture office or under the work supervision of a professionally registered landscape architect.
Admission Requirements
Applicants to the three-year program or those who do not have a first professional degree. Bachelor of Landscape Architecture, should have proficiency in college mathematics, physical science, English, environmental science, and a basic course in art or drawing.
Applicants to the two-year program, having undergraduate degrees in landscape architecture, architecture, environmental design, or other physical design degrees are considered for admission upon individual evaluation of their undergraduate curriculum, scholastic performance, and professional experience.
To be considered for admission into the graduate programs in landscape architecture, applicants must submit application forms, college transcripts, three recommendations, statement of purpose, and a portfolio of academic and professional work by April 15 proceeding the fall semester they wish to enter the program. The portfolio format is to be 14 inches by 17 inches or smaller.
Application forms and further information may be obtained by writing to the Director of Landscape Architecture, College of Environmental Design, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.
Order Of Studies TwoAndThree-Year Programs
Fall Semester, First Year Semester Hours
L.A. 500. Landscape Architecture Design 1......................5
L.A. 510. Graphic Communication 1 .............................3
L.A. 550. Landscape Architecture Engineering I-
Environmental Systems......................................3
L.A. 561. Synthecology Field Research-(Retreat I) .............I
L.A. 580. Rocky Mountain Plant Materials ......................3
15
Spring Semester, First Year
L.A. 501. Landscape Architecture Design II...................5
L.A. 511. Graphic Communication II...........................3
L.A. 560. L.A. Construction I-Elements of Structures.........3
U.P.C.D. 570. Development of Environmental Form..............3
L.A. 581. Rocky Mountain Plant Design........................3
17
Fall Semester, Second Year
L.A. 600. Landscape Architecture Design 111 ...................5
L.A. 650. Landscape Architecture Engineering II.................3
L.A.661.Synthecology FieldResearch-(RetreatIl)..................1
L.A. 670. Landscape Architecture History/Theory Seminar.........3
Biology. Ecology Elective.......................................3
I.N.T.D. 530. Theories and Methods of Programming..............3
18
Spring Semester, Second Year
L.A. 601. Landscape Architecture Design IV .....................5
L.A. 651. Landscape Architecture Engineering III................3
L.A. 681. Rocky Mountain Plant Technology ......................3
U.D.684. U.D. Development Systems and Management................3
Elective........................................................3
17


College of Environmental Design / 59
Fall Semester, Third Year
L.A. 700. Landscape Arch. Design V..............................5
L.A. 760. Landscape Architecture Construction II................3
B.Ad. Business Admin. Elective...................................3
L.A. 761. Synthecology Field Research-(Retreat III)..............I
L.A. 790. Independent Design Practicum Research
and Research Methods .........................................2
L.A. 791. Landscape Architecture Issues Seminar ................ .2
16
Spring Semester, Third Year
L.A. 701. Independent Design Practicum-Design VI.................5
L.A. 721. Professional Practice Seminar .........................3
14
L.A. 791. Natural Resource Issues Seminar........................3
Elective ........................................................3
Total Hours.....................................................96
MASTER OF PLANNING
AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
The MPCD program prepares planners to research, design, and evaluate the ends and means of social and environmental action. Careers in planning usually center in such growing fields as environmental design, community development, social services, natural resources, ecology, planning consultation, environmental assessment, urban renewal, and regional planning. Because Denver is the Rocky Mountain region’s central location for managing these fields of action, UCD planning students are able to combine easily the general principles of academic learning with practical experience in nearby operating agencies and organizations.
Curriculum
The curriculum requires 60 semester hours as a minimum for graduation. Forty-five of these semester hours are required core courses aimed at training the student in basic planning principles, content, research methods, and plan/policymaking skills. Of these required credits, 3 are spent in experiential learning and internships with public agencies and other organizations.
Another 15 credit hours of the curriculum are elective. They are chosen in consultation with the student’s faculty adviser to form a consistent pattern of planning expertise along the lines of the individual’s major interests. The courses may be chosen from the MPCD’s own core electives, from other programs in the College of Environmental Design or from other graduate colleges at UCD. Typical areas of specialization have been ecology, transportation, planning administration, community development, urban design, and health planning.
The final curriculum requirement in the student’s last semester is the satisfactory completion of an in-depth planning study or project. The aim is to illustrate the individual’s ability to integrate and apply the knowledge and experience gained in the program. This is the major thrust of the core requirement entitled Planning Studio 3.
Admission Requirements
In order for a student to be considered for admission into the graduate program, application forms must be submitted by April 15 for the fall semester. Entry into the program at other times is not normally permitted. Applications for admission are reviewed by a faculty-student committee. Criteria for admission include academic performance, experience, interest, and motivation for study.
Candidates for admission should note that a 1-semester-hour course in statistics is part of the 60-hour core curriculum. Students who have taken an acceptable course in statistics may have this requirement waived.
Application forms and information may be obtained by writing to Director of Planning and Community Development Program, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.
CENTER FOR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN
The Center for Community Development and Design provides educational and technical assistance to solve design, planning, and community development problems upon request to groups, organizations, neighborhoods, communities, and small towns that cannot afford or do not have access to these services. The center provides these services to aid in the development of the community and to encourage local self-reliance. These services are provided by mobilizing the necessary and available resources of the College of Environmental Design and the community and by utilizing the appropriate community development process and participatory techniques.
A central goal of the center is to combine academic and practical experience of students working with community members on problem solving through supervised projects in the field. The faculty and staff of the center coordinate community projects for which students register through classes in the various academic curricula. Students who register for these projects assume an added responsibility of satisfying client needs that goes beyond academic credit.
Students are expected to do two things: Utilize and develop professional expertise which not only enhances their own education but also better prepares them to assist in the community problem-solving process, and to develop an understanding for community participatory processes and be able to integrate these into the technical aspects of their community project.
The types of projects students may select to work on include developing a physical design program for a child care center in an inner-city neighborhood; assisting a neighborhood organize, design, and implement a self-help housing program in a small mountain town; and developing a comprehensive plan in cooperation with a planning commission in a Colorado high plains town.


Graduate School
Robert N. Rogers, Associate Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE SCHOOL
The Graduate School is a University-wide body which authorizes programs within its constituent colleges and schools. At UCD, Business and Administration (except the M.B.A. program), Education, Engineering, Liberal Arts and Sciences, and Music are colleges or schools whose graduate programs are offered through the Graduate School. In concept, there is a single Graduate School regardless of campus. In practice, most master’s-level programs are specific to the campus where the student is admitted, insofar as particular options and advisers are concerned.
Doctoral-level programs in a discipline are viewed as the responsibility of the entire University community of that discipline. At the present time all Ph.D. programs are coordinated through the corresponding Boulder department. However, in a number of disciplines most or all course work for the Ph.D. can be completed at Denver and the research adviser may be a member of the UCD faculty. Some departments in which this is the case are communication disorders and speech sciences, communication and theatre, electrical engineering, and civil engineering. In other disciplines, a significant portion of the course work required for the Ph.D. degree may be taken at UCD. Persons interested in pursuing doctoral-level work should consult with the appropriate discipline graduate adviser.
Anyone wishing further information not given in this bulletin should contact the Associate Dean of the Graduate School, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.
Degrees Offered
The following graduate programs are authorized for completion through the Graduate School at UCD. In some cases, a specific required course may only be offered through the University of Colorado at Boulder in a given year.
The Master of Arts (M.A.) in:
Anthropology Geography
Biology History
Communication and theatre Mathematics
Communication disorders and Political science
speech science Psychology
Economics Sociology
English
The Master of Education (M.Ed.) and the Master of Arts (M.A.) in:
Administration and supervision Initial Certification Program in
Early childhood education Education
Educational psychology Library media
Foundations of education Reading
Guidance and counseling Secondary education
The Master of Science (M.S.) in:
Accounting Environmental science
Applied mathematics Finance
Chemistry Management
Civil engineering Management science
Electrical engineering Marketing
Mechanical engineering
The Master of Basic Science (M.B.S.)
The Master of Humanities (M.H.)
The Master of Social Science (M.S.S.)
Facilities for Graduate Study and Research at UCD
Facilities for research in many fields are available at UCD as well as specialized institutes, seminars, and meetings of national standing.
The Graduate Student at UCD
Approximately 1,800 students are enrolled in graduate programs at UCD and an additional 1,400 special students take graduate courses. Of these, approximately 45 percent are part-time students.
Faculty
The faculty operating in these programs is mainly housed at UCD, although resources of other campuses at the University of Colorado are used.
Financial Aid for Graduate Study
SCHOLARSHIPS AND FELLOWSHIPS
The University of Colorado administers various forms of financial aid for graduate students: fellowships, scholarships, and a number of awards from outside agencies.
The Graduate School each year awards to qualified regular degree graduate students approximately 50 doctoral fellowships paying up to $2,500 plus tuition.


Graduate School / 61
Special fellowships and scholarships are also available for study in certain departments. Colorado Graduate Grants are also available to students who can show demonstrated need. For details contact the Graduate School Office.
Applications for fellowships, scholarships, and grants are due in the department before the announced department deadline. Fellowship awards are announced about March 15; Colorado Graduate Grant awards are announced each semester for the following semester.
GRADUATE STUDENT TEACHING APPOINTMENTS
Many departments employ graduate students as part-time instructors for teaching assistants. The instructor-ship is reserved for those advanced graduate students already possessing an appropriate M.A. degree who may be independently responsible for the conduct of a section or course. Payment for these teaching appointments in 1979-80 was: one-half time instructor; $5,446 for the academic year; one-half time teaching assistant, $4,356 for the academic year.
A half-time appointment for an instructor is considered to be equal to 6 class contact hours; a halftime teaching assistant is appointed for 20 hours per week. Students appointed for one-half time qualify for resident tuition rates regardless of their actual Colorado residency status. Teaching assistants and instructors must be enrolled students in good standing for the full period of their appointment.
RESEARCH ASSISTANTSHIPS
Research activities provide opportunities for graduate students to obtain part-time work as research assistants in many departments. Holders of these positions pay resident tuition. Assistants must be enrolled students.
LOAN FUNDS
Graduate students wishing to apply for long-term loans through the National Direct Student Loan Program and for part-time jobs through the college work-study program should submit an Application for Financial Aid to the Office of Financial Aid by March 1. This office also provides short-term loan assistance to students who have completed one or more semesters in residence. Short-term loans are designed to supplement inadequate personal funds and to provide for emergencies. Applicants should go directly to the Office of Financial Aid.
EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES
The U niversity maintains an employment service in the Office of Financial Aid to help students obtain part-time work either through conventional employment or through the college work-study program.
Students employed by the University are hired solely on the basis of merit and fitness, a policy which avoids favor or discrimination because of race, color, creed, sex, age, handicap, or national origin. Students are also referred to prospective employers in accordance with this policy.
International Education
The Office of International Education expedites the exchange of students and faculty, entertains foreign visitors, promotes special relationships with foreign universities, and acts as adviser for Fulbright and other scholarships.
The office also arranges study abroad programs. Students remain enrolled at the University of Colorado while taking regular courses in the foreign universities. A B average with the equivalent of two years of college-level work in the appropriate language is required. There are also occasional summer programs offering academic credit.
Peace Corps information may be obtained from the Office of International Education.
For additional information contact the Office for Student Affairs, 629-2861.
Institute for Urban and Public Policy Research
The institute was established at UCD to facilitate organized research on significant public policy issues and urban problems. Its principal objectives are (I) to improve public policy formation and decision making through more effectively relating issues with knowledge and research and (2) to assist faculty, policy makers, and students to work together as research teams on state and local problems that cut across disciplines.
Research in the institute is being done through centers, programs, and ad hoc teams utilizing individual expertise from the several campuses of the University of Colorado and other Colorado institutions of higher education as required to deal with a specific problem.
The institute has been involved in a number of research activities including determining effective methods of using scientific and technological resources in metropolitan, state, and regional government policy formation and decision making; environmental quality studies; energy-related research; health needs assessment; gerontological studies; evaluating community development programs; and attitude surveys. Its members have continuing programmatic research interests in the measurement of quality of life and social indicators, urban transportation policy; urban and regional planning; community and organizational development; and the physical, biological, and social effects of energy development.
Center for Environmental Sciences
The Center for Environmental Sciences is a cluster of federally funded research grants studying various environmental problems of concern to the state and nation. The center is presently made up of four research components: the Environmental Trace Substances Research Program (ETSRP), the Department of Energy Oil Shale Task Force, the Policy Research Program, and the Faculty Review Program. ETSRP consists of several grants studying the behavior of trace elements in the areas of oil shale mining, uranium mining and milling, and reuse of wastewater; the Oil Shale Task Force coordinates oil shale environmental programs funded by


62 / University of Colorado at Denver
the Department of Energy; the Policy Research Program performs risk assessment and literature search studies in various areas of environmental concern; and the Faculty Review Program coordinates state government and faculty review of permit applications and environmental impact statements for energy development. Current funding agencies are the Department of Energy, Environmental Protection Agency, and the U.S. Bureau of Mines.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION General Requirements
Students may be admitted to the Graduate School in either of the two categories described below.
Admission to the Graduate School is not admission to candidacy for an advanced degree. A student who wishes to become a candidate for a degree must make special application at the time and in the manner prescribed by the requirements for the degree sought.
A student who is granted admission must reflect in a moral and ethical sense a personal background acceptable to the University.
The University reserves the right to deny admission to applicants whose total credentials reflect an inability to assume those obligations of performance and behavior deemed essential by the U niversity and relevant to any of its lawful missions, processes, and functions as an educational institution.
REGULAR DEGREE STUDENTS
Qualified students are admitted to regular degree status by the appropriate department. In addition to departmental approval, an applicant for admission as a regular degree student must:
1. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a college or university of recognized standing, or have done work equivalent to that required for such a degree and equivalent to the degree given at this University.
2. Show promise of ability to pursue advanced study and research, as judged by his or her previous scholastic record.
3. Have had adequate preparation to enter upon graduate study in the field chosen.
4. Have at least a 2.75 undergraduate grade-point average on all work taken.
5. Meet additional requirements for admission as established by major departments.
Regular degree students must maintain at least a 3.0 grade-point average each semester or summer term on all work taken, whether it is to be applied toward the advanced degree intended or not. Students who fail to maintain this standard of performance will be subject to suspension from the Graduate School.
Pass/Fail Grades. In order to permit a meaningful evaluation of an applicant’s scholastic record, not more than 10 percent of those credit hours that are relevant to the intended field of graduate study shall have been earned with pass/fail grades, nor more than 20 percent overall. Applicants whose academic record contain a
larger percentage of pass/fail credits must submit suitable additional evidence that they possess the required scholastic ability. If the applicant does not submit satisfactory additional evidence, he or she can be admitted only as a provisional student.
PROVISIONAL DEGREE STUDENTS
Applicants who do not meet the requirements for admission as regular degree students may be admitted as provisional degree students upon the recommendation of the major department. With the concurrence of the dean of the Graduate School, a department may admit provisional students for a probationary term, which may not normally exceed one academic year. At the end of the probationary period, provisional degree students must either be admitted to regular degree status or be dropped from the graduate program.
Credit earned by persons in provisional degree status may count toward a degree at this University.
Provisional degree students are required to maintain a
3.0 grade-point average or higher, as may be required by the terms of their provisional admission, each semester or summer term on all work taken, whether or not it is to be applied toward the advanced degree sought. If students fail to maintain such a standard of performance, they will be subject to suspension from the Graduate School.
Note: All provisional applicants must take the Graduate Record Examination and submit scores as part of the application.
Application Procedures
Graduate students who expect to study at UCD should contact the UCD Office of the Graduate School concerning procedures for forwarding completed applications.
An applicant for admission must present a completed Application Form (Parts I and 11), which may be obtained from the UCD Graduate School office, and two official transcripts from each university attended. The application must be accompanied by a nonrefundable application processing fee of $20 (check or money order) when the application is submitted. No application will he processed unless this fee is paid. Many departments require scores from the Graduate Record Examination, and most departments require three or four letters of recommendation.
When a prospective degree student applies for admission, the chairman of each department or a committee named for the purpose shall decide whether the applicant shall be admitted and shall make that decision known to the Office of Admissions and Records, which will inform the student. Persons not wishing to work toward an advanced degree are referred to as special students (below).
A completed application must be in the office of the major department at least 60 days prior to the term for which admission is sought or earlier as may be required by the major department.
Students who wish to apply for a graduate student award for the academic year 1980-81, e.g., fellowship.


Graduate School /63
scholarship, assistantship, etc., must file a completed application with the department before the announced departmental deadline (see previous section on financial aid).
All credentials presented for admission to the University of Colorado become the property of the University.
SENIORS IN THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO
A senior in this University who has satisfied the undergraduate residence requirements and who needs not more than 6 semester hours of advanced subjects and 12 credit points to meet his requirements for a bachelor’s degree, may be admitted to the Graduate School by special permission of the dean.
GRADUATE RECORD EXAMINATIONS
At the option of any department, the Graduate Record Examination may be required of applicants for assistantships, or of any student before his or her status is determined.
Students who are applying for the fall of 1981 take the GRE no laterthan the December testing date so that their scores will be available to the graduate awards selection committee. Four to six weeksshould be allowed forGRE scores to be received by an institution.
Information regarding these examinations may be obtained from the Graduate School Office or the Student Relations Office at UCD, or from the Educational Testing Service, Box 1502, Berkeley, California 94701, or Box 955, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.
SPECIAL STUDENTS
A student not wishing to earn an advanced degree from the Univeristy of Colorado should apply to the Office of Admissions and Records, UCD, 1100 Fourteenth Street, Denver, Colorado 80202, or to the Office of the Associate Dean of the Graduate School. Special students will be allowed to register only on the campus to which they have been admitted.
Special students desiring to pursue a graduate degree program at this University are encouraged to submit the complete graduate application and supporting credentials as soon as possible. A department may recommend to the graduate dean the acceptance of as much as 8 hours of credit toward the requirements of a master’s degree for courses taken either as a student at another recognized graduate school, as a special student at the University, or any combination thereof. In addition, the department may recommend to the graduate dean the acceptance of credit for courses taken as a special student for the semester, quarter, or summer term for which the student has applied for admission to the Graduate School, provided that the student’s application was on file with the department before the beginning of the semester, quarter, or term in question.
REGISTRATION
Course Work and Examinations
On the regular registration days of each semester.
students who have been admitted to the Graduate School and who expect to study in the Graduate School are required to complete appropriate registration procedures.
Students should register for classes the semester they are accepted into Graduate School. If unable to attend that semester they must notify the department which has accepted them and submit the necessary forms to the Office of Admissions and Records at UCD in order to attend the following semester.
Changes in Registration
A student who wishes to drop a course or take it for no credit should follow the drop/add standard procedure (see current Schedule of Courses). Note that after the tenth week of classes a graduate student may not drop, add, or change a course to no credit without presenting a letter to the dean of the Graduate School, UCD Administration Building, Room 302, stating the exceptional circumstances which justify the change. This letter, endorsed by the instructor of the course, must accompany the properly signed and completed drop/add card or no credit option form.
Master’s Thesis or Report
Graduate students working toward master’s degrees, if they expect to present a thesis or M.Ed. report in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree, must register for thesis for a minimum of 4 semester hours ora maximum of 6 semester hours, or for M.Ed. report for 2 semester hours. The student may register for any specific number of hours in any semester of residence, but the total number of hours for all semesters must equal the number of credits the student expects to receive for the thesis or report. The final grade will be withheld until the thesis or report is completed. If the thesis or report is not completed at the end of the term in which the student is so registered, an in progress (IP) will be reported. (The student may not register again for any portion of thesis credit on which an IP grade has been submitted.)
Limitation of Registration
FULL LOAD
A graduate student will be considered to be carrying a full load during a regular semester for purposes of determining residence credit if the student is registered for not fewer than 5 semester hours in work numbered 500 or above, or at least 8 semester hours of other graduate work, or thesis.
A full load for purposes of determining residence credit during the summer term is 3 semester hours of work in courses numbered 500 or above, or 6 semester hours of other graduate work, or thesis.
MAXIMUM LOAD
No graduate student may receive graduate credit toward a degree for more than 15 hours in a regular semester.


64 / University of Colorado at Denver
The maximum number of graduate credits that may be applied toward a degree during a summer term at UCD is 10 hours per 10-week summer term.
TUITION AND FEES
The schedule of tuition and fees is given in the General Information section of this bulletin.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCED DEGREES Quality of Graduate Work
Although the work for advanced degrees is specified partly in terms of credit hours, an advanced degree will not be conferred merely for the completion of a specified period of residence and the passing of a given number of courses. Students should not expect to get from formal courses all the training, knowledge, and grasp of ideas necessary to meet the requirements for an advanced degree. They should work on their own initiative, reading widely and thoughtfully, reaching their own conclusions, and acquiring a sense of values, perspective, and proportion.
All studies offered for credit toward an advanced degree (except those in deficiencies) must be of graduate status.
A student is expected to maintain at least a Baverage in all work attempted in Graduate School.
For the Ph.D., a course mark below B is unsatisfactory and will not be counted toward fulfilling the minimum requirements for the degree.
A student who fails to do satisfactory work will be subject to suspension from the Graduate School by the dean with the approval of the major department.
Appeal may be made to the Executive Committee of the Graduate School. The committee’s decision shall be final. A suspended student is eligible to apply for readmission after one year. Approval or rejection of this application rests jointly with the student's major department and the dean. In case of lack of agreement between the department and the dean or in case of appeal by the student, the final decision will be made by the Executive Committee.
Grading System
The standing of a student in work intended for an advanced degree is to be indicated by the marks. A, B. and C.
A — Superior, 4 credit points for each credit hour.
B — Good, 3 credit points for each credit hour.
C — Fair, 2 credit points for each credit hour.
Work receiving the lowest passing grade, D, may not be counted toward a degree, nor may it be accepted for the removal of deficiencies. Marks below B are not accepted for the doctoral degree.
An IF or an IW grade may be given for incomplete work at the discretion of the instructor. For details, refer to th discussion of the uniform grading system. The grade of IP (in progress) will be given for continuing thesis work and will be valid until the thesis is completed.
A graduate student may repeat once a course for which he or she obtained a grade of C, D, or F upon written recommendation to the dean by the chairman of the advisory committee and the chairman of the department, provided the course has not previously applied toward a degree.
Graduate students may register for undergraduate courses on a Pass/Fail basis; however, graduate credit will not be awarded, and such courses cannot be applied toward a graduate degree.
Use of English
A student who is noticeably deficient in the use and spelling of the English language may not obtain an advanced degree from the University of Colorado. The satisfaction of this requirement depends not so much upon the ability to pass formal tests, although these may be demanded, as it does upon the habitual use of good English in all oral and written work. Ability to use the language with precision and distinction should be cultivated as an attainment of major importance.
Each department will judge the qualifications of its advanced students in the use of English. Reports, examinations, and speech will be considered in estimating the candidate’s proficiency.
MASTER’S DEGREE
A student regularly admitted to the Graduate School and later accepted as a candidate for the degree Master of Arts, Master of Science, or other master’s degree will be recommended for the degree only after the following requirements have been met.
In general, only graduates of an approved institution who have a thorough preparation for their proposed field of study and who do graduate work of high quality are able to attain the degree with the minimum amount of work specified below. All studies offered toward the minimum requirement for the degree must be of graduate rank. Necessary additional work required to make up deficiencies or prerequisites may be partly or entirely undergraduate courses.
The requirements stated below are minimum requirements; additional conditions set by the department will be found in the announcements of separate departments. Any department may make further regulations not inconsistent with the general rules.
Minimum Requirement
The minimum requirement of graduate work for the degree Master of Arts or Master of Science may be fulfilled by following either Plan 1 or Plan II below.
Plan I: By presenting 24 semester hours of graduate work, including a thesis. At least 12 semester hours of this work must be at the 500 level or above.
Plan II: By presenting 30 semester hours of graduate work, without a thesis. At least 16 semester hours of this work must be at the 500 level or above.
Plan II does not represent a free option for the student. A candidate for the master’s degree may be allowed to select Plan II only on the recommendation of the department concerned.


Graduate School /65
Graduate Credit
Graduate credit is given for courses which are listed at the 500 level or above and which are offered by those colleges or schools that are members of the Graduate School, or which have otherwise been approved by the dean of the Graduate School. No assurance can be given that work taken by a student will count toward a higher degree unless the student has the approval of the department.
Not all courses listed are available at any one time; some of them are given in alternate years.
Courses taken during the fall semester 1975 and thereafter will have graduate rank if they are taught by members of the Graduate School faculty and are in one of the following two categories:
1. Courses within the major department at the 500 level or above.
2. Courses outside the major department at any level, provided they are approved for graduate rank for a specific degree plan by the faculty of the degree-granting program.
This does not change the minimum number of courses that must be taken at the 500 level or above. However, as a result, most students who include 400-level courses of other departments in their program will not exceed those minimum requirements for graduation.
Field of Study
Studies leading to a master’s degree may be divided between major and minor subjects at the discretion of the faculty of the degree-granting program.
Status
After a student has made a satisfactory record in this University for at least one semester or summer term and after he has removed any deficiencies that were determined at the time of admission or by qualifying examinations or otherwise, he should confer with his major department and request that a decision be made on his status. This definite status must be set by his major department before a student may make application for admission to candidacy for an advanced degree.
Students who are inadquately prepared must make up without credit toward a graduate degree all prerequisites required by the department concerned.
Language Requirements
Candidates must have such knowledge of ancient and modern languages as each department requires. See special departmental requirements.
Credit by Transfer
Resident graduate work of high quality done in a recognized graduate school elsewhere and coming within the time limit may be accepted up to a limited amount, provided it is recommended by the department concerned and approved by the dean of the Graduate School.
All work accepted by transfer must cone within the
five-year time limit or be validated by special examination.
The maximum amount of work that may be transferred to this University is 8 semester hours.
Credit will not be transferred until the student has established in the Graduate School of this University a satisfactory record of at least one semester in residence; such transfer will not reduce the residence requirement at this University, but it may reduce the amount of work to be done in formal courses. Requests for transfer of credit to be applied toward an advanced degree must be made on the form specified for this purpose and submitted to the Graduate School by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which the student will be graduated.
Work already applied toward a master’s degree received from another institution cannot be accepted for transfer toward the master’s degree at the University of Colorado; extension work completed at another institution cannot be transferred; and correspondence work, except to make up deficiencies, is not recognized.
Excess undergraduate credits from another institution may not be transferred to the Graduate School. Seniors in this University may, however, transfer a limited amount of advanced resident work (up to 8 semester hours) provided such work:
1. Is completed with distinction in the senior year at this University.
2. Comes within the five-year time limit.
3. Has not been applied toward another degree.
4. Is recommended for transfer by the department concerned and is approved by the dean of the Graduate School.
Requests for transfer of credit to be applied toward an advanced degree must be made on the form specified for this purpose and submitted to the Graduate School by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which the student will be graduated. For more information contact the Graduate School office.
Residency
In general, the residency requirements can be met only by residence at this University for at least two semesters or at least three summer terms. For full residence a student must be registered within the time designated at the beginning of a semester and must carry the equivalent of not fewer than 5 semester hours of work in courses numbered 500 or above, or at least 8 semester hours of other graduate work. See Limitation of Registration, Full Load, for requirements for full residence credit during the summer. A student who is noticeably deficient in his general training, or in the specific preparation indicated by each department as prerequisite to graduate work, cannot expect to obtain a degree in the minimum time specified.
Assistants and other employees of the University may fulfill the residence requirements of one year in two semesters, provided their duties do not require more than half time. Full-time employees may not satisfy the residence requirements of one year in fewer than four semesters.


66 / University of Colorado at Denver
Admission to Candidacy
A student who wishes to become a candidate for a master’s degree must file application to the dean's office not later than 10 weeks prior to the completion of the comprehensive-final examination. The number of hours to be presented for the degree must be determined before this application may be filed. See previous section on Status.
This application must be made on forms obtainable at the dean’s office and in various departments and must be signed by a representative of both the major and minor, if any. fields of study, certifying that the student’s work is satisfactory and that his program outlined in the application meets the requirements set in his particular case.
A student on Graduate School probation is not eligible to be awarded a degree until he or she is removed from probation.
Thesis Requirements
A thesis, which may be of a research, expository, critical, or creative type, is required of every master’s degree candidate under Plan 1. Every thesis presented in partial fulfillment of the requirements for an advanced degree must:
1. Deal with a definite topic related to the major field.
2. Be based upon independent study and investigation.
3. Represent the equivalent of from 4 to 6 semester hours of work.
4. Receive the approval of the major department not later than 30 days (in some departments, 90 days) before the commencement at which the degree is to be conferred.
5. Be essentially complete at the time the comprehensive-final examination is given.
6. Comply in mechanical features with specifications obtainable from the Graduate School.
Two weeks prior to the date on which the degree is to be conferred, two formally approved, printed or typewritten copies of the thesis must be filed in the Graduate School. The thesis must be complete with abstract.
All theses must be signed by the thesis adviser and the second reader. All approved theses are kept on file in the library. The thesis binding fee must be paid at the Business Office when the thesis is deposited in the Graduate School.
Credit hours earned for the thesis will not be accepted toward the requirements for a degree unless such credit has previously been registered. A student working toward a master’s degree must register for thesis for a specific number of hours. The student may register for any specific number of hours in any semester of residence, but the total registered credit for thesis must total a minimum of 4 or a maximum of 6 semester hours, the total number of hours depending upon how much credit is to be given for the thesis.
The final grade will be withheld until the thesis or report is completed. An IP will be reported for terms during which the student is registered for thesis prior to completion of the thesis.
Comprehensive-Final Examinations
Each candidate for a master’s degree is required to take a comprehensive-final examination after the other requirements for the degree have been completed. This examination may be given near the end of the candidate’s last semester of residence while he is still taking required courses for the degree, provided he is making satisfactory progress in those courses.
The following rules applying to the comprehensive final examination must be observed:
1. A student must be registered when he or she takes the examination.
2. Notice of the examination must be filed by the major department in the dean’s office at least three days in advance of the examination.
3. The examination is to be given by a committee of three graduate faculty members appointed by the department concerned in consultation with the dean.
4. The examination, which may be oral or written, or both, must cover the thesis, which should be essentially complete at the time, as well as other work done in the University in formal courses and seminars in the major field.
5. An examination in the minor work taken at this University is optional with the major and minor departments.
6. The examination must include all work presented for the degree not done in residence at the University of Colorado, whether in the major or minor field. The examination on transferred work will be given by representatives of the corresponding fields of study in this University.
7. A student who fails the comprehensive final examination may not attempt the examination again until at least three months have elapsed and until such work as may be prescribed by the examining committee has been completed. The student may retake the examination only once.
Master’s Thesis or Report Credit
Every graduate student working toward a master’s degree who expects to present a thesis or M.Ed. report in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree must register for thesis for a minimum of 4 semester hours ora maximum of 6 semester hours, or for M.Ed. report for 2 semester hours. The student may register for any specific number of hours in any semester of residence, but the total number of hours for all semesters must equal the number of credits the student expects to receive for the thesis or report. The final grade will be withheld until the thesis or report is completed. If the thesis or report is not completed at the end of the term in which the student is so registered, an in progress (IP) will be reported. (The student may not register again for any portion of thesis credit on which an IP grade has been submitted.)
Supplemental Examinations
Supplemental examinations should be simply an extension of the original examination and given immediately. If the student fails the supplemental


Graduate School 167
examination, three months must elapse before it may be attempted again.
Course Examinations
The regular written examinations of each semester except the last must be taken. Course examinations of the last semester, which come after the comprehensive-final examination has been passed, may be omitted with the consent of the instructor.
Time Limit
All work, including the comprehensive-final examination, should be completed within five years or six successive summers. Work done earlier will not be accepted for the degree unless validated by a special examination. A candidate for the master's degree is expected to complete his work with reasonable continuity.
Deadlines for Master’s Degree Candidates Expecting to Graduate During 1980-81
Deadline dates for the following can be obtained by calling the Graduate School office on the Boulder Campus, 492-7401.
!. Last day for requesting transfer of credit.
2. Applications for admission to candidacy. Applications must be submitted at least 10 weeks before the student expects to take the comprehensive-final examination. Students are urged to submit this form by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which they expect to receive the degree. (The form may be picked up in the department or in the Graduate School office.)
3. Last day for thesis to he approved by department.
4. Last day for scheduling of comprehensive-final examination.
5. Last day for taking comprehensive-final examination.
6. Last day for filing thesis in the Graduate School. At the time of filing, the thesis must be complete in all respects and must meet thesis specifications in order to be accepted by the Graduate School. Candidates whose theses are received after 5 p.m. on the indicated date will be graduated at the commencement following that for which the deadline is indicated.
GraduatePrograms
ANTHROPOLOGY
The master’s program in anthropology offers general, flexible training in anthropology along with topical specialization and the opportunity to specialize in interdisciplinary, applied areas: medical anthropology and community and urban anthropology. The medical anthropology track is intended to serve students preparing for careers and those with established careers in the health care professions and related fields. Similarly, the community and urban anthropology track is intended to serve those who seek to employ anthropological concepts and methods of community
analysis in public administration, development, planning, and allied fields. Working with an advisory committee, each student will tailor an individual program of studies around courses and seminars in anthropology and allied disciplines. These programs will culminate in either a master’s paper or master’s thesis. A primary goal of the program is to produce graduates who are capable of understanding and proficient at resolving, in cooperation with others, the many problems of complex societies; consequently, a premium will be placed on interdisciplinary instruction and practical exercises in the design and implementation of research in a variety of settings.
More detailed descriptions of the options available within the M.A. program may be obtained by writing to the Director of Graduate Studies, Anthropology, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th St., Denver, Colorado 80202.
Admission
Admission to the master’s program in anthropology is open to any holder of a baccalaureate degree, not necessarily in anthropology, provided he or she meets the following requirements: (1) general requirements for admission to the Graduate School (2.75 or better grade-point average for all undergraduate studies); and (2) knowledge of the fundamentals of anthropology. Applicants will be expected to have had a general introductory course in anthropology and secondary courses in ethnology, archaeology, linguistics, and physical anthropology or be able to demonstrate a mastery of materials equivalent to that which might reasonably be expected to result from such formal training. Applicants deficient in background may be admitted on a provisional basis but will be required to make up deficiencies without graduate credit during the first year in residence. A simpler alternative, when practical, would be to remove deficiencies as a special student prior to applying for admission to the graduate program.
In order to be considered for admission into the master’s program, an applicant must submit (I) two copies of transcripts from all undergraduate institutions attended; (2) Graduate Record Examination scores for verbal and quantitative aptitude; and (3) at least three letters of recommendation. Evidence of previous nonacademic anthropology-oriented work or other experience will be carefully considered, as will that of special skills relevant to anthropological research. Department deadlines for receipt of applications for admission to the Graduate School, including accompanying materials, is April 15 for fall entrance.
Further information concerning specialization within the program, departmental admission and advising policies, etc., may be obtained by writing the Director of Graduate Studies in Anthropology. For general Graduate School requirements and application information, see beginning of graduate section of this bulletin.
Residency
A minimum of two full semesters devoted to advanced


68 / University of Colorado at Denver
study is required by the Graduate School. Students working toward the master’s degree in anthropology will be strongly encouraged to attain that degree within three years following matriculation into the program.
Course Hours and Distribution
A minimum of 36 semester hours of credit is required for the M.A. degree in anthropology. Fifteen hours of nonthesis course work must be at the 500 level or above. Course work is to be distributed as follows for students pursuing an interdisciplinary specialty within the general anthropology track, the medical anthropology track, or the community and urban anthropology track:
Courses in anthropology....... 15 semester hours minimum
Courses in related fields .... 15 semester hours minimum
For students pursuing a subdisciplinary specialty within the general anthropology track, course work is to be distributed as follows:
Courses in anthropology....... 18 semester hours minimum
Courses in related fields .... 12 semester hours minimum
The remaining 6 semester hours may be met either by writing a master’s thesis, for which 6 hours credit is given, or by taking 6 additional hours of course work if the student prefers to write a master’s paper.
Examination
Each student must pass a comprehensive M.A. examination demonstrating mastery of the fundamental principles of anthropology. This examination will ordinarily be taken before the conclusion of the fourth semester in residence.
Thesis or Paper
The student must either carry out an original research project and report the results in a thesis of professional quality or write a master’s paper, more limited in scope, to complete the degree. A thesis provides a valuable opportunity to initiate or pursue important, individual research objectives. The master’s paper is intended as a flexible alternative for students who wish to pursue in depth some issue or specialty topic without engaging in the sustained research effort on which a master’s thesis depends.
APPLIED MATHEMATICS
See Mathematics Program.
BASIC SCIENCE, MASTER OF
Collin Hightower, Coordinator for UCD
The program leading to the Master of Basic Science (M.B.S.) degree is interdisciplinary. It provides an opportunity for present and prospective mathematics and science professionals and others to extend and or broaden their training in computer science, mathematics, museology, and the natural and physical sciences at advanced undergraduate and graduate levels. These professionals include public school teachers, industrial scientists, engineers, business persons, and others. The
student may elect the mathematics, science, or museology options as described below. Wide latitude is possible in the details of a degree plan so that each student may follow a course of study most pertinent to their interests. The degree plan will be designed in conjunction with the student’s adviser and must be approved by the executive committee.
vAll courses credited toward the degree must be taken through the University of Colorado at Boulder, Colorado Springs, or Denver, over a period of five years or six successive summers.
The Master of Basic Science degree is supervised by an advisory committee appointed by the dean of the Graduate School, and application should be made to the Master of Basic Science Office, Ketchum 306, University of Colorado, Boulder, regardless of the campus which the student plans to attend.
Requirements for Admission
1. General regulations for admission to the Graduate School apply (see Requirements for Admission).
2. A student is expected to have had at least 40 semester hours in the natural sciences and mathematics, including one year of calculus, upon admission. Students may be admitted to the program with a deficiency in calculus, but must remedy the deficiency within two years after admission by completing Math. 140-241 with a grade of C or better (or other courses in mathematical subjects on approval by the advisory committee with a grade of C or better).
Requirements for the Master of Basic Science Degree
1. General regulations of the Graduate School governing the award of the master’s degree apply (see Master of Arts and Master of Science) except as modified below.
2. The student is required to complete 24 semester hours of University credit for the Plan I (thesis) option and 30 semester hours for the Plan II (no thesis) option. All of these hours shall be numbered 300 and above, and be taught by members of the graduate faculty. At least 12 of these hours shall be numbered 500 or higher, not to include thesis credit. Normally, not more than 3 hours of 500-level credit should be independent study.
3. Minimum Grade-Point A verage. Courses on the 300 and 400 level will be accepted toward the degree only with grades of A or B; 500- and 600-level courses will be accepted toward the degree with grades of A, B, or C. The student must have a B average in all courses taken subsequent to his admission to the program, including courses not actually offered for the degree.
PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
Students who are not presenting a thesis for the degree must pass a final examination or prepare a paper describing a research project or other specialized study. The choice of these is at the discretion of the Administrative Committee which also must approve the candidate’s performance.


Graduate School /69
There are three basic options within the program: mathematics, museology, and science. A Plan II (no thesis) option is available in the science option.
Mathematics Option
A reasonable degree of competence is required in the fields of analysis, algebra, and geometry. A minimum of 15 semester hours of upper division courses (300 level or above) in mathematics must be offered for the degree, including at least 3 hours of analysis, 6 hours of algebra, and 3 hours of geometry.
2. One upper division sequence of at least 6 semester hours in any of the physical or biological sciences represented in the program. With permission, two independent one-semester courses in the same area may be substituted for the one-year sequence.
3. Upper division electives in science, mathematics, or computer sciences, to complete an approved 30-semester-hour degree plan. Of these 30, twelve or more hours must be from courses numbered 500 or higher. The 30 hours may also include 3 semester hours of upper division courses or seminars in secondary school mathematics teaching, history of mathematics or science, or philosophy of mathematics or science.
Science Option
1. An upper division sequence (300 level or above) of at least 6 semester hours in each of two of the physical or biological sciences named above. With permission, two independent one-semester courses in the same area may be substituted for one of the one-year sequences.
2. Upper division electives in science, mathematics, or computer sciences, to complete an approved degree plan. Of the total, twelve hours or more must be from courses numbered 500 or higher. The 30 hours may also include 3 semester hours of upper division courses or seminars in secondary school teaching, history of science or mathematics, or philosophy of science or mathematics.
Museology Option (Boulder Campus Only)
1. At least 8 but not more than 12 semester hours of courses offered by the museum. Three to 6 semester hours of courses in the College of Business and Administration of which 3 semester hours must be in the area of small business management. The total museum-business semester hours may not exceed 15.
2. An upper division sequence (300 level or above) of at least 6 semester hours in one of the departments (other than museum) represented in the program.
3. Upper division electives in science, mathematics, or computer science, to complete an approved 30-semester-hour degree plan. Of the 30 hours, at least 12 hours must be numbered 500 or above.
BIOLOGY
Students wishing to pursue graduate work in biology should be familiar with the University of Colorado Requirements for Advanced Degrees. There are no
special discipline requirements, although the prospective student must consult with a faculty adviser prior to making application. The general portion of the GRE is required, and the specialty area is recommended. Applications are submitted directly to the biology graduate coordinator at UCD.
The discipline offers either Plan I (with thesis) or Plan II (without thesis) Master of Arts degrees in environmental, organismic, and population biology, and Plan II M. A. degree in biology with education. Upon admission to the program the student in consultation with an adviser will design a study program suited to the student’s specific needs. There is no core of required courses structured into the master’s degree program. Courses acceptable toward the master’s degree in biology include, in addition to biology courses and subject to the approval of the adviser, any appropriate 400-, 500-, and 600-level courses offered in other disciplines or divisions of the University.
It should be noted that the student may have to complete some courses at the Boulder or Health Sciences Center campuses.
In conjunction with the College of Engineering and Applied Science an interdisciplinary program has been developed with a major in environmental science. The program offers several subject concentrations within both basic and applied environmental science. Included within the basic approach are concentrations in ecology, earth science, population studies, and physics-chemistry. Included within the applied approach are concentrations in conservation of natural resources, systems analysis, and environmental quality control.
Students interested in this program should contact the Graduate Representative for Biology at UCD.
CHEMISTRY
The M.S. degree is offered at UCD in any one of the following basic fields: analytical, bio-, inorganic, organic, or physical chemistry. Additionally, problems involving application of chemical knowledge to the problems of our environment are encouraged.
The M.S. program is available to both full- and part-time students. The chemistry faculty at UCD strives to ensure that students receive excellent supervision of work and advising in the graduate program. Students enrolled in the program have a good opportunity to be appointed as teaching assistants. Research activities on the part of the chemistry faculty provide opportunities for graduate students to obtain research assistantships.
Degree Requirements
Two types of degrees are offered:
Plan 1 requires 24 credit hours including 15 to 20 credit hours of formal course work, 4 to 9 credit hours in research courses, the completion of a research investigation, and the presentation of a thesis.
Plan II requires 24 hours of formal course work and 6 credit hours of research without a thesis.
Prerequisite. An undergraduate major in chemistry is desirable since all students are required to pass


70/ University of Colorado at Denver
examinations covering the major fields of chemistry. The GRE (Graduate Record Examination) scores are required. Advanced chemistry GREs are recommended.
Students who plan to enroll in the graduate program must take a qualifying examination to determine their background and qualifications for advanced study in the field of chemistry.
CIVIL ENGINEERING
Civil engineering graduate programs at UCD are offered through the combined departments of Civil, Environmental, and Architectural Engineering! Boulder) and Civil and Urban Engineering (Denver). Students wishing to pursue graduate work in civil engineering leading to candidacy for the Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy degrees should read carefully Requirements for Advanced Degrees in this bulletin. All requirements for the M.S. and a large part of those for the Ph.D. may be completed at UCD. A pamphlet elaborating on the rules as they apply to civil engineering is available from the departmental office at UCD.
No qualifying examination is required for the M.S. degree; however, in competition for all University fellowships, the Graduate Record Examination, consisting of the aptitude tests and the advanced test in engineering, is used in the evaluation of candidates. Therefore, students are advised to take this examination prior to their arrival on campus.
Programs are available in the fields of transportation, water resources, hydraulics, soil mechanics, structural mechanics, and structural design.
In each program, courses are selected by the student (under supervision of the faculty adviser) in such a way as to meet the student’s interests and the requirements of the Graduate School.
See also Master of Engineering degree.
The civil engineering program has no Ph.D. foreign language requirement other than those communication requirements established by the Graduate School.
Center for Urban Transportation Studies
The Center for Urban Transportation Studies (CUTS), operating under the Department of Civil and Urban Engineering, was established: (1) to assume a leading role in the Rocky Mountain region in developing research, research facilities, and interdisciplinary graduate programs in urban transportation; and (2) to provide a central resource for information concerning urban transportation problems in the Rocky Mountain region, making available to outside organizations the expertise within the University.
Through CUTS, the departments offer interdisciplinary graduate programs and research opportunities designed to develop professionals who will be capable of dealing with the complex problems of urban transportation in a competent and meaningful manner. Students in these programs are expected to reach significant levels of competence not only in urban transportation but also in at least two relevant minor areas, such as architecture, environmental design, urban planning, business manage-
ment, geography, political science, public administration, sociology, computing science, and systems analysis.
COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE
Applicants are admitted to the graduate program in communication and theatre on the basis of their academic records and on recommendations. While there are no specific prerequisites beyond those required by the Graduate School, students admitted who are unable to offer a substantial number of semester hours of work in the area of their intended specialization or allied fields must expect that a significant number of additional courses and semester hours will be required of them in order to make up deficiencies.
Every student must take a diagnostic examination before completing 9 semester hours.
For every student who declares intention to qualify for an advanced degree, an adviser and committee will be selected not later than the beginning of the student’s second semester (or second summer term) in residence. It is the duty of this adviser and committee to assume the responsibility for (1) approving the student's graduate program; and (2) evaluating the student’s qualifying examination, thesis, and comprehensive-final examination.
All M.A. degree candidates are required to complete
C.T. 601 or its equivalent. At least two courses (4 to 8 hours) must be taken outside the department or outside the departmental area(s) of concentration.
Plan I, With Thesis. After any undergraduate deficiencies have been removed, students under Plan I must normally earn 27 semester hours, of which a minimum of 16 must be earned in one major area. Fourto 6 thesis hours may be counted toward the 27-hour requirement.
The Plan II Option without thesis is available at UCD only upon application.
Courses at the 500 level or above may be applied toward the graduate degree by graduate students in communication and theatre. Some courses are available only on the Boulder Campus; inquiry should be made.
The graduate courses in communication and theatre are also applicable to the Master of Humanities program at UCD.
COMMUNICATION DISORDERS AND SPEECH SCIENCE
The graduate curriculum in communication disorders and speech science leads to the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees. The major area of emphasis at UCD is language and learning disabilities. Requirements for certification in the state of Colorado and by the American Speech and Hearing Association (ASHA) can be met. The program in communication disorders and speech science is accredited by ASHA. At present, students must take courses on both the Denver and Boulder campuses.
Prospective students should read Requirements for Advanced Degrees and request additional information from the Graduate School Office.


Graduate School / 71
Master’s Degree
The M.A. degree plan includes course work in speech pathology, language pathology, learning disabilities, audiology, and education. Clinical and educational practicums with the communicatively disordered are required of all students. Students who do not have an undergraduate degree in the field will also be required to take courses in the basic communication processes.
Students may fulfill the Graduate School requirements for the master’s degree by following Plan 1 or Plan II.
Doctor’s Degree
The Ph.D. degree plan is developed with the student’s advisory committee to meet the individual interests and needs of each student. In addition to the major sequence of courses and practicum offered in language and learning disabilities, the student must select two or three minor areas of emphasis from this or other departments. A sequence of courses in statistics also is required.
Students must meet requirements of the Graduate School for the doctoral degree as well as 8 hours among the following courses:
C.D.S.S. 795-4. Practicum III: Clinical Supervision C.D.S.S. 796-2. Practicum IV: Clinical Administration C.D.S.S. 797-2. Practicum V: Research Coordination C.D.S.S. 798-2. Practicum VI: Classroom Instruction
urban problems or seeking to teach below university level. Persons interested in the program should contact the graduate adviser. Professor Alan Shelly.
Requirements for Admission
(Students not meeting these requirements may be admitted provisionally.)
1. General requirements of the Graduate School.
>1. Three letters of recommendation.
3. Sixteen semester hours of economics.
4. Acceptable GRE scores.
Degree Requirements
1. Economic Theory: Econ. 507.
2. Quantitative Methods: Econ. 580 (or 480), and Econ. 581.
3. Plan I: An M.A. Thesis. Twenty-four semester hours, of which 12 must be at the 500 level (400 level if taken prior to fall 1975); 4 to 6 semester hours of thesis credit. Thesis credit does not count toward the twelve 500-level hours.
4. Plan II: Without Thesis. Thirty semester hours, of which 16 must be at the 500 level (400 level if taken prior to fall 1975). Two fields of concentration. Each field requires 6 credit hours, but the structure is highly flexible, e.g., one field can be an internship.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Under the auspices of the Computer Science Department at the University of Colorado at Boulder, the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering and the mathematics department at UCD are offering a program leading to the M.S. in computer science. The program consists of a core of five courses required of all students and the selection of a specialty field (numerical computation, programming languages, computer systems, management science, or signal processing) in which additional courses are taken.
Students may choose the thesis option (Plan I) or the nonthesis option (Plan II). Those selecting Plan I may register for 4 to 6 semester hours of credit for thesis research, working with a faculty adviser from the Boulder or Denver campus. Those selecting Plan 11 must take C.S. 701, the master’s reading option, offered on the Boulder Campus. In both cases the student’s advisory committee usually will consist of faculty from both campuses.
Admission to the program is granted by the Computer Science Department (Boulder). Information on the program can be obtained from the department, 492-7514, the Electrical and Computer Engineering Department at UCD, or Professor Roland Sweet, UCD mathematics department.
ECONOMICS
The M.A. degree in economics is offered at both the Denver and Boulder campuses. The requirements are the same and the examinations are offered jointly, but the emphasis and fields offered differ. The Denver program is oriented toward part-time students concerned with
EDUCATION
Graduate study in education at the University of Colorado is offered onthreecampuses(Denver, Boulder, and Colorado Springs) and through 14 program areas. All inquiries regarding programs at UCD should be directed to the Associate Dean’s Office, School of Education, University of Colorado at Denver, Denver, Colorado 80202, or to the Associate Dean of the Graduate School at UCD.
A wide range of professional and academic interest is served by these programs. Programs of study can be undertaken in the following areas:
Administration and supervision Early childhood education Educational psychology Elementary education Foundations of education Guidance and counseling (elementary, secondary, and agency settings)
Library media Reading
Secondary education (Mathematics education Science education)
Graduate studies in education are offered at the M.A. (thesis and nonthesis) level. In some instances, doctoral work can be taken at UCD, but only with the prior approval of a student’s adviser, and the dean’s office on both the Boulder and Denver campuses.
Outlines of each of the graduate programs of study are available upon request from the School of Education Office at UCD. Since many of the graduate degree plans are flexible and can be designed around individual student needs, it is highly desirable that the prospective candidate discuss tentative programs of studies with appropriate faculty members prior to submitting applications.


72 / University of Colorado at Denver
Application for Admission
A prospective candidate should request application forms from the Associate Dean, School of Education, University of Colorado at Denver. The completed form should be returned to the Associate Dean, School of Education, UCD, together with a $20 application fee. The fee should be in the form of a check or money order payable to the University of Colorado. Two copies of official transcripts of all previous college and university study should be ordered by the applicant to be sent to the associate dean. Four recommendations on the forms provided, or by letter, should be furnished. At least two of these should be from college or university professors who can write with assurance about the applicant’s academic and professional achievement promise. One or two recommendations from supervisors or employers are acceptable with reference to an applicant’s ability and contribution to the enterprise with which he was or is associated. Application papers and all supporting documents (including GRE scores or MAT scores, see below) must be in the associate dean’s office on March 1 for summer, July 1 for fall, and October 1 for spring semester admission.
Applicants should request the Educational Testing Service to send their scores on the aptitude test (verbal and quantitative) of the Graduate Record Examination (GRE), or scores from the Miller’s Analogy Test, to the dean’s office. If an applicant has not taken the Graduate Record Examination or the Miller’s Analogy Test, he should arrange to do so. The GRE or MAT is administered at many centers throughout the country. Information about the GRE may be obtained from the Graduate School Office, the Student Relations Office at UCD, the Educational Testing Service, 20 Nassau Street, Princeton, New Jersey 08540, or the graduate office of a university in the applicant’s area.
Master’s Degree
Two Master of Arts degree plans and a Master of Education plan are available, each comprising one academic year or more of graduate work beyond the bachelor’s degree. The minimum residence requirement for any master’s degree is one academic year or the equivalent, and it may be satisfied by two semesters in residence, or three full summer sessions, or any combination equal to two semesters.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
I. M.A. — Plan /(With Thesis). The program consists of 36 semester hours or more, including 4 semester hours for the master’s thesis. While the inclusion of a minor field is not required by the Graduate School, a student and adviser may agree on a minor, in which 4 to 8 semester hours can be applied toward degree requirements.
The M.A. thesis is written in accordance with the specifications set by the Graduate School and under the supervision of the student’s adviser. When a complete first draft is ready for final typing, the thesis must be read by a second reader appointed by the Dean’s office. If the second reader approves the thesis, both the reader
and the adviser will sign it when it is presented for filing with the Graduate School. If the readerdoes not approve, he and the student’s adviser will confer and suggest appropriate changes. Two copies are required by the Graduate School.
2. M.A. — Plan II (Without Thesis). The Plan II program includes 36 or more semester hours of graduate credit, and may include 4 to 10 hours for a minor. The minor is highly recommended in some fields of study.
3. Master of Education (M.Ed.). This program requires a minimum of 36 or more semester hours of graduate work, including a professional report for which 2 semester hours credit is granted. The professional report is prepared under the supervision of the student’s adviser, in accordance with thesis specifications issued by the Graduate School. One copy is submitted to the adviser upon completion, but none is filed with the Graduate School.
EDUCATION AS A MINOR FIELD
In M.A. programs for majors outside the School of Education, students may include education as a minor if both their major department and the dean’s office of the School of Education approve. For master’s degrees, a minor in education consists of at least 6 semester hours of study in related courses. Not more than 2 semester hours may be transferred from another institution.
Students who propose to minor in education must have had sufficient undergraduate work in education to prepare them for graduate study in the field. Appraisal of undergraduate preparation will be made by the dean’s office and the coordinator of the program area in which the proposed minor courses will be taken.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Electrical engineering graduate programs at UCD are offered through the combined Departments of Electrical Engineering (Boulder) and Electrical and Computer Engineering (Denver).
Students can undertake studies toward the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees at UCD in the areas of communication and information systems, computer hardware and software, control systems, electro-optics and holography, circuits and electronics, fields and propagation, and power systems.
A student wishing to pursue work in electrical engineering should read carefully the Requirements for Advanced Degrees section in this bulletin. He should also obtain a copy of the specific electrical engineering requirements by writing to the Director of Graduate Admissions, Electrical Engineering Department, University of Colorado at Boulder, Boulder, Colorado 80309. Special students and those intending to pursue a graduate program at UCD are urged to consult the departmental representative as part of their application procedure.
Master’s degree students are expected to present a thesis unless specifically exempted by the department.
The Ph.D. preliminary examination will include the following areas:


Graduate School /73
Bioengineering
Circuits (active, passive, models)
Communication theory
Computers
Control systems
Electric and magnetic fields
Energy conversion
Mathematics
Physical and semiconductor electronics
Each student must complete two sections, mathematics and the area in which he plans to specialize, and must present an acceptable master's thesis or the equivalent as an indication of ability to perform independent research.
ENGINEERING, MASTER OF
The Master of Engineering degree program is administered by the Graduate School through the departments of engineering. The requirements for admission and for quality and quantity of academic work are essentially the same as for the Master of Science degree awarded in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. The degree is awarded by the Boulder campus only, although sufficient courses exist at UCD to allow for completion of course requirements here.
The principal difference between the Master of Engineering degree and the Master of Science degree is that the Master of Engineering is intended especially to meet the needs of those practicing engineers who wish to follow an integrated, interdisciplinary program of studies in engineering and allied subjects related to the individual student’s professional work. Examples of such interdisciplinary programs include engineering and social sciences, engineering and biological sciences, engineering and behavioral sciences, engineering and public administration, engineering and law, and engineering and business administration.
A successful program to meet these needs requires greater flexibility in operation than is normally possible or intended under the existing Master of Science degree program.
The degree will be especially valuable for continuing education programs for engineers in industry. It will provide a framework for such persons to work toward significant goals fitted to their particular interests. The program will make effective use of the present TV tape program for offering engineering courses from the University (the ACE program). The ACE program, plus extended use of live TV offerings, will make the program available on a comprehensive basis at various areas throughout the state.
The Master of Engineering degree is not intended as a means to permit a random, unguided selection of courses. Each prospective student is required to present a well-defined objective in order to be admitted to the program. In consultation with the faculty advisers, an academic program is developed to meet this objective.
The requirements for the degree are 30 credit hours plus a written report on a creative investigation which may be related to the student’s professional work. The report will be of the same general quality as that required for the thesis for the Master of Science degree and must be defended orally, but does not in itself carry credit nor
require registration. It may be based upon work done for credit under independent study. At least 15 credit hours must be in engineering at the 500 level or above. As many as 15 credit hours may be taken outside of engineering. Credit in courses below the 400 level will not apply toward degree requirements.
Requirements for the following are the same as for the Master of Science degree awarded by the College of Engineering and Applied Science: admission to Graduate School, application procedures, registration, quality of graduate work, status, credit by transfer, residence, admission to candidacy, and time limit.
The admission of each student to graduate study, the approval of his degree program, admission to candidacy for the degree, and the approval of the awarding of a degree are to originate through a specific department of the College of Engineering and Applied Science, in the same manner as for the established Master of Science program. An advisory committee, including not fewer than three faculty members, will be appointed for each student by his department. The membership of each advisory committee shall be chosen from the various interdisciplinary academic areas represented in the student’s program and will be from more than one department. The advisory committee guides the student, and is responsible for approving the individual’s degree program and admission to candidacy; and approves the student’s written report and the awarding of the degree.
Additional information about the degree may be obtained from the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog, the Graduate School on the Boulder Campus, or College of Engineering and Applied Science departmental offices on the Boulder and Denver campuses.
ENGLISH
Students admitted to graduate study in English may complete all or substantially all of their course requirements for either the M.A. or Ph D. at UCD; examinations are administered through the English Department on the Boulder Campus.
Admission requirements for graduate study in English include satisfactory scores on verbal and advanced (literature) parts of the Graduate Record Examination, plus at least 24 semester hours in English (exclusive of composition, creative writing, speech, and literature courses counting as credits in education, but including 6 hours of Survey of English Literature), of which at least 16 semester hours must be in upper division work.
Students wishing to pursue graduate work in English should note Requirements for Advanced Degrees in this bulletin. They also should obtain a copy of the brochure. Graduate Study in English, issued by the English department and should consult the director of graduate English studies at UCD.
All students planning to take any graduate English examination must state their intentions to the director of graduate English studies at UCD at least ten weeks prior to the date of the examination.
The graduate courses in English are also applicable to the Master of Humanities program at UCD.


74 j University of Colorado at Denver
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
A Master of Science degree in environmental science is offered through cooperation between the College of Engineering and Applied Science and the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. For further details contact the associate dean of the Graduate School at UCD.
FINE ARTS
Some course work at the graduate level can be taken at UCD in the discipline, but degree programs must be completed through the University of Colorado at Boulder. Courses at the 400 level also may be used for graduate credit as part of the minor; 500-level courses are open to qualified seniors.
The graduate courses in fine arts are also applicable to the Master of Humanities program at UCD.
FRENCH
At present UCD offers no French courses above 599. The courses at the 500 level are applicable to an M.A. degree through the University of Colorado at Boulder, depending upon degree plan approval by the graduate adviser in Boulder in each case. The graduate courses in French are also applicable to the Master of Humanities program at UCD.
GEOGRAPHY
An M.A. degree program is offered at UCD emphasizing the spatial analysis of a variety of urban phenomena. Areas of specialization include urban economic/ social geography, transportation, quantitative methods, urban microclimatology, demography, land use, perception, and environmental planning. Graduate training toward the Ph.D. degree is also available at UCD, but applications are presently processed by the departmental office on the Boulder campus. Flexible programs are designed to meet the needs of both full-and part-time students.
All incoming graduate students will be required to complete Geog. 618 (Seminar in Geographic Problems). This orientation and diagnostic seminar emphasizes research methods and their application to selected topics. Each student’s performance will be evaluated by the faculty to: (1) determine the general fitness of the student to continue toward the M.A. degree and (2) identify any academic deficiency the student may have.
For admission to the M.A. program, the student must have a bachelor’s degree in geography or some allied field. Applicants with little or no training in geography may be required to take additional course work in areas deemed necessary for completing graduate work. The GRE verbal and quantitative examinations, or their equivalent for foreign students, are required of all applicants.
GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Course work at the graduate level can be taken at UCD in this discipline, but degree programs must be completed through the University of Colorado at Boulder.
HISTORY
As general preparation for graduate work in history, it is desirable for a student to have had undergraduate courses in government, geography, and economics as well as a major in history. Candidates for graduate degrees may be required to pursue such fundamental courses in history as the department deems necessary to provide sufficient bibliographical background.
The candidate for degree status is required to take the verbal section of the Graduate Record Examination before enrolling in the discipline’s graduate program, and demonstrate adequate informational background for candidacy. The advanced history section of the GRE is recommended but not required.
While it is possible to obtain the M.A. degree in two full semesters of residence, it is frequently advisable and at times necessary that more time be spent in graduate work.
Degree Requirements
There are two options for fulfilling M.A. degree requirements. A student may take 30 semester hours of course work or 24 semester hours plus a thesis. The department strongly recommends the latter option. A comprehensive written examination must be passed before the degree is awarded. Before beginning graduate work, the student should seek guidance in course selection from members of the history faculty.
HUMANITIES, MASTER OF
The Master of Humanities is an interdisciplinary degree offered at UCD. Its purpose is to provide an opportunity for students to broaden their understanding of the relationships among the several areas normally subsumed under the heading of humanities, e.g., communication, philosophy, the arts, literature, and the languages. The M.H. program is especially suitable for the many high school, junior high school, and elementary school teachers who find themselves in the position of having to teach in several different areas of the humanities. However the M.H. program is by no means restricted to teachers.
All courses required for the M.H. degree are offered at UCD.
Admission
Each student is required to take the Graduate Record Examination aptitude test as an aid in the planning of his studies for the degree.
Before entering the M.H. program, a student is expected to have had at least 40 semester hours in the humanities. Humanities, as used here, is broadly conceived to include general studies in communication, theatre, philosophy, literature, the arts, the languages, and other areas as agreed upon by the student and the Graduate School.
General requirements of the Graduate School governing the awarding of the master’s degree apply.


Graduate School 175
Degree Requirements
All courses credited toward the M.H. degree must be taken at the University of Colorado over a period not exceeding five years or six successive summers. The M.H. degree program shall be supervised by an advisory committee consisting of three members of the graduate faculty, each from a different area of the humanities.
In addition to the 6 hours for Hum. 500 and 501 (described below), candidates for the M.H. degree are expected to complete a minimum of 24 semester hours at the 500 level or higher in four of the following areas (i.e., 6 hours in each of four areas):
Communication
English
Fine arts
French language and literature
History
Music
Philosophy
Spanish language and literature Theatre
Up to 6 hours in areas other than those listed above may be accepted as humanities as agreed upon by the student and the advisory committee.
The requirement of 6 hours in each of four areas is intended to insure that the student achieves a considerable degree of breadth. On the other hand, this requirement should not be construed as precluding the student from doing additional work in one particular field in order to achieve further depth.
Within one calendar year of entering the M.H. program, the student is required to take Hum. 500 and 501. These are 3-credit seminars which deal with the identity of the humanities, their place in the life of man, the various media through which they manifest themselves, and related matters. Hum. 500 and 501 count as part of the 30 hours required for the M.H. degree. Twenty-four of the required hours will be taken in the disciplines listed above, the remainder to be completed through Hum. 500 and 501.
Before completing 15 hours of course work toward the M.H., the student must meet with an advisory committee to plan the directions and emphases for the remainder of studies for the degree.
After completing the 30 hours required for the degree, the student is required to pass a comprehensive examination covering three of the four areas in which course work has been concentrated. It should be stressed that this examination is not a combination of three different master's degree examinations; rather, it is an opportunity for the student to display, and the faculty to view, the student’s expertise in combining significant aspects of three different fields, bringing major trends and ideas of the fields into meaningful relationships with each other. The examination will be composed and administered bv the student’s advisory committee.
After satisfactory completion of the comprehensive examination, the student must present a final thesis or project. This is a substantial scholarly and/or creative exercise involving three different humanistic areas. It is supervised by the student’s advisory committee and must be performed or presented before an open seminar consisting of the committee and any other faculty members who wish to attend. The approved thesis or report of thesis-performance shall be recorded in the Graduate School.
Throughout this work toward the M.H. degree, the student must uphold the high standards of the Graduate School, maintaining at least a B average in all courses taken subsequent to his admission to the M.H. program.
Required Courses
The only courses specifically required for the M.H. degree are the new Hum. 500 and 501 described above.
The 24 hours (in addition to Hum. 500 and 501) required for the degree will normally be drawn from 500-level courses which already exist at UCD.
The language requirement for the M.H. degree is fourth-semester proficiency in a language relevant to the student’s particular course of study. Such relevancy will be decided upon by the student’s advisory committee.
For further information about the Master of Humanities degree program students should contact the Division of Arts and Humanities.
MATHEMATICS
Two graduate degrees may be earned in mathematics: the M.A. in mathematics and the M.S. in applied mathematics. (Also see Master of Basic Science.) It is the responsibility of each individual student to see that the requirements for these degrees are satisfied at the proper time.
To begin graduate work toward one of the above degrees, a student should have at least the following preparation: 30 semester hours in mathematics including, beyond a full course in calculus, a year's course in advanced calculus, 3 semester hours of linear algebra and either a 3-semester-hour course in higher algebra or a 3-semester-hour course in ordinary differential equations.
Students who do not have all the prerequisites for one of the advanced degrees may still be admitted provisionally if, in the faculty’s judgment, their record justifies this (but also see the Graduate School admission requirements).
For a mathematics minor for a graduate degree, a full course in calculus is prerequisite.
Requirements for the M.A. and M.S.
The student must present 30 hours of course work, including a 6-hour minor. All mathematics courses submitted must be numbered 500 or higher. If the minor is taken outside of mathematics, the minor courses must be numbered 400 or higher.
These 30 hours must include at least two of the following two-semester sequences. See the Schedule of Courses for courses offered.
Math. 501-502. Topology
Math. 511-512. Theory of Numbers
Math. 513-514. Abstract Algebra
Math. 515-516. Linear Algebra
Math. 521-522. Projective Geometry
Math. 523-524. Differential Geometry
Math. 531-532. Real Analysis
Math. 535-536. Complex Variables
Math. 537-538. Topics in Applied Mathematics
Math. 541-542. Calculus of Variations
Math. 549-550. Partial Differential Equations
Math. 553-554. Mathematical Physics


76/ University of Colorado at Denver
Math. 560-561. Numerical Analysis Math. 562-563. Numerical Solutions of Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations Math. 571-572. Logic Math. 573-574. Set Theory Math. 581-583. Statistics and Probability Math. 581-587. Statistics Math. 583-585. Probability
A two-hour written examination will be given on the content of the two sequences and two other one-semester courses that the student offers for the degree.
There is no thesis requirement for either degree.
There is no foreign language requirement for either master’s degree. However, students who may want to continue for a Ph.D. should satisfy at least one of the foreign language requirements before obtaining a master’s degree.
Mathematics offers a wide assortment of programs leading to a master’s degree. All programs must be planned in consultation with and approved by a mathematics graduate adviser.
Suggested M.A. in Mathematics
First Year
Semester Hours
Math. 515-516. Linear Algebra I, II........................... 6
Math. 535-536. Functions of a Complex Variable I, II......... 6
Minor......................................................... 3
Second Year
Math. 513-514. Modern Algebra I, II........................... 6
Math. 531-532. Introduction to Real Analysis I. II ........... 6
Minor....................................................... 3
Total 30
Suggested M.S. in Mathematics
First Year
Semester Hours
Math. 560-561. Numerical Analysis I, II ..................... 6
Math 543. Ordinary Differential Equations.................... 3
Math. 549. Introduction to Partial Differential
Equations I ............................................ 3
Minor........................................................ 3
[Second Year
Math. 505. Topics in Combinatorial Analysis.................. 3
Math. 507. Advanced Calculus III .............................3
Math. 537-538. Topics in Applied Mathematics................. 6
Minor........................................................ 3
Total 30
MUSIC
Graduate study in music at UCD is presently offered in several cooperative programs with the University of Colorado at Boulder. Varying amounts of work toward the Master of Music Education and the Master of Music degrees may be taken in Denver. Admission to these programs is achieved by application to the Office of the Associate Dean for Graduate Study, College of Music, in Boulder.
Post baccalaureate study in the special areas of concentration unique to UCD include composition and arranging, sound synthesis and recording, and music and media. Since these are innovative programs, prospective candidates should make personal inquiry at UCD about requirements.
The music educator intending to undertake graduate work will find the UCD programs attractive, particularly if he or she has special interests in jazz, rock, improvisation, sound synthesis and recording, and the repertory associated with today’s youth.
The composer-arranger-performer-producer who seeks graduate training in the fields of recording, television, and music for advertising also will find UCD responsive to his or her needs.
Applied Music Policy
All performance standards, requirements, and credits specified for a particular music degree in this college do not necessarily transfer and become acceptable for any other music degree within the college. Additional information on this policy is available from the Office of the Associate Dean, UCD College of Music.
PHILOSOPHY
Applicants for admission to the Graduate School for work toward an M.A. or Ph.D. degree with a major in philosophy are expected to have had 18 or more semester hours in undergraduate courses in the subject, including history of philosophy. While some course work at the graduate level may be taken at UCD in this discipline, all degree programs must be arranged through the University of Colorado at Boulder.
Students wishing to pursue graduate work in philosophy should note Requirements for Advanced Degrees in this bulletin and should obtain from the department a copy of the Graduate Program in Philosophy. The Graduate Record Examination is not required.
Certain special programs exist (M.A.'s in comparative East/West philosophy and in history and philosophy of science), details of which may be had on request.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
A variety of graduate-level courses in health, physical education, and recreation can be taken at UCD. At the present time, the degree program must be completed through the University of Colorado at Boulder. Courses at the 500 level are available to qualified students. For further information, contact the School of Education.
PHYSICS
While some course work at the graduate level may be taken at UCD in this discipline, all degree programs must be arranged through the University of Colorado at Boulder. Physics courses at the 400 level may be used for graduate credit for students in nonphysics graduate programs.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Admission to the M.A. Program
Students applying for admission to the M.A. program in political science normally should present at least 18 hours of undergraduate or previous graduate work in


Graduate School /77
political science, at least 9 hours of which should be at the upper division or graduate level. Deficiencies may be made up at UCD by enrolling in political science courses as a special student. Deficiencies usually must be made up before the student will be admitted as a regular degree student, and the work involved will be in addition to the minimum hourly requirements for the degree. Graduate Record Examination aptitude scores are required of applicants. The department may make exceptions to these requirements in unusual cases (for instance, where course work in related fields such as psychology, economics, and history, or practical political experience, compensate for course work deficiencies in political science).
Master of Arts in Political Science
The degree requirement shall consist of at least 25 semester hours of work at the graduate level, including at least one seminar in each of three broad areas of political science—American, foreign, and theory—and at least one additional graduate seminar in political science. The other 13 hours may be distributed among other political science seminars, the master's thesis (4 hours), and a maximum of 9 hours combined in independent study and work in cognate disciplines (but not more than 6 hours of either).
Emphasis of the political science discipline at UCD is on critical perspectives, creative teaching and writing, interdisciplinary work, experiential involvement, and cooperative research projects. Close and continuing contact among students and between faculty and students is encouraged.
SOCIAL SCIENCE, MASTER OF
The Master of Social Science (M.S.S.) graduate degree program was instituted at UCD in fall 1978 to provide students with an opportunity for urban-oriented, interdisciplinary, liberal education in the social sciences. All courses required for the degree are offered at UCD. Because courses also can be taken at the University of Colorado at Boulder, the range of course work possible is large.
General rules for admission to the Graduate School apply. A student is expected to have completed at least 30 semester hours of undergraduate work in any combination of anthropology, economics, social or economic geography, psychology, history, political science, or sociology.
The M.S.S. degree gives students wide latitude in designing their programs to satisfy their unique educational needs.
Candidates must complete 36 semester hours of credit: at least 18 hours of course work at the 500 level and above (9 hours of which must be graduate level seminars usually taught at the 600 level). Up to 6 hours of the 36 may be for thesis credit, or taken as Soc. Sci. 610 to complete a research, an internship, or a work-related project.
For further information contact the UCD Division of Social Sciences, telephone 629-2616.
PSYCHOLOGY
The M.A. program offers a specialty in child development, and is appropriate for persons who will have responsibility for implementing and evaluating child care delivery programs, as well as for those with research and/or service functions associated with early psychological development.
Students wishing to pursue graduate work leading to the Master of Arts degree should read Requirements for Advanced Degrees. The GRE (verbal and quantitative) Aptitude Tests and Advanced Test in Psychology are required. The master's degree program is the only graduate program in psychology offered at UCD. Any questions should be directed to Professor Graham M. Sterritt, director of the graduate program, or to the Graduate School.
SOCIOLOGY
The M.A. degree in sociology offered at UCD has an urban focus with an applied emphasis. The urban sociology program is designed to complement professional degree programs in environmental design, medicine, nursing, community health, physical engineering, public and business administration, education, and fine arts by providing advanced seminars, and planning and research opportunities in urban theory and methodology.
Requirements for Admission
1. General requirements of the Graduate School.
2. A combined grade-point average of at least 3.0 for all courses taken in sociology as an undergraduate or graduate prior to admission.
3. Three letters of recommendation.
4. A statement specifying the purpose and goal of advanced study.
Degree Requirements
1. Completion of a minimum of 30 semester hours of approved graduate work.
2. Completion of a project in the format of an article prepared and submitted for publication in a relevant professional journal.
3. Sociological theory sequence—6 hours (Soc. 515 and 516).
4. Research methods sequence 6 hours (Soc. 507 and 508).
5. Area of concentration—14 to 16 hours.
6. Passing of comprehensive-final examination.
SPANISH
At present UCD offers no Spanish courses above 599. The courses at the 500 level are applicable to an M.A. degree through the University of Colorado at Boulder, depending upon degree plan approval by the graduate adviser in Boulder in each case. The graduate courses in Spanish are also applicable to the Master of Humanities program at UCD.


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
Daniel Fallon, Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE
Study of the liberal arts and sciences aims to develop human potential in order to bring the best of human intellect and emotion to bear on the experiences and challenges of life. By providing a broad educational foundation, the arts and sciences prepare students to initiate careers, to change careers in midlife, to pursue advanced study in a discipline, to study for a professional career such as law or medicine, and, in general, to lead a rewarding and productive life. The curriculum helps students to increase substantive knowledge, to learn skills such as logical argument and clear expression, to gain new insights about relationships in nature and society, to develop critical thought and interpretive ability, to solve complex problems rationally, and to heighten aesthetic appreciation.
To accomplish these aims, the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences supports a vigorous interaction between faculty and students. A young and dedicated faculty with strong academic credentials is committed to highly motivated urban students who represent a broad range of age and experience. Thus, the curriculum of the College maintains traditionally high university academic standards while providing numerous flexible learning opportunities to meet the varied objectives of university students from the Denver metropolitan area. At the undergraduate level, the College offers a high-quality liberal educational program that also prepares students for subsequent professional and graduate study. At the graduate level, the College offers students disciplinary and broad interdisciplinary master’s degree programs which may serve as a means of beginning study towards doctoral degrees.
Because students are consulted and involved in the design of both undergraduate and graduate programs, the curriculum of the College reflects the concerns of Denver area students. There are many opportunities to study urban problems, confront contemporary issues, participate in off-campus working internships, and in general make use of the resources of the city. To accommodate the many students who are employed full time during the day, about half of all courses offered by the College are scheduled after 5 p.m.
Many students enroll in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences to study the liberal arts and participate in the general education associated with the B.A. or B.F.A. degree as an end in itself. Upon receiving a degree, some students decide to continue study at the graduate level.
Others set aside further formal study and initiate careers. Because a liberal education provides a broad foundation in problem-solving skills and substantive knowledge that can be widely applied, graduates of the College have begun careers in a variety of positions in industry, commerce, and government.
Many students also enroll in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences specifically to prepare themselves for admission to one of the professional schools of the University, which include the School of Dentistry, School of Education. College of Environmental Design. School of Journalism, School of Law, School of Medicine, School of Nursing, School of Pharmacy, and Graduate School of Public Affairs. The specific admission requirements for each of these professional schools can be met in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
The faculty of the College provide instruction at the undergraduate level through three academic divisions: Arts and Humanities, Natural and Physical Sciences, and Social Sciences. Each division offers a wide variety of curricula including traditional undergraduate major programs, interdisciplinary studies, and preprofessional programs.
The degrees offered by the College at the undergraduate level are the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) and Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.). A number of degrees are offered at the graduate level.
MAJOR PROGRAMS
Students can earn the Bachelor of Arts(B.A.) degree in the following areas:
Anthropology
Biology
Chemistry
Communication and theatre Economics English
English Writing Program Ethnic studies Fine arts (students may study for either a B.A. or B.F.A. degree)
French
Geography
Geology
German
History
Mathematics (students may also choose a special computer science option)
Philosophy
Physics
Political Science
Population dynamics
Psychology
Sociology
Spanish
Urban studies
Special options are available for those students who would like to distribute their major program studies among two or more disciplinary majors (distributed studies) or who would like to propose a unique major


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences / 79
program tailored to meet a specific objective (individually structured major).
The College also provides the necessary course work to prepare students for careers in elementary or secondary teaching, journalism, and law, as well as the following health science fields: child health associate, dental hygiene, dentistry, medical technology, medicine, nursing, optometry, osteopathy, pharmacy, physical therapy, podiatry, and veterinary medicine.
Double Majors
Students may graduate with more than one major (e.g., mathematics and French) by completing all requirements for both majors.
Second Degrees
Students who have been awarded a bachelor’s degree (either from the College or elsewhere) may be granted a second bachelor’s degree provided that (a) all general requirements for the degree have been met; (b) the major for the second bachelor’s degree is different from the major for the first; and (c) at least 30 hours are completed in this College after admission to the second degree program.
Double Degrees
Students may earn two degrees from the University of Colorado simultaneously by fulfilling all requirements for both degrees. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences requires that a student complete at least 90 liberal arts credits and 150 total credits in order to be granted two bachelor’s degrees.
It is recommended that students planning one of these multiple programs consult with the College Advising Office at the earliest possible date.
Note: Graduate degree programs offered by the faculty of the College through the Graduate School are described ir. the Graduate School section of this bulletin.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION Entering First-Year Students
Students planning to enter the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences must meet the requirements described in the General Information section of this bulletin under Admission Policies and Procedures. Applicants to the College are considered for admission according to the following schedule.1
If: Your Rank in And: Or Your Then:
High School Your ACT Comhinetl Your Status for
Class Is Composite SA T Score A t/mission Is
Upper 1/2 23 or higher 1.000 or higher Assured admission
U pper 2 3 18-23 800 or higher Considered on an individual basis
Lower 1 2 Below 18 Below 800 Considered by Admissions Committee
'This schedule corresponds to the general requirements described in the General Information section, but more detail is provided here for prospective College of Liberal Arts and Sciences students.
Transfer Students
Students who have attended another college or university are expected to meet the general requirements for admission of transfer students as described in the General Information section of this bulletin. Applicants who have been away from a college environment for more than three years will be considered on the basis of all factors available: high school record, test scores, original college admission qualifications, college performance, and interim experiences that might suggest potential success in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. A maximum of 72 semester hours taken at a community college may be applied toward a degree in the College.
MSC Cross-listed Courses
During the 1979-80 academic year the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences cross-listed many undergraduate courses with two schools at Metropolitan State College, the School of Liberal Arts and the School of Science and Mathematics. These cross-listed courses were taught by either UCD or MSC faculty and counted as University of Colorado credit, not as transfer credit. For the academic year 1980-81 and beyond, the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences will continue to work with the two schools at MSC in an effort to make courses easily available to the students of both institutions through a simplified registration process.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Students are referred to the General Information section of this bulletin for a description of academic policies that apply to all undergraduate students at UCD. The policies which follow apply specifically to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
Academic Ethics
Students are expected to conduct themselves in accordance with the highest standards of honesty and integrity. Therefore, the faculty assumes that term papers, reports, studio work, results of laboratory experiments, and examinations submitted by the student represent the student’s own work. Students are referred to the Statement on Academic Honesty of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, available from the Office of the Dean, for guidance on generally acceptable limits on cooperation in the preparation of academic work, and for a discussion of what constitutes academic dishonesty.
Academic dishonesty, such as plagiarism or cheating, is a serious charge which, if substantiated, may result in course failure, probation, suspension, or expulsion from the University. The Academic Ethics Committee, composed principally of faculty and students, is charged by the faculty of the College with considering evidence in contested cases, determining guilt or innocence, and assessing penalties. Special rules of the committee, available from the Office of the Dean have been designed to insure due process.


80/ University of Colorado at Denver
Academic Advice and Information
Students in the College are expected to assume the responsibility for planning their academic programs in accordance with College rules and policies and major requirements. To assist students, the College maintains an advising staff located in the UCD Administration Building, Room 204, telephone 629-2555. Students are urged to consult with the staff of this office concerning individual academic problems and progress toward their degrees.
As soon as the student has determined a major, he or she must declare the major to a department adviser. The department adviser will be responsible not only for the student’s advising but also for the certification of the completion of the major program for graduation.
Students planning to earn a degree from one of the professional schools should see an adviser in that school. Each professional school has certain specific requirements. Preprofessional health science students should see a member of the Health Careers Committee during their first year in the College. Appointments should be made through the sciences secretary in Room EC 232, 629-2646.
The College has organized a Pre-Law Advising Committee for the purpose of advising all UCD students who are interested in careers in law. This committee has a library of law school catalogues, pre-law handbooks, and other relevant documents, advises individual students, interviews students who need to secure a dean’s letter for application to certain law schools, and sponsors meetings at which information of interest to pre-law students is shared. Students may contact the Committee through the Office of the Dean, telephone 629-3396.
UCD also has a counseling service available through the Office for Student Affairs to which a student may go for assistance with personal problems.
Career counseling is available to all students with majors in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Assistance in skills analysis, resume preparation, and career exploration is available through the Office of the Dean, telephone 629-3396.
Academic Probation and Scholastic Suspension
Good academic standing in the College requires a grade-point average of 2.0 (C) on all University of Colorado course work. Grades earned in another college or school within the University of Colorado are used in determining the student’s scholastic standing and progress toward the degree. However, grades earned at other institutions are not used in calculating the grade-point average at the University of Colorado.
ACADEMIC PROBATION
Students whose cululative grade-point averages fall below a 2.0 (C) at the end of the fall or spring semester will be placed on academic probation for the following semester. Students will be informed in writing concerning the grade-point requirements which must be met by the end of the succeeding semester. The grade-point requirements are listed in the table below. Students must
continue to meet the required grade-point average each semester until their cumulative grade-point average is a 2.0. At that time students will be removed from probation.
SCHOLASTIC SUSPENSION
Students on academic probation who do not meet the required grade-point average in the succeeding semester will be suspended from the College for one year. Scholastic records of students are reviewed as soon as grade reports are available at the end of the fall and spring semesters. Students are informed in writing of scholastic suspension.
Hours Deficient
1-10 11-20 21-30 Over 30
Grade-Point Average in the Most Recent Semester
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
The number of hours deficient is equal to the number of credit hours of B work that the student must earn to raise the cumulative G.P.A. to 2.0 (C). For example, if the student has attempted 24 semester hours and has earned 42 grade points, the G.P.A. is 1.75. The student needs 6 semester hours of Bto raise the G.P.A. to2.0. To calculate the hours of B that are needed, multiply the total hours attempted by 2 and subtract the number of grade points from this figure. Example: 24 semester hours attempted x 2 = 48; 48 — 42 grade points = 6 semester hours of B needed or 6 hours deficiency.
In attempting to raise a grade-point average while suspended, a student may register for courses in the University of Colorado summer term on any campus, for correspondence study through the University, or for credit courses offered through the Division of Continuing Education.
FIRST SUSPENSION
The normal period of suspension is two regular semesters (one academic year, excluding summer term), after which the student will automatically be readmitted on probation to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. The student then will be expected to meet the sliding scale (based on the student’s University of Colorado record only) until the cumulative G.P.A. reaches 2.0. Failure to do so will result in a second suspension.
A student under a first suspension may be readmitted before the end of the normal suspension period only if the student has demonstrated academic improvement in one of the following ways:
1. By achieving a cumulative 2.5 average on all summer or correspondence work attempted at the University of Colorado since suspension. (A student must register for a minimum of 6 credits in the summer term on any campus, through correspondence work, or through credit courses in the Division of Continuing Education.)
2. By raising the cumulative grade-point average to 2.0 through correspondence or summer work at the University of Colorado.


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences / 81
3. By raising the cumulative grade-point average to 2.0 at another institution. (The cumulative grade-point average is defined in this instance as the grade-point average at the University of Colorado in combination with course work taken at all other institutions.) Upon return to the University, however, the student retains his or her previous grade-point average. The G.P.A. from other institutions does not transfer back to the University of Colorado.
SECOND SUSPENSION
A student suspended for a second time will be readmitted only under unusual circumstances and only by petition to the Academic Standards Committee of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Each petition will be examined individually. The committee will expect the student to show that chances for successful completion of an educational program in the College have been materially improved by factors such as increased maturity or a relief from stressful circumstances. The deadline for petitions to the Academic Standards Committee for reinstatement for any fall semester is August 1; for reinstatement for any spring semester, the deadline is December 1.
A student who completes 12 or more semester hours at another institution must apply for readmission to the University of Colorado as a transfer student, regardless of his or her status in the University of Colorado. He or she also must present a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average on all collegiate work attempted (at the University of Colorado and elsewhere) in order to be considered for readmission.
Petitioning tor Special Requests or Exceptions to Standing Academic Policy
The Academic Standards Committee is responsible for the administration of the academic policies of the College as established by the faculty. This faculty-student committee constitutes the bridge between the faculty in its legislative capacity and the students upon whom the legislation comes to bear. The committee alone is empowered to grant waivers of exemptions from and exceptions to the academic policies of the College. Students wishing to submit a petition to the committee should meet with the advising staff first to discuss the petition.
One of the major responsibilities of the committee is the handling of suspension and reinstatement of suspended students. The normal period of suspension is two regular semesters (one academic year, excluding summer term). However, students suspended a second time will be reinstated only under unusual circumstances and only by petition to the committee.
Course Load
The normal course load is 12 to 18 semester hours each semester. Students registered for fewer than 12 hours are regarded as part-time students. Students wishing to register for 19 hours or more must obtain approval from the dean. Designation as a part-time or full-time student
depends only upon courses taken for credit in the University and does not include correspondence courses or noncredit courses. To receive credit, the student must be officially registered for each course.
Students who hold or expect to hold full- or part-time employment while enrolled in the College should register for course loads they can expect to complete without unusual difficulty. Recommended course loads are given below, but each student must weigh his or her own abilities and assess the demands of each course in determining an appropriate schedule. The College assumes that all courses selected will be completed.
Employed 20 hours per week — 10 to 13 semester hours, or three to four courses.
Employed 30 hours per week — 8 to 11 semester hours, or three courses.
Employed 40 hours per week — 6 to 9 semester hours, or two or three courses.
Summer Term: Since the summer term is only 10 weeks long, the recommended course load is less than in the fall and spring.
Employed fewer than 15 hours per week — 9 semester hours, or three courses.
Employed 15 to 30 hours per week—6-8 semester hours, or two courses.
Employed over 30 hours per week — 3-5 semester hours, or one course.
Courses taken at the University of Colorado at Boulder and the University of Colorado at Colorado Springs, and interinstitutionally with MSC and CCDA, are included in the total load.
Note: 6 semester hours is considered a full toad in the summer term. Maximum course load is 9 semester hours. Students wishing to register for 10 hours or more must obtain approval from the dean.
Earning Academic Credit-Special Options
Students in the College may earn credit toward a degree for knowledge gained prior to enrollment in the College or for knowledge gained outside of College courses. Some specific programs by which credit is awarded include Credit by Examination, Advanced Placement, and the College-Level Examination Program. These are described in the General Information section of this bulletin, in addition, credit may be earned for Cooperative Education, Army ROTC, and the following activities.
CORRESPONDENCE STUDY
Students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, with the approval of the dean, may take work in correspondence study offered by the University’s Division of Continuing Education. A maximum of 30 hours of correspondence work may count toward the degree.
CREDIT FOR COURSES IN THE PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS AND IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Students may count toward the Bachelor of Arts and


82 / University of Colorado at Denver
Bachelor of Fine Arts degrees as many as 24 semester hours of course work from curricula leading to degrees other than the B.A. (business, engineering and applied science, environmental design, journalism, music, nursing, and pharmacy). College of Liberal Arts and Sciences students desiring secondary school certification will be allowed to take up to 37 semester hours in the certification program of the School of Education as part of their total required hours for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Students desiring elementary education certification will be allowed up to 44 hours in the certification program. Vocational and technical courses from a two-year program may not be included. Activity courses in physical education, up to a maximum of 8 semester hours, will count toward the 120 hours required for the degree.
CREDIT FOR INDEPENDENT STUDY
Students may register for independent study with the written approval of the appropriate faculty member and divisional dean. The amount of credit to be given for an independent study project (not to exceed 6 credits per semester) shall be arranged at the time of registration. A maximum of 12 credits taken on an independent study basis may apply toward the bachelor’s degree. Independent study credit may not be used to satisfy the College area distribution requirements.
Effective summer 1978, independent study courses are numbered as follows:
910-919 Freshman level course 920 - 929 Sophomore level course 930 - 939 Junior level course
940 - 949 Senior level course
950 - Graduate level course
999 - Candidate for degree
COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM (CLEP)
An exciting challenge is available to College of Liberal Arts and Sciences students who want to earn university credit by examination in subject areas in which they have obtained college-level proficiency. Interested students are encouraged to take appropriate subject examinations provided in the College Level Examination Program of the College Entrance Examination Board Testing Service. The College will award credit for the following subjects if a student scores at the 67th percentile:
Arts and Humanities American literature
Analysis and interpretation of literature English literature
Natural and Physical Sciences Biology
General chemistry Geology
Introductory calculus General psychology
Social Sciences
American government American history Introductory economics Western civilization
Students should contact the Office for Student Affairs, UCDA Room 207, 629-2861, to arrange for the examinations.
SUMMARY
Following is a listing of the types of credit and the maximum number of hours that may be earned for nonclassroom work.
Types of Credit
Advanced Placement Credit (AP)
College-Level Examination Program(CLEP) Cooperative education Correspondencestudy Credit by examination Independent study
Maximum Credit Hours Allowed Toward lhe B.A. Degree
No limit
30 semester hours 12 semester hours 30 semester hours No limit
12 semester hours
Graduation Requirements
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES
The student is ultimately responsible for knowing the requirements for his or her degree and for fulfilling these requirements. Upon completion of the requirements (including those of a major), the student will be awarded the appropriate degree.
THE LIBERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM
In order to qualify fora B.A. or B.F.A. degree from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, students must complete the liberal education program, which consists of area distribution requirements and a foreign language requirement.
To satisfy the area distribution requirements, students must choose from a list of available courses in each of three areas:
1. Arts and humanities — 12 semester hours.
2. Natural and physical sciences — 12 semester hours.
3. Social sciences — 12 semester hours.
Lists of courses that will satisfy these area requirements are available in the Schedule of Courses published each fall and spring semester and summer term. The Schedule may be obtained in each divisional office and in the Office of the Dean of the College.
To satisfy the foreign language requirement, students must demonstrate proficiency in a foreign language. This requirement may be met prior to admission by completion of a Level III high school course in any classical or modern foreign language. Students who have not satisfied the requirement upon admission may do so by (a) demonstration of a third-semester proficiency by examination, or (b) completion of a third-semester course in the College. Students are strongly urged to begin or continue their college-level language studies immediately upon enrollment in the College. Students who elect to continue a language studied before entering the College will be placed in courses appropriate to their levels of preparation. Students are urged to consult the advising staff of the College or any foreign language faculty member regarding foreign language study and the foreign language requirement.


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences / 83
MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
In addition to completing the above mentioned college requirements, students in the Bachelor of Arts degree program must declare a major. As soon as a major has been determined (no later than the beginning of the junior year), students must declare their intentions to the major departments. Each department stipulates its own requirements for the major. These requirements shall include at least 30 semester hours of work in the major area (as determined by the department) of C grade or higher, at least 16 hours of which shall be at the upper division level. The grade average in the major shall be at least C. Not more than 48 semester hours in one field may be counted in the 120 hours required for the degree. The student is responsible for knowing the requirements' for the major. The department adviser shall be responsible for determining when a student has satisfactorily completed the requirements for the major and for so certifying to the dean of the College.
For requirements of the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree, consult the Fine Arts section in the alphabetical listings under the description of programs.
UPPER DIVISION REQUIREMENT
Students must complete at least 45 semester hours of upper division work (courses numbered 300 or higher) to be eligible for the bachelor’s degree. Any student may register for upper division courses providing he or she has satisfied the prerequisites or has the approval of the discipline in which the course is offered.
Courses transferred from a community college carry lower division credit. Exceptions to this require approval of the dean of the College and the appropriate discipline representative, who may ask the student to validate upper division credit by taking an advanced standing examination.
TOTAL CREDIT-HOUR AND GRADE-POINT REQUIREMENT
To qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, students must pass at least 120 semester hours with an average of at least 2.0 (C) in all courses attempted at the University of Colorado.
RESIDENCE REQUIREMENT
A candidate for a degree from the College of Liberal
Arts and Sciences must earn the last 30 hours while enrolled as a degree student in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
The College will not graduate any student who has not completed at least 30 hours of letter-graded work at the University of Colorado.
SENIOR PROGRESS REPORT AND DIPLOMA CARD
Upon completion of 80 semester hours of course work, each student must make an appointment with the College Advising staff to determine the student’s status with respect to degree requirements.
During registration for their last semester, students are required to file Diploma Cards, indicating the date they intend to graduate and Applications for Degree Candidacy. Failure to file a Diploma Card with the College Advising Office will result in delayed graduation. Diploma Cards and Applications for Degree Candidacy are available in the College Advising Office.
SUMMARY CHECKLIST OF GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Liberal Education Program
1. Arts and humanities: 12 semester hours.
2. Natural and physical sciences: 12 semester hours.
3. Social sciences: 12 semester hours.
4. Foreign language: third-semester proficiency in any one language or completion of a Level III high school foreign language course.
Major Requirements
1. 30 to 48 semester hours in the major field.
2. A minimum of 30 semester hours of Cgrade or better in the major field.
3. A 2.0 (C) grade-point average in all major course work.
4. A mimimum of 16 semester hours of upper division courses in the major, C grade or higher.
5. Special requirements as stipulated by the major adviser.
General Requirements
1. A total of 120 semester hours passed.
2. A 2.0 (O cumulative grade-point average on all University of Colorado course work.
3. A minimum of 45 semester hours of upper division course work.
4. The last 30 hours while registered in the College. Note: Not more than 48 hours in any one field and not
more than 24 hours outside the College can be included in the 120 hours required for the degree.
SPECIAL ACADEMIC PROGRAMS Honors
FORMER POLICY FOR GRADUATION WITH DISTINCTION
A student who performs superlatively in course work in the College will be awarded a bachelor’s degree accompanied by the statement, with distinction. To be eligible for graduation with distinction, a student must have completed at least 30 semester hours at the University of Colorado and have obtained a grade-point average of 3.5 or higher by the end of the semester prior to the final semester’s work toward the degree. The cumulative grade-point average must be based upon all collegiate work attempted, both at the University of Colorado and elsewhere.


84 / University of Colorado at Denver
NEW POLICY FOR GRADUATION WITH DISTINCTION
Effective summer 1978, all graduating seniors must have completed a minimum of 45 semester hours at the University of Colorado (on any CU campus), including the final semester, with a grade-point average of at least 3.75. The 45 semester hours must be completed in the student’s junior and senior years. The student also must meet the College’s residency requirement, i.e., the last 30 hours in the College.
Students who feel they are qualified to graduate with distinction, but who do not meet these standards, may petition to the Academic Standards Committee for a review of their particular cases. Petitions dealing with these standards will rarely be approved, however, and then only with evidence of academic performance equivalent to the standard.
Special Notes
1. Courses that UCD does not offer, but that the faculty encourages students to take at the other Auraria institutions (MSC and/or CCD), may be counted as part of the 45 semester hours.
2. A maximum of 6 semester hours may be completed with a grade of P(on P/Foption) and included in the 45 semester hours.
3. All credit courses which are completed through the Division of Continuing Education may be included in the 45 semester hours.
4. In calculating the minimum total of 45 semester hours, part of a semester will not be counted but, instead, all courses in a semester will be included.
The new policy outlined above was approved by the Academic Standards Committee on April 19, 1978. Both the old and the new policies will be administered simultaneously for all students who matriculated prior to summer 1978. For those students who matriculated in summer 1978 or thereafter, only the new policy will be used.
COLLEGE HONORS PROGRAM
Independent of graduation with distinction, which is based on grades alone, the College offers a program through which students can qualify for the following honors awarded by the College: summa cum laude, magna cum laude, or cum laude. The determination of the level of honors to be awarded is made by the College Honors Council. These awards may be earned either in a specific department (Departmental Honors), or in general studies (General Honors), or in both. In either case, special independent creative work is required to qualify. Any junior or senior student with a cumulative grade-point average of 3.0 (B) or higher may participate in the program.
In order to qualify for the award of College honors in a discipline, a student must (a) complete a research project or honors thesis in the discipline, (b) take the Advanced Graduate Record Examination, and (c) take an oral examination administered by an honors committee.
The College-wide General Honors program is designed
to encourage and assist academically strong students to achieve a greater degree of breadth in their educational experiences than they ordinarily might obtain in their college careers. The program is intended for students who like to deal creatively with ideas and who desire to extend education beyond the usual course requirements. Any qualified junior or senior may enroll in honors seminars without becoming a candidate for graduation with honors. Grading in honors courses is based on the designations H (Honors), P (Pass), and F (Fail). All honors courses carry upper division credit. In cross-listed courses, open to honors students upon consent of the instructor, honors students may expect to do additional or independent work as determined in consultation with the professor.
In order to qualify for General Honors, a student must (a) complete at least four honors courses with grades of H, (b) submit an honors paper, and (c) take oral and written honors examinations administered by the College Honors Council.
Detailed information concerning the Honors Program may be obtained from the director of the Honors Program or from the College Advising Office. Students interested in the program ordinarily should begin participation in their junior year.
PHI BETA KAPPA
Students in the College who excel in their undergraduate studies may be invited to join Phi Beta Kappa, the nation’s oldest academic honorary society, founded in 1776 at the College of William and Mary. For further information, interested students should contact the College Advising Office.
Cooperative Education
Based on the precept that employment experiences can often contribute to liberal education, the Cooperative Education Program is designed to provide opportunities to supplement academic work with practical experience. Students may be placed as employees with corporations, businesses, and public agencies in ways that complement or enhance their academic course work. Many cooperative education students choose to contract with a professor in their major fields to receive academic credit for their work experiences. An academic cooperative education contract designates a certain number of academic credits for satisfactory performance in a related work experience. The credit is contingent upon satisfactory completion of whatever academic project the faculty member chooses to assign in conjunction with the job.
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences participates in this program with cooperative education courses offered at the 398 level in each department. These courses are listed under each department heading in the Course Description section of this bulletin. Students placed by the Cooperative Education Office in paid or volunteer assignments, as well as students who have obtained their own jobs, may be eligible, subject to the guidelines below:
1. The participant in the program will be enrolled in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences and generally have


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences / 85
attained sophomore standing.
2. The participant must have at least a 2.5 grade-point average.
3. A contract for Cooperative Education credit is required for all projects. It is to be completed by the employer, sponsoring faculty member, and the student before being approved by the divisional dean. The Cooperative Education office will distribute copies of the completed contract to the student, the sponsoring faculty member, and the employer.
4. Job experience approved for credit will be related to the student’s undergraduate academic curriculum.
5. Credit will be approved for more than one semester for a job, provided that the learning possibilities and responsibilities of the student allow for additional academic growth.
6. Projects will be granted from 1 to 6 hours of credit per semester. The number of credit hours will be arranged between the student and the sponsoring faculty member with possible consultation with the employer. The number of credit hours must reflect the quality of the academic experience gained from the project, not the hours worked.
7. Twelve hours is the maximum number that a student can earn toward the bachelor’s degree in Cooperative Education. Departments may decide whether or not Cooperative Education hours will count toward requirements for the major. Cooperative Education hours may not count toward the Area Distribution Requirement.
8. The Cooperative Education project may not simultaneously be used for academic credit in other programs such as Independent Study.
Students should contact the Cooperative Education Program office for further information and forms for placement and credit, 1047 9th Street, 629-2892.
Study Skills Center
The Study Skills Center is administered by the College on behalf of UCD. The purpose of the center is to help UCD students develop methods of efficient study. Services are available to help specifically with particular subject areas, as well as to strengthen general academic and research skills. Telephone, 629-2802.
Each semester the center offers three courses for which students may receive 1 semester hour of credit graded on a pass/fail basis: developmental composition, developmental reading, and college preparatory mathematics. Detailed course descriptions may be found in the Course Descriptions section of this bulletin. A maximum of 3 semester hours in study skills courses may be included in the 120 required for the degree.
A noncredit modular course, such as rapid reading, also is offered in which students may accelerate reading speed, learn reading flexibility, and build word-grouping ability and comprehension. Study technique workshops (noncredit) are offered in such topics as: reading for maximum effectiveness; writing papers and using the library; improving memory, study techniques, and note taking; tests without panic; and time management. Also, a noncredit spelling and vocabulary workshop is available.
The center has available a collection of books, including a number by minority authors and about minorities which may be utilized for research assignments as well as for improvement of general knowledge.
Special Services Program
The Special Services Program is a federally funded project designed to assist selected students to be successful in their university lives. The goal of the project is to increase the likelihood for students with special needs to graduate from UCD. This is done by providing academic support services to students during their freshman and sophomore years. Services provided include the following: tutorial assistance, classroom instruction in basic skills, classroom instruction in English as a second language, academic advising, personal counseling, academic skill improvement, diagnostic testing, student advocacy, and disabled student services.
Students must meet specific eligibility criteria in order to receive services as the project is designed to provide intensive help to a specific target population. Students eligible for participation include low income students, culturally diverse students, students with limited English speaking ability who are U.S. citizens or who hold a permanent visa, academically deficient students, and physically disabled students. Any student who feels he or she may be eligible for these services should contact a special services adviser in Room 47, East Classroom Building, telephone 629-8345.
PREPARATION FOR PROFESSIONS
Completion of the undergraduate curriculum of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences can prepare students for a number of careers in the professions. Information on preparation for those professions most frequently asked about by students in the College is presented here. Students seeking information about other professions should contact the College Advising Office.
Law
Students intending to enter a school of law may major in any field while completing their bachelor’s degree programs since law schools do not generally specify a particular undergraduate degree major. Successful prelaw students from the College have had majors in many different fields. However, students preparing for law school should place primary emphasis on learning superior methods of study, critical thinking, and communication skills, which are often considered more important by law schools than factual knowledge alone. College courses should be chosen with care to produce a balanced pattern of skills and insights. Sufficient English should be studied to insure good use of language skills in grammar, spelling, composition, and rhetoric, and also to develop a capacity for analysis and criticism. Because the natural sciences provide an appreciation for inductive and deductive approaches, evaluation of evidence, and detailed accuracy of observation, some study in this area is desirable. Mathematics is helpful in developing a


86 / University of Colorado at Denver
capacity to think analytically, as are certain courses in philosophy.
The Law School Admission Test (LSAT) is required of all applicants for admission to law school and should be taken as early as possible during the senior year. For additional information, students should review the current Prelaw Handbook, published annually in October and prepared by the Law School Admissions Council and the Association of American Law Schools. This book includes material on the law and lawyers, prelaw preparation, applying to law schools, and the study of law, as well as individualized information on most American law schools. It may be ordered from Educational Testing Service, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.
Any student who aspires to a career in law should contact the College pre-law adviser, telephone 629-3396.
Students interested in applying for admission to the School of Law of the University of Colorado should contact the Admissions Office of the School of Law, Room 118, Fleming Law Building, Boulder, Colorado 80309.
Journalism
Students interested in preparing for a career in journalism may decide to obtain a bachelor’s degree from the College as a general preparation, or they may choose to complete a B.S. degree in journalism. The B.S. degree in journalism is granted from the School of Journalism at the University of Colorado at Boulder. However, the first two years of the journalism curriculum may be completed at UCD within the College. Students pursuing the journalism B.S. degree normally transfer into the School of Journalism at the beginning of the junior year. To be considered for transfer admission, a student must have completed a minimum of 60 semester hours with a grade-point average of at least 2.25. Interested students should consult the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog for detailed information concerning requirements for the B.S. degree in journalism.
Information is also available in the College Advising Office, Room 204, Administration Building, telephone 629-2555.
Health Careers
Course programs have been developed within the College to prepare students for the following specific careers within the general area of health sciences.
Child health associate Dental hygiene Dentistry
Medical technology
Medicine
Nursing
Optometry Osteopathy Pharmacy Physical therapy Podiatry
Veterinary Medicine
Because the prerequisites for these health career programs are continually changing, students interested in pursuing one of these careers should contact the Health Careers secretary, UCD East Classroom Building, Room
232, 629-2646, or the College Advising Office for current requirements and for advising.
Education
Students seeking certification for teaching at the elementary and/or secondary school level must complete a major program in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, and approximately 30 to 50 semester hours of professional education work in the School of Education. Students completing all requirements will receive a Bachelor of Arts degree and teacher certification.
Early planning is crucial for students intending to enter the Teacher Education Program. Since the School of Education has initiated a new program at both the elementary and secondary levels, students must consult the School during their first semester on campus concerning new requirements for the Teacher Education Programs, 629-2717.
PRE-EDUCATION PROGRAM
Students pursuing teacher certification should so indicate on all application and registration materials so that they may be advised by the education counselor or faculty members. Application for admission to the Teacher Certification Program should be made during the last semester of the sophomore year. The minimum requirements for acceptance are:
1. Completion of at least 60 semester hours of acceptable college work with a grade-point average of 2.5 for all courses attempted, and 2.5 for all courses attempted at the University of Colorado, and 2.5 in the major teaching field. No student will be recommended for certification to teach in any field in which the grade-point average is less than 2.5.
2. Information on the general education requirements for students planning to student teach at the secondary or elementary school level are available in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Advising Office and the School of Education.
COLLEGE-WIDE INTERDISCIPLINARY ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Most of the individual departments represented in the College have numerous links with other disciplines, and many faculty members consequently encourage students to take courses in related disciplines. In the natural and physical sciences new subject-matter areas are emerging from blends of traditional disciplines; examples include biochemistry, geophysics, biophysics, and psychobiology. In the social sciences the similarity of method and of subject matter from discipline to discipline tends to promote broad interaction and a sense of common purpose. In the arts and humanities the continual synthesis of useful analytical ideas and concepts gains strength as it it tested against differing perspectives; comparative literature, mixed media fine arts, and philosophical psychology are examples of this kind of interdisciplinary involvement. Therefore, students will often find opportunities to explore relationships among different disciplines while studying within traditional disciplines, in some instances, such as ethnic studies, much or most of the academic work can be characterized as interdisciplinary even though the area is treated as a traditional discipline. The following programs are explicitly interdisciplinary and college-wide in character.


College of LiberaI Arts and Sciences / 87
Distributed Studies
The College’s distributed studies major has been designed for those students who wish to develop consolidated major programs based upon the study of two or three disciplines together rather than to focus their major programs on single disciplines. In pursuing a distributed studies major, a student works closely with a faculty adviser to develop a specific program. One discipline is designated as primary subject, and then one or two other disciplines are designated as secondary subjects. The total program must consist of at least 60 semester hours in at least two disciplines. The disciplines must be disciplines or areas offered within the College, and the program may not include a first-year course in English (101, 102)orforeign languageflOl, 102). General requirements for the primary subject are (a) a minimum of 30 semester hours with grades of Cor better, and (b) a minimum of 12 semester hours of upper division course work with grades of Cor better. General requirements for the secondary subject(s) are (a) a minimum of 30 semester hours from among one or two disciplines, and (b) at least 12 semester hours in any one discipline. The specific requirements in any case depend upon the program worked out with a faculty adviser, who may stipulate specific course requirements. Students interested in a distributed studies major program should contact the College Advising Office for additional information, telephone 629-2555.
Ethnic Studies
For a complete description of the Ethnic Studies program, see the Division of Social Sciences section of this bulletin.
Individually Structured Major
Some students wish to study in depth, as a major program, a coherent topic area that crosses traditional disciplinary lines and/or requires significant independent study to complete. These students are encouraged to propose a design for an individually structured major program. To pursue an individually structured major program, a student must work out the details of the proposed program sometime after his or her first year in the College with a committee of three College faculty members. The major becomes the student’s official program upon final approval by the faculty committee. In recent years students in the College have structured majors in such areas as French and cinematography, or oral history and environmental planning. Advising for the individually structured major is available through the Office of the Dean, 629-3396.
Population Dynamics
Melvin Albaum, Director
The Population Dynamics Program is a multidisciplinary major designed to provide a comprehensive and flexible educational experience for persons who are interested in population processes, especially within the
urban environment. Emphasis of the major is on the social, economic, and mental health problems complicated by the dynamics of population processes. The principal departments involved are biology, geography, psychology, and sociology. The major is appropriate for students intending careers in the fields of urban and community planning, family planning and counseling, population education, environmental demography, and population-related careers in community action programs, neighborhood health centers, and local, state, and federal agencies. Students completing this major may enter graduate programs in most of the social, behavioral, and natural sciences, demography (population studies), public affairs and administration, urban and regional planning, and in public health, medicine, law, or social services.
All students majoring in population dynamics will be expected to meet the following course requirements:
1. a. A minimum of 6 hours of P.D.P. 300-2, Workshop in Population Dynamics'
b. A minimum of 3 hours of P.D.P. 310-3, Practicum in Population Dynamics
c. N.P.S. 200-3, Human Sexuality
2. Any two of the following three courses:
Geog. 473-3. Population Geography Soc. 421-3. Advanced Population Studies Soc. 424-3. Migration
3. One of the following four courses:
Psych. 211-3. Experimental Research in Psychology
Soc. 402-4. Statistics
Math. 383-3. Introduction to Statistics
Geog. 400-3. Introductory Quantitative Methods in
Geography
4. A minimum of 24 additional hours from the following disciplines with not more than 12 hours from any one discipline: anthropology, biology, communication and theatre, computer science, economics, geography, physical education, political science, population dynamics, psychology, rehabilitation services, social science, and sociology. Students should consult with the program director in selecting these hours to be sure the courses are acceptable in the program.
Note: Those students wishing to receive teacher certification should consult with the academic counselor in the School of Education and should familiarize themselves with the School of Education requirements in this bulletin.
Urban Studies
Faculty: Cedric D. Page
The Urban Studies Program has a fourfold purpose. First, it provides an in-depth understanding of urban problems to permit the student to pursue advanced degrees in one of several traditional academic disciplines in the College of Environmental Design or in the Graduate School of Public Affairs. Second, the program permits graduates to move directly into a variety of
'The Workshop in Population Dynamics has a varied theme each semester. It is the purpose of the workshop to synthesize the multidisciplinary nature of the program through selected themes. The workshop will utilize community persons to conduct various sessions relating the academic aspects of the program to community needs.


88 / University of Colorado at Denver
careers with federal, state, and local agencies as well as private companies concerned with urban affairs. It also provides a desirable second major or minor for students preparing for public school teaching, human service, legal, or medical careers. Third, an undergraduate degree in urban studies provides a liberating educational experience for those whose career interests have not been fully decided. Fourth, the major increases an individual’s sensitivity to and awareness of the unique experiences and problems of economic, social, and ethnic groups in cities.
The generalist who is trained in the application of analytical and policy tools of a variety of disciplines will be more immediately employable and will be of significant value to his or her community. Since urban centers are increasing in size and influence, an understanding of the city and its problems is indispensable and essential to the modern urban society. The baccalaureate major in urban studies is designed to prepare and train such citizens.
taken toward the conclusion of the academic program. The placement can be determined by the student and/ or the program director. The internship should permit the student to gain experience in an area related to his or her academic preparation and career goals and interests.
7. The core program of required courses specifies a minimum of 27 semester hours necessary for graduation with an urban studies major. The program director,.in consultation with the student, may authorize changes in the above program to accommodate the specialized interests and objectives of the student. In addition to the minimum (core) 27 semester hours required, the student will be advised to choose electives from the following disciplines (for a total of 15 semester hours):
Anthropology
Communication and theatre
Economics
Geography
History
Philosophy Political science Psychology Sociology
Planning and Comm. Dev.
REQUIREMENTS FOR MAJORS
The urban studies major is designed to provide both flexibility and depth in the relevant academic perspectives, as well as versatility in career selections. The major provides an interdisciplinary view of the city and its environs in a more comprehensive manner than any single traditional academic discipline can provide. The requirements of the major in course units therefore are greater. Whereas most academic disciplines require about 30 semester hours of course work, the urban studies major requires 42. All students who intend to major in urban studies will be expected to meet the following requirements:
1. Urban Studies/Soc. Sci. 210-3. Urbanization in America. This course is the foundation and orientation course for further study for the urban studies major. One objective of the course is to present to the student the most important theories and perspectives of several disciplinary approaches to urban society. Another objective is to encourage the student to recognize areas of overlap among the disciplines, the interrelationships between disciplines, and the value of interdisciplinary knowledge and research.
2. Urban Studies/Soc. Sci. 311-3. World Patterns of Urbanization.
3. Four of the following six upper division courses for a total of 12 semester hours:
Econ. 425. Urban Economics
Hist. 470. United States Urban History
Pol. Sci. 407. Urban Politics
Urban Studies/Soc. Sci. 371. U.S. Urban Ethnic Groups
Anthro. 444. Urban Anthropology
Soc. 421. Advanced Population Studies
4. One course from the Ethnic Studies offerings (3 semester hours).
5. Soc. 402. Statistics (3 semester hours) or equivalent with consent of program director.
6. In addition, each student will successfully complete not less than 3 semester hours (6 semester hours maximum) of credit in Cooperative Education 398 for the internship placement. This requirement is usually
Division of Arts and Humanities
Shirley White Johnston, Assistant Dean
The Division of Arts and Humanities offers programs in the traditional humanistic disciplines as well as interdisciplinary studies on both the undergraduate and graduate level.
Undergraduate. Students seeking bachelor’s degrees may major in communication and theatre, English, fine arts, French, German, philosophy, and Spanish. (Seethe following individual department sections for details.) Students may also earn B.A.’s in interdisciplinary curricula such as the General Writing Program and the distributed studies major. The General Writing Program, which acquaints students with the rhetoric and methodologies of the sciences, social sciences, and humanities, prepares its graduates for writing careers in a wide variety of fields. (See the section on the English program for details.) The distributed studies major combines two or three fields and is particularly appropriate in the interrelated disciplines that make up arts and humanities; students can enrich their undergraduate education through in-depth study in such areas as literature, theatre, and filmmaking, for example; orthe languages and literatures of America, Britain, France, Germany, and Spain; or the languages and literatures of North America and Latin America. (See the section on College-Wide Interdisciplinary Academic Programs.)
Students who earn the B. A. within the Division of Arts and Humanities have excellent preparation for graduate education in their majors and for advanced training in professional fields such as medicine and the other health sciences, law, business, public affairs, and architecture. Arts and humanities majors also provide excellent preparation for jobs in teaching, journalism, personnel administration and management.
Graduate. A complete program leading to the Ph.D. is offered in English; programs leading to the M.A. are also fully available in communication and theatre and English. Graduate curricula leading to the M.A. in


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences / 89
communication disorders and speech science as well as the Ph.D. in communication and theatre and in communication disorders and speech science are also available although students in these programs must at present complete some of their work on the Boulder campus. Fine arts, French, philosophy, and Spanish also offer courses on the graduate level. In addition, a complete interdisciplinary program leading to the Master of Humanities is available on the Denver campus; this curriculum combines the arts, communication, literature, philosophy, and theatre, and is especially attractive to public school teachers who teach in several areas. (For details on all these programs, see the Graduate School section.)
Students interested in majoring in any of the disciplines or in participating in any of the specialized programs should request additional information from the divisional office.
For information on scheduling of courses, consult the appropriate Schedule of Courses for day, time, and meeting place of classes.
COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE
Faculty: Samuel A. Betty, J. Brad Bowles, Laura Cuetara, Robley D. Rhine, Jon A. Winterton. Attendant: 1 la M. Warner. Adjoint: J. Joseph Craft.
An undergraduate wishing to major in communication and theatre will choose one of the three basic areas of emphasis: communication, theatre, or communication and theatre education. An emphasis in radio-television is available, but part of the work must be completed at the U niversity of Colorado at Boulder. Each emphasis has its own requirements for graduation, and specific programs will be developed in consultation with the student’s major adviser to insure that each student’s term-by-term schedule, choice of electives, involvement in cocurricular and extracurricular activities will be best suited to his or her needs, skills, and goals. Lists of required and suggested courses in each of the three areas of emphasis may be obtained from the divisional office.
Communication Emphasis
The primary goal is to equip the student with a wide range of theoretical perspectives and diverse communication skills. The theoretical perspectives generally focus on face-to-face communication in interpersonal, small group, institutional, and community settings. The skills component of the emphasis seeks to equip students with flexibility in their communication repertoires so that they may react effectively to their analysis of communication situations.
The program offers two types of courses to the student: (I) courses in communication and rhetorical theory, which present traditional rhetorical theories, empirical support for communication theories, strategies for the application of communication theory to problems confronting the community; and (2) courses focusing on the development of the students’ communication skills which promote confidence in their abilities to perform effectively in many contexts. These courses build into the
students’ repertoires the tactics and strategies of effective expression.
The communication emphasis requires that students take a total of 45 hours of course work (usually 15 courses) in communication and theatre. Six courses (18 hours) are required. Four courses (12 hours) are chosen from a list of specified alternatives. The remaining 15 hours may be chosen from a wide range of courses available in communication and theatre, allied disciplines, or independent study projects.
Since requirements for the communication emphasis insure that the student knows both communication theory and how to apply it, communication graduates are generally well equipped for employment. Students with an interest in management and administration, training, writing and copy preparation, public relations, information services, and wide variety of occupations focusing on communication will find in the communication emphasis a curriculum relevant to their expected employment needs.
Theatre Emphasis
This program provides a broad range of experiences in courses, laboratory workshops, full productions, and field work in the Denver area. Helping the student to answer questions concerning the significance of what theatre does to us and for us is the primary goal of the program.
Three kinds of courses will be taken by each student in theatre: (1) performance skills—acting, directing, oral interpretation, technical theatre; (2) critical skills— dramatic theory and criticism and theatre history; and (3) communication theory—interpersonal, small group, intercultural, social change, etc. In addition to the 42 hours of required courses within the department of communication and theatre, 12 additional hours from English, fine arts, and music are required.
As an integral part of the program, each student will have the opportunity to participate as performer, technician, or designer in faculty-directed productions which occur each term. The auditions, rehearsals, and performances involved in these productions provide opportunities for close examination of the process of making and performing theatre from practical, theoretical, critical, historical, and social perspectives. After each performance the audience will be invited to share their responses with the production team in order to provide some indication of impact.
In order to increase the range of practical and critical experience, each student will see and evaluate at least six live theatre productions in the Denver area each term. These experiences test the assumptions and beliefs about theatre discussed and worked with in classes and productions. As majors develop their performance and critical skills, special internships for credit in a variety of capacities may be arranged with local theatre operations through independent study or cooperative education.
Depending on the individual’s actual program of study (cocurricular and extracurricular activities), a degree in communication and theatre with an emphasis in theatre not only can provide a graduate with useful technical and


90/ University of Colorado at Denver
practical skills, but also, and more importantly, it can provide critical insight into theatre as a human enterprise wherever it occurs. Through examining and experiencing theatre’s potential to achieve human value, students should develop personal, aesthetic, and social principles which will guide them to sound career choices (as performers, technicians, designers, producers, or managers).
Communication and Theatre Education Emphasis
The emphasis in communication and theatre education prepares students to meet Colorado certification requirements in communication or in theatre for grades 7-12. Requirements for these professional programs are complex and demanding. Interested students in their freshman or sophomore years should meet with the department adviser for the education emphasis to discuss the requirements and to plan a long-range schedule to be followed.
COMMUNICATION DISORDERS AND SPEECH SCIENCE
Faculty: Natalie Hedberg Daves, Patricia Killian, Philip M. Prinz; part-time: Thomas Prescott, Jon Hasbrouck.
The B.A. degree in communication disorders and speech science is not available at UCD, but the following courses are open to undergraduates: C.D.S.S. 401 and 435. For information on graduate-level courses see Communication Disorders and Speech Science in the Course Description section of this bulletin. For information on M.A. and Ph.D. degrees see the Graduate School section.
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE
Students wishing to pursue graduate work in comparative literature should consult the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog.
On the 400 level, students may read all texts in translation; however, reading knowledge in at least one foreign language is highly recommended. On the 500 and 600 levels, students must be able to read in two foreign languages.
ENGLISH
Faculty: Rex S. Burns, Richard T. Dillon, Evelyn Effland, Herbert G. Eldridge, Louis B. Hall, Robert D. Johnston, Shirley W. Johnston, Elihu H. Pearlman, Jean Phillips, Joel Salzberg, Doris J. Schwalbe, Mary Rose Sullivan, Peter L. Thorpe, B. Jeanne Webb, William A. West; Emeritus: Ida D. Fasel. Part-time: Howard Movshovitz; Adjoint: Kenneth L. Justice; Visiting: Louis James, John Labbe.
The purpose of the English major is to provide a full exposure to the great tradition that constitutes the
Anglo-American literary inheritance. In the process of studying individual works and the periods from which they emerged, students acquire an especially rich sense of the culture of which they are a part. All students, majors and nonmajors alike, may acquire an understanding of how various literatures reflect wide developments and trends in the history of culture and ideas in the Topics in Literature series, Engl. 290 to 294. Students may further widen their perceptions by the study of how literature, in its broadest sense, and ideas are expressed in film through Engl. 225 (Introduction to Film), and 306 and 307 (The History of Film I and II).
Students majoring in English must present a total of 39 hours in English, excluding Engl. 101, 102, and 103, of which 24 hours must be earned in upper division courses. None of the required 39 hours may be taken on a pass/fail basis. Of the 24 hours required at the 300- or400-level, at least 3 must be earned in a course dealing with English literature before 1800, at least 3 in a course dealing with English literature after 1800, at least 3 in a course on American literature, and at least 3 in a major figure of either English or American literature. Required courses: Engl. 250, 251 (Survey of English Literature — 6 hours); Engl. 300 (Critical Writing — 3 hours); Engl. 497 or 498 (Major Authors or Topics in Literature - 3 hours).
At least 12 hours of the major’s upper- or lower-division work in English must he done at UCD in order to qualify for the B.A. in English.
English majors interested in graduating with honors should confer with the honors adviser as soon as possible, but definitely no later than the beginning of the spring term of their junior year.
Students who contemplate teaching should obtain from the School of Education sheets listing curricula required for a teaching certificate and should consult the School of Education, which supervises the teachertraining program. Since fulfilling requirements for education and English involves close scheduling, students should fulfill at least some of the college requirements during their freshman and sophomore years.
English for foreign students and courses for prospective teachers of English as a foreign language are listed in the course description section of this bulletin under communication and theatre.
For additional literature courses see Comparative Literature and Mexican American Studies.
Note: A considerable amount of writing is required in all English courses and is graded on form as well as on content.
In addition to the regular major, the English discipline offers a General Writing Program, an alternative to the traditional baccalaureate in English. Especially designed for future writers, it offers a wide range of intensive writing experience combining such areas as technical reports, fiction, and poetry. The student is trained in the rhetorics of the arts and humanities, the social sciences, and the sciences.
In order to enroll in the program, students must consult with the director of the General Writing Program through the division office at 629-2730.


Full Text

PAGE 2

University of Colorado Bulletin. (USPS 651-060) 364 Willard Administrative Center, Boulder, Colorado 80309 Vol. LXXX, No. I I , April 10, 1980 General series o . 2009 . Publishe d three times monthly by the University of Colorado. Second cia s postage paid at Boulder, Colorado.

PAGE 3

BalleQes and Schaals Business and Adalnislralian Braduale Schaal ar Business Adlllinislralian Eduaalian En1ineerin1 and Applied Scie ce Enuiranaenal esi1 llradu le Schaal Lilleral Arls and Sciences lllusic Pullli Arrairs

PAGE 4

THE AURARI A HIGHER EDUCATION CENTER PARKING N DENVER CENTER FOR THE PERFORM iNG ARTS , 0 u; 8th Stroot 13th Street io i EAST W: 4 CLASSROO M 14th SHII1

PAGE 6

CONTENTS General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Admission Policies and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Tuition, Fees , Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Academic Policie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Academic Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Administration Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Busine ss Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 School of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 College of Engineering and Applied Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 College of Environmental Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Graduate School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 College of Liberal Arts and Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Division of Arts and Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Division of Natural and Physical Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Division of Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 College of Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Graduate School of Public Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 04 Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

PAGE 8

Summer 1980 2 June 2, 3 June 9 July 4 August 15 Fall2 August 20-22, 25-29 September 2 November 27, 28 December 17 ACADEMICCALENDAR1 Registration . First day of classes. Holiday (no classes) . End of term. Registration . First day of classes. Thanksgiving holidays . (no classes) . End of semester. Spring 1981 2 January 19-23 January 26 March 23-27 May 15 May 16 Summer 1981 2 June 4, 5 June 8 July 4 August 14 Regi stration. First day of classes . Spring v acation (no classes) . End of semester. Commencement. Registration. First day of classes . Holiday (no classes). End of term. 1The U n i vcrsity reserves the right toahert he Academic Calendar at any time. 1Consuh the S c hrdult of C o ur.sr s for application deadline dates and deadlines for changing programs (dropping and adding classes) .

PAGE 9

BUSINESS EDUCATION ENGINEERING ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN HUMANITIES MUSIC NATURAL AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES PUBLIC AFFAIRS SOCIAL SCIENCES DEGREE PROGRAMS AT A GLANCP Baccalaureate Programs (areas of emphasis) accounting, finance, information systems, international bus iness, marketing, minerals land man agement, organization management, personnel management, production and operations management, public agency administration, real estate, small business management. statistics, transportation and traffic management rehabilitation services, teacher ed uca tion program civil engineering, civil engineering and business, electrical engineering, elec-trical engineering and business, elec trical engineering and computer science, electrical engineering and com puter science and business, applied mathematics, applied mathematics and business, mechanical ing and business offered only at Boulder communication and theatre, creative arts, English, fine arts, French, German, philosophy, Spanish, writing program music and media b i ology, chemistry, geography, geol ogy, mathematics, physics, population dynamics, psychology anthropology, economics, ethnic studies, history, political science, sociology, urban studies Master' s Programs M.B. A . areas of emphasis: accounting, finance, management science, market ing, organization management. person nel management, production and op erations management, transportation and traffic management. M . S.: accounting, finance, management science, marketing, management and organization administration and supervision, early childhood education, educational psychology, foundations of education, guidance and counseling, initial certification program, library media, reading, secondary education. applied mathematics, civil engineering, electrical engineering, mechanical en gineering architecture, architecture in urban design-interior landscape architec ture and space planning, urban and regional planning. communication and theatre, com munication d isorders and speech science, English, humanities basic science, biology, chemistry, en vironmental science, geography, math ematics, psychology criminal justice, public administration, urban affairs (also , doctorate in public administration) anthropology, economics, history, political science, social science, soc iology 'Courses i n many other underrraduate and graduate areas are offered at UCO, but derrees must be completed at the University of Colorado at Boulder. UCO also offers preprofessional programs i n law, journalism, and the health careers !child health associate, dental hygiene, dentistry, medical technology, medicine, nur s ing. optometry, osteopathy , pharmacy, physical therapy, and veterinary medicine. !

PAGE 10

UNDERGRADUATE AND SPECIAL STUDENT ADMISSION INFORMATION 1 '2 Type of Applicant Criteria for-Admission2 Reauired Credentials When to Apply Notes FRESHMAN IN GENERAL: Complete application Not later than: For specific requirements refer to (Students seeking a bachelor's a) Rank in upper half of high school $10 application fee Aug. I for fall the college sections of this bul degree who have never graduating class. Official h igh school transcript show Dec. I for spring letin. For example, Music requires attended a collegiate institu b) Have 15 units of acceptable high ing rank-in-class, date of gradMay I for summer an audition. lion) school work. uation, 7th semester grades, 8th c) Test scores: semester courses Seniors who meet or exceed all ACT comp: 23 Official ACT or SAT score report. admission criteria may apply as. or early as Oct I for following fall. SAT comb: 1000 Note: Business and Engineering applicants are expected to have higher scores and class rank. TRANSFER' IN GENERAL: (Students seeking a bachelor's Must be in good standing and Complete application Not later than: Transfers to the School of Educa-degree who have attended a elig ible to return to all institutions $10 fee Aug. I for fall lion consult that section for ad-collegiate institution other previously attended. Two official sent from Dec. I for spring d itional requirements. than CU) Residents must have a minimum 2 . 0 each college attended May I for sum mer Liberal arts and music transfers (C) GPA on all work attempted. with less than 12 sem. hrs. of Nonresidents must have a mincollege work (business and imum 2 . 5 (C+) GPA on all work engineering transfers with less attempted. Business and Engin-than 24 sem.hrs. ) must also sub-eering applicantsmay be re-m i t all freshman credentials. qui red to have h igher GPAs. SPECIAl Must be atleast 21 years old (except Complete application Not later than: Graduate special students. see (Students who are not seeking in summer). Aug. I for fall Graduate School Section for ada degree at this institution) Must be a high school graduate. Dec. I for spring ditional information. May I for summer Application will also be ac-cepted at registration if space allows. RETURNING CU STUDENT Must be in good standing Former student application Same as for special students Students under academic suspen-(Returning special students, sion i n certain schools or colleges returning degree students at the University of Colorado may who have not attended enroll during the summer terms another institution since CU) as a means of improving their averages. RETURNING CU STUDENT Same as for transfers Complete application Same as for transfers (Returning degree students who $10 application fee have attempted 12 or more Two offic ial trans cripts from hours at another institution each intervening college since attending CU) CHANGE OF STATUS: Same as for transfers Same as for tran sfers Same as for transfers SPECIAl TO DEGREE Plus CU transcript (former CU special students who wish to enter a degree program) CHANGE OF STATUS: Must have completed degree. Special student application Same as for special students Only students who have completed DEGREE TO SPECIAl and received degree are eligible (Former CU special students to change to special status. who have graduated and wish to take additional work) INTERCAMPUS TRANSFER Must be in good standing Former student application Transfer to Denver: same as Transfers from Denver to another (Students who have been en-for specials campus of CU should refer to ap-rolled on one CU campus and propriate bulletin for additional wish to take courses on requirements. another) Transfer from Denver. refer to appropriate bulleti n . INTRAUNIVERSITY Same as for transfers lntrauniversity transfer applicaSame as for transfers TRANSFER tion (Students who wish to change CU transcript from one cu college to another, e.g., from the Col lege of Liberal Arts and Sciences to the College of Business) 1Applicattons w ill be accepted only as long as openings remain. 'Requirements for tndividual schools or colleges may vary.

PAGE 11

General Information THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO AT DENVER: AN URBAN UNIVERSITY CAMPUS The University of Colorado at Denver (UCD) is an urban nonresidential campus located in downtown Denver . The campus i s easil y acce s sible to commuters from a four-county area and i s close to major bu s iness and go vernment office s in downtown Denver, as well a s to civic and cultural centers. UCD i s one of the large s t state-supported institutions of higher education in Colorado in terms of enrollment, w ith an a v erage of 8,500 students (approximately 5 , 300 FTEfull-t i me equivalent -students ) enrolled during a semester. The UCD Administration Building i s located at 1100 Fourteenth Street. UCD s hare s library, laboratory , classroom, and recr eation facilitie s with two other metropolitan institution s on a single campus. the Auraria Higher Education Center. Academic Programs UCD i s committed to meeting the needs of the metropolitan De . nver community. Academic, public service , and research activities are geared to the needs of the urban population and environment, encompassing both traditional and nontraditional fields of study. Students enrolled at UCD can earn undergraduate degrees in 36 fields and graduate degrees in over 50 fields . The colleges and schools at UCD are: College of Business and Adminis tration and Graduate School of Business Administration School of Education College of Engineering and Appl i ed Science College of Environmental Design College of Liberal Arts and Sciences College of Music Graduate School Graduate School of Public Affairs The undergraduate colleges admit freshmen and offer programs leading to the baccalaureate degree in the arts, sciences, humanities , business , engineering, and music. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences also provides preprofessional training in the fields of education, law, journalism, and the health sciences . The School of Education offers programs leading to the baccalaureate degree in education and teacher certification to students with two years of college work. The Graduate School offers master's programs in the arts, sciences, humanities, engineering , business, education, and music to students with baccalaureate degrees . The College of E n v iron mental Des i gn, the Graduate School of Bus iness Administration, and the Graduate School of Public Affairs provide programs leadin g to the ma s ter's degree in their specialized areas. The Graduate School of Public Affairs also offers a doctorate in publi c administration. Students Highl y motivated people from all w a lks of life make up U CD' s student body. The dive r s i t y of backgrounds, interest s , occupations , and ages stimulate s a unique learning experience for the men and women enrolled at UCD. Students range in age from 16 to 70. Approximately 84 % of the students hold full -ti me or part-time jobs and 38 % are enrolled at the graduat e level. In order to give students maximum flexibilit y in planning both educational and employment goal s, more than half of the courses are offered duri ng the even i ng hours . Students may begin studies in mo s t areas at the beginning of the fall or spring seme s ter , or the summer te r m . Faculty and Accreditation More than 230 highly qualified facult y member s teach full time at UCD; most have doctoral degrees . The faculty is alert to the challenges of the urban environment and responsive to the need s of the commuter s tudent. UCD is accredited by or hold s members h i p in the following organizations: ACCREDITATION North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education National Architecture Accrediting Board Engineers' Council for Professional Development National Association of Schools of Music MEMBERSHIP Association of Urban Univers i ties American Assembly of Colleg iate Schools of Business Association of Collegiate Schools of Architecture and Collegiate Schools of Planning National Association of Schools of Publi c A f fairs and Administration

PAGE 12

2 / Universit y of Colorado at Denver University of Colorado System UCD is one of four campuses of the University of Colorado. The University was founded in Boulder in 1876, and the University of Colorado, Boulder, now serves over 20,000 students enrolled in undergraduate, graduate, and professional programs. The Health Sciences Center in Denver provides education and training to medical, dental, nursing, and allied health personnel. The University of Colorado at Colorado Springs serves over 3,000 students in the Pikes Peak region , offering undergraduate, graduate, and professional programs. UCD's special role within the University system is to provide urban-oriented educational programs for students in the Denver metro politan area. Students have access to the library resources of all campuses and to cultural events sponsored within the University system . The official transcript of any student who first enrolled in the spring semester 1978 or afterwards and who graduates from an undergraduate program operated solely by UCD will indicate that the degree was conferred at Denver. At present the only undergraduate program operated solely by UCD is the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. . Aurarla Higher Education Center The Aura ria Higher Education Center is the site for the University of Colorado at Denver, Metropol itan State College, and the Auraria campus of the Community College of Denver . The three institutions share library , classroom, and related facilities on the Aura ria campus, a 168-acre site in downtown Denver. Certain courses and programs are cooperatively offered. The Auraria campus includes three administration buildings. five classroom buildings, the Learning Resources Center, the student center, child care and de velopment centers, the physical education building, and two service buildings . The Auraria Library is housed in the Learning Resou rces Center. with a branch in the Community College / Auraria Administration Building , and the College of Environmental Design library in the Bromley Building. The library collection includes books, reserve and reference materials, journals, microforms, records , slides , tapes , and other media in various formats . Microform equipment and listening and viewing facilities are provided. General reference service, interlibrary loans, and assistance with individual library problems are available at the reference counter. UCD students may use the interlibrary loan service to obtain materials not held by the Auraria Libraries . The new buildings share the campus with reminders of Denver's past historic Ninth Street Park, churches. and the Tivoli brewery built in 1882 . Equal Opportunity The University of Colorado at Denver follows a policy of equal opportunity in education and in emplo yment . In pursuance of this policy, no UCD.department, unit. discipline , or employee shall discriminate against an individual or group on the basis of race, sex, creed, color, age, _national origin, or individual handicap. This policy apphes to all areas of the University affecting present and prospective students or employees . The institution's educational programs, activities, and services offered to students and/ or employees are administered on a nondiscriminatory basis subject to the Rrovisions of Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 , and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 . A UCD Equal Opportunity/ Affirmative Action Program has been established to implement this policy. For information about these provisions on equity, discrimination, or fairness, consult the following persons who will advise individuals of existing complaint procedures within and outside the University: Affir mative Action Director Nereyda Bottoms. Room 803, II 00 Fourteenth Street (telephone: 629-2621 ); or Paul Kopecky , Rehabilitation Act Coordinator, Room 80 I, II 00 Fourteenth Street (telephone: 629-2642) . I. ADMISSION POLICIES AND PROCEDURES All questions and correspondence regarding admission to UCD and requests for application forms should be directed to: Office of Admissions and Records University of Colorado at Denver 1100 Fourteenth Street Denver, Colorado 80202 (303) 629-2660 General Policies UCD seeks to identify applicants who are likely to complete an academic program successf ully . Admission decisions are based on many factors . the most important being: I . Level of previous academic performance. 2. Evidence of scholarly ability and accomplishment, as indicated by scores on national aptitude tests. 3 . Maturity, motivation, and potential for academic growth. UCD reserves the right to deny admission to new applicants or readmission to former stude nts whose total credentials indicate an inability to assume those obligations of performance and behavior deemed essential by the University in order to carry out its lawful missions, processes. and functions as an educational institution . Admission of Undergraduate Degree Students APPLICATION DEADLINES U ntler K ratluate Fall Students /980 New Students Aug. I Trans fer Students Aug. I International Stude nt s June I Former Un ivers it y o f Aug. I C o l oraclo Students lntraumve r s it y SprinK Summer /9 8 1 1981 Dec. I May I Dec. I May I OV . I April I Dec. I May I Trans f e r Students 60 days prior to the beginning of the term

PAGE 13

The University reserves the right to chan ge application deadlines in accordance wit h enrollment demands. a nd a ppl ican t s s h o uld apply as early as p ossible. Up dated information is available fro m the Office of Admissions and Records. (303) 629-2660. All documents required for admission mu s t be received b y the Office of Admissio n s and Records b y the deadline for an applicant to be con sidered for the t e rm de sire d . Applicants who are unable to meet the deadline may e l ec t to ha ve admiss i o n consideration made for a later term. Transfer students are reminded that su f ficien t time should b e allowed to have tr a n sc r ip t s se nt f r o m i n stitutions attended pre vio u s l y. and foreign students are a d vise d th a t it u sually takes 1 20 days for credentials to reach the Office of Admissions and Record s from international locations. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR FRESHMEN New freshmen may apply for admission to the Colleges of Business and Administration. Engineering and Applied Science, Liberal Art s and Science s, and Music . I. General Requirem e nts. The applicant must be a high school graduate or have been awarded a High School Equivalency Certificate by completing the General Education Development (G ED) Test. Applicants with a High School Equivalency Certificate must have an average standard score of 45 with no one score below 36 on each section of the G ED test to be considered for admission . Applicants who have completed the Spanish Language General Educational Development Test must also submit scores from Test VI, "Engli s h as a Second Language . " Applicants should have completed 15 units of acceptable secondary school (grades 9-12) credit. A unit of credit is one year of high school course work . Wh ile the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences does not specify particular units, the other undergraduate college s have the following requirements : Co llege of Bu siness and Adminis tration English ...........................................•........ 3 Mathemati c s . ............................................... 3 at ural sci ences (laboratory t y pe) ............................. 2 Socia.! sciences (including hi story) ............................. 2 Electives ....... ................ ............................ 5 (Such as foreign languages and additional academic courses. May include up to 2 units in business areas.) Total 15 C o ll ege of Engi n eeri n g and Applied Science' English (literature, composition, grammar) ..........•.......... 4 Mathematics di stributed as follows: Algebra . ..................................... ............ 2 Geometry ........................ .... .................... 1 Additional mathematics . ................................... 1 at ural sci ence s (physics and chemistr y recommended) .......... 2 Social studies and humanities (Foreign languages and additional units of English . history. and literature are included ................ 3 Electives ..................... ........... . ........... ....... 3 Total 16 College of Music English .........................................•.......... 3 Theoretical music ..................................... . Phys ical science . ..................... ......... ........ } Social sci ence ......... .............................. . Foreign language .......................... . . . ....... . . Mathematics ................................ .....•.... 8 Additional high school academic un its ......................... 4 Total 15 General Information / 3 It is expected that all student s will ha ve had previous ex p erience i n a n applied music area. Two years of piano traini ng are recommended . The College of Music requires an a udit ion of all entering freshme n a nd undergraduate transfer students. In lieu of the personal audition. applicants may su b stitute tape recordings (about 10 minutes in length o n 7!h ips monaural) or a statement of excellence b y a qualified teach er. Interested students should write to the College of Music. UCD. for a udition or interview application s. 2 . All Applicants. All applicants who meet the above requirements are classified in two ways for admission purposes: a . Preferred consideration is giv en to Liberal Arts and Sciences and Music applicants who rank in the upper half of their high school graduating class and have a composite score of 23 or higher on the American College Test (ACT) or a combined score of 1000 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT). Engineering applicants are expected to have a strong ' mathematics and science background, somewhat higher scores on the mathematics portion of the ACT or SAT. and higher class rank. Business students are expected to have a strong mathematics background. higher class rank and higher test scores . Music requires an audition. b . Applicants for any of the above four colleges who rank in the lower half of their high school graduating class, and/ or have combined SAT scores below 1000 or a composite ACT score below 23, and/ or do not have 15 units of acceptable high school credit are considered on an individual basis. How to Apply I . Students should obtain an Application for Aomission from their Colorado high school counselor or the UCD Office of Admissions and Records. 2 . The application must be completed in full and sent to the Office of Admissions and Records . A $10 nonrefundable application fee must accompany the application. An applicant who is granted admission , but who is unable to enroll for the term applied for , will have the $10 fee valid for 12 months, provided the applicant informs Admissions and Records that he or she intends to enroll for a later term. 3 . Students are required to ha v e their high school send an official transcript of their high school grades, including class rank, to the Office of Admissions and Records. 1 4. Students also are required to take either the American College Test (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) and request that scores be sent to UCD (ACT code 0533 or SAT code R-4875) . High school students may obtain information from their counselors regarding when and where tests are given. Applicants who took one of these tests earlier and did not designate UCD to receive scores must request the testing agency to send scores to UCD . . This is done by completing a Request for Additional Score Report available at test centers or from t . he offices listed below. •Sec the College of Engineering and Applied Science section of this bulletin for more s pecific information .

PAGE 14

4 I University of Colorado at Denver Registration Department American College Testing Program (ACT) P.O. Box 414 Iowa City, Iowa 52240 College Entrance Examination Board (SAT) P.O. Box 592 Princeton, New Jersey 08540 College Entrance Examination Board (SAT) P . O . Box 1025 Berkeley, California 94704 5 . Students who did not graduate from high school are required to send a copy of their GED test scores and G ED certificate to the UCD Office of Admissions and Records. All credentia l s presented for admission become the property of the University o/ Colorado and must remain on file. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSFER STUDENTS Transfer students may apply for admission to the Colleges of Business and Administration, Engineering and Applied Science, Liberal Arts and Sciences, and Music . Students interested in the field of education should contact the School of Education office for information (629-2717). Transfer students are given priority consideration for admission as follows: I. College of Liberal Arts and Sciences and College of Music . Both Colorado residents and nonresidents! must have at least a 2 . 0 cumulative college grade-point average (on a 4.0 scale) for all work attempted and must be eligible to return to all institutions previously attended. Course work in progress cannot be used in calculating the cumulative average . Music applicants must also successfully pass a music audition. Contact the College of Music for audition information. 2 . College of Business and Adminis tration and College of Engineering and Applied Science. Colorado resident s1 must have at lea st a 2 . 5 and nonresidents I must have at least a 2.75 cumulative college grade-point average (on a 4.0 scale) for all work attempted and must be eligible to return to all institutions pre viously attended. Course work in progress cannot be used in calculating the cumulative average . In addition to the above academic requirements, preferred considera tion is given to transfer applicants who have completed more than 12 semester credit hours ( 18 quarter hours) at an institution of university rank or to transfer applicants who have completed at lea st 45 semester credit hours (68 quarter hours) at a twoyea r college or a four-year state college. Important Note: Applicants who do not meet the abo ve grade-point average or credit hour requir eme nts will s till be considered for admission , but on an individual basis. 'See R e si d ency f or Tuiti o n P urposes for a defin i 1 ion of residen t and n onresident. The primar y factors used when considering students individuall y are (/) the academi c program to which admission is desired ; (2) the qualit y of prior a c ademic work; (3) uge, maturit y, and noncol/egiate achievements ; and (4) time elapsed since last attendance at previous colleges . How to Apply I . The student should obtain a transfer application from the UCD Office of Admissions and Records. 2. The application form must be completed and returned to the Office of Admiss i o ns and Re cords with the $10 nonrefundable application fee. 3. The student is required to have two official transcripts sent to the Office of Admissions and Records from each collegiate institution attended. If a student is currently enrolled, a transcript list i ng all courses except those taken in the final term should be sent. Another transcript must be submitted after completion of the final term. (Transcripts from foreign institutions must be presented in the original language and accompanied by a certified literal English translation. ) 4. Applicants with less than 12 semester hours (18 quarter hours) of college work completed must also submit a high school transcript and ACT or SAT test scores (24 semester hours or 36 quarter hours for business or engineering transfers). 5. Applicants to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences should be aware that they may be able to receive credit for foreign langu age taken during the high school years provided they furnish an official high school transc ript to the dean's office. Further information may be obtained from the College of Liberal Arts and Sci ences . All credentials presented for admission bec ome the pr ope rty of the University o/ Colorado and mus t r e main on file . Transfer of College-Level Credit The Office of Admiss ions and Records and the appropriate academic unit will determine which courses taken at another in stitution can be applied to a degree program at UCD afier all transcripts have been received and the applicant ha s been admitted. In general , transfer credit will be accepted insofar as it meet s the degree. grade, and r esidence requirements at UCD. College-level credit may be transferred to the Univer s ity if it was earned at a college or uni versity of recognized standing. b y advanced placement examinations , or in military service or schooling as recommended by the Commission on Accreditation of Servic e Experiences of the American Council on Education; if a grade of Cor high er was attained; and if the credit is for courses appropriate to the degree sought at this institution. The University ma y accept up to 72 semester credits (I 08 quarte r credits) of work from a two -year institution toward the baccalaureate degree requirements, and may accept up to 102 semester credits (168 quarter hours) from a fouryea r college or univer sity. No credit is allowed for vocational / technical, remedial, or religious /

PAGE 15

doctrinal work . A maximum of 60 semester credits of extension and correspondence work (not to incl ud e more than 30 semester credits of-correspondence) may be allowed if the above conditions are met. The College of Business and Administration generally limits transfer credit for business courses taken at the lower division level. All courses in the area of emphasis must be taken at the U ni versi t y of Colorado unless written approval is obtained from the division head . A maximum of 60 semester hours (90 quarter hours) of junior college work and 9 semester hours of bu siness courses taken through correspondence st ud y ma y be applied toward baccalaureate degree requirements. All correspondence courses are evaluated to determine their acceptability, and required business courses and those in the area of emphasis may not be taken through correspondence. Readmission Requirements for Former Students I . Students Who Ha1•e Not A11ended Another Instituti on. Former students of the Universit y of >Colorado who have not attended another collegiate institution since their last enrollment at the University must submit a Former Student Application (available from the Office of Admissions and Records), by the deadline for the term desired . No application fee and no supplementary credentials are required . 2. Students Who Hal'e Allended Another Instituti on. Former students of the University of Colorado who have attended another collegiate institution since the ir last enrollment at the University must submit a For mer Student Application and two official transcripts from any institutions attended in the interim. Applicants who have completed 12 semester hours or 18 quarter hours at another institution since last attending the University also mu st submit a $10 nonrefundable evalua tion fee . International Students Undergraduate. International st udents who desire to attend the University of Colorado at Denver must present at least one full year of academic study from a not her accredited American collegiate institution before they may be considered for admission. A minimum of a 2 . 75 grade-point average (on a 4 . 0 scale) on all work attempted and proof of English proficiency are required . An application form may be obtained from the UCD Office of Admissions and Records . Application and supporting credentials are to be presented to the admissions office three months prior to the start of the term for which the student is applyi ng. Transcripts .from foreign institutions must be presented in the original language and accompanied by a cert({ied literal English translation . Graduate . International students who desire graduate study at UCD must possess the equivalent of an American baccalaureate (undergraduate) degree and fulfill other requirements as designated by the graduate program to which they are applying. Applications can be obtained from the individual graduate schools. Appli-General Information I 5 cation and credentials s hould be presented to the individual graduate school6 months prior to the term for which the student is applying. UCD lntrauniversity Transfer or Change of Campus UCD stud e nt s may change academic programs within UCD provided they are accepted b y the college or sc hool to which they wish to transfer. UC D lntraunive r s ity Transfer Forms may be obtained from the Office of Admissions and Records. Students s hould observe application deadl ines indica ted in the current Schedule of Courses. Decisions on intraunivers ity trans fer s are made by the academicunit to which the student wishes to transfer. UCD students may change campuses b y applying dire ctly to the Admissions Office of the University of Colorado campus to which they wish to transfer. Change of Campus applications and deadline information also must be obtained from the campus to which the student is applying. High School Concurrent Enrollment High sc hool juniors and seniors with proven academic abilities may be admitted to UCD with special approval. Credit for course s taken may subseq uently b e applied toward a University degree program. For more information and application instructions. contact the UCD Office of Admissions and Records. Admission of Graduate Degree Students All correspondence and questions regarding admission to the graduate programs at UCD should be directed to the following : Programs in Business Office of Graduate Studies Graduate School of Busine ss Administration 629-2605 Programs in Em•ironmental Design College of Environmental Design 629-2877 Programs in Public Affairs Graduate School of Public Affairs 629-2825 All Other Programs Graduate School 629-2663 GRADUATE PROGRAMS As a principal part of its m1ss•on, UCD offers graduate-and professional-level programs for the convenience of Denver resident s . During the 1978-1979 academic year. approximately 38 percent of the student body wa s enrolled at the graduate level. Graduate degree programs are offered through the Graduate School by its member schools and colleges, and outside the Graduate School b y the Graduate Scho9l of

PAGE 16

6 / University of Colorado at Denver Business Administration, the College of Environmental Design, and the Graduate School of Public Affairs . The particular admission and graduation requirements established by each of these academic units are detailed in the following sections. Students holding baccalaureate degrees but who are not accepted to specific degree programs may enroll for graduate course work as graduate spe cial students. Several types of students make use of the special student category. Among these are students who have attained whatever degree or credential status they feel is desirable, but who wish to take additional course work for professional or personal improvement; students who, for whatever reason (weak undergraduate background. change of discipline, or length of time since previous formal course work), feel the need to make up deficiencies before entering a degree program; and students who have not decided about entering a specific degree program. Such students should be aware that, generally, orily limited course credits taken as a special student may be applied toward a degree program. Also, a 2.0 minimum grade-point average must be maintained to permit continuing registration as a graduate special student. Students interested in applying as graduate s pecial students should contact the Office of Admissions and Records for applications. GRADUATE ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS AND APPLICATION DEADLINES Admission requirements and application deadlines vary according to the individual graduate program. The Graduate School has general admiss ion requirements which are supplemented b y specific requirements of the major departments of graduate study (i.e., electrical engineering, education, English, etc.). Applicants in the fields of education, engineering, and the arts. sciences, and humanities should consult the general information section of the Graduate School portion oft his bulletin as well as the following sections dealing with requirements and deadlines for specific programs. Applicants in the fields of busine ss administration, public affairs, and environmental design should refer to the sectio ns of thi s bulletin on the Graduate School of Bu siness Administration, the Graduate School of Public Affairs, and the College of Environmental Design. Admission of Nondegree Special Students All correspondence and ques tions regarding admissio n as a s pecial student should be directed to the UCD Office of Admissio ns and Records . Persons desiring admission as special students for the purpose of teacher certification should contact the School of Education. 629-2717. SPECIAL STUDENT APPLICATION DEADLINES Spec ial Students Fall 1980 Spring 1981 Summer 1981 T h ose who want to Aug. I Dec. I May I take undergraduate or graduate courses Those who want to Aug. I Dec . I May I change from special to d egree stat us Those who want t eac her cer tification Feb. I N.A. Feb. I REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIAL STUDENT ADMISSION Persons who w.ant to take University courses but do not plan to work toward a University of Colorado degree are admitted as special students. Except during the summer term, special students must be at least 21 years of age. Courses taken as a special student are fully credited and can be used for transfer to other institutions or for ptofessional improvement. Persons who do not have an undergraduate degree are encouraged to apply to an undergraduate degree program rather than apply as special students. UCD will enroll persons without an undergraduate degree as special students for 12 seme ter hours, after which the student must apply to a regular degree program. Persons with a baccalaureate degree who seek teacher certification or renewal of certification may be admitted as special students if they meet the requirements of the School of Education. Special stude nt s mu st maintain a grade-point average of 2 . 0 at UCD. HOW TO APPLY FOR SPECIAL STUDENT ADMISSION To apply for admission as a s pecial student, obtain a Special Student Application Form from the Office of Admissions and Records. Return the completed application b y the deadline for the term desired . There is no application fee, and no additional credentials are required. Applicants who se ek teacher certification or renewal of teacher certification mu s t apply separately to the School of Education and su bmit the required credentials. Special students are advised that registration for courses i s on a s pace available ba sis. CHANGING STATUS FROM SPECIAL TO DEGREE STUDENT Special students may apply for admission to an undergraduate degree program by completing the Special to Degree Application available from the Office of Admissions and Records. Academic credentials (i . e .. transcri pt s and/ or test sc ores) and a $10 nonrefundable application fee also must be submitted. Special students who are accepted as undergraduate degree students may generally transfer a maximum of 12 semester credits for courses taken as a special student to an undergraduate degree program, with approval by the dean. (Students enrolled as special students prior to the fall semester of 1970 are subject to the policies in effect between January of 1969 and August of 1970 . ) Special students may apply for admission to a graduate degree program by completing the application required b y the particular program. The graduate dean, upon recommendation by the department, may accept up to 8 semester hours of credit toward the requirements for a ma s ter' s degre for courses taken as a special student at the University or at another recognized graduate sc hool. or some combination thereof. The department ma y recommend acceptance of additional credit for courses taken as a special student during the se me ster the student has applied for admission to the desired degree program.

PAGE 17

Official Notification of Admission Official notification of admiss ion to UCD a s a n undergraduate. graduate. or s pecial student i s provide d by the Office of Admis s ion s and Records on a Statement of Admiss ion Eligibilit y Form. Letters from the various . schools and colleges indicating acceptance into a particular program are s ubject to official admiss ion to the institution. Applicants who do not recei v e official notification of admission within a rea sonable period of time after submitting application materials should contact the Office of Admissions and Records . (303)629-2660 . II. TUITION AND FEES, EXPENSES, AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Tuition. and Fees All tuition and fee charges are established by the Board of Regents. the governing body of the Univer si t y o f Colorado, in accordance with legislation enacted annually (u s ually in the spring) b y the Colorado General Assembly . The Regents reserve the right to change tuit ion and fee rates at any time. A tuition schedule is published prior to regi stration for each term, and students should contact the Office of Admissions and Records for further information on the tuition and fee charges for a particular term. The rates below are for the 1979-80 academi c year and are provided to a s sist pros pect i ve students in anticipating cost. TUITION RATES PER SEMESTER FOR 1979-80 Cr e di t H o u rs of E n roll m ent Under!(rad u ate S tu d e nt . , G r a du a t e Student. \ ' Resi dent No nr esi d ent R esi d ent Nonresident 0-1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10-18 Each c redit hour over 18 OTHER FEES $ 23 46 69 9 2 115 1 38 161 1 8 4 20 7 216 18 $ 77 154 2 3 1 3 0 8 3 85 462 1146 1146 1146 1146 77 $ 2 4 $ 8 0 4 8 1 60 72 240 96 320 1 2 0 400 144 4 80 168 119 8 192 119 8 216 119 8 274 1198 19 80 I. Student activity fee (mandatory for all students): Fall semes t e r 1979 ......................... .. $17 1 Spring semester 1980 ......................... $17 1 2. Matri c ulation fee (mandatory for all new students ) : Degree students .. ........................ . . . . . $15 Special students ................•............. $ 5 This is a one-time nonrefundable fee charged at the time of initial registration . No further charges will be made for adding or dropping courses or for ordering General Information I 7 transcripts. A special student who becomes a degree student will be charged $10 at the initial registrat ion as a degree student. 3. Health ins uran c e fee (automatic for all students unle ss waived) : Fall o r spring semes te r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $44 . 00 Summe r term ............................ . $ 3 0 .7 5 Health insurance coverage is automatic unless waived by the student by signing a waiver card and turning it in at the time of registration . Dependent coverage (spouse and/ or children) is also available at an additional charge. Further information on health insurance is available from the Office for Student Affairs. 629-2861. 4 . D o ctoral dissertationfee (mandatory for all students certified by the Graduate School for enrollment for doctoral di ssertation): D issertation fee .......... . . . ................. S 109 C oPIRG fee (automatic for all students unless waived): ................................... $2.25 5 . Comprehensi v e e x amination fee (mandatory for graduate student enrolled for a comprehensive examination only): Minimum re s ident graduate tuition • ............. $72 Graduate students enrolled for a comprehensive examination will be assessed regular tuition and fees if they need hours toward graduation. 7. Laborator y breakage fee (mandatory for students enrolled in a chemistry laboratory course) : Breakage deposi t .......................... . ... S 10 This fee will be refunded at the end of the term if appropriate. 8 . Mu s i c lab o ratory fee (mandatory for College of Music students and others enrolled in certain music courses) : Mus ic fee .... . ..................... .......... $18 College of Music students and others enrolled in piano, sound recording and reinforcement, and electronic music must pay this fee. No student is charged more than one $18 fee . PAYMENT OF TUITION AND FEES All tuition and fees are assessed and payable when the student registers for the term. Arrangements may be made through the Finance Office at the time of registration to defer payment of part of the charges . A minimum down payment consisting of the resident tuition for 0-3 hours or one-half of the total tuition and fees , whichever is greater, must be made at the time of registration. Specific information on deferred payment is included in the Schedule of Courses published before each semester or summer term. 'In cludes bo n d retir e ment rcc.

PAGE 18

8 I University of Colorado at Denver Students who register for courses are liable for payment of tuition and fees even though they may drop out of school. Refund policies for students who withdraw from the University are included in the Schedule of Courses. A student with financial obligations to the University will not be permitted to register for any subsequent term, to be graduated, or to be listed among those receiving a degree or credit. The only exception to this regulation involves students with loans and other types of indebtedness which are payable after graduation. Personal checks are accepted for any Univers i ty obligation. Any student who pays with a check which is not acceptable to the bank may be immediately dropped from the rolls of the University . Residency Classification for Tuition Purposes General Policies . A student is initiall y classified as a resident or nonresident student for tuit ion purposes at the time of application to the Uni v ersity. The classification is based on information furnished by the student and other relevant sources . To be eligible for instate tuition (resident) status the following require ments (as defined in the Colorado Revised Statutes, Chapter 124, Article 18) j must be met by students who are 21 years of age or older (or emancipated mino rs as defined by law) : (I) the student must have been domiciled in Colorado for 12 consecuti v e months prec eding the firs t day of classes for the term in which i n-state status is desired; (2) the student mu s t demonstrate signif i cant intent to make Colorado a fixed and permanent residence. Intent is demonstrated by compliance w ith other mandatory laws of the state for 1 2 con s e c ut ive months (i .e., valid driver's license , valid motor v ehicle registration , payment of state incom e tax, vote r registration etc . ) . An unemancipated m i n o r a s sume s t he domicile of his or her parents . Once the student's status is established, . it remai ns unchanged unless satisfactory information to the contrary is presented . A student who, due to subsequent events , becomes eligible for a change in classification from resident to nonresident or vice ver s a must i nform the Office of Admissions and Records within 15 days after such a change occurs . An adult student or emancipated minor who moves outside of Colorado must send written notification of the Office of Admissions and Records within 15 days of the change . Petitioning for a Change in Residen cy Classifi c ati o n . Any student who is 22 years of age or older, an emancipated minor as defined by law, may change or her residence and tuition classification status. Detailed information on the procedures which must be followed, including necessary petition forms , i s available from the Office of Admissions and Records . Petitions will not be considered until an application for admission and supporting credentials have been received by the University . Changes in classification are effective at the time of the student's next registration . A student who willfully gives wrong information in order to a v oid paying out-of-state tuition is s ubject to legal and disciplinary action . Estimated Expenses Educational expenses at UCD include tuition, fees, and the cost of books and related instructional materials . Students who do not live with their parents must also include the cost of housing and food expenses . All students should consider transportation and personal expenditures (i. e., clothing, entertainment, etc.) in determining their expenses. Students who wish to review e s timates of the cost of attendance at the University of Colorado at Denver should contact the Office of F i nancial Aid and Student Employment. The financial aid program at the University is designed to assist those students who would be unable to attend the University without aid . While the primary responsibility for meeting the costs of education rests with individual students and their families , financial aid funds are offered to supplement whatever funds students and their families can provide . Since requests gene r ally exceed the availability of funds , students and their families should be aware of procedures and deadlines in order to receive maximum consideration. Questions and requests for forms should be directed to the Office of Financial Aid and Student Employment at UCD. Determination of Financial Need and Award Financial need is defined as the difference between the cost of attendance as defined by the institution (tuition and fees, books and supplies , room and board, transportation and essential incidental expenses) and total resources available to the student. These resources include a family contribution (summer savings, term earnings , a spouse contribution, and a parental contri bution) and awards from agencies outside the University. Financial need is determined by a national uniform needs analysis system administered by agencies such as the Ameri can College Testing Program. This system analyzes income and assets, family size, number of children i n post-secondary education, student inde pendence , etc . , to determine a reasonable student and/ or family contribution. After the financial need is determined, students are ranked in order of financial need and are aided accordingly until all funds are commi tted. The financial aid package 11ormally consists of a self-help component (loans and/ or employment) and a gift aid component (grants and s cholarships) proportionate to the available funds and to the number of needy students applying . How to Apply Application forms ma y be obtained by contacting the Office of Financial Aid and Student Employment. Students are asked to complete an institutional application and a needs analysis form . Students will be contacted if additional information is necessary to complete the application. Parents are expected to contribute toward a student's educational costs. However, in certain cases students may be considered financially independent of their parents. To be eligible for financial aid as a self-

PAGE 19

supporting student, a student (I) cannot be claimed as a tax exemption, (2) cannot receive $750 or more, or (3) live at home for more than six consecutive weeks for the year aid is received and for the entire preceding calendar year. For example, for a student to receive aid as a selfsupporting student during the 1980-81 academic year , the above three criteria must be met for 1979, 1980, and 1981. Note : Requirement s for receiving aid as a self supporting studen t are subject to change by the federal government . Self-supporting students must document their status by providing income tax forms or other supporting documents to s how sufficient income to be selfsupporting during the appropriate period of time . In some cases, additional documentation from parents is required to complete a student's application. The information provided on the institutional application for financial aid is analyzed according to the uniform needs analysis formula to determine the student's ability to contribute to his or her educational costs during the academic year. To be eligible for financial aid, students must be U.S. citizens or permanent residents or have a refugee visa. Eligible foreign students are advised to include a photocopy of their visa cards with their applications to facilitate processing. Available Funds Undergraduate Students . Undergraduate students are eligible to submit the following three applications : I. The University application plus the Family Financial S _tatement ( FFS). Under this two-part application the student will be considered for: Federal Basic Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG) Federal Supplemental Educational Oppor tunit y Grant (SEOG) Federal Work -Study Assistance Federal ational Direct Student Loan ( DSL) State Colorado Student Grant (CSG) State Colorado Work-Stud y A ssis tance State and Federal Colorado Student Incentive Grant (CSIG) In stitutional Grant A ssis tance (Students classified as nonresident for tuition purposes are not eligible for state financial aid funds.) 2. Basic Educational Opportunity Grant. This is a separate federal grant program which students can apply for if they do not apply for financial aid under number one above. 3 . Federally Insured Student Loan/ Guaranteed Student Loan. See the Types of Aid Available section for details. Graduate Students: Graduate students are eligible to submit the following two applications: I. The University application plus the Family Financial Statement ( FFS). Under this two-part application, the student will be considered for: Federal Work -Study Assistance Federal National Direct Student Loan (NDSL) State of Colorado Graduate Grant Genera/Informatio n I 9 2. Federally Insured Student Loan/Guaranteed Student Loan. See the Types of Aid Available section for details . Preferential Filing Dates April 2 -All undergraduate students applying for financial aid for the summer term and/ or academic year. October / All undergraduate st udents appl ying for spring se mester financial aid. April / -Graduate students applying for summer term financial aid. June /5-Graduate students applying for financial aid for the fall and spring semesters. October / -Graduate students applying for financial aid for the spring semester. Special Note: An application for financial aid does not constitute an application for admission to the University. Please contact the UCD Office of Admissions and Records for application forms and procedures . Applicants will not receive financial aid until they are enrolled in a degree program at the University . Special students are not eligible for financial aid . Types of Aid Available SCHOLARSHIPS UC D Scholarships. UCD scholarships pro vide up to $400 for entering Colorado residents of the Denver metropolitan area who are freshmen or transfer applicants. These awards are funded by the State of Colorado. Students should contact the Office of Admissions and Records for application information. Colorado Scholarships. Colorado Scholars Awards provide up to $400 for Colorado residents who have at least a 3.0 grade-point average and have attended the University for at least 24 semester credit hours. These scholarships are funded by the State of Colorado. Information and application materials are available in the Office of Financial Aid. GRANTS Basic Educational Opportunit y Grant . The Basic Educational Opportunity Grant is a source of federal grant aid for which students pursuing their first undergraduate degree may apply . Application can be made by submitting the Family Financial Statement or the separate Basic Grant application. Applications can be obtained from the Office of Financial Aid . Grant amounts vary depending on financial need, costs at the institution, and Congressional allocation. This program is the base of all financial aid . Colorado Student Grant . The Colorado Student Grant is an undergraduate grant for Colorado residents. This grant is based on financial need and funds are allotted to the University by the State of Colorado. Amounts vary from approximately $100 to $1,000 per year. Application for this grant is made by submitting the University Application for Financial Aid and the Family Financial Statement.

PAGE 20

10 / University of Colorado at Denver Supplemental Educational Opportunit y Grant. Sup plemental Educational Opportunity Grants are under graduate federal grants varying in amounts from $200 to $1, 500 per year. The total that may be awarded to one student is $4,000 for a four-year course of study. These grants are based on student need and availability of funds . This aid cannot exceed 50 percent of financial need for a student and must be matched with some other form of financial aid . Application for this grant is made by submitting the University application and the Family Financial Statement. Graduate Grant . Grants for graduate students are available on a limited basis and will be awarded to students as eligibility and funds allow . Application is made by submitting the University application and the Family Financial Statement of the Office of Financial Aid. LOANS National Direct Student Loans . National Direct Student Loans are federal loans available to under graduate and graduate students with financial need. A student may borrow up to (a) $2,500 during the freshman and sophomore years; (b) $5,000 total for undergraduate study; (c) $10,000 for total graduate and undergraduate study. Application for the loan is made by submitting the University Application for Financial Aid and the Family Financial Statement. Federalfr Insured Student Loan/ Guaranteed Student Loan Programs. These two programs enable under graduate and graduate students to borrow directly from a bank, credit union , savings and loan association, or other participating lenders who are willing to make the educational loan . The loan is guaranteed by a state or private nonprofit agency and insured by the federal government. Information and applications may be obtained from the lender. EMPLOYMENT College Work-Study Program. The College Work Study Program is designed to provide jobs to undergraduate and graduate students who have financial need. The program is funded by the federal government and the State of Colorado. Emp lo yment is arranged whenever possible in the student's major area of interest, with job opportunities both on-and off-campus. Awards average up to $1,600 per academic year. For details contact the Office of Student Employment. Application for this aid is made by submitting the University Application for Financial Aid and the Family Financial Statement. Parttime Student Employment. The Office of Financial Aid and Student Employment assists students in obtaining part-time employment other than that based on financial need . Further information and application may be obtained from the office. OTHER SOURCES OF AID See the Office of Financial Aid and Student Employment for details of these programs: Bureau of Indian Affairs . Grants are available to Native American students. LEEP Grants and. Loans . Grants and loans for tuition and fees are available to personnel working full time in law enforcement. ShortTerm Loans. Small, temporary loans are made to students facing financial emergencies. These loans are to be repaid during the semester . Academic Requirements Students receiving financial aid must demonstrate that they are maintaining normal progress and are in good standing at the University. Normal academic progress is defined as completing the minimum number of hours stipulated on the notification of financial aid by obtaining a grade of D or better for that number of hours . Less than normal progress can result in the loss of future financial aid. Aid received while suspended under Satis factory Progress Policy must be repaid. Duration of Aid Financial aid is offered for one year (two academic semesters) . Students must reapply for summer and for each academic year, prior to the established deadlines . Use of Funds All financial aid awards are to be used only for immediate educational expenses. These expenses incl ude tuition, fees, books, supplies, room and board, transportation and essential miscellaneous expenses, such as clothing, medical, etc. Refunds The University tuition refund policy is published in the Schedule of Courses for each term. Students receiving financial aid may be required to return any refund to the University's financial aid accounts. Student Rights and Responsibilities Students have certain rights and responsibilities regarding financial aid and student employment. Students may review applicable policies and procedures in the UCD Office of Financial Aid . Specific application procedures and policies are subject to change. Ill. REGISTRATION: SELECTING A PROGRAM AND COURSES Selecting a Program and Courses New and continuing UCD students are urged to review Section VI and the following sections of this bulletin. Section VI describes the traditional and nontraditional instructional programs available at UCD, and the sections which follow it give information by school or college on the various majors available, course requirements by major, graduation requirements, course load policies, and other information and spec ific policies .

PAGE 21

Courses available during a particular semester or summer term are listed in the Schedule of Courses. published several weeks before registration and available from the Office of Admissions and Records and the various deans' offices . Undergraduate students who need assistance in planning a program or selecting courses should contact the academic unit in which they are enrolled to arrange for a counseling appointment. The appointment should be made prior to registration . Graduate students should contact their graduate department for assistance. Orientation An orientation program for all new students is held at the beginn ing of the fall semester, usually on the first day of registration. The program is conducted by the Office of Admissions and Records and the various deans' offices, and introduces the programs, activities, and services available at UCD, in addition to providing information on degree requirements, how to register, and similar matters . Registration GENERAL PROCEDURES Reg istration for new students is held the week before classes begin on the dates indicated in the Schedule of Courses . Only students who have been accepted for enrollment for a particular term may register for courses. LATE REGISTRATION Late registration dates are indicated in the Schedule of Courses . Students who register late may be charged a late fee and are subject to limited course selection. PAYMENT OF TUITION AND FEES All tuition and fees are assessed and payable at registration . Arrangements may be made with the Finance Office at the time of registration to defer payment of a portion of the charges with a minimum down payment or one-half of the tuition, whichever is greater . Specific information on deferred payment is included in the Schedule of Courses. INTERINSTITUTIONAL REGISTRATION UCD students may register for courses offered by Metropolitan State College and the Community College of Denver-Auraria with approval of their dean. Refer to the Schedule of Courses for more information. IV. ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS Advanced Standing and Advanced Placement Credit Undergraduate students may obtain credit for lower level courses in which they demonstrate proficiency by examination. By passing an examination, the student will be given credit for the course to satisfy lower division requirements and may be eligible to enroll in higher level courses than indicated by the student's formal academic experience . Credit granted for courses by examination is Genera/Information /11 treated as transfer credit without a grade but does count toward graduation and other requirements for which it is appropriate. There are three types of examinations as described below. ADVANCED PLACEMENT PROGRAM The Advanced Placement Program of the College Entrance Examination Board (CEEB) allows students to take advanced work while in high schoo l and then be examined for credit at the college level. Students who take advanced placement courses and subsequently receive scores of 3, 4, or 51 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Examination are generally given college credit for lower-level courses in which they have demonstrated proficiency and are granted advanced standing in those areas. Students with scores below 31 are considered for advanced placement by the discipline concerned. For more information, contact your high school counselor or the Office of Admissions and Records. CREDIT BY EXAMINATION Students may receive credit by examination for work completed by private study or through employment experience . To qualify for an examination, the student must be formally working toward a degree at UCD and have a grade-point average of at least 2 .0. Examinations are arranged through the Office of Admissions and Records, and a nonrefundable fee is charged. Students should contact the office of the dean of the academic unit in which they are enrolled. COLLEGE-LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM An exciting challenge is available to incoming UCD students who may earn University credit by examination in subject areas in which they have excelled at college level proficiency . Interested students are encouraged to take appropriate subject examinations provided in the College-Level Examination Program (CLEP) of the College Entrance Examination Board testing service . The cost for a single examination is $20. Students who are interested in CLEP examinations must contact the office of their school or college. Credit for Military Service and Schooling and ROTC MILITARY SERVICE AND SCHOOLING Applicants with military experience should submit the following with their application in order to have credit for educational experiences evaluated: (I) a copy of DO Form 214 and (2) DO Form 295, Application for the Evaluation of Educational Experience During Military Service . USAF personnel may present an official transcript from the Community College of the Air Force in lieu of the DO Form 295. Credit will be awarded as recommended by the Commission on the Accreditation of Service Experiences of the American Council on Education to the extent that such credit is applicable to in the College of Engineering and Applied Science must receive scores of 4 or S for cre dit to . be: granted : with scores of) may be considered by the dcpanmcnt concerned . All credit must be vali dated by subsequent academic performance .

PAGE 22

12 I University of Col orado at Den ver the degree sought at UCD. Credit for courses completed through the U . S . Armed Forces Institute will be evaluated on the same basis as transfer credit from collegiate institutions. RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS (ROTC) Students enrolled in Army or A ir Force ROTC programs should co n s ult with their college or school regarding the application of ROTC course credit toward graduation requirements. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences allows a maximum of 12 semester hours of ROTC credit to be applied toward baccalaureate degree requirements. The College of Business and Admini stration stipulates that ROTC courses may be used for credit only for nonbusiness elective requirements and that no credit may be given for freshman and sophomore ROTC courses . Furtherm ore, a maximum of 12 semester hours may b e applied toward baccalaureate degree requirements in business a nd only if the ROTC program is completed. Grading System and Policies The following gradin g sys tem and procedures for pass / fail registration, dropping and adding course s, and withdrawal from the University have been standardized for all academic units of the University effective with the 1974-75 academic year . GRADE SYMBOLS The instructor is responsible for whatever grade symbol (A, B, C. D. F, JF, JW, or IP) is to be assigned . Special sym bols ( NC, W, and Y) are indications of registration or grade statu s a nd are not assigned b y the instructor but are automatically converted by the grade application system, explai n ed under Pass / Fail Pro cedure. A -superior I exce //ent 4 cre dit points per credit hour. 8-good l be11er than average 3 credit points per credit hour. C -competent I average 2 credit points per credit hour. D-minimum pass i ng -I credit point per credit hour. F-failingno credit points per credit hour. IF-in complete conversion after one academic year to F. I W-incompleteconversion after one academic year to W. I P -in progress-thesis at the gra 'duate level only. P I F passlfaii P grade is not inclu ded in the grade point average; the F grade is inclu ded ; up to 16 hours of pass / fail course work may be cre dited toward a bachelor's degree . H I P I F honors l pass/fail inte nded for honors courses; credit hours count toward the degree but are not included in the grade-point average . SPECIAL SYMBOLS NCindicates regi stration on a no-credit ba s is. W indicates withdrawal without credit. Y indicates the final grade roster was not receive d by the time grades were processed . PASS / FAIL PROCEDURE I . Any st udent who wishes to register for a course on a pass / fail ba sis should do so during regular registration procedures . (Up to 16 se me s ter hours of regular course work ma y be taken on a pass / fail basis and credited toward the bachelor' s degree) . Changes to or from a pa ss / fail ba sis may be effected only during the regular drop/add period . 2. The record of pas s / fail registration is maintained by the Office of Admissions and R ecords. 3 . Academic deans and fac ult y will not be informed of special pass / fail registration . All students who register on a p ass j fail basis appear on t h e regular class roster, and a normal lette r grade is assigned by the professor. When grades are received in the Records Office, those registration s which require a pass / fail de signation are PASS/FAIL OPTION RESTRICTIONS College Hu,incss and Administration Education Engi neering and 1\ rrlicd Science Graduate School Liberal /'Ins and Sciences Music General May not b e u se d for "core" courses re4uired for gradua tion a nd cou r e s in a rea of emphasis. o restrictions Courses mus t be designated by major department; stu dents without major not eligi ble; recommended maximum o ne course /semester o t a pplicable toward degree May be re strict ed in certain majors; not included in 30 h ours of C or bel!er work re 4Uir e d for major Same as bu s ine ss 1 6 Hour s Maximum Includes credit received thro u gh CLEP and advanced standing exam i n a t ion s Includes courses t a k e n in the honors program Does n o t include courses taken in honors. rhysical education . coorerative educa tio n . and certain teacher cer tification co u rses Includes courses taken in the honors program Students Maximum of I semester h our o f pa. \'.1"/fai/ fo r every 8 se me s ter hours al!cmrted at the U nivcr sity Maximum o f I semester hour o f pa.ulfai/ may be arplied to ward graduat ion for every 9 se me s ter h o urs taken in the college M ay not be u se d b y student s graduating with only 30 semester hours taken at the Universit y

PAGE 23

a utomatically converted by the grade application system. G rades of D and above convert to grades of P . 4. Only 6 hours of course work may be P I Fin any given semester. 5. Exception to the pass / fail regulations is permitted for certain specified courses offered by the School of E ducation, the Div ision of Continuing Education, and Study Abroad Programs . 6. Graduate degree students can exercise the P I F o ption for undergraduate courses only. However, a grade of P will not be acceptable for graduate credit to satisfy a n y Graduate School requirement. Adding a nd Dropping Courses ' A tid inK Courses. Students may add courses to their original registration during the first 5 days of classes, provided there is space available. Approval signatures are not required. DroppinK Courses : I . Students will be able to drop courses during the first 12 days of the fall or spring semesters (7th day of the summer term). Tuition will not be charged for the courses w h ich are dropped and signatures are not required. 2 . After the 12th day of a fall or spring semester (7th day of a summer term), only the instructor's signature must be obtained and the instructor must indicate either a drop without di scre dit or failing. Tuition will be charged a nd the courses will appear on the student's permanent record with a W grade. 3 . After the I Oth week of a fall or spring semester (5th week of a summer term), courses may not be dropped unless there are circumstances clearly beyond the student's control. In addition to the instructor's certification (as in 2 above), the student must petition the academic dean for approval to drop the courses. Tuition will be charged even though the drop is allowed. Withdrawal From the University To withdraw from the University, the student obtains approval of the dean's office, Finance Office, and the O ffice of Admissions and Records. The withdrawal date is recorded on the student's permanent record page. If the withdrawal date is prior to the 13th day of the semester ( 7th day of the summer term), the courses will not appear o n t he student's permanent record. I fthe withdrawal date is after the 12th day, the courses will appear with W grades. Students may not withdraw after the lOth week of the semester (5th week oft he summer term) except under documented circumstances clearly beyond their control. S tudents who are receiving veterans' benefits or fin a n cial aid also mus t obtain the required signature of t h e appropriate office( s). A student who ceases to attend classes without offi cially withdrawing from the University will receive a grad e of F for all course work enrolled for during that t e rm. A graduate student who desires to withdraw from the U n iversity must apply to the associate dean of the Graduate School for permission to withdraw in good ' For the exa c t date s. c h ec k the S r ht>dult> of Cuur . u•., fo r the a ppr o priat e t erm. Genera/Informatio n I 13 standing. Students who withdraw without communicating with the associate dean and filing the appropriate Withdrawal Form will be marked as having failed their courses for the term. For specific signatures and refunds the student mu st refer to the Schedule ol Courses published prior to the beginning of each term. Ins p ec t ion of Educational Records Periodically, but not le ss than annually. the Unive r sity of Colorado informs students of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 . This act, with which the institution intends to comply fully, was designated to protect the privacy of educational records, to establish the right of students to inspect and review their educational records, and to provide guidelines for the correction of inaccurate or misleading data through informal and formal hearings . Students also have the right to file complaints with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Offic e (FERPA) concerning alleged failure s by the institution to comply with the act. Local policy explains in detail the procedures to be u s ed b y the institution for compliance with the provisions of the act. Copies of the policy can b e found in the library on each of the several campuses of the University of Colorado. A directory of records which lists all educational records maintained on students by thi s institution may be found in the office s of the chancellor on each campus. The following items of student information have been designated b y the University of Colorado as public or directory information. Such information may be disclosed by the institution for any purpose, at its discretion. These items are: name, address, telephone number, dates of attendance, registration status. class, major field of study, awards, honors, degree(s) conferred , past and present participation in officially recognized sports and activities, physical factors (height, weight) of athletes, date and place of birth. Currently enrolled students may withhold di sclosure of any category of information under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. To withhold disclosure, written notification must be recei v ed in the Office of Admissions and Records on the appropriate campus prior to the II th day of classes in any given term. Forms requesting the withholding of directory information are available in the Offices of Admissions and Records . The University of Colorado assume that failure on the part of any student to request specifically the withholding of categories of directory information indicate s individual approval for disclosure. Questions concerning the Family Educational Right s and Privacy Act may be referred to the Office of Admissions and Records. Good Stand ing To remain in good standing within a particular department, a student must maintain a minimum gradepoint average of 2.0 (C) in all course work attempted. A minimum grade-point average of 2.0 must also be

PAGE 24

14 / University of Colorado at Denver maintained to qualify for an undergraduate degree. Policies on academic probation, suspension, and dismissal vary by college or school, and students should refer to the sections of this bulletin dealing with the colleges and schools for information. Student Classification Students who have passed fewer than 30 semester hours are classified as freshmen. To be classified as a sophomore, a student must have passed 30 semester hours; to be classified as a junior, 60 hours; and to be classified as a senior, 90 hours of credit. All transfer students will be classified on the same basis according to their hours of credit accepted by the University of Colorado. Student Indebtedness A student with financial obligations to the University will not be permitted to register for any subsequent term. to be graduated. or to be listed among those receiving a degree or cred.it from the University. Transcripts will not be released to a student with a financial obligation to the University. The only exception to this policy involves students who have loans or other types of indebtedness which mature after graduation. V. SERVICES FOR STUDENTS The Division of Student Affairs offers educational and personal support se rvice s and programs designed to assist students in meeting their educational and personal growth objectives. The division office telephone number is 629-2861. The University of Colorado at Denver follows a policy of equal opportunity in education and employment. In pursuance of thi s policy , no UCD department, unit, discipline. or employee shall discriminate against an individual or group on the basis of race, sex, creed, color. age, national origin. or individual handicap. This policy applies to all areas of the University affecting present and prospective students or employees. Academic Honorary Societies Academic honorary societies are affiliated with each of the schools and colleges. Further information may be obtained from the deans' offices. Alumni and Friends Program The UCD Alumni and Friends organization was established in 1975 to support the University of Colorado at Denver. Membership is open to all University of Colorado graduates, former students, and friends of the University. The organization publishes a newsletter on alumni and University activities and sponsors legislative breakfasts to aid in keeping alumni, students, and faculty informed about the legislative process. Members work with students to select the c3mpus' outstanding faculty member, assist with student recruitment and registration, sponsor a reception for each graduating class, and coordinate the UCD Distinguished Service Award program. Functions are planned which bring alumni and friends back to the campus. The office is located in Room 706 of the UCD Administration Building, telephone 629-2665 . Counseling Center The services of the Counseling Center are open to all stu'dents and prospective students. Personal and vocational counseling, group experiences, and testing are provided by trained counselors. Interviews are confidential and there is no fee for counseling. The office telephone number is 629-2861. Disabled Student Services This office provides specialized services for disabled students. Services are developed as the need arises and include preadmission advising and orientation; academic, vocational, and personal counseling; registration assistance; notetaker and interpreter services; close-in parking permits; locker usage; and a monthly newsletter. Telephone, 629-8354. Health Insurance Program The student medical-hospital-surgical plan is automatic for all students unless waived. Dependent coverage is available at an additional charge. Students may waive this coverage by checking the appropriate box on the Registration Authorization Card at the time of regi stration. Information may be obtained at 629-2861. International Student Services The Office for Student Affairs provides assistance to the more than 300 international students who attend UCD. The office helps foreign students with such requirements as immigration certifications and passport as s istance. and supplies information on study abroad programs, international student I. D . cards, and overseas travel. Special Services Program Special Services is a program designed to assist selected students to be successful in their university lives by providing a variety of supportive services. Services are provided for low income students, physically disabled students, students with limited English-speaking ability, and other students with special needs. A variety of supportive services are offered including tutoring, English as a second language classe s. testing. counseling. and academic s kill development. Call 629-8345 for further information. Student Conduct, Policies and Standards The Office for Student Affairs. which protects student rights and responsibilities, administers the Code of Student Conduct. When a student enrolls in the University, he or s he agrees to participate meaningfully in the life of the University and to share in the obligation to

PAGE 25

preserve and promote its educational endeavors. Eac h student preserves his or her rights as a citizen and has a basic obligation not to commit or to tolerate any impingement on the rights of ot hers. Copies of code and informatio n regarding all student gnevance procedures ma y be obtained in the Office for Student Affairs . Telephone. 629-2861. Student Employment Opportunities The Office of Financial Aid offers job listings to all enrolled UCD students. Both on-campus and off-campus job openings are listed . Students receivi n g financial aid may use this service only if the Office of Financial Aid has determined that earnings from the job in question will not exceed the amount of their unmet need. Telephone. 629-2886. For information on career-related job opportunities. refer to Cooper ative Education under Academic Programs. Career Services This office coordinates career planning. career counseling. vocat ion al interes t exploration. and career placement for UC D students and alumni. Counseling programs are available to h elp student s plan their futures and attain skill s nece ssa r y for the achievement of career goals. Assistance is provided in developing skills essential for resume preparation and inter viewi ng techniques. Local and national employers list available career vacancies and visit the campus to recruit qualified personnel. Students are advised to register for this service early in their se nior year. Telephone, 629-2861. Job Placement T h e Job Placement Office of UCD is centralized with the other colleges on the Auraria campus. A ssistance in f indin g fu ll-time employment i s provi ded . Individual files are maintained. interviews are arranged. a nd workshops in job-seeking skills and resume writing are conducted. Call UCD at 629-2861 for location of the Job Placement Office . Study Skills Center The Study Skills Center is administered by the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences on behalf of UCD. The purpose of the center is to help UCD students de ve lop methods of efficie nt study. Services are available to help specifically with particular academic and research skills. Telephone, 629-2802. Veterans Affairs The Office of Veterans Affairs offers all student veterans counseli ng regarding school attendance requirements, benefits, personal and vocational assistance, a nd other program information. Consult the veterans' representative, 629-2630 . General Information I 15 Women's Center The Women's Center provides counseling regarding vocational choices and personal and sc hool-related problems. The center is also a place to meet other women students o r join a discu ssio n group. Telephone. 629-28 15. VI. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS Degree Programs For compl ete bachelor's and master's degree programs offered b y UCD. see the Degree Programs at a Glance chart a t the beginning of this bulletin . UCD also offers preprofessional programs in law. journalism, and the health scie nces (child health associate. dental h ygie ne. dentistry, medical technology. medicine. nursing. optometry. osteopathy. pharmacy. ph ysica l therapy, podiatry. and veterinary medicine) . Courses in many other undergraduate and graduate areas are offered at UCD. but degrees must be completed at the University of Colorado at Boulder. The re m ai n ing sections of this bulletin di sc us s in detail each sc hool and college and provide information on their specific policies on requirements for graduation. course requirements for variou s majors. course load policies. and simila r information. Course offerings appear in a separate section of this bulletin . Cooperative Education Program 1047 Ninth Street 629-2892 The Cooperative Education Program provides students with an opportunity to find work experience relevant to their academic programs. The program is open to all students in the colleges and schools of UCD who have completed their freshman year and have maintained a grade-point average of at least 2 . 5 . However. only the Colleges of Liberal Arts and Sciences and Music award credit for the work experience . The cooperative internship program consists of jobs developed b y the program staff in a wide var iet y of federal. st ate. and private agencies and businesses. Positions are s pecifically geared to students' academic and career goals. Cooperative education students can either wo rk full time by alternating semesters of work with semesters of full-time school or they can work part time year around. Educational Opportunity Program Room 212, 1100 Fourteenth Street 629-2700 The Educational Opportunity Programs assist all educationally disadvantaged students at UCD. Support programs include specialized recruiting, i nten s ive counseling, tutorial services, and community out-reach programs. The program is designed to provide assistance to minority students and to acquaint students wit h the hi story and culture of Asian Americans, Blacks, Mexican Americans, and Native Americans. Stud ent organizations provide assistance with recruitment,

PAGE 26

16/ University of Colorado at Denver counseling. and tutoring; financial assistance is available through grants and the Work/ Study Program. Courses are offered in Asian American. Black, Mexican American, and Native American Studies. These courses are open to all students and are described in the Course Description section of this bulletin. Reserve Officer Training Programs U.S. Army Reserve Officer Training Corps (ROTC) Department of Military Science, University of Colorado at Denver, 1015 9th Street, 629-3491. The Department of Military Science offers two Army ROTC programs leading to a commission in the active Army, the Army Reserve, or the Army National Guard Forces. TWO-YEAR PROGRAM The abbreviated two-year program consists of the same courses offered in the advanced course. However , both undergraduate and graduate students may become qualified for this program by successful completion of a six-week summer basic camp, an on-campus summer program, or by completion of specially designed compression courses offered during the spring or fall semesters. If selected for the abbreviated program under these options, students may receive an early commission with the Reserve or National Guard while continuing their college education at the undergraduate or graduate level. FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM The standard four-year program consists of two phases . The basic course. normally completed during the freshman and sophomore years, consists of courses in military science, officer career development , and leadership theory and managment. The advanced course coincides with the junior and senior years . Subject areas include psychology and methods of instruction, tactics, and unit operations. military law, history, national strategy and army policies. Completion of a six-week advanced camp during the summer is required prior to commissioning. Students should contact the Professor of Military Science (629-3491, 1015 9th Street) for specific requirements and options available based on each student's status at the time of program entry. Students who are veterans of militar y service or participated in Junior ROTC. Civil Air Patrol. or similar organizations may have a portion or all of the basic course requirements waived by the Professor of Military Science. SCHOLARSHIPS Students selected for a U . S . Army scholarship receive full tuition. books, laboratory fees , classroom materials. and a monthly allowance of $100 during each academic year. Only high school seniors are eligible to apply for four-year scholarships . Both ROTC and non-ROTC students. enrolled on campus as full-time students, may compete for the three-, two-, and one-year scholarships . All scholarship benefits are tax free and competition is open to both men and women. FLIGHT TRAINING Students selected for the advanced course may become qualified, as a cadet, to participate in the Army Aviation Program. These individuals will attend flight school after completion of their officer's basic course while on active duty. Army ROTC course credit for graduation varies with each college. Students should contact the Professor of Military Science or dean of their college to clarify the number of credit hours to be awarded. U.S . Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps (AFROTC), Folsom Stadium, Gate 3, University of Colorado at Boulder, Boulder, Colorado 80309, 4928351. U.S . Air Force ROTC offers two programs leading to commission in the U . S. Air Force upon receipt of the baccalaureate degree . Graduate students may be commissioned upon the completion of 12 hours of the professional officer course and a six-week summer training program. STANDARD FOUR-YEAR COURSE This program is in three parts: the general military course for lower-division (freshman and sophomore) students, the professional officer course for upperdivision students, and corps training (attended by all students). Completion of the general military course is a prerequisite for entry into the professional officer course . Completion of a four-week summer training course is required prior to commissioning. MODIFIED TWO-YEAR PROGRAM This program is offered to full-time, regularly enrolled degree students at both undergraduate and graduate levels who will have two years remaining at the University of Colorado at Boulder when they enroll. Selection is on a competitive basis. Applicants should apply directly to the Professor of Aerospace Studies not later than March 15 of the spring semester immediately preceding the academic year in which they desire to enroll in the program. Those selected for this program must complete a six-week field training program during the summer months as a prerequisite for entry into the professional officer course the following fall or spring semester. FLIGHT TRAINING Expense-paid ground school and flight trammg are open to cadets approved and qualified for future USAF pilot training. AIR FORCE COLLEGE SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM Students participating in Air Force ROTC may be eligible to compete for Air Force .ROTC College Scholars hips . Students selected for this program are placed on grants that pay tuition, book costs, nonrefundable educational fees . and subsistence of$100 per month, tax free . All cadets enrolled in the professional officer course receive $100 per month subsistence during the regular academic year. Students

PAGE 27

are also eligible to compete for two-, three-, or four-year scholarships open to both men and women . AFROTC credit for graduation varies with each college. Students should contact the appropriate college or the Professor of Aerospace Studies for . determination of credit. COURSES See Department of Military Science in the Course Description section of this bulletin for courses offered . Senior Citizen Program The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences through its Academic Advising Office coordinates tuition-free classes for persons 60 years of age or over. Senior citizens may register for any class on a noncredit / audit basis as long as space is available. Senior citizens should register and pick up class registration forms in Room 204 , UCD Administration Building, and should take the completed forms to the first session of class for the instructor's approval. The form then should be returned to Room 204, and a student I. D . card will be issued which entitles senior citizens to the same privileges as regular degree students. For further information call 629-2555. Division of Continuing Education The Division of Continuing Educatio n at UCD provide s lifelong learning experiences for people of all ages seeking to attain career and personal development goals and serves a society trying to cope with the problem s and realities of rapidly changing patterns of living. The division offers a large noncredit program ranging from one-day workshops to certificate programs requiring several years to complete. Classes meet throughout the Denver metropolitan area . Off-campus credit classes are offered in the public schools, Lowry Air Force Base, and Fitzsimons Army Medical Center. Noncredit programs are open to all adults regardless of previous education or training . Some advanced courses require a background in a specific subject matter area . Examples of these courses include licensing and professional designation refresher courses for engineers, accountants, and life insurance agents. Except in some certificate programs. no grade is awarded upon completion of a course . Off-campu s credit classes supplement the regular academic programs offered at UCD. These special purpose programs include recertification classes for public school teachers, vacation college, and certificate programs for government professionals. Admission requirements and refund policies for off-campus instruction are identical with requirements for enrollment in UCD. Individuals who have never been enrolled on any campus of the University of Colorado usually are admitted to off-campus instruction as special students. Individual s interested in obtaining a copy of the Di vision of Continuing Education Bulletin or other information may write or call the division office at UCD, II 00 14th Street, 629-2735 . General Informal ion / 17 BOARD OF REGENTS JACK KENT ANDERSON , Golden , term expires 1985 RACHEL B. NOEL, Denver , term expires 1985 LOUIS F . BE IN, Berthoud , term expires 1981 RICHARD M. BERNICK , Denver , terms expires 1981 FRED M. BETZ, JR. , Lamar, term expires 1983 PETER DIETZE, Boulder , term expires 1985 BYRON L. JOHNSON, Denver , term expires 1983 SANDY F . KRAEMER , Colorado Springs , term expires 1983 DAVID SUNDERLAND, Colorado Springs , term expires 1981 ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS U nlversityWide ARNOLD WEBER , President of the University; Profes sor of Eco nomi cs, UCB ; Profes so r of Public Affairs , UCD; Professor of Public Affa irs, UCD. B . A., M . A., University of Illinois; Ph. D ., Massachu se tts Institute of Technology . University of Colorado at Denver WILLIAM A. JENKINS, Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs ; Professor of Ed ucation . B.S . , New York University ; M .S., Ph. D ., University oflllinois. PAUL J. KOPECKY, Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs ; Assistant Professor of Education . B . A . , University of Northern Colorado ; M.A. , Ed . D., U n iversityofColorado. KENNETH E . HERMAN , Director, Budget and Finance . B .A. (Bus .), University of Colorado . GEORGE L. BURNHAM, Director, Admissions and Records . B . A . , W illiam Jewell College ; M .A., University of Kansas City . ELLEN CARUSO, Director , Alumni and Friends and Development. B . A ., University of Montana. BARBARA HOLLAND, Public Information Officer . B . A . , M . A . , University of Mis souri . FLOYD C . MANN, Director , Institute for Urban and Public Policy Research ; Profe ssor of Public Affairs . B . A., M.A ., University of Iowa , Ph . D ., UniversityofMichigan . PATRICIA SENN BREIVIK , Director , Auraria Librar ies; Professor. B . A., Brookl yn College ; M . L.S ., Pratt Inst itute (Brooklyn); D . L.S., Columbia University , School of Library Science. TOM S. STEIN, D irector, Community Relations . B . A ., Carleton College ; M . A., U niversityofColorado . PAUL E. BARTLETT, Associate Dean , College of Engineering and Applied Science ; Professor of Civil Engineering. B . S . (C. E.), B .S. (Bus.), M . S . (C. E .), University of Colorado. Professional Engineer : Colorado. REX 0. BENNETT, Associate Dean , College of Business and Administration ; Assoc iat e Professor of Marketing . B . S ., University of Tennessee ; Ph. D ., University ofN orth Carolina. WILLIAM D . BOUB, Dean , Summer Session; Director, Division of Continuing Education . B.S . , Kansas State Teachers College; M . S ., University of Ill i noi s. DANIEL FALLON , Dean , College of Liberal Arts and Sciences; Professor of Psycholog y . B . A ., Ant i och College ; M . A ., Ph. D., University of Virginia. GERALD W. LUNDQUIST, Associate Dean , School of Education; Profe ssor of Education . B .A ., University ofPuget Sound; M . A ., Ph. D . , Arizona State University . DWAYNE C. NUZUM, Dean , College of Environmental Design ; Assoc iate Professor of Arch itecture . B . Arch . , University of Colorado; M .(Arch.) , Ma ssac husetts Institute of Technology ; Doctoral (Town Planning), Delft Techn ical University, The Netherlands . Registered Architect: Colorado, Virginia . FRANZ L. ROEHMANN, Associate Dean , College of Music ; Associate Profe ssor of Music. B . S ., State University of New York ; M . Mus . , Ed . D ., University of Illinois . ROBERT N. ROGERS, Associate Dean , Graduate School ; Professor of Physics . B.S. , Ph. D ., Stanford University. ROBERT F. WILCOX , Dean, Graduate School of Public Affairs; Profes sor of Public Affairs . M . A . , Columbia University; A .B., M.A., Ph. D ., Stanford University .

PAGE 29

College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration Rex 0. Bennett, Associate Dean INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE The College of Business and Administration and the Graduate School of Business Administration at UCD offer programs designed to train competent, responsible administrative and related professional personnel. The College serves students entering this field of study and men and women already in administrative positionsdemonstrated by the fact that 80-85 percent of courses are offered in the evening. It promotes research and new thinking about administrative problems. The major purpose of the College of Business is to provide opportunities both for a liberal education and for professional training. Students are given help in preparing not only for effective careers but also for satisfying living and constructive citizenship . The Graduate School of Business Administration offers graduate-level education in business to persons with undergraduate degrees in business and other academic fields and prepares them for work in the broad spectrum of business enterprise. All Master of Business Administration (M. B.A.) classes are offered in the evening. The College was admitted to membership in the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business in 1938 . The College participates on a continuing basis in the Executive Program for the Gas Industry, the Institute for Organization Management, the Colorado School of Banking, the National Installment Banking School, the School of Bank Marketing, the School for International Banking, and many activities of the Center for Management and Technical Programs. The College also assists in the presentation throughout Colorado of a Certificate Program in Real Estate. The faculty also participate in many continuing education, government, and company educational programs. The UCD Business Advisory Council serves as a direct link with the Denver business community to promote understanding, cooperation, and mutual gain in a variety of education-industry activities . Career Opportunities Graduates occupy positions and perform widely varied functions in : Advertising Banking Media Mineral s land management Consumer credit and mortgage finance Credit administration Financial management Industrial se lling and purchasing Information Systems Insurance International business Investments Management accounting Management consulting Marketing management Marketing research Office management Operations research Personnel management Production management Public accounting Real estate Retailing Selling and sales management Traffic management Transportation Wholesa ling Others hold positions of responsibility in fields as diverse as business journalism, public relations, city planning, chamber of commerce and trade association management, college administration, and government. Organization Within the broad framework of policy established by the Regents of the University of Colorado, policy decisions for the College of Business are made by the Educational Policy Committee of the faculty under the chairmanship of the dean and are subject to review by the faculty as a whole . The College's activities at UCD are administered by the associate dean, by the heads of its several instructional divisions, and by other faculty directors of particular programs. Research Activities The Business Research Division provides facilities and trained personnel for research on business and economic problems. Established in 1915, the unit serves as the research arm of the College. The divis ion serves Colorado and the surrounding region to improve the general economic welfare of the area and to gather and disseminate business and economic information; encourages research by faculty members and graduate students; and develops closer relationships between students, faculty, and businessmen. Through its monthly publication, The Colorado Busines s Re\•iell', the division provides basic business information concerning Colorado. Other publications i nclude compilations of business and economic data, industry surveys, studies of special problems in business management and regional community studies.

PAGE 30

20/ University of Colorado at Denver Honors Program Upon recommendation of the faculty, students who demonstrate superior scholarship are given special recognition at graduation. Students must achieve an overall grade-point average of 3.3 and a grade-point average of 3 . 5 in all business courses taken at the University of Colorado to be considered for cum laude . Those who achieve an overall grade-point average of 3.5 and a grade-point average of 3. 7 in all business courses taken at the University of Colorado will be considered for magna cum laude. Student Organizations Opportunity for association with other College of Business and Administration students in varied activities intended to stimulate professional interests and to give recognition to scholastic attainment is provided by the following student organizations: AI ESEC -international business association Beta Alpha Psi -national honorary and professional accounting fraternity Beta Gamma Sigma-national honorary scholastic fraternity in business BRECBuffalo Real Estate Club CSPA-Colorado Society for Personnel Administration (student chapter) for students interested in personnel or industrial relations CUAMA-student chapter of the American Marketing Association Delta Sigma Pi-national professional business fraternity MBA Association University of Colorado association of master's students in business Phi Chi Theta-national professional business and economics fraternity Rho Epsilon professional real estate fraternity Sigma Iota Epsilon professional and honorary management fraternity SAM L -Student Association of Minerals Land men ACADEMIC POLICIES Academic policies which apply to all UCD students are described in the General Information section of this bulletin. The policies that follow apply specifically to the College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration. Upon admission, the student can be advised on the academic program by the College advisers . The student is responsible for knowing his / her status at all times. Scholastic Load The normal scholastic load of an undergraduate student in the College of Business is 15 semester hours, with 19 hours normally the maximum. Hours carried concurrently in the Division of Continuing Education, whether in classes or through correspondence, are included in the student's load. Credit To receive credit, all courses must be listed on the student's registration in the Office of Admissions and Records. Credit is then evaluated by the College of Business to determine degree acceptability. Courses completed at any University of Colorado campus are credited toward degree requirements if appropriate to the degree program. Registration for Business Courses Beginning with the Fall Semester 1980, admission to some courses offered by the U CD College of Business will be limited to those students who have been admitted to the College of Business and on a space available basis , and to other students as provided for below . The course admission criteria are designed to meet a number of objectives: 1. To assure access to business courses for students. seeking a business degree. 2. To serve students in other colleges who have business-related educational objectives or requirements. 3 . To serve the non-degree seeking special students who have specific career or educational goals . College of Business Core Courses In order to serve the needs of non-business students, core courses in the College of Business (Acct. 200 , B. Ad. 100 , B .Ad. 200 , B .Law 300, Fin. 305 , Mk. 300 , Or.Mg. 330 , Pr.Mg. 300 , Q . M. 201) will be open to all University of Colorado students in good standing on a space available basis. However, students admitted to the College of Business will be given priority in registering. For all business courses , non-business majors will be able to enroll up to a maximum of 21 semester hours. Admission to non-core business courses will be limited to the following students: I . Those admitted to the College of Business who are eligible for all business courses taken in sequential order. (Refer to Model Degree Program in this section . ) 2. Non-business degree students who may request admission to business courses outside the core on a petition basis. However, the total number of College of " Business courses may not exceed the 21 semester hour limit, and the students must have the signature of the faculty adviser and dean of the students' college and have the statement that the business course will be an elective course for his / her major, or is required by that college. 3 . Non-degree seeking students who may enroll for a maximum of I 5 semester hours of business courses. Attendance Regulations Classroom attendance is at the discretion of the instructor. Students are responsible for determining each instructor's policy on attendance. Grading and Point System See the General Information section for University wide grading system and pass / fail policy. Students in the College may not take required business or nonbusiness

PAGE 31

courses, or business elective courses on a pass / fail basis . A maximum of 16 hours pass j fail credit may be applied toward the B . S . degree in business; transfer students may take I hour pass / fail for every 8 hours attempted at this institution. Pass / fail determination must be made within the posted deadline, and is irreversible. Failed courses may be repeated , but the Fwill be included in the grade-point average. A student who receives an incomplete grade ofiF must complete course requirements (exams, papers, etc.) and may not retake the entire course to remove the incomplete. Adding and Dropping Courses See the General Information section oft his bulletin for University-wide drop/add policies. Administrative Drop Instructors may recommend to the College of Business and Administration office that students who fail to meet expected course attendance standards be dropped without discredit during the first I 0 weeks of the semester. Withdrawal Students may withdraw without discredit at any time prior to the start of the final examination period. Students who leave the University before the end of the semester should obtain a Withdrawal Form from the associate dean's office and follow the instructions on the form. The completed form must be turned in to the Office of Admissions . Appeal Procedure Students should contact the associate dean or staff members in the College of Business and Administration office for appeal and petition procedures pertaining to rules and regulations of the College . SPECIFIC UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES Standards of Performance Students are held to basic standards of performance established for their classes with respect to attendance. active participation in course work, promptness in completion of assignments, correct English usage both in writing and in speech, accuracy in calculations, and general quality of scholastic workmanship. In general, examinations are required in all courses and for all students. including graduating seniors. To be in good standing, students must have an overall grade-point average of not less than 2.0 ( C = 2.0) for all course work attempted and a 2 . 0 for all business courses attempted. This applies to work taken at all University campuses. Activity physical education and remedial courses are not included in the overall average. When semester grades become available, students below standard will be notified of (I) probationary status or (2) suspension. College of Business and Administration /21 College rules governing probation and suspension are as follows : I. Any student whose overall grade average, or business course average , is less than 2 . 0 shall be placed on probation immediately. A student may be removed from probation when the overall average and the business average have been raised to 2 . 0 . 2. A student shall remain on probation as long as the student maintains normal degree progress each semester as determined by the College, and obtains no grade below a C; such probationary status may continue a maximum of four regular semesters, providing these provisions have been met . Failure to meet these provisions will result in indefinite suspension. 3 . Indefinitely suspended students may attend the University of Colorado summer session in order to improve their grade averages in the area of deficiency, but may not attend any division of the University for at least two regular (fall and spring) semesters. 4. A student who has been under indefinite suspension for two semesters may apply for readmission to the College of Business and Administration. If readmitted, that readmission will be on a probationary status. After being readmitted under such probationary status, any student who fails to comply with the requirements of his / her probation will be subject to permanent suspension. 5 . Any student who is placed on s uspension more than once will be permanently suspended from the College of Business . 6. Any student earning all failing grades or no academic credit for the semester will not be permitted to register without the dean's approval. 7 . Official combined degree st udents are required to maintain the same standards of performance as College of Business students in order to be continued in the combined business program. Transfer Credit Credits in business and nonbusiness subjects transferred from other institutions will be limited to the number of credit hours given for equivalent work in the regular offerings of the University . Transfer work is only accepted from institutions accredited by the regional association. In general. the College will limit transfer credit for business courses taken at a lower division level to such courses as the College offers at that level. All courses in the area of emphasis must be taken at the University of Colorado unless written approval is given by the appropriate division head and associate dean . Transfer students must take 30 hours of business degree reauirements (in business courses) in residency after admission to the College of Bu siness. A maximum of 60 semester hours taken at junior colleges may be applied toward the B .S. degree in busine ss. Remedial or vocatio nal work does not transfer. Business courses from junior colleges will not be applied toward degree requirements if the course work is offered at the junior-senior level at UCD. For a detailed explanation of transfer credit. see the General Information section .

PAGE 32

22/ University of Colorado at Denver Correspondence Credit Only 30 semester hours of credit, 9 of which may be in business, taken through correspondence study will be counted toward the B.S. degree in business. Required business courses and area of emphasis courses cannot be taken by correspondence. All correspondence courses are evaluated to determine their acceptability. Credit by Examination College Level Examination credits (CLEP subject examinations only) are acceptable toward degree . requirements to a maximum of 30 hours. Specific information is available in the College of Business and Administration Office, Room 512. CLEP credit will be applied in the same manner as transfer credits. For credit, students must rank in the 66 . 7 percentile based on national available norms. Generally, CLEP credit is only appropriate for (a) nonbusiness requirements and (b) nonbusiness electives. A maximum of 6 hours of credit in any one course area is allowed . CLEP may not be used in course areas where credit has already been allowed. General examinations are not acceptable. Credit for CLEP subject examinations in business course areas must have prior approval in writing by the College of Business and Administration and by the appropriate division head. Advanced Placement (CEEB) credit will be given where appropriate to students who make scores of 3, 4, or 5 . Special Sources of Credit Up to 6 hours of experimental studies or independent study programs can be accepted toward graduation. A maximum of 3 hours of this type of credit may be taken in any one semester. Junior or senior business students desiring to work beyond regular business course coverage may take variable credit courses (I to 3 semester hours) under the direction of an instructor who approves the project. but the student must have prior approval. Information and request forms are available in the College of Business and Administration office. The request form must be signed by the instructor. division head of the student's area of emphasis. and associate dean. To receive credit for nonbusiness independent stuclr courses. students should obtain the associate dean;s approval prior to registering for the course. Further information and forms are available in the College office. There is no credit for work experience or cooperative education programs. ROTC Credit Students who are enrolled in and complete the ROTC program may apply a maximum of 12 semester hours of advanced ROTC credit toward nonbusiness elective requirements and toward the 120-semester hour total degree requirement for the B.S . degree in business. No credit toward requirements is granted for basic(freshman and sophomore) ROTC courses. The ROTC adviser can provide more detailed information. Study Abroad Credit Transfer credit from study abroad programs is most appropriately applied as nonbusiness elective credit. business courses should not be taken during abroad. Students arc responsible for checking w1th the College of Business and Administration for prior approval. Information on the various studv abroad programs is available at the Office of Education on the Boulder campus. UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAM The undergraduate curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Science (Business) degree is inte nded to help the student achieve the following general objectives: I. Understanding of the activities that constitute business enterprise and of the principles underlying administration of those activities. 2. Ability to think through logically and analytically the kinds of complex problems encountered by management. 3. Facility in the arts of communication. 4. Comprehension of the human relationships involved in an organit.ation. 5 . Awareness of the social and ethical responsibilities of those in administrative positions. 6 . Skill in the arts of learning that will help the student continue self-education after leaving the campus. Admission of Freshman Students Sec the Cicncrall nformation section for admission and application procedures. Prospecti, c students in business arc encouraged to pursue a broad college preparatory program in high school. with particular emphasis on English. mathematics. the social sciences. and speech. Candidates for the Bachelor of Science (Business) degree normally enter as freshmen. The College expects entering freshmen to present 15 units of the secondary course work. Admission of Transfer Students See the General Information section for admission and application procedures. lntrauniversity Transfer Students who wish to transfer to the College of Business and Administration from another college or school of the University must formally apply at the College of Business office (Room 512). A minimum University of Colorado grade-point average (established by the College) is required for consideration. Students desiring admission to official combined programs must apply to and be accepted by the College of Business . Minimum gr_ade-point averages are also established for these jointly enrolled students. Second Undergraduate Degree Students may apply to the College of Business and Administration to earn a second undergraduate degree,

PAGE 33

pro\'ided the first undergraduate degree i s in a field other than bu s ine s s . The student who is accepted for the second undergraduate degree will be rc4uired to pursue courses in the sc4uencc normall y re4uired for a degree plan . For example, if a student registered for the second degree has not had the re4uired mathematics or general education courses. these must be taken before the student will be eligible to register for business courses . Further. the basic business courses (core courses) must be taken before a student begins to pursue the major field . Applications are available through the Office of Admissions and Records . If a student applying for a second undergraduate degree has an academic record that justifies consideration for the graduate program. that student will be encouraged to consider one of the master's programs. Academic Advising Each student in the College of Business is responsible for knowing and complying with the academic re4uiremcnts and regulation s established for the College and for classes . Upon admission to the College of Business and Administration or to the Graduate School of Business Administration. the student has the responsibility for conferring with the student advisers in the College concerning an academic program. Appointments for academic advising can be made by calling 629-2605. Graduation Requirements The Bachelor of Science (Business) degree requires: I. Total Credits. A total of 120 acceptable semester hours of credit. of which at least 51 hours must be in nonbusiness courses (including 9 hours of upper division work) and at least 51 hours in business courses. The rematnmg 18 hours may be in either, or some combination of both. This credit cannot include remedial work, repetition of courses , courses failed, or activity physical education, recreation and dance courses. However, a maximum 6 hours of theory, physical education, recreation, and/ or dance may be used . Advanced ROTC work is acceptable only if the ROTC program is completed. All incomplete grades and correspondence course grades must be completed and recorded at the Office of Admissions and Records no later than four weeks prior to graduation. It is the student's responsibility to contact the instructor concerning the removal of incomplete grades. A maximum of 60 semester hours taken at junior colleges may be applied toward the B.S. degree in business . 2. Residence: Completion of at least 30 semester hours of business, after admission to the College of Business and Administration, including 12 hours in the area of emphasis. Courses completed at any University of Colorado campus after the candidate has been admitted to the College are acceptable toward this requirement. 3. Grade Average : Acceptable toward B.S. (Business) degree-2.0 for all University courses, 2 . 0 for all business courses and 2.0 for the specific 12 hours required for the student's area of emphasis. College of Business and Administration /23 4. Graduation With Honors : Upon recommendation of the faculty of the College of Business. students who demonstrate superior scholarship are given special recognition at graduation. Please refer to the Honors Program under the Information About the College section . 5. fllle/11 /0 Graduate Form . Students must /lie an Intent to Graduate Form with the College of Business and Administration office prior to registering for the last semester. Questions concerning graduation should be directed to a student adviser. Room 512. 6 . Cour .w•s. Completion of all of the following required courses : Senu ' . 'ilt'r Hour. \ A rca of emphasis .... ....... ....... ... ....... . ............. I 2 College algebra and calculus ........... . ...................... 6 Communication and composition ...................... ....... 6 Core re4uiremcnts (basic courses in accounting. bu s ine ss Jaw. business stati s tics. bu s ine ss and s ociety. data proces s ing . marketing. finance. organi tatio n management. production and operations man a gement and bu s ines s polic y ) .............. . . . .......... 30 Electi v e s .... . . . ......................................... . 9 (to include 9 hours of upper division work) .... . . 15 Free electives (either bu s iness or nonbus iness electives) ........ Ill General psychology . . . ................................... . . . 6 Introductory sociology or cull ural anthropology ... ............. 3 atural science Castro-geophysics. biolog y . chemistry. physical geography. geological sciences , and physics ; applies as nonbusiness elective) . . .....•.. 3 J>oJitical s cience ....... . ..................... ................ 6 Principles of economics .... .... . . ........................ . . :...:..!!_ Total 120 Model Degree Program The following sequence of courses ts a guide to registration . Year Seme.vter Hour . • Engl. 102 or 103 . English Composition ................ ........ 3 Comm. 202 or 210 . Communication Theory or Public Speaking . . . 3 Math. 107. College Algebra' ................................. . 3 Math. 108. College Calculus' ... . . . ...... ........ . . .....•..... 3 Pol. Sci . 100 . Introduction to Political Science . .... ............. 3 Pol. Sci . I 10. American National Government .......... ... . .... 3 Soc. I 00 . Introduction to Sociology ! . . . ....................... 3 B . Ad . 100 . Introduction to Business or a business elective ' .... . . . 3 Nonbusiness electives• . •................•.••...•..........•.. 3 Natural science . ....... ......•...•......................... . 3 Total 30 Sophomore Year Econ . 20 I and 202 . Principles of Economics (macro/ micro) ...... 6 Psych . 203. 204 . General Psychology . ............. .......... .. 6 B .Ad. 200 . Business Information and the Computer ........... .. 3 Q . M . 201. Business Statistics . ................................ 3 Accl. 200 . Introduction to Financial Accounting ............... . 3 Nonbusiness electives• .....•...•.................•....... .... 9 Total 30 Junior Year Mk . 300 . Principles of Marketing ............................. 3 Fin . 305 . Basic Finance .. ... . . . ........... . ...... . ........... 3 Or. Mg. 330 . Introduction to Management and Organi1.ation .... . 3 Pr. Mg. 300 . Production and Operations Management . .......•.. 3 B . Law 300. Business Law ......................... . ......... 3 Business electives ..... ........... ..........•....... ......... 3 Nonbusiness electives• ...... ................................. 3 Free electives ..........•.......................•....•.. . .... 9 Total 30

PAGE 34

24/ Uni versity of Colorado at Den ver Seni o r Year B . Ad . 411. Business and Soc i et y or B . Ad . 410 . Busines s and Go v ernment ..........•.......... 3 B . Ad. 450 . Ca s e s and Concepts in Business Polic y or B . Ad . 452. Small Busines s Strategy , Polic y and Entrepren e ursh i p ..... . ........... ...... 3 Area of emphasis ..... , .... ....................... ......... 12 Busine s s electi ves .............................•............. 3 Free electives ..... . . ........•................... . ........... 9 Total 30 Area of Emphasis Each candidate for the B . S. (Business) degree must complete the prescribed courses in an area of emphasis comprising 12 semester hours taken at the University of Colorado. Typically, students select an area of emphasis from those offered after taking several of the "core" courses. Then they take the hours required for their selected area. Available areas of emphasis are: Accounting Finan c e Information science I !i"ternati onal business Market i ng Minerals l and m a n ageme nt Organ iza tion m a nagem e n t Personn e l m a n a g e m e nt Production and operati o n s management Public agency administration Real e s tate Small business management Tran s portation and traffic managem ent Although only one area of emphasis will be listed on the student's official records, students so desiring may accomplish the effect of a dual area of emphasis by careful selection of courses. ACCOUNTING Accounting courses are offered in several fields of profess ional accountancy at the intermediate, ad v anced. and graduate levels . They provide preparation for practice in one or more of the following fields : Financ ial accounting Auditing Managerial acc o unt i n g Tax a cco untin g Data pr ocessing and contr o l syst e m s Tea c h i n g and res earch In all of thes e field s a thorough knowledge o f the social, legal, economic, and political en vironment i s needed . A high degree of analy t i cal abilit y and communication sk ill is indispensible . The undergraduate area of emphasis i n accounting consists of 12 hours beyond Acct. 200 and 202 : R e qu i red Co urxe.1 S e me.Her Acct. 322. Intermediat e Finan cial Accountin g I . ................ 3 Acct. 323. Intermediat e Fina n cia l A cco untin g II ............... . 3 Acct. 332. C os t A cco u n ting .................................. 3 Acc o unt i n g e l ective ....................................... . . 3 T o t a l 1 2 •Any of the following four option': (I) Math. 107 and 108; (2) Math. Ill and 1 40 :(.1) Math. Ill a n d I OK: or (4) Math. 140 a n d 241. A maximum of9 of mathemat ics below the IC\CI of Ma th . 1 4 0 can be applied toward the degree . 100 is recommended to meet the \ociolog)' rc4u ircm ent: howe\ cr. Soc. 1 04. 119. JOO. :\01. J02. JOJ . JOS. JK4. and Ant h . 104 or 200 arc accep t able . 1App lics a s a businc s " elccti\'e . Thil'l courl'IC i s recommended but not c:omplttion of the B . S . ( degree re4uirements.thc )fudent\ program include a t leas t 9 !!Cmeste r hours in upper di\'isio n , nonbusiness cours es . Students planning to pursue accounting as a career usually take more than the required 12 hours. Many students take a total of about 30 hours of accounting, often taking two courses each semester in their junior and senior years. Students should work closely with the accounting faculty in planning their accounting programs. Students planning to take the CPA examination should take about 30 hours of accounting and also be well prepared in s tatistics, bu s iness law , finance , economics . Graduate study in accounting is receiving increasing emphasis b y profe s sional organizations and employers. Students meeting admission requirements should consider continuing their education at the graduate level. FINANCE The principal areas of study in finance are financial management, monetary policy , banking, investments, and insurance. Finance is intended to give an understanding of fundamental theory pertaining to finance and to develop abilit y to make practical applications of the principles and techniques of sound financial management in bu s iness affairs . Every endeavor is made to train students to think logically about financial problems and to formulate sound financial decisions and policies. Numerous opportunities are to be found with financial institutions and in the field of business finance . Emphasis is placed on financial polic y , management, control, analysis and decision making. Acct. 202 is a prerequis i te for this area. R e q ui red S e me.Her H o u n Fin. 401. Business Fina nce I ...................... ........... . 3 Fin . 402. Business Finance II ........................... . ..... 3 Fin. 433. Investment and P ortfolio M a n ageme n t ............ . ... 3 F i n . 455. M o n e t ary and Fisca l Polic y .....................•.... 3 R ecommenclecl Elect ile Fin . 440 . Int er n atio n a l F i n a n cia l Man a g e m en t .....•.......•.... 3 Fin . 4 3 4 . Secu rity A n a lysis ................ , .................. 3 Fin . 453. B ank Manag e m ent ............................ . . . . . 3 R .Es. 4 5 4 . R eal Est a t e Fin ance ..........•.................... 3 Ins . 4M4 . Principles of Ins ur ance . . . . .......................... 3 INFORMATION SCIENCE The information science area is designed for those who wish to prepare themselves for careers as professional administrative data processing managers in business and government. The student develops those technical skills and administrative insights required for the analysis of information systems. the design and implementation of sy s tems, and the management of data processing operations. The emphasis is on management information sy s tems-systems for the collection, organization, acces s ing. and analysis of information for the planning and control of operations. The automation of data proce s sing i s also studied extensivel y . The undergraduate area of emphasis consist s of 12 hours beyond B . Ad . 200, Q.M. 201. and l.S. 215. R equire d Co re: (12 H o ur . \ ) Semes t e r H oun I.S . 350. D a tabase Inf o rmati o n System s ..................... . . 3 I.S. 4 65. Syst e m s A n a lysi s and Design ......................... 3 I.S . 4 7 0 . C o mput erware ...................... . .... . .......... 3 Q . M . 330. Operation s Research ..............................• 3

PAGE 35

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS In recent years, companies have completely reoriented their thinking, planning, and operations to capitalize on the opportunities offered in the world marketplace. Every phase of business operation is affected by this reorientation, and individuals who offer the appropriate skills, training, and orientation are in great demand. The program reflects the ba sic principle that effectiveness in international business is based on a thorough training in business administration. The international business program provides the opportunity to build on these skills. The student electing this area must complete 15 semester hours as follows: R equ ired Course . \ Seme .v/er Hour s Econ . 441. International Trade (applies as a non-business elective) ...................................... 3 B . Ad . 440 . International Business Seminar ..................... 3 Fin . 440 . International Financial Management .................. 3 Tr. Mg . 458 . International Transportation ...................... 3 M k . 490 . International Marketing .............. ............... 3 Because of the availability of courses on the Denver campus, the requirements for this area may vary from those listed for the Boulder campus. Please see an academic adviser for course scheduling. A second area ol emphas1s 10 business is highly recommended. The course requirements for the second area can be included as part of the business and free elective hours. Foreign language study is also recom mended, and foreign language skills are much sought after by business recruiters for this field. Other courses emphasizing international affairs may be elected from the following departments: anthropology, economics , geo graphy, history , political science, psychology, and sociology . Students interested in this area may start their preparation by electing language and other liberal arts and sciences courses in their program. MARKETING Marketing is concerned with analyzing the market for a product or service, planning and developing that product, determining the most appropriate distribution channels, pricing the product, and promoting it. Today the administrative policies and practices of any well managed firm should be marketing-oriented toward the consumer. The career opportunities in marketing reflect the business person's awareness of the importance of this field . Today many individuals are rising to top executive positions by the marketing route. There are more executive and other job opportunities for women in the marketing field than in any other single area outside teaching or secretarial work . One out of every four people gainfully employed in this country is in a marketing position. Career opportunities abound in personal selling , advertising, sales management, marketing research, retailing, wholesaling, marketing by manufacturers, international marketing, etc . Required Courses Semester Hour s M k . 330. Marketing Research ................................ 3 Marketing electives (beyond Mk. 300) ..................•...... 9 College of Business and Administration /25 MINERALS LAND MANAGEMENT The curriculum in minerals land management is designed to incorporate the primary course patterns of the College of Business and Administration along with certain field area preparation in geology, chemistry, economics, and land management. With this preparation, the graduate is a candidate for entry into employment as a Iandman, exploration trainee, lease broker, and other jobs related to the minerals industry. Colorado is presently the head quarters for a wide assortment of resource-based companies operating throughout the western United States and Canada. These companies need qualified employees and have helped in the preparation of the program. The four-year program will consist of all College of Business requirements and must include the following courses. Except as specifically stated, no 300or 400-level course (business or nonbusiness) may be taken pass / fail. I . Nonhusine . u Courus Semester H ours Geol. 101. Introduction to Geomorphology' ................. 4 Geology /Geography Optionl .................... : .......... 7 Chern . 101. General Chemistry ............ ............ . . . . . 4 Econ . 453. Natural Resource Economics or Econ . 454 . Environmental Economics ....................... 3 2 . Busine s . 1 Cour s e . v Acct. 202 . Introduction to Managerial Accounting ............ 3 R . Es. 300 . Principle s of Real Estate ......................... 3 3 . A minimum of 12 hours for the major area is required as specified below : Required Course . v (The following four courses) M .L. Mg . 485. Mineral s Landman Administration ............ 3 M . L.M . 495. Oil-Ga s and Mineral Law . .... ................ 3 Acct. 441. Income Tax Accounting ......................... 3 Fin. 40 I. Busines s Finance I ............................... 3 Re commended Electi1• e Cour.ves R . Es. 430 . Real Estate Appraisal ........ .................. . 3 R .Es . 473 . Legal Aspects of Real Estate Transactions ......... 3 B . Law 412. Busine ss Law ................... ............ ... 3 Econ . 476. Government Regulation of Business . ...... ........ 3 Econ . 477 , 478 . Economic Development -Theory and Problems I , II .... ..... .................. . ........... 6 ORGANIZATION MANAGEMENT Organization management offers opportumt1es to develop understanding and skill in managing human resources in organizations. The curriculum provides the foundation for supervisory and general management careers. Required Courses Semester Hours Or. Mg . 335 . Managing Individuals and Work Groups ........... 3 Or. Mg. 437 . Managing Complex Organizations ............. .. .. 3 (One of the following : ) Ps . Mg . 434 . Labor and Employee Relations .................... 3 Ps . Mg . 438 . Personnel Management: Policy and Practice ... ...... 3 1Geol. 20708 (Physical Geology I and II) w ill also fulfill the requirement. 2A mini . mum of 7 of th•e following geology o r geography courses. These may not be taken pas s / fall. Geological Development of Colorado and the West (Geol. JSJ-4) . Environmental Geoloay (Geol. 370-3) . Geoh ydrology (Geol. 404-3). Principles of Geomorphology (Geol. 463-4) . Introduct io n to Ge ophysical Pr os pect i ng (Gcol. 493-4) . M ineral Resources and World A (Cain (Geot. 41}4.3). Map Interpre tation (Geog . 306-3) . Geographic Interpr etation of Aerial Photos (Geoa . 406) .

PAGE 36

26 / University of Colorado at Denver Recommended Electives (At least one of the following : ) Ps. Mg . 439. Personnel Management: Legal and Social Issues ..... 3 Pr. Mg . 444 . Work Design and Measurement .............. . .... 3 Pr.Mg. 447. Policy Analysis in Production and Operations Management ................................... 3 Pr. Mg . 460 . Purchasing and Materials Management ............. 3 Tr. Mg. 450 . Transportation Operation and Management ......... 3 B.Ad. 470. Small Businesss -Management and Operations ....... 3 PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT Personnel management offers opportunities for students to develop professional competence in the areas of personnel administration and labor relations. Students develop understanding and skill in developing and implementing personnel systems including recruiting. selection. evaluating. training, motivation of employees. and union-management relations. Required Courses Semester Hours Ps . Mg . 434 . Labor and Employee Relations . .................. . 3 Ps. Mg. 438 . Personnel Management: Policy and Practice . . ....... 3 Ps . Mg . 439 . Personnel Management: Legal and Social I ssues ..... 3 Elective ........... ...... .. .. .. ........ . . . .................. 3 Recommended Elec ti ves (At least one of the following :) Or. Mg . 335 . Managing Individuals and Work Groups ..... . . .... 3 Or. Mg . 437. Managing Complex Organizations ...... ......... . 3 Pr.Mg. 444 . Work Design and Measurement .......... . . ....... 3 Acct. 332 . Cost Accounting .................... ......... .... . 3 I.S. 350 . Database and Information Systems .................... 3 Q . M . 300 . Intermediate Statistic s ...... . . .... ...... . .......... 3 Econ . 461. Labor Economics ................................. 3 Psych . 485 . Principles o f Psychological Testing ...... .... ....... 3 PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT Production and operations management studies are designed to prepare for careers as production manager. operations manager. management analyst. or systems analyst in such private sector organizations as manufacturing, banking. insurance. hospitals , and construction, as well as in a variety of municipal, state. and federal organizations. Production or operations managers may be charged with the design. implementation, operation. and maintenance of the production systems . Managerial activities could include forecasting demand. production planning and inventory control. scheduling labor and e4uipment. job design and labor standards. 4uality control, purchasing. and facilities location and layout. Students choosing this area of study may be asked to participate in live case research and consulting projects with local organi7 .ations under the direction of their instructor; encouraged to participate in the newly chartered student chapter of the American Production and Inventory Control Society; and encouraged to seriously consider preparing for and taking the five-part Certification Examinations given semi-annually by APICS. Students whose major areas of emphasis are information science or transportation and traffic management will find the Pr.Mg. 400-level courses to be particularly well related to their courses of study . Required Courses (The following three courses) Pr. Mg . 440 . Planning and Control Systems in Production and Operations Management ............ . ........ 3 Pr. Mg . 447 . Policy Analysis in Production and Operations Management ................................... 3 Pr. Mg . 460 . Purchasing and Materials Management ............. 3 (One of the following courses) Pr. Mg. 444. Work Design and Measurement ....... . ........... 3 Q . M . 330 . Operations Research ......... ....... . . . . . ....... . . . 3 I.S . 215. Information Systems ...................... .......... 3 M k . 485 . Physical Distribution Management ................... 3 Recommended Electi• •es I.S . 350 . Database Information Systems ..... .................. 3 Or. Mg . 335 . Managing Indi v idual and Work Groups . ........... 3 Or. Mg . 437 . Managing Complex Organizations .... ....... . ..... 3 Ps . Mg . 434 . Labor and Employee Relations ... ................. 3 Ps . Mg . 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice ......... 3 Tr. Mg . 450. Transportation Operation and Management ......... 3 Acct. 332 . Cost Accounting ......... ....... ........ . ...... . . . 3 Q . M . 300. Intermediate Statistics ............. ............ . . . . 3 PUBLIC AGENCY ADMINISTRATION Public agency administration is designed to prepare for careers in management of governmental or other nonprofit service organizations. The curriculum in public agency administration provides the student with a foundation of core courses upon which to construct an area of emphasis which will focus on the type of service organization the student desires to enter upon graduation. Required Courses Acct. 480 . Business and Governmental Budgeting and Control ... . ............................. ....... . . .... 3 Ps . Mg . 438. Personnel Administration ............... .......... 3 O . Ad . 440. Principles of Office Management ............... . . . . 3 Q . M . 330 . Operations Research . . . . . .......... . . . . . ........... 3 REAL ESTATE Real estate careers require knowledge of real estate investments. urban land economics. real estate law. appraising. finance. taxes. management, sales. and accounting. Real estate is one segment of the economy in which it is still possible for a person to be his / her own boss whether as a broker. appraiser, developer, syndicator or property manager. Semester Hours Required Courses (After completion of R.Es. 300) R . E s . 430 . Real Estate Appraising ... . . ...... ..... . ............ 3 R . Es. 454 . Real Estate Financing . ............................ 3 R . Es. 40 I. Urban Land Analysis or R .Es. 433. Real Estate Investments .......... ................ 3 R . Es. 473. Legal A s pects of Real Estate ........................ 3 It is strongly recommended that any student planning to sit for the Colorado broker's examination take all six of the real estate courses . Recommended Acct. 441. Income Tax Accounting ....... . ....... . ............ 3 Ins . 484 . Principles of Insurance ............... . ........ . . . ... 3 Fin. 455 . Monetary and Fiscal Policy ............ .. ............ 3 Fin . 433 . Inve stment and Portfolio Management ..... . .... . . .... 3 Mk. 310 . Salesmanship ...... ... . ............................ 3 Mk. 320 . Consumer Behavior ............ . ....... . . . .... . ... .. 3

PAGE 37

Mk. 470 . Sales Management ..........•.............. • • .... 3 B .Ad. 452 . Small Business Strategy, Polic y, and Entrepreneurship .•...•..•.....•....•.... ...... . ..... 3 Arch. Eng. 240 . Building Materials and Construction . •.......... 3 SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP Small business management studies provide under standing, knowledge, and skills in organizing and managing small business. The emphasis is o? . t.he managerial aspects of the wide range of acttvttles required of the entrepreneur. A second area of emphasis in business is highly recommended. The course requirements of the second area can be included as part of business or free electives. Additional courses in management, finance, accounting, and marketing should be planned in consultation with the adviser to serve individual career needs. Requir e d Courses Semester Hour . f B .Ad. 470 . Small Business -Management and Operation ......... 3 (Two or three of the follow i ng four courses) Fin. 401. Busine ss Finance I ................... ......•........ 3 Acct. 332 . Cost Accounting .........................•........ 3 Ps . Mg . 438 . Personnel Management: Polic y and Practice ......... 3 Mk . 480 . Marketing Policie s and Strategies .................... 3 Recommende d Electil •es (at lea s t one of the.fo !loll'inK) Ps . Mg. 434 . Labor and Employee Relations .................... 3 Pr. Mg. 440. Planning and Control S ystems in Production and Operations Management ...•................. 3 Pr.Mg. 447 . Policy Analysi s in Production and Operations Management .................................. . 3 Tr. Mg. 450 . Transportation Operation and Management ......... 3 Pr.Mg. 460 . Purchasing and Materials Management ............. 3 Mk. 485 . Physical Distribution Management ................... 3 O . Ad . 440 . Principles of Office Management ..........•........ 3 Fin . 402 . Bu si ness Finance II ................ ... ........... ... 3 TRANSPORTATION AND TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT The curriculum in transportation management in cludes the role of transportation in society and the problems of traffic management within specific industries as well as the management of firms in the transportation industry, such as airlines, trucking firms, railroads, and urban transit firms. International transportation management problems and policies are analyzed. One of the recommended elective courses may be substituted with permission of the adviser for one of the required courses if there is a schedule conflict, if the course is not available, or if a student demonstrates a career need for such a course. Required Courses SemeJfer Hours (Any four of the following six courses) Tr. Mg. 450. Transportation Operation and Management ....•.... 3 Tr. Mg. 452 . Problems in Traffic Management .................. 3 Tr. Mg. 456 . Air Transportation ............................... 3 Tr.Mg. 457 . Urban Transportation ..................... .. ..... 3 Tr. Mg . 458. Internatio nal Transportation . .................... . 3 Mk. 485 . Physica l Di stribution Management .............. ..... 3 Recommended /euil•e s Ps . Mg. 434 . Labor and Employee Relations .......... .......... 3 Ps. Mg. 438 . Personnel Management: Policy .and Practice ......... 3 Tr. Mg . 45 I . Survey of Transportation ......................... 3 Pr. Mg . 460 . Purchasi ng and Material s Management ............. 3 B . Ad . 470 . Small Bus ine ss -Management and Operation ......... 3 O . Ad . 440 . Pri nciple s of Offi ce Management ................... 3 College of Business and Administration I 27 COMBINED PROGRAMS Numerous career opportumttes exist for persons trained in both a specialized field and management. For this reason, students may be interested in combined programs of study leading to completion of degree requirements concurrently in two fields. Such combined programs have been arranged for engineering and business, pharmacy and business , and environmental design and business and may be arranged for other professional combinations as well. The two programs of study proceed concurrently, terminating together with the award of two degrees . Generally, at least five years will be needed for such combined programs. No substitutions are allowed in this program. For students in combined programs, the requirements for the degree in business are as follows : I . An application for admission to the combined program must be filed with the College of Bu s iness and approved by the deans of both colleges . Completion of at least 48 semester hours in business and economics, to include Econ. 201 and 202 (6 semester hours). required courses in business (30 semester hours). and a business area of emphasis ( 12 semester hours). 2 . Completion of at least 30 of these semester hours at the University of Colorado while enrolled in the College of Business . 3 . Completion of nonbusiness requirements in mathematics, communications, and the s ocial and behavioral sciences in a degree program approved in advance by the College of Business. In addition, for some courses and areas of emphasis, there are prerequisite requirements which must be met. 4. At least a 2 . 0 grade average must be earned in all courses undertaken in the College of Bu s iness. Students in combined degree program are s ubject to all policies of the College of Business . 5 . Any combined degree student who does not make reasonable progress toward the completion of the business degree requirements, as determined by the College of Business , may be dropped from the program. 6. The number of students accepted in any combined program may be numerically limited and is dependent upon existing demand each semester. Shown below is the combined engineering-business program. For other combinations, students consult with the associate dean of the College of Bus mess . The requirements for all combined business and engineering programs are as follows : Cour .fes Econ. 201 and 202 . Principles of Economics (Should be completed during the student's sophomore S emes t e r H our . v or junior year. ) ........................................... 6 Acct . 200. Introduction to Financial Accounting ................ 3 B. Ad . 200. Busi ness Information and the Computer . ............ 3 Q . M . 20 I . Business Statistics .................. . . . ............ 3 Mk . 300 . Principles of Marketi ng .......... . .............. .... 3 Fin . 305. Basic Finance ...................... ................ 3 Pr. Mg. 300. Production and Operations Management ........ ... 3 Or.Mg. 330 . Introduction to Management and Organi1.at io n ......................................... 3 B . Law 300 . Bu s ine ss Law . .... . .............................. 3 B .Ad. 410 . Business and Government; or B . Ad . 411. Bu si ness and Society ................... .................. . 3

PAGE 38

28 / University of Colorado at Den ver B . Ad . 450 . Bu iness P o lic y ....... ........................... . 3 Specifi ed courses in an area of emphasis in one of the following fields : accounting, information scie n ce, finance, international business , marketing . minerals land management. production/ operations management, organization management. personnel m anagement. public agency administration. real estate. s mall bu siness management. or transportation and traffic management. All work in the area of emphasis must be taken a t the Unive rsit y of Colorado. C o llege of Busine ss and Administration. Area of emphasis ........ ................................ . . 12 Total GRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS Requirements for AdmissionMaster's Programs 48 Admission to the master's programs will be determined by the following criteria: I. Applicant's academic record . 2. The applicant's scores on the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT). (This test is given four times each year at numerous centers throughout the world. For information and to make application for the test, write to the Educational Testing Service , P . O. Box 966, Princeton, New Jersey 08540 . ) Because of the large number of applications which must be proce sse d, the deadlines set out below are strictly adhered to, and applicants should be careful to observe them. Personal interviews are not required. In general , students failing to meet minimum standards are not admitted on a provisional status. Seniors in this University who have satisfied the undergraduate residence requirements and who need not more than 6 semester hours of advanced subjects and .12 credit points to meet requirements for bachelor's degrees may be admitted to the Graduate School of Business Administration by special permission of the director of graduate studies. Completed applications, including G MAT scores, two official transcripts from each college attended, and a $20 nonrefundable application fee should be in the Office of Graduate Studies, Graduate School of Business Administration, University of Colorado at Boulder, Boulder, Colorado 80309, by March I for summer admission, by April/ for fall admission, and by October I for spring admission. Daytime M . B . A . courses are offered in Boulder . Evening M . B . A. courses are offered in Denver and Colorado Springs. BACKGROUND REQUIREMENTS Students applying for graduate programs in business do not need to have taken their undergraduate degree in business . For those students the M.B.A . or M.S. degree programs provide a series of 3-semester-hour fundamental background courses . These include B.Ad . 50 I (Accounting), B.Ad . 502 (Statistics); B.Ad. 503 (Marketing), B . Ad. 504 (Management and Organization); B.Ad. 505 (Finance); B.Ad. 506 (Business Law), B.Ad . 507 (Management Science) , and Econ. 20 I and 202 (Macro and Micro Economics) or Econ. 300 (Accelerated Principles of Economics). In addition, all graduate students are required to take either B . Ad. 500 (Sources of Information and Research Methods! semester hour) or pass a qualifying examination. These fundamental courses do not carry graduate credit nor may they be used to satisfy requirements for the bachelor's degree in business. They are open only to admitted graduate students. Graduate students possessing an undergraduate degree in business must be prepared to present the following acceptable course work in order to waive the relevant graduate fundamental course: Introduction to Accounting Statistics Pri nciples of Marketing Introduction to Management and Organization Finance Busine ss Law Operations Research Principle s of Economics Hour s 6 (Financial/ Managerial) B y qualifying exam only' 3 3 3 3 3 6 (Macro/Micro) or 3 (accelerated economics; must include Macro/ Micro) Remedial work is required of all applicants accepted for the M . B . A . and M.S. programs who do not have the mathematical and programming skills. General Information-Master's Programs The M.B.A . program is a two-year curriculum with the possibility of waiver , for properly prepared students. of all or part of the first year. The student must request course exemption and should be prepared to support the request for waiver. Up to 25 credit hours (First Year Program) of course work may be waived. A ch• isinl{ . All graduate students should report first to the student adviser in the Graduate School of Business Administration office for the purpose of ascertaining deficiencies and principal field of interest. The division heads of each area serve as faculty advisers . During the first term of residence. each student should prepare a degree plan. This plan, with appropriate signatures, should be filed in the Office of Graduate Studies. Qual({rinK Examination . Satisfactory performance on the Graduate Management Admission Test and admission into a master's program with the status of a regular degree student will constitute the qualifying examination for graduate study. Course Load. The normal course load for graduate students is 12-15 semester hours. Minimum Hours Required. A candidate for a master's degree in business must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours of graduate work plus any deficiencies. A maximum of 6 semester hours of graduate work can be transferred from another AACSB-accredited master's program. 1StudtniS 'nttring any of tht graduatt progra ms ar t "quirtd 1 0 takt tilhtr B .Ad. 501 ( Fun damrmals of Bu si n tss Slatistks) or t o paJS salisfac t o ril y a qualifj•ing rxamin11ti o n covtring this subjtct matttr. In addition . all Masur's studtntJ art rtquirtd t o tak t tithtr B . A d . 500 (Sourcts of Info rmat io n and Rtstorch Mtthods)or to pals s atisfartori(l ' a qualif.l ' in g t:caminati o n .

PAGE 39

Comprehensive Examination. A examination is not required for students pursumg the Master of Business Administration degree program. Each candidate for a Master of Science or Master of Busines s Education degree is required to take a comprehensive final examination after the oth:r requirements for the degree have been , Th1s examination is given near the end of the cand1date s last semester of residence. Students must be registered when they take this examination. Comprehensive examinations are given in November, Apnl, and July. Students must file an Application for Admission to Candidacy with the Office of Graduate Studies during the first month of the final term of their residency. Minimum Grade-Point A A minimum cumulative grade-point average of 3 . 0 must be achieved in courses taken after the student's admission to the graduate program. If the student's gradepoint average falls below 3.0, he or she w11l be placed on academic probation and given one regular semester (summer terms excluded) in which to achieve the required 3 . 0 cumulative average. to ach_ ieve required average within the allotted lime penod w11l result in dismissal. Work receiving the lowest passing grade, D. may not be counted toward a degree, nor may it be accepted for the removal of deficiencies. A graduate student may repeat once a course for which he or she has received a grade of C. D. or F. Both the original grade and the grade for the repeated course count in the computation of the grade-point average. To earn a grade of W (withdrawal) in a course, a graduate student must be earning a of Cor in that course. Students will not be perm1tted to withdraw from courses after the tenth week of the semester. An /F(incomplete) will be automatically converted to an F after one academic year. Time Limit . All 30 semester hours of graduate work, including the comprehensive final examination, should be completed within five years or six successive summers. Candidates for the master's degree are expected to complete their work with reasonable continuity.' Master of Business Administration The Master of Business Administration program is devoted to the concepts. analytical tools, and communication skills required for competent and responsible administration. The administration of an enterprise is viewed in its entirety and within its social. political, and economic environment. In addition to the background requirements for a master's degree listed above. the candidate for the M.B . A . degree must complete the specific requirements of the M . B . A . curriculum (30 semester hours) as follows: Core R equireJIIenl . \ ' Se!He. \ ter Hours a . Functional Courses Two of the following four functional courses are re4u ired: Fin . 601. Mk . 600 . Pr.Mg. 640 (Logistics) . and I.S . 645 . at least o ne of which s hall be either Fin. 60 I or M k . 600. Candidates with either marketing or finance undergraduate or graduate majors s hall not take the corresponding functional course to fulfill thts re -4uirement ............................................. 6 College of Business and Administration / 29 b . Busines s and Its Environment Business. Government. and Society (B . Ad . 610) ......... . 3 c. Analysis and Control Bus iness and Economic Analysi s ( B . Ad . 615) ............ 3 Administrative Controls (B . Ad . 620) ........... .... 3 d . Human Factors Organi7.ational Behavior (B. Ad . 640) ........•.......... 3 e. Planning and Policy Administrative Policy (B . Ad . 650) ............. 3 Area of Emphasis .......................... ... Total 30 Areas of emphasis include accounting, finance, management science, marketing, organization management, personnel management, production and operations management, and transportation and traffic management. For students taking an area of emphasis in accounting, Acct. 322, 323 and 332 or their equivalents are prerequisites for all graduate-level accounting courses. Acct. 533 is substituted for B .Ad. 620 . Acct. 628 and two other graduate-level accounting courses are required in the area of emphasis. It is strongly recommended that accounting students take Fin. 60 I as one of their functional courses. Requirements for an area of emphasis in finance are Fin. 60 I, 602 and either Fin. 633 or 655. Requirements for an area of emphasis in marketing are M k . 600, 605 and one additional graduate marketing course. Candidates pursuing the area of in management science must elect either a dec1s10n sc1ence option or an information science option. Those electing the decision science option will be required to take Mg.Sc. 601, 602 and Q . M. 602. Those electing the information science option will be required to take I.S. 645, 650 and 665. Students taking other areas of emphasis should consult the head of the division concerning the requirements. No thesis is required in the M . B.A. program. In the total program there must be a minimum of 30 semester hours of graduate course work and a minimum of 24 semester hours of course work at the 600 level. Independent study course 699 is normally not acceptable for credit in the final 30 semester hours of the M.B.A. program. Master of Science The Master of Science degree affords opportunity for specialization and depth of training within a particular major field and a related minor field. MAJOR FIELDS For detailed information concerning requirements and recommended programs for each of the major fields, students should consult the division heads of the following areas: Accounting, Finance, Management Science, Marketing, and Management and Organization. Call 629 2605 for division head's name and telephone number. With the approval of the student's adviser and the director of graduate studies, minor fields may be chosen from business subjects or from other graduate departments.

PAGE 40

30 I University of Colorado at Denver Fields available in the College of Business for selection as a minor are: Accounti ng Finance Management science Marketing Organi1ation management Personnel management Production and operations management Real Estate Transportation and traffic management The minimum requirements for the M.S. degree, after all undergraduate background deficiencies have been removed, may be met by Plan I or Plan II. The student's degree program should be approved in advance by the advisory committee and the director of graduate studies. Plan I . The requirement is 30 semester hours of graduate credit including a thesis (4 to 6 hours credit) based upon original research by the candidate. A minimum of 20 semester hours of credit, including B . Ad. 630 (Business Research), is required of all candidates and, including the thesis, must be earned in a major field. A minimum of three courses, normally 9 semester hours but not fewer than 6, must be completed in a minor field . Plan II . Minimum of 30 semester hours of course work must be completed in courses numbered at the 500 level or above. Requirements must be met in both a major and a minor field. No thesis is required. Of the 30 semester hours of graduate-level course work, a minimum of 16 hours must be at the 600 level. All M . S. students must pass written comprehensive examinations covering major and minor fields . The candidate's committee may require an oral final comprehensive examination subsequent to the written examination. Minors Without Majors In Fields of Business Graduate students majoring in other divisions of the University may elect as a minor some field of study within the College of Business and Administration. Acceptable fields are: Accounting Finance Management s cience Marketing Organi1.ation management Per sonnel management Production and operations management Transportation and traffic management The student must complete two preparatory fundamentals courses, or their equivalents, as background preparation in the particular field . These two courses will be selected in consultation with a College of Business and Administration adviser . Validation of background preparation may be required through examination, either written or oral, or both. To complete a minor at the graduate level in one of the fields within the college. the student must present not fewer than two graduate courses, and not fewer than 6 semester hours at the 500 or 600 level. Courses taken to apply on a minor must form a logical sequence or unit and should be approved in advance by a representative of the subject field from which the courses are selected. Doctor of Business Administration Students should refer to the Univenity at Boulder Catalox for information regarding the Doctor of Business Administration (D.B.A.) program.

PAGE 41

School of Education Gerald W. Lundquist. Associate Dean INFORMATION ABOUT THE SCHOOL UCD offers undergraduate and graduate programs to prepare teachers and other educational workers. The education of school personnel has long been a recognized responsibility of the University. No program of studies involves the coordination of more scholastic disciplines than does the education of teachers. None is more fundamental, more significant. more far-reaching, or more enduring in its impact on society . The teacher education program is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education. Membership also is held in the American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education. Students interested in pursuing a program of studies leading to teacher certification should consult the School of Education Office. Those desiring to pursue graduate programs or to take courses as graduate students should consult the Graduate School section of this bulletin . All application forms for School of Education programs are available in the school office. located at 1156 9th Street. 629-2717 . TEACHER CERTIFICATION PROGRAM The Teacher Certification Program is designed to prepare elementary and secondary teachers for urban school settings through academic work. profe ssiona l studies. classroom teaching experiences, community field experiences. and urban studies courses. Graduate and undergraduate teacher certification programs are available at UCD in elementary education and in secondary education in the fields of communication and theatre. English. German. French. Spanish. mathematics. science. and social studies . Undergraduate students must fulfill all degree requirements of 1 he College of Liberal Arts and Sciences . For students who already have a B.A .. B . S .. or advanced degree it is possible to obtain teacher certification only or to work toward an advanced degree in education while obtaining Colorado teacher certification . Student Candidates I. Juniors and senio rs who are working on a B.A. degree. 2. Persons who already have B.A .. B.S .. or advanced degrees . but who do not have teaching certificates. The Program FIRST SEMESTER (FALL) St•me .Her Hour. v T.Ed. 406 506 . Foundations of American Education' . . .... ...... 3 T. Ed . 413 513. General Educational Psychology' ..... . . . . . ...... 3 T . Ed . 436 536 . Teaching Reading in Urban Schools' . . ........ . . 3 T . Ed . 473 573 . The Citv a s a Cultural Labora10ry .............. 2 T.Ed. 420 520 . Media i . n Education ........................... 3 Time Commitment for Field Experien ces : T . Ed . 406 506 . Two hours per week in Denver Public Schools T . Ed. 413 513 . Two hours per week in Denver Public Schools T . Ed . 436 536 . Two hours per week in Denver Public Schools If the student elects to take these courses out of se4uence. such as T . Ed. 406 506 the first semester and T. Ed . 413 513 and 436 536the following fall . the time commitment will be a minimum of four hours per week each semester. City as a Cultural Laboratory: To be offered fall semester in the form of individuali7 . ed field experiences in the city of Denver. Seminars will be held during the semester to process the experiences . K-12 : T.Ed. 436 536 and T.Ed. 413 513 will be offered with one section designated with an elementary emphasis and one section with an emphasis on secondary aspects . All other courses will maintain the K-12 perspective . SECO D S E MESTER (SPRING) Special Methods: a. For elementary certification : Seml'. vter Hour. v T . Ed . 415 515 Basic Elementary Block ............. . ...... M b . For secondary certification : Discipline-area methods course . . .................. ..... . . 3 T . Ed . 475 575 . School-Based Field Experience (Secondary) ...... 2 6 hours per week in Denver Public Schools T. Ed . 475 575 . School-Bas ed Field Experience (Elementary) ... ... 4 12 hours per week in Denver Public Schools T . Ed . 412 512 . Communication: Human Relations and Group Processes ... . . . ............................... . 3 Full-time involvement iri School of Education for elementary -level students during second semester of program. SUMMER SESSION (OPTIONAL ENROLLMENT) This additional semester may be necessary for some students to complete program re4uircments during a two-year period . I. Student teaching (T.Ed. 470 { 570 , T . Ed . 471/571, T . Ed . 439 / 539, T.Ed. 440 / 540). 2 . Academic work in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences . 3 . Elective courses in the School of Education also may be taken during the summer terms. THIRD S EMES TER (FALL ) Sl'll11'.1"/l'r 1/oun Elementary certification : (Involves an 8 week full-time student teaching assignment, concurrent seminar. ) 1 ; 1 /it•l d t•xpc •rit •m t • t 'fiiiiJIIIIU'II/ 1\ u n IIJit',f(ru l f 1 Urt of t •uth of"tlw . w to/lnt''

PAGE 42

32 / University of Colorado at Denver T. Ed. 470/570 . Student Teaching-Elementary School ............ M T.Ed. 439/539. Seminar in Elementary Student Teaching ......... I T.Ed. 40M/50!!. Methods and Materials for Teaching the Student ................. .................. 3 Secondary certification: T.Ed. 471/571. Student Teaching-Secondary School (M weeks full time or 16 weeks half-time assignment) ....... ... . H T . Ed. 440 540. Seminar in Secondary Student Teaching . . ....... I T . Ed . 40!! 50M. Methods and Materials for Teaching the Exceptional Student .................................. . 3 FOURTH SEMESTER (SPRING) T .Ed. 414 /514. Seminar: Urban Education, Bilingual / Multicultural Education ......................... . . 3 Admission Procedures A check list which outlines the steps necessary for admission into the Teacher Certification Program is available in the Education office. Students should obtain and follow the procedures as listed . For further information contact the School of Education. 1156 9th Street. 629-2717. Physical Education Programs Metropolitan State College is responsible for all undergraduate physical education for the . Higher Education Center. This includes the baste actlvtty program as well as the undergraduate major in health. physical education. and recreation . UCD students may take any activity class MSC offers. Check the appropriate Schedule uf Cuurses for activities offered. class times. and procedures for enrolling in such classes. Rehabilitation Services Program The School of Education offers a two-year program in rehabilitation services to juniors and seniors. focusing strongly on the recruitment and training of minorities. Students entering the program must have completed 60 semester hours by September of the year for which application is made and should consult with the School of Education regarding entrance requirements. The program leads to a B.S. degree. but not a teaching certificate. The program combines didactic and experiential facets of rehabilitation counseling. Trainees spend a minimum of two days per week working in settings such as drug and alcohol treatment centers. juvenile probation. and rehabilitation service agencies . The program requires 30 hours of core curriculum courses during the junior and senior years. Applications for admission to the Rehabilitation Services Program are accepted each year until July 31. Graduate Programs Refer to the Graduate School section of this bulletin for information regarding graduate programs in education.

PAGE 43

College of Engineering and Applied Science Paul . Bartlett, Associate Dean INFORMATION ABOUT THE PROFESSION Through engineering the resources of nature are used for the benefit of humanity and the environment. Engineers today are expected not only to be competent planners and designers of technical systems, but significant contributors to the betterment of their environment in the social and humanistic sense as well. Engineering professional societies have committed themselves to the principle that, as mankind gains the ability to build more powerful machines and more useful devices, there must be a strong and successful effort to protect natural resources and the environment. An engineering career demands hard work, and so does an engineering education. In return engineers have excellent opportunities to work in various places. meet new challenges, or move upward in management. The engineer is generally well paid and usually in demand; in the rare times when there is a surplus of certain kinds of engineers. individuals usually have little difficulty finding attractive opportunities in other fields . Currently. registration is required in all states for the legal right to practice professional engineering . Although there are variations in the state laws, graduation from an accredited curriculum in engineering. subscription to a code of ethics, and four years of qualifying experience are required . In addition. two days of examinations covering the engineering sciences and the applicant's practical experience are required in most states. Those who cannot qualify for registration are expected to work under experienced registered engineers . A listing of the fields in which engineers work would have many hundreds of entries. The following list by departments gives only a brief summary. The aerospace engineering prepare engineers for an industry that encompasses the design and construction of both commercial and military aircraft and the development and fabrication of space vehicles . Advances in this technology have permitted the industry to enter also the fields of urban mass transit, undersea exploration, bioengineering, nuclear engineering, laser technology, and many other emerging high technology fields . An aerospace engineer often works at the forefront of engineering with scientists in the fields of mathematics, physics, chemistry, biology, etc . Applied mathematics meets the need of modern research, which is dependent upon advanced mathematical concepts. Almost all concerns that are engaged in industrial and scientif i c research today need applied mathematicians . as do organizations involved in computational work, statistical analysis. or stochastics. Architectural engineering prepares students for careers in the building industry and for research at the graduate level on building-related topics. This course of study fulfills the academic requirements for registration as a professional engineer. The architectural engineering curriculum is recommended for those wishing to specialize within the building industry in engineering design. construction and contracting, or sales engineering . The architectural engineering student may select any of three areas of specialization offered: construction engineering, environmental engineering. or structural engineering . Chemical engineers convert natural resources into industrial and consumer products in facilities that include refineries and gasification plants. Among their products are many that often are not identified with chemical engineering oils, metals. glas s . plastics. rubber. paints, soaps and detergents, foods, beverages, synthetic and natural fibers. nuclear and exotic fuels. medicines. and many others. The department has recently revised and upgraded its bioengineering/ premedical engineering program. It is very much interested in research directed toward ecologically sound development of chemical processes . It is also working hard on energy problems and is stressing in its instructional program problems of energy conversion. c;,.if engineering offers an interesting and challenging career to the student interested in the design and construction of buildings, bridges, dams, aqueducts, and other structures; in transportation systems including highways. canals, pipelines, airports, rapid transit lines, railroads, and harbor facilities; in the transmission of water and the control of rivers; in the development of water resources for urban use, industry, and land reclamation; in the control of water quality through water purification and proper waste treatment; in the construction and contracting industry; and in the problems concerned with man's physical environment and the growth of cities. Electrical engineering offers professional possibilities that include teaching and research in a university; research in development of new electrical or electronic devices, instruments, or products; design of equipment or systems; production and quality-control of electrical

PAGE 44

34 / University of Colorado at Denver products for private industry or government; and sales or management for a private firm or branch of gove _ rnment. There are numerous specialties within electrical. engineering. Among them are the design of computer interfaces and computer software; electromagnetic fields. which are basic to radio, television, and related systems; communication theory and signal processing; electrical machinery; solid-state, integrated-circuit , and electron devices, energy and power, control systems and others. The elec trical engineering and computer .l'cience program is designed to provide entrance into the profession for students who wish to work in computer engineering . This includes design and construction of efficient software systems as well as an introduction to hardware design. Present interest is in the application of microprocessors. The engineering ph_nici. 1 t works where new kinds of engineering are being born, or where many fields are being used jointly. General knowledge of the diverse fields of physics provides the ability to deal with industrial problems that cannot be solved by a standardized procedure in a specialized field . The training prepares the student for a career in physics where there are many and varied opportunities in development work and industrial research. It is also basic for graduate work in physics and for specialized training in research . Mechanical engineering is very broad in scope , not identified with or restricted to a particular technology. vehicle , device , or s ystem but instead is concerned with all such subjects. both individually and collectively . The objective of the undergraduate program i s to prepare the student to meet and anticipate change. and to work with technologies as y et unknown. Typical starting assignments for the graduating senior include positions with oil. construction. and automotive industries . INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE B.S. Degree The College of Engineering and Applied Science offers at UCD complete four-year programs leading to the B . S . degree in civil engineering. electrical engineering. electrical engineering and computer science . mechanical engineering. and applied mathematics. A number of the courses leading to the B.S. degree in aerospace engineering sciences. architectural engineering. chemical engineering. and engineering physics also are offered at UCD. The course requirements during the fre shman year are essentially the same throughout the College of Engineering and Applied Science. About two-thirds of the sophomore year is common to all. and the remainder of the courses begin to point to the various fields of engineering taught; real specialization begins. however. in the junior year and carries on through the senior year. A fifth year of study leading to the master's degree is strongly urged for students of more than usual ability who feel they can profit from additional study. Those in this category are likely to achieve greater ultimate success in the engineering profession . At UCD it is also possible for a student to obtain a bachelor's degree in engineering and a bachelor's degree in business in five years plus one or two summer terms. Any of the engineering degree programs can be modified for an excellent premerlical program. If liberal arts students elect certain courses in sc i ence , mathematics, and engineering as undergraduates, they may earn an .engineering degree in four semesters after graduation from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences . At the graduate level , UCD offers complete master's degree programs in civil engineering, electrical engineering and applied mathematics. Many graduate courses leading to the Ph. D . in civil engineering and electrical engineering are also offered. For information regarding courses and requirements leading to the Master of Engineering. Master of Science. or to the Ph. D. degree. see the Univer.l'ity of Colorado at Boulder Catalog and the Graduate School section of this bulletin. Summer Courses Summer term courses are planned for regular students who must clear deficiencies and for transfer students. Courses also are offered for high school graduates who wish to enter as freshmen and for those who need to remove subject deficiencies. For information about courses. students should write to the associate dean of the College of Engineering and Applied Science . UCD. for the Schedule Summer Cour . 1 es. For many students there are several advantages in starting their college careers during the summe r term. Some required freshman and sophomore courses are normally offered at UCD during the summer. Generally. the summer classes are smaller than regular academicyear classes. which mean s that students can get more individual attention. The summer term gives students a head start and l!l'ables them to take a lighter load during the fall semester or take additional courses to enrich their program. Scholarships, Fellowships, and Loan Funds Money contributed to the University Development Foundation for assistance to engineering students is depos ited in appropriate accounts and used according to the restrictions imposed by the donors. Numerous industries match employee contributions. 1\ list of companies contributing to scholarships and fell o w s hips and different loan fund s available can be obtained from the associate dean's office . Student Organizations The following honorary engineering societie s have active student chapters in the College of Engineering and Applied Science: Chi Epsilon, civil and architectural fraternity Eta Kappa Nu. electrical engineering society

PAGE 45

Tau Beta Pi. engineering society Student chapters of the following professional societies are well established at UCD: American Society of Civil Engineers Association for Computing Machinery Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers Society of Women Engineers The following societies have chapters on the Boulder Campus; however, UCD students are eligible for membership : American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics American Institute of Chemical Engineers American Society of Mechanical Engineers Society of Industrial and Applied Mathematics These societies meet frequently to present papers, speakers, films, and other programs of technical interest. A general student organi7 .ation. known as the Associated Engineering Students, of which all students in the College are members, has supervision of matters of interest to the whole group. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION The prospective engineering student needs to be able to work hard, should enjoy mathematics, and should have a keen interest in science and its methods. Sound curiosity about the principles governing the behavior of forces and materials and the ability to visualize structures and machines are necessary prerequisites. The ability to express ideas in both written and spoken form is of primary importance. In order to enroll, the student must meet the admission requirements of the College of Engineering and Applied Science and the admission requirements described in the General Information section of this bulletin. Students who have been out of high school for two or more years may petition the College for admission. Persons of sufficient maturity and experience who do not meet the prescribed requirements for admission may be admitted upon approval of the associate dean. Beginning students in engineering should be prepared to start analytic geometry-calculus. No credit toward a degree will be given for algebra or trigonometry (courses will be offered to allow a student to make up deficiencies) . Any student who questions the adequacy of his precollege background in mathematics should see the applied mathematics coordinator for suggestions. A diagnostic test covering precalculus mathematics will be available. prior to registration, to assist new freshmen in selecting the appropriate beginning mathematics course. To be prepared for the type of mathematics courses that will be taught. the student must be competent in the basic ideas and skills of ordinary algebra. geometry. and plane trigonometry. These include such topics as the fundamental operations with algebraic expressions, exponents and radicals, fractions, simple factoring, solution of linear and quadratic equations. graphical representation, simple systems of equations. complex College of Engineering and Applied Science I 35 numbers, the binomial theorem. arithmetic and geometric progressions, logarithms, the trigonometric functions and their use in triangle solving and simple applications. and the standard theorems of geometry. including some solid geometry. It is estimated that it will usually take seven semesters to cover this material adequately in high school. It is recommended that students take at least two units of a foreign language. fRESHMEN Hif{h School Requirecl.for Adminionl English (literature. composition. grammar) Mathematics distributed as follows : Algebra Geometry Additional mathematics Natural sciences (physics and chemistry recommended) Social studies and humanities (Foreign languages and additional units of English . history . and literature are included) Electives ' Totals Former Students Required Uniu1 4 2 I I 2 3 3 16 Former students must meet the requirements outlined in the General Information section of this bulletin. Records made at collegiate institutions while the student was a member of the armed forces will not necessarily be a determining factor in a student's readmission to the University of Colorado, but all such records should be submitted. Students ll'ho have ll'ithdraun must obtain permission of the a.uociate dean to reenroll in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Students who interrupt their course of study may be required to take any preparatory courses which have been added during their absence or to repeat courses in which their preparation is thought to be weak . Transfer Students Students transferring from other accredited collegiate institutions may be considered for admission on an individual basis if they meet the requirements outlined in the General Information section of this bulletin and the freshmen requirements for entering the College of Engineering and Applied Science. lntrauniversity transfers within the same campus of the not meet ina these requirements will be considered on an individual blsis . A ttudcnc who is not prepared should expect to make up deficiencies . l A unit of work in hiah school is defined u a coune: coverina a school year of not fewer than 36 weeks, with five periods of at least 40 minutes per week. (Two periods of manual uainina. domestic science , drawina. or laboratory work areequiVIlcnt to one period ofcla.uroom work. ) This is equivalenl to 180 actual periods per unit. Fractional credits of value less than one-half unit will not be accepted . Not less than one unil of work will be accepted in a foreian t.nauaac. elementary alaebra . aeometry . physics, chemistry , or bioloay . JEiectives may be chosen from any oft he hiah schoolsubjects(ellcept physical education) which are accepted b y an accredited school for its diploma and which m:tthe standard s as defined by the North Central Association. However . not more than two uniu will be considered from drawinJ. shop, or o1her vocational work: courses that have descriptive aeometry features may be considered for elective units beyond the recommended units .

PAGE 46

36 / University of Colorado at Denver University to the College of Engineering and Applied Science will be considered on an individual basis if both the following conditions are fulfilled: I. Enrollment limitations permit. 2. The student's prior academic record fulfills the admissions requirements of the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Intercampus transfers of students from one campus of the University to another will be considered on an individual basis if the following conditions are fulfilled: I. Enrollment limitations permit. 2 . The student has a minimum of 30 hours in an engineering curriculum at that campus , not counting transfer hours. 3. If an engineering student, the student is in good academic standing with at least a 2.0 cumulative grade point average for all courses attempted and for all courses that count toward graduation requirements. If not an engineering student, the student's academic record has all that fulfills the admission requirements of the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Some course sequences should be completed before transferring to another campus; therefore, it is strongly recommended that students who contemplate transferring campuses see their department adviser prior to initiating the transfer request. Both intrauniversity and intercampus transfers are subject to review by a faculty committee which evaluates the applicant's qualifications for academic success in engineering subjects . TRANSFER CREDIT After a prospective transfer student has made application and submitted transcripts to the University of Colorado, the Office of Admissions and Records issues a Statement of Advanced Standing (currently Form 382) listing those courses that are acceptable by University standards for transfer. A copy of this statement is received by the associate dean's office at the time the student is admitted by the Office of Admissions and Records and is made a part of the permanent record. The appropriate engineering faculty departmental representative will use this copy of the form to indicate which of those credits listed may be acceptable toward the 136-hour graduation requirement in the College of Engineering and Applied Science and note the tentative acceptance of these credits by dating and initialing each acceptable course listed on the Statement of Advanced Standing. The student will be notified that the acceptance is tentative and is contingent upon satisfactory completion of a minimum of 30 semester hours at the University of Colorado before the credits may be officially applied toward the degree requirements . It is the responsibility of the transfer student, after having completed the 30 semester credit hours at the University of Colorado, to request final validation of the credits by his department and to have this validation noted on the Statement of Advanced Standing kept in the associate dean's office. If at any time a student wishes to have a course not previously accepted considered again for transfer. the student should consult with the departmental transfer adviser and complete a petition to the associate dean through the department chairman. All transfer credit must be validated by satisfactory achievement in subsequent courses . NONTRANSFERABLE CREDITS Students desiring to transfer credits from engineering technology programs should note that such credits are accepted only upon the submission of evidence that the work involved was fully equivalent to that offered in this College. There are technology courses given with titles and textbooks identical to those of some engineering courses. These may still not be equivalent to engineering courses because of emphasis that is nonmathematical or otherwise divergent. In order to assist engineering technology students with transfer problems, the following guidelines have been established : Courses on basic subjects such as mathematics, physics , literature. or history may be acceptable for direct transfer of credit if they were taught as part of an accredited program for all students and were not specifically designated for technology students. Students who have taken technology courses (courses with technology designations) that may be valid equivalents for engineering courses have these options: I . They may petition faculty advisers to waive the course. The requirement for a course can be waived if students demonstrate that, by previous course work, individual study, or work experience they have acquired the background and training normally provided by the course. No credit is given toward graduation for a waived course. but strong students may benefit from the waiver by being able to include more advanced work later in their curriculum. Other students may profit by taking the course at this College instead and thus establish a fully sound basis for what follows . 2 . Credit for a course may be given if the course work was done at an accredited institution of higher education. The University of Colorado department involved may recommend that credit be transferred to count toward the requirements for a related course in its curriculum . Credit cannot be given for vocational-technical or remedial courses under rules of the University . (See section on transfer of college-level credit in the General Information section of this bulletin . ) 3. Students may seek credit for the course by examination. ACADEMIC POLICIES Refer to the General Information section of this bulletin for descriptions of University-wide policies . The following policies apply specifically to the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Advanced Placement Advanced placement credit may be granted by special examination of the department involved or by College

PAGE 47

Entrance Examination Board (CEEB) tests. Credit by examination is not given for correspondence courses . If the applicant has scored 4 or 5 on the CEEB Placement Examination, credit toward graduatiOn may be awarded. Students who have scored 3 may be considered for advanced placement by the department concerned . All advanced placement and transfer credit must be validated by satisfactory achievement in subsequent courses, in accordance with standard transfer policies of the College . Ad-vanced placement credit for the mathematics courses in calculus and dtfferentlal equations will be limited to not more than 4 hours each . Equivalent mathematics courses from other colleges are usually accepted at full value. Attendance Regulations Successful work in the College of Engineering and Applied Science is dependent upon regular attendance in all classes. Students who are unavoidably absent should make arrangements with instructors to make up the work missed . Students who, for illness or other good reason, miss a final examination must notify the instructor or the associate dean's office no later than the end of the day on which the examination is given . Failure to do so will result in an Fin the course . Changing Departments Students who wish to change to another department within the College of Engineering and Applied Science must apply for transfer by submitting a Change of Major For Undergraduate Degree Students form which must have the approval of both departments concerned and the associate dean. College-Level Examination (CLEP) Credit Prospective students may earn college-level credit through the College-Level Examination Program (CLEP) examinations, provided that they score at the 67th percentile or above. Departments will advise students of the credits accepted for such courses. The number of credits so earned must be within the limits of the number of elective hours of the individual department. A list of subjects in which CLEP examination credit will be accepted may be obtained from the College of Engineering and Applied Science office . The currently approved list includes 23 subjects in the fields of computing, business, science, mathematics, the humanities, and social sciences. (See also College Level Examination Program in the General Information section of this bulletin.) Counseling Freshman students are counseled by the associate dean's office and by representatives from each academic department. These representatives are readily available to assist students with academic, vocational, or personal concerns. Students are assigned specific departmental advisers for academic planning and should consult with the College o f Engineering and Appli e d Scien c e / 37 departmental chairman or designated representative for assignment. Course Load Policy Full-time Students . Undergraduate students employed Jess than I 0 hours pe L week should register for the re . guiar work as outlined in the departmenta urncuia. Additional courses may be allowed when the e s satisfactory evidence that these extra courses can be taken profitably and creditably. Permission to take more than 21 hours or fewer than 12 hours may be granted only after written petition to the associate dean. The petition must carry the approval of the departmental faculty adviser. Emplored Students . Suggested maximum course loads for . undergraduate students employed 10 or more hours per week are as follows: Employed 40 or more hours per week two cours e s ( ma x imum of 9 semester hours) Employed 30 to 39 hours per week three cours e s (ma ximum of 12 semester hours ) Emplo y ed 20 to 29 hours per week four cours e s (maximum of 15 s emester hours) Employed 10 to 19 hours per week -fiv e cours e s (maximum of I!! semester hours) Freshman Year Fundamentals taught in the freshman year are of prime importance in the more advanced classes, and . every effort is made to register a beginning freshman m the proper courses. (Course requirements for freshmen are detailed within the curriculum given under each department.) . . All freshmen are urged to consult thetr m s tructors whenever they need help in their assignments. Repetition of Courses A student may not register for credit in a course in which he already has received a grade of C or better. When a student takes a course for credit more than once, all grades are used in determining the average. An F grade in a required course necessttates a subsequent satisfactory completion of the course . Students mar not register for credit in any course which they have p;eviously enrolled in and completedfor NC (no credit). Work Experience It is the policy of the College of Engineering and A plied Science that any credits accrued in the official records of the student that were awarded for work experience (orfor Cooperative Education experience) will not apply as part of the 136 semester hours required for an engineering degree. Policy on Academic Progress The following is a statement of the Policy on A demic Progress in the College of Engineering and Applied Science.

PAGE 48

38 / University of Colorado at Denver An overall average of 2.0 or better, in hours taken at the University of Colorado toward graduation requirements, is necessary to remain in good standing in the College of Engineering and Applied Science . Grades earned at another institution are not used in calculating the grade-point average at the University of Colorado. However, grades earned in another school or college within the University of Colorado will be used in determining the student's scholastic standing and progress toward the bachelor of science degree in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Students whose overall averages fall below 2.0 will be placed on probation for the next semester in which they are enrolled in the College and will be so notified . If. after that semester the student's average is still below 2 . 0 , the student will be suspended from the College. The following is additional information and interpretation of the policy: I . Students who have been suspended are suspended indefinitely and may not enroll at any University of Colorado campus during any regular academic year, September through May, but may enroll in summer sessions or Vacation College and/ or may take correspondence course.s for credit through the Division of Continuing Education. 2. Students who have been suspended may apply for a readmission if they bring their overall average up to a 2.0 through summer session, Vacation College, and/ or correspondence work applying to engineering degree requirements as approved by a member of the Academic Progress Committee. 3. A student, upon satisfactorily completing at another college or university a minimum of 12 semester hours of work appropriate to an engineering curriculum subsequent to suspension, may apply for readmission as a transfer student. 4. Applicants for readmission to the University of Colorado cannot be assured readmission . 5. During a probation semester the student must complete a norma/load, i . e. , 12 hours or more (for a full time student) of courses counting toward graduation requirements. Physical education courses do not count; if the student has previously completed 6 hours of ROTC courses. ROTC courses do not count; if 24 hours of social-humanistic subjects have been completed, socialhumanistic subjects do not count. 6. Students who have been on probation or suspension at any time in the past will automatically be suspended if their overall average again falls below a 2.0. Details of the probationary and suspension status and of the conditions for return to good academic standing will be stipulated in the letters of probation and suspension. Information regarding these matters may be obtained in the Office of the Associate Dean, Room 402. Grading System, Pass/Fall and Drop/Add Procedures See the General Information section of this bulletin for the University of Colorado uniform grading system and for additional pass / fail information and drop/ add procedures. Also see the current Schedule of Courses . GRADING SYSTEM It is particularly important to note that in the College of Engineering and Applied Science courses to be counted toward fulfilling the 136-hour graduation requirement cannot be taken no credit (NC). Once a course has been taken for no credit, the course cannot be repeated.for credit . PASS/FAIL The primary purpose for offering courses on a pass / fail grade basis is to encourage students, especially juniors and seniors, to broaden their educational experience by electing challenging courses without serious risk to their academic records. In general passj fail should be J;mited to 300or 400-level elective courses. 8
PAGE 49

courses in work that is not a part of the prescribed curricula of the College of Engineering and Applied Science, provided they have at least a 2.0 grade average in all college work attempted. Exceptions to this policy may be made by petition and may be made for students taking the combined engineering-business program. Graduation With Honors In recognition of high scholastic and professional attainments, Honors or Special Honors, (at the discretion of the Engineering Honors and Recognition Committee) will be awarded at graduation. These honors will be recorded on the diplomas of the graduates receiving them and indicated in the commencement program. Social-Humanistic Content of the Engineering Curriculum The faculty of the College of Engineering and Applied Science requires that 24 semester hours should be considered the minimum of social-humanistic content of the degree-granting departments. A minimum of 6 hours of literature is required . Six hours of social-humanistic subjects should be taken in the junior year and 6 in the senior year . These subjects should be taken from the following categories, with not fewer than 6 hours from category 2 below. I . Literature (including foreign literature either in the original or in translation). 2. Economics, sociology, political science, history, and anthropology. 3 . Fine arts and music (critical or historical). Up to a maximum of 6 hours of communication skills (e.g . , English composition, technical writing, public speaking, elementary foreign languages) may be substituted for 6 hours of the social-humanistic requirement. Alternatively, such courses may be counted as technical electives. Courses in business subjects such as accounting, contracts, and management should be used as technical electives where applicable. (Elective courses are to be coordinated with the faculty adviser.) Qualified students will be permitted to take appropriate honors courses as substitutes for social humanistic courses. PLANNING AN ENGINEERING PROGRAM It is the responsihility u.fstudents to be sure they have fulfilled all the requirements, to file the intended date of graduation in the departmental office at the close of the third year, to fill out a Diploma Card at registration at the beginning of the last semester, and to keep the departmental adviser and the associate dean's office informed of any changes in the students' plans throughout the year. In order to become eligible for one of the bachelor's degrees in the College of Engineering and Applied Science, a student, in addition to being in good standing in the University, must meet the following minimum requirements. College of Engineering and Applied Science I 39 Courses. The satisfactory completion of the prescribed and elective work in any curriculum as determined by the appropriate department. Hours. A minimum u.f 136 hours, of which the last 30 shall be earned after matriculation and admission as a degree student in the College of Engineering and Applied Science at CU is rP-quired for students in the four-year cwrricula; however, many students may need to present more than the minimum hours because of certain departmental requirements and because they may have enrolled in courses which do not carry ful! credit toward a degree. The hours required for students in the business and engineering program vary by departments; as a guide, 166 semester hours are considered a minimum, but most students follow programs that bring the total above this figure . Grade Average . A minimum grade-point average of 2.0 (C) for all courses attempted and (separately computed) for all required courses. A department may require a minillmm grade of C in all major courses. Fa
PAGE 50

40 / University of Colorado at Denver UNDERGRADUATE DEGREES In_additio _ n to the standard four-year degree programs prevaously lasted, the College is involved in the following programs. Business and Engineering Curricula Undergraduates in the College of Engineering and Applied Science with career interests in administration may complete all of the requirements for a B . S. degree. in and a B.S. degree in business by extendang thear study programs to five years, including one or two summer terms. The 48 semester credits required in the College of Business and Administration may be started in the second, third, or fourth year, depending upon the curricular plan for the particular field of engineering in which the student is enrolled. It is also possible for qualified graduates (GPA: 3.0 or ?etter) t _ o requirements for a master's degree an busmess wathm one year after receiving the baccalaureate degree in engineering. Before deciding upon the business option, a student should carefully in consultation with departmental advisers, the advantages of the B.S. business-engineering curncula, the degree program of the Graduate School of Administration, and the M.S. degree program an the student's own engineering discipline. Combined B.:). business and B.S. engineering pro are available for stndents in aerospace engineering scaences, applied mathematics. architectural engineering, chemical engineering, civil engineering, electrical en gineering, electrical engineering and computer science , engineering physics, and mechanical engineering. Students taking these undergraduate programs are not required to submit formal application for admission to the College of Business. However, before enrolling in any business courses, the student must see an adviser from the College of Business. Requirements for the undergraduate business degree and engineering degree must be completed concurrently. At least a 2.0 grade average must be earned in all courses undertaken in the College of Business. Not fewer than 30 semester credits in business courses must be earned to establish residency credit. Courses offered by the College of Business may be used in lieu of electives required for undergraduate engineering degrees, subject to the approval of the individual department. The business requirements for this program are as follows: Courses Semester Huur . r Econ. 20 I and 202 . Principles of Economics .................... 6 (Should be completed during the student's sophomore year or junior year.) Acct . 200 . Introduction to Financial Accounting . ...... ......... 3 B . Ad . 200 . Business Information and the Computer ............. 3 Q . M. 201. Business Statistics ................................. 3 Mk. 300. Principles of Marketing ............................ 3 Fin. 305 . Basic Finance ...................................... 3 Pr. Mg . 300 . Production and Operations Management ........... 3 Or. Mg. 330. Introduction to Management and Organization ............................ ................. 3 B . Law 300 . Business Law .................... ................ 3 B .A d . 410 . Business and Government; or B .A d . 411 . Business and Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B . Ad . 450 . Business Policy (Cases and Concepts in .. Business Policy) ...................................... .... 3 Courses. in an area of emphasis in one of the following fields: information science. international business. marketmg. mmerals land management. organization management. managem . ent. production and operations management. public agency _admmJstration. real estate. small business management. or transportallon and traffic management. All course work in the area of emphasis must be takt-n in the University of Colorado College of Busmess and Administration ...... .......................... 12 Total 48 The student should note that for some courses, and for some areas of emphasis, there are prerequisites which must be met. Since some of the courses may be taken as engineering electives, it is possible to obtain the two degrees in as few as 166 semester hours; however, most students will require more. Joint Engineering Degrees A student may obtain two engineering degrees by meeting the requirements and obtaining the approval of both departments concerned . Thirty hours of elective or required subjects in addition to the largest minimum number required by either of the two departments must be completed. Premedicine Option A professional school in a field such as medicine requires a student to have a college education prior to pursuing its professional courses. In practically all cases, medical students are university graduates, although occasionally a student may enter medical school after three years of university training . A student can prepare for medical school either in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences or in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. The desirability of obtaining an engineering education prior to undertaking a study of medicine is increasing continually, as medicine itself is evolving. A great deal of additional equipment, most of it electronic, is being developed to assist the medical practitioner in treatment of patients . Bioengineering, engineering systems analysis, probability, and communication theory are highly applicable to medical problems. Improved communication techniques also are allowing the storage and retrieval of information not previously available to the medical doctor. An advanced knowledge of basic mathematics and computing techniques, along with increased understanding of physical chemistry, are improving the scientific base upon which medical knowledge rests. It is therefore desirable that the medical practitioner and researcher in the future be well equipped with the tools which engineering can offer. To provide at least a minimum of the necessary knowledge, the additional courses listed below are prescribed and must be completed with superior grades. General overall requirements for entry into most medical schools are given. Students can meet these requirements by careful substitution of electives in the engineering

PAGE 51

curriculum. In some cases where additional hours may be required, interested students should consult with the engineering department chairman. General chemistry ( 103-106) ............. . . 2 sem . (8-10 sem . hrs . ) Organic chemistry (341, 342, 343 , 344) ...... 2 sem . (8-10 sem . hrs . ) General biology (205-206) ... . . . . . ... ... . . . ... 2 sem . (8 sem . hrs . ) English composition ....... ................ . . I sem . (3 sem . hrs . ) To prepare for a career in medicine in the College of Engineering and Applied Science, it is strongly recommended that the student follow a full four-year college course (with the equivalent of at least 136 semester hours) and earn a B.S . degree. The Admissions Committee of the University of Colorado School of Medicine welcomes inquiries and visits from prospective students, particularly at the time of their first interest in medicine as their chosen profession. Students desiring to enter a premedical program should consult the representative of the department involved . At UCD, premedical advising is available through the Health Careers Advisory Committee, Room 232. GRADUATE STUDY IN ENGINEERING The College of Engineering and Applied Science at UCD offers complete M.S . degree programs in civil engineering. electrical engineering, and applied mathematics. Some courses are now being offered toward the M.S. degree in mechanical engineering. Many graduate courses leading to the Ph . D . in civil engineering and electrical engineering also are offered. For information regarding courses and requirements leading to the degrees Master of Engineering and Master of Science or to the Ph. D . degree, see the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog and the Graduate School section of this bulletin. Education for Employed Professional Engineers Continuing education for employed engineers grows more important each year. Therefore, the College puts great emphasis upon making graduate courses available through night and televised courses . A new degree, the Master of Engineering , permits graduate students more flexibility in defining specialized interdisciplinary fields that meet their professional needs . This degree has standards fully equivalent to those of the Master of Science degree . In addition to credit course work, the College works jointly with the Division of Continuing Education to offer noncredit courses of interest to practicing engineers . Concurrent B.S. and M.S. Degree Program In Engineering Students who plan to continue in the Graduate School after completing the requirements for the B.S . degree may apply for admission to the concurrent degree program through their department early in the second semester of their junior year (after completion of at least 84 semester hours) . Requirements are the same as for the C o llege of E n g ineering and A pplied S cience /41 two degrees taken separately : 136 credit hours for the B . S . degree and 24 hours plus thesis (Plan I) or 30 credit hours (Plan II) for the M.S. degree . Social-humanistic requirements must be completed within the first 136 credit hours. A 3 . 0 grade-point average for all work attempted through the first six semesters (at least 96 credit hours) and written recommendations from at least two major-field faculty members are required . The purpose of the concurrent degree program is to allow the student who qualifies for graduate study and expects to continue for an advanced degree to plan his graduate program from . the beginning of the senior year rather than from the first year of graduate study. The student can then reach the degree of proficiency required to begin research at an earlier time, and can make better and fuller use of courses offered in alternate years . Students will be assigned faculty advisers to help them develop the program best suited to their particular interests. Those in the program will be encouraged to pursue independent study on research problems or in areas of specialization where no formal courses are offered . A liberal substitution policy will be followed for courses normally required in the last year of the undergraduate curriculum. The program selected must be planned so that the student may qualify for the B . S. degree after completing the credit-hour requirements for the degree if the student so elects, or if the student's grade point average falls below the 3.0 required to remain in the program. In this case , all hours completed with a passing grade while in the program will count toward fulfilling the normal requirements for the B . S . degree . There will be no credit given toward a graduate degree for courses applied to the B . S . degree requirements ; however, students are still eligible to apply for admiss ion to the Graduate School under the rules set forth in the Graduate School section of this bulletin. Normally , however , the student will apply for admission to the Graduate School when at least 130 of the 136 credit hours required for the B.S . degree have been completed , and will be awarded the B.S . and M . S . degrees simultaneously upon meeting the requirements set forth for the concurrent degree program. Graduate Work In Business Undergraduates in engineering who intend to pursue graduate study in business may complete some of the business background requirements as electives in their undergraduate programs. Seniors in engineering who have such intentions and appear likely to qualify for admission to graduate study in business may be permitted to register for the graduate fundamentals courses which are des igned to prov ide qualified s tudents with needed background preparation in bus i ness. AEROSPACE ENGINEERING SCIENCES The primary objective of the aerospace engineering sciences curriculum is to provide sound general training in subjects fundamental to the practice of and research in this branch of engineering sciences . The major part of the first three years is devoted to the study of mathematics,

PAGE 52

42 / University of Colorado at Denver physics, mechanics, chemistry , and the humanities. The fourth year is devoted to the professional courses in the fields of physics of fluids (fluid dynamics); propulsion and energy conversion; flight dynamics, control, and guidance; space system analysis; materials and structural mechanics; space environment; and bioengineering. Planning of graduate study for students having sufficient ability and interest should begin by the start of the junior year. Such a plan should consider the foreign language requirements of appropriate graduate schools, and an advanced mathematics program included in technical electives consisting of Math. 431-432 and Math. 481 or 443. The minimum total number of semester hours for the B . S . degree is 136 . Students who wish to obtain a B.S. degree in aerospace engineering sciences and a B.S . degree in bu:.iness are advised to consider obtaining the B.S. degree in ae10space and the M . S. degree in business rat!ler than two B.S. degrees . Business courses may not be substituted for technical electives in the aerospace curriculum. TRANSFER TO BOULDER The complete aerospace engineering sciences program is not available at UCD. Therefore, students wishing to complete this program should plan on transferring to the University of Colorado at Boulder at the start of the junior year. Students must complete a minimum of 30 hours including the required freshman and sophomore courses in mathematics and physics before transferring to the Boulder campus. The complete curriculum degree requirements, and descriptions of courses may be found in the University of Colorado at Boulder Curriculum for B.S. (Aerospace Engineering Sciences) The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical first two years of the program: FRESHMAN Y EA R Fall Seme.1"/er Semester Houn Math . 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ..•.••........•... 3 Engr. 101. Engineering Drawing -.....•........................ 2 Engl. 258. Great Book s I (see note I) ..............•........... 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note 2) ................ ... ...... 3 E. E . 210 . Fundamentals of Computing ............ ............. 3 E . E . 130. Problems and Methods of Modern Engineering (or C . E . 130) .................... . .......•...... ...... Total 16 Spring Semester Math . 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ................. 3 Phys. 231. General Phy sics I ........... .......... ..... ....... 4 Phys. 232 . General Physics Lab . I ............................. I Engl. 259 . Great Book s II (see note I) . . .............•......•.. 3 Ch . E. 210 . Physical and Chemical Properties of Matter (see note 3) ...................... . ..... ......... ... 4 Social-humanistic elective (see note 2) ......................... 3 Total 18 SoPHOMORE YEAR Fall Seme . fler Math . 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus Ill . ..•....•........ 3 Math . 319 . Applied Linear Algebra ........................... 3 C . E . 212 . Analytical Mechanics I ............................. 3 Engl. 260 . Great Books Ill (see note I) ........................ 3 Phys. 233 . General Physics II ...........•...............•..... 4 Phys . 234 . General Physics Lab. II ............................ I Total 17 Spring Semester Math . 320 . Elementary Differential Equations .......•.......... 3 C. E . 311. Analytical Mechanics II ............................. 3 Engl. 261. Great Books IV (see note I) ........................ 3 En gr . 30 I . Thermodynamics ............... ........•.......... 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note 2) .•.......•......•.•...... 3 Approved physics elective ................ . . . . ................ 3 Total Notes for B.S. (Aerospace Engineering) 18 I. For other options in English. see the English listings in the Course De scrip tion sec tion of thi s bulletin. 2 . Students may take electives pass / fail, subjec t to the regulations of the College of Engineering and Applied Science . 3 . Chem. 103 may be s ub stitute d . APPLIED MATHEMATICS Charles I. Sherrill III . Coordinator The Division of Natural and Physical Sciences in the College of liberal Arts and Sciences offers all courses in mathematics, both required and elective. for undergraduate and graduate students in the College of Engineering and Applied Science . Three curricula leading to the degree B . S . (A. Math.) are offered . In Option I. the student takes a minor in a specific engineering department, satisfying an adviser from that department. In Option I I. the student takes distributed course work in engineering departments, including a solid grounding in mechanics, electronics, and materials. (This option is intended for the above-average student.) Option Ill is a joint mathematics-computer science program. Regardles s of the option chosen. each student is expected to complete a minimum of 45 semester hours of course work in mathematics beginning with Math. 140. Modern industrial and scientific research is so dependent on advanced mathematical concepts that applied mathematicians are needed today by almost all concerns which are engaged in such research. The undergraduate curriculum is designed to give training in mathematics and in engineering and science. The use of numerical methods and electronic computers is included. Non technical electives should be broadening and have cultural value . Courses in the humanities and the social sciences are required . Students interested in research should take a foreign language as early as possible. Some beginning language courses are considered technical electives and may not count toward the social-humanistic electives . Some 300and 400-levellanguage courses may be counted. Under all circumstances. a student mu s t plan

PAGE 53

a complete program and obtain the approval of a departmental adviser at the beginning of the sopho!T'ore year. The B.S. degree in applied mathematics requires the completion of a minimum of 136 credit hours of course work with an average grade of Cor better (a 2.0 grade point average) and a grade of C or better in all mathematics courses. Course work in the social humanistic elective area must be approved by the student's adviser. Curriculum for B.S. (Applied Mathematics) FRESHMA YEAR Fall Seme. f!er Seme.1ter Hour. 1 Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I .................. 3 Chern . 103. General Chemistry . ............................... 5 Engl. 258 . Great Books I (see note I) .......................... 3 E . E. 210 . Fundamentals of Computing (or E .E. 201) ............. 3 Approved elective (see notes 3 and 5) .......................... 2 Total 16 Sprinx Semester Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ................. 3 Engr. 101. Engineering Drawing .............................. 2 Engl. 259 . Great Books I (see note I) ..... ..................... 3 Phys . 231. General Physics I ................................. 4 Phys . 232. General Physics lab. I ............................. 1 Approved elective (see notes 3 and 5) .......................... 3 Total SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semes ter 16 Math. 242 . Analytic Geometry and Calculus Ill ................. 3 Engl. 260 . Great Books Ill (see note I) ......... . . ............. 3 Phys . 233 . General Physics II ................................ . 4 Phys . 234 . General Physics lab. II .............................. I Approved elective (see notes 3 and 5) . ......................... 6 Total 17 Sprinx Semnter Engl. 261. Great Books IV (see note I) ........................ 3 Math. 300 . Introduction to Abstract Mathematics ............... 3 Math. 319 . Applied linear Algebra ........................... 3 Approved elective (see notes 3 and 5) ...............•.......... 8 JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester Total 17 Math. 431. Advanced Calculus I .............................. 3 Engr . 30 I . Thermodynamics .................................. 3 Approved electives (see notes 3 and 5) ........................ 12 Total 18 Spring Semester Math. 320 . Elementary Differential Equations .................. 3 Math. 481. Introduction to Probability Theory ................. 3 Approved electives (see notes 3 and 5) ...................•.... 12 SENIOR YEAR Fall St>mester Total 18 Approved electives (see notes 3 and 5) ... ...... . ........ ...... 17 College of Engineering and Applied Science/ 43 Sprinx Semt>.vter Approved electives (see notes 3 and 5) ........................ 17 Requirements under each option are as follows: Option I Seme. ster Hour.v Specially in a specific engineering department .............. 18-30 Technical electives ............. . ........ ................ 15-22 Other electives ..... .... .... ............................. 11-30 Required social-humanistic electives (see note 2) ..•.•.......... 12 (Electives should include Math 432.) Option II Distributed engineering courses in the engineering college ................................. ... 22-30 (A minimal program would consist of the following courses : C:E. 212, C . E . 311. E . E . 213. E . E . 313. E . E . 314, M .E. 301, M . E . 383 or C . E. 331 or their equivalents . ) Technical electives ...................................... 15-22 Other electives .......................................... 11-30 Required social-humanistic electives (see note 2) ............... 12 (Electives should include Math. 432.) Option Ill Specific courses required under Option Ill: E . E . 257 (C.S. 257) ........................ . ................. 3 E. E. 455 ................................................... 3 E. E. 401 (C. S . 401) .......................................... 3 E . E. 453 (C.S. 453) .......................................... 3 E . E . 459 (C. S . 459) .......................................... 3 E . E. 458 and E . E. 460 ...................................... . 2 Math. 311 ................................................. 3 Math. 465 ................................................. 3 Math. 466 ................................................. 3 Technical electives ....................................... 6-23 Other electives .......................................... 11-30 Requi red social-humanistic electives (see note 2) ............... 12 Notes for B.S. (Applied Mathematics) I . For other options in English, see the English listings in the Course Description section of this bulletin . 2 . Students may take social-humanistic electives pass / fail , s ubject to the regulations of the College of Engineering and Applied Science . 3 . A minimum of 10 approved courses in mathematics beyond 140 , 241, 242 , 3i9 and 320 is required of all students majoring in applied mathematics. 4 . Math. 101, Ill, 112. and 113 do not count toward the B .S. (A. Math. ) degree or any other B . S . degree in engineering . 5 . In addition to E. E . 210, Engr. 101 and Engr. 301. the student must take a minimum of 18 hours of approved elective engineering courses excluding chemistry, mathematics. and physics courses . Furthermore. the student who does not have a strong interest in applications of mathematics to engineering is encouraged to consider a major in mathematics in the College of liberal Arts and Sciences . ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING John R. Mays, Coordinator The architectural engineering curriculum is administered at the Boulder Campus by the Department of Civil, Environmental, and Architectural Engineering of the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Its purpose is to prepare a student for a career in the building industry and for graduate-level research on building related topics. The building industry is the largest single industry in the United States and includes many diverse skills and fields of knowledge. This course of study fulfills the academic requirements for registration as a professional engineer . The architectural engineering curriculum is

PAGE 54

44 / University of Colorado at Denver recommended for those wishing to specialize (within the building industry) in engineering design, construction and contracting, or sales engineering . The architectural engineering student may select any of three areas of specialization offered: construction engineering, environmental engineering, or structural engineering. Specialization in construction is for students planning a career in contracting and building construction. This program involves courses in construction management, planning and scheduling techniques, cost accounting, estimating and pnctng, building materials, and construction methods . Students interested in environmental engineering may concentrate their efforts in the fields of illumination and electrical systems design, heating-ventilating-air conditioning systems design, sanitation and water supply, or acoustics. The third area of specialization is for those interested in the design of structural systems for buildings. Courses available include structural analysis; indeterminate structures; and steel, concrete, and timber design . The five-year course leading to a B . S. degree in architectural engineering and a B.S . degree in business offers opportunity to complement the architectural engineering background with study in ont:" of the major areas of bus : ness administration, such as personnel and business management, marketing, and finance. TRANSFER TO BOULDER Approximately one-half of the architectural engineering program is available at UCD under the Department of Civil and Urban Engineering. Students wishing to complete the architectural engineering program must plan to transfer to the Boulder Campus at the start of the junior year, but at that time must have completed at least 30 semester hours at UCD. Students should complete the required freshman and sophomore courses in mathematics and physics before transferring to the Boulder Campus. The complete curriculum and descriptions of courses may be found in the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog. Curriculum for B.S. (Architectural Engineering) The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical first two years of the program: fRESHMAN YEAR Fall Semester Semester Hours Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I .................. 3 Engr. 101. Engineering Drawing .............................. 2 Literature elective (see note I) ................................ 3 E . E. 20 .1. Introduction to Computing (or E .E. 210) .............. 3 C. E. 130 . Introduction to Civil Engineering .................... 2 Social-humanistic elective .................................... 3 Total 16 Sprint( Semnter Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ................. 3 Literature elective (see note I) ................................ 3 Arch. E . I 02. Descriptive Geometry (see note 4) ................ 2 Phys. 231. General Physics I ............. .................... 4 Phys. 232. General Physic s Lab. I ............................... I Ch.E. 210 . Chemical and Physical Properties of Materials (see note 3) .................................... Total 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus Ill ................. 3 Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ........................... 3 Phys . 233 . General Physics II ................................. 4 Ph ys. 234 . General Physics Lab. II ............................. I C. E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I ............................. 3 Specialty requirement : structures and majors take C . E. 221: environmental majors take Arch . E . 362 (see note 4) ................................. .:..:]_ Total 17 Sprint( Seme. vter Math. 320 . Elementary Differential Equations .................. 3 Arch.E. 240. Building Materials and Construction (see note 4) .............................................. 3 C . E. 312. Mechanics of Materials ............................. 3 C .E. 314. Materials Testing Lab. \not required of environmental majors) ............ : ..................... 2 Basic science elective (see note 2) .............................. 3 Social-humanistic elective .................................. .:..:]_ Total 17 Notes for B.S. (Architectural Engineering) I. Great Books series recommended: see the English listings in the Course Description section of this bulletin. 2 . Departmental approval required . 3 . Chern . 103-5 may be substituted for Ch.E. 210-4. in which case the technical elective requirement is reduced by one credit hour. 4 . Arch. E . 240 and 362 are normally not available at UCD. An adviser-approved junior or senior course may be moved ahead. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Meeting the crisis in oil and energy, depolluting the water and air, producing new and better materials to replace those that are limited or scarce these are jobs in which one will find the chemical engineer. Chemical plants (including refineries and gasification plants) convert natural resources into industrial and consumer products. Among their products are many that often are not identified with chemical engineering-oils, metals, glass, plastic, rubber, paints, soaps and detergents, foods, beverages, synthetic and natural fibers, nuclear and exotic fuels, medicines, and many others. The department, located at the Boulder Campus, is very much interested in research directed toward ecologically sound development of chemical processes. It is also working hard on energy problems and is stressing problems of energy conversion in its instructional program. Many essentials of life originate in chemical engineering. Recycling of wastes and resources is not a new idea in chemical engineering but a long-standing principle. Since the earth now is perceived as a self renewing system, intelligent generalization of the recycle theory to the entire cycle of natural resources is a challenge and opportunity for chemical engineers. Cleaning up pollution from chemical plants and from other sources is largely a chemical engineering problem. The chemical engineer efficiently uses and conserves

PAGE 55

natural resources to create valuable end products and to preserve environmental values. Thus. chemical engineering continually changes and progresses. The Department 'of Chemical Engineering at the Boulder Campus therefore helps students to prepare to be immediately valuable to industry and eventually to lead future developments in industry and research. Whether they plan to go into industry or on to graduate work. students are urged to watch. understand. and enjoy the sparkle and interplay of new ideas and new technologies. TRANSFER TO BOULDER The complete chemical engineering program is not available at UCD. Therefore, students wishing to complete this program must plan to transfer to the University of Colorado at Boulder at the start of their junior year . UCD students must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours and should complete the required freshman and sophomore courses in mathematics. physics. and organic chemistry at UCD before transferring to the Boulder Campus. The complete curriculum. degree requirements, and descriptions of courses may be found in the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog. Curriculum for B.S. (Chemical Engineering) The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical first two years of the program: FRESHMAN Y EAR Fall Seml'.rln Seme.Y/er Hour.v Math . 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I .................. 3 Chern . 103. General Chemistry .. ... . . . .... . ....... .... ..... ... 5 Engl. 258 . Great Book s (see note I) .......... .... . . . ...... .... 3 Engr . 101. Engineering Drawing .............................. 2 Ch.E. 130. Introduction to Chemical Engineering (see note 2) ............................................ Total 15 Sprint( Sl'ml' .fll'r Math. 241. Analyt i c Geometry and Calculus II ................. 3 Chern. 106. General Chemistry ......................... ..... . . 5 Engl. 259 . Great Books II (see note I) .. .... .. .. ............... 3 E . E. 201. Introduction to Computing (or E . E . 210) .............. 3 Social-humanistic elective .................................... 3 Total SOPHOMO R E Y EA R Fall Semeslt!r 17 Math. 242 . Analytic Geometry and Calculus Ill ................. 3 Phys . 231. General Physics I . .... ......... . .................. 4 Phys . 232 . General Physics lab. I ............................. I Engl. 260 . Great Books Ill (see note I) ........................ 3 Chern . 341. Organic Chemistry . . ............................. 3 Chern . 3 43 . Organic Chemistry lab. I ......................... I Math. 319 . Applied linear Algebra .................. .. ..... Total 18 Sprint( Sl'ml'sler Math. 320. Elementary Differential Equations . . ............... . 3 Phys. 233 . General Physics II ................................. 4 Engl. 261. Great Books IV (see note I) ........................ 3 College of Engin e ering and Applie d S c i e n c e /45 Chern . 342. Organic Chemistr y ............ ............... . ... 3 Chern . 344 . Organic Chemistry lab. II ........................ . I Phys . 234 . Experimental Physics II .. .......................... I Ch. E . 212 . Chemical Engineering Material and Energ y Balances (see note 3) .......... ...... .... . .......... 3 Total Notes for B.S. (Chemical Engineering) 18 I. For other English options. see the English lis tings i n the Course De s criptions section of thi s bulletin . 2 . Or C . E . 130 or E .E. 130. 3 . Students must arrange to take Ch. E . 212 c oncurrentl y i n Boulder duri ng the spring s emester of their sophomore year or i t ma y delay graduati on by a year . CIVIL AND URBAN ENGINEERING Ernest C. Harris. Chairman Civil engineering is generally the broadest field of engineering studied in American universities today. Civil engineering offers an interesting and highly challenging career to the student interested in the design and construction of buildings, bridges, dams, aqueducts, and other structures; in transportation systems including highways, canals. pipe lines, airports, rapid transit lines. railroads, and harbor facilities; in the transmission of water and control of rivers; in the development of water resources for urban use, industry, and land reclamation ; in the control of water quality through water puri fication and proper waste treatment; in the construction industry; and in general in the rapidly expanding problems concerned with man's physical environment and the growth of cities . Furthermore, students educated in civil engineering frequently find rewarding employment in other fields: for example, in aerospace structures, electric power generation, city planning, the process industries, industrial engineering, business management and law or medicine (after appropriate education in law or medical school). The breadth of the civil and urban engineering undergraduate program provides an excellent educational background for many fields of endeavor. The curriculum is designed to give the student a broad knowledge of the basic and engineering sciences of chemistry, mathematics (including differential equations), physics, mechanics (including fluid mechanics and soil mechanics), electrical circuits, and thermodynamics. In addition, it includes a minimum of 24 semester hours in social-humanistic studies. Specialized training is achieved through certain required courses, followed by advanced technical electives. By proper selection of these electives the senior student who wishes to specialize may emphasize any of the four major areas of civil engineering: structures, water resources, transportation, or geotechnical engineering . A five-year program has been arranged for students who wish to pursue a B.S. degree in ci vil engineering and a B.S. degree in business. A student interested in a premedical option should consult with an adviser and the department chairman at the earliest possible time in order to make proper plans for an acceptable program. See Premedical Option.

PAGE 56

46 / University of Colorado at Denver Curriculum for B.S. (Civil Engineering) The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is: FRESHMAN YEAR Fall Stmi'Sttr Math. 140 . Analytic Geometry and Calculus I .................. 3 Literature elective (see note I) ................................ 3 E . E. 201. Introduction to Computing .......................... 3 C.E. 130 . Introduction to Civil Engineering .................... 2 C. E. 221. Plane Surveying .........................•......... 3 Engr. 101. Engineering Drawing .................. ......... :..2 Total 16 Spring Stmtsttr Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ................. 3 Chem. 103. General Chemistry (or Ch.E. 210) ................ 4-5 Literature elective (see note I) ................................ 3 Phys. 231 . General Physics I .............................. ... 4 Phys. 232 . General Physics Lab. I ............................. 1 Total 15-16 SoPHOMORE YEAR Fall Stmt.fltr Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus Ill ........ ......... 3 Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ........................... 3 Phys. 233. General Physics II ................................. 4 Phys. 234 General Physics Lab. II ............................. I Social-humanistic elective .................................... 3 C. E . 212 . Analytical Mechanics I ............................. 3 Total 17 Sprintc Stmtsttr Math. 320 . Elementary Differential Equations .................. 3 Social-humanistic elective .................................... 3 Basic science elective ...................................... 2-3 C.E. 312 . Mechanics of Materials ...... ........... ............ 3 Technical elective ........................................... 3 C . E . 314 . Materials testing laboratory .................... ..... 2 Total 16-17 JUNIOR YEAR Fall St'mt'stt'r C . E. 311. Analytical Mechanics II ............................. 3 C . E. 331. Theoretical Fluid Mechanics ......................... 3 C. E. 350. Structural Analysis ................................. 3 C . E. 380. Soils and Foundation Engineering .................... 3 C.E. 315 . Water Quality Laboratory (or C . E . 481. Intermediate Soil Mechanics) ............................... 2 Social-humanistic elective ................................... . 3 Total 17 Spring St • meJter C. E. 332 . Applied Fluid Mechanics ............................ 3 C. E . 360 . Transportation Engineering ...................•...... 3 C. E. 457 . Design of Steel Structures (see note 4) ................ 3 Engr. 30 I . Thermodynamics .................................. 3 C . E . 481. Intermediate Soil Mechanics (or C.E. 315 . Water Quality Laboratory) ............................. 2 Social-humanistic elective .................................... 3 Total 17 SENIOR YEAR Fall Seme.• ter Geol. 207 . Physical Geology I ................................ 4 C. E . 458 . Reinforced Concrete Design (see note 4) .............. 3 Civil engineering electives (see note 2) ......................... 5 Social-humanistic elective .................................... 3 C .E. 460 . Highway Engineering ............................. .:_:2 Total 18 Sprint( Semt'Jit'r C. E. 341. Sanitary Engineering ............................... 3 Civil engineering elective (see note 2) .......................... 3 E.6. 213. Circuit Analysis I . ................................. 4 Social-humanistic elective .................................... 3 Technical elective ........................................... 3 Engineering scie nce elective (see note 3) ...................... .:_:2 Total 19 Noles for B.S. (Civil Engineering) I. Courses from Great Books series recommended: see the English listings in the Course Descriptions section of this bulletin . 2. Civil engineering electives shall be chosen to form an integrated program. subject to the approval of the department. 3. Engineering science electives shall be taken from the list of courses approved by the Department of Civil and Urban Engineering. 4 . A C. E. elective may be substituted for either (one only) C. E. 457 or 458 . ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING William D. Murray, Chairman The professional possibilities in electrical engineering include teaching and research in a university; research and development of new electrical or electronic devices. instruments. or products; production and 4uality-control of electrical products for private industry or government; design or operations in the electrical power industry; and sales or management for a private firm or branch of government. The electrical engineering course of study at UCD begins with principles of physics. chemistry. and mathematics. An early. intensive training in the theory and laboratory application of electrical circuits is followed by more fundamentals in electronics. electromagnetic and transmission theory. electrical machines and transformers. heat. and mechanics . Many students find an opportunity to put their knowledge to work with jobs in industry or research projects being conducted at the University. Throughout the entire course of study. they reinforce their understanding of the theory in well-e4uipped laboratories. Students are encouraged to develop interests outside of their electrical engineering specialty. thus providing themselves with a well-rounded background and a sense of awareness and responsibility for their later role in society. They are urged to attend meetings of their student professional society. where practicing engineers from many engineering specialties speak of their experiences. The areas of specializatio n that electrical engineering students may enter upon graduation are so numerous it is impossible for the undergraduate training to cover them in detail. Intense specialization may be left to possible additional training graduates may receive when they assume positions with industrial firms, or acquired by specialization in a research field through graduate work beyond the bachelor's degree . Students who have earned a 8 average or better in their undergraduate work and

PAGE 57

who have elected courses in their senior year that strengthen particularly their mathematical background may decide to take additional graduate work. The curriculum in electrical engineering is designed to make it possible for the graduating senior with high scholarship to finish a master's degree in electrical engineering in about one additional full year of work at any of the nation's major universities . Electrical Engineering Curriculum In the electrical engineering curriculum the student has considerable freedom in the senior electives. The student may select these electives to provide a good foundation in several of the seven electrical engineering areas listed : communications, digital, electronics, fields, materials, power, and systems. Some of these electives may be courses in other branches of engineering or in other colleges . Those students primarily interested in taking courses in the digital or computer area may do so in this curriculum or in the joint electrical engineering and computer degree option discussed below. Business Option Students wishing to complete a B.S. degree in electrical engineering and a B.S . degree in business should not start the business program until their fourth year, with the exception of electing Econ. 20 I and 202 for two of their social-humanistic electives . Students with a B average may wish to consider obtaining a master's degree in business administrati 1n. For both of these programs, students should refer to the College of Engineering and Applied Science introductory section of this bulletin. Premedical Option A program has been developed which permits the student to satisfy the entrance requirements for medical school. such as those of the University of Colorado, while earning a B . S . in electrical engineering. Med ical schools typically require that applicants have completed two semesters of general chemistry, two semesters of organic chemistry, and two semesters of general biology, all with laboratories. A course in English composition is recommended. More specific information on medical school requirements may be obtained at the office of the Health Careers Advisory Committee at UCD. Electrical Engineering and Computer Science The joint degree in electrical engineering and computer science is a comprehensive program covering both hardware and software aspects of computer system design. The program leads to a B . S . (E. E . and C.S. ) and can be a base for further study toward either an M.S. in computer science or an M . S . in electrical engineering. A student need not make a decision to enter this program until the second semester of the sophomore year. The details of the program are listed in the section following the electrical engineering curriculum. The College of Engineering and Applied Science /47 purpose of the changes is to add to the mathematics background in such a way as to provide a basis for graduate work in computer-related fields and to permit inclusion of courses in scientific application of computers, logic structure of computers, and assembly language programming. The student also will obtain actual operating experience with the departmental computers. Should students leave the program in favor of returning to the electrical engineering curriculum, they will need to satisfy the departmental requirements of mechanics and E. E. 354, which have been waived in the electrical engineering computer option curriculum. Curriculum for B.S. (Electrical Engineering) The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is: fRESHMAN YEAR Fall Semester Semester Houn Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I .................. 3 Chern . I 03 . General Chemistry (see note 2) ..................... 5 E . E . 130. Problems and Methods of Modern Electrical Engineering ..................................... 2 E. E . . 257. Logic Circuits ..................................... 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ......................... 3 Total 16 Semester Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ................. 3 Phys. 231. General Physic s I ................................. 4 Phys. 232. General Physics Lab. I ............................. I Engr. 101 Engineering Drawing ............................... 2 E . E . 210 . Fundamentals of Computing ......................... 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ......................... 3 Total 16 SoPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus Ill .......... : ...... 3 Ph ys. 233 . General Physics II ................................. 4 General Physics Lab. II ...................................... I E . E . 213. Circuit Analysis I .................................. 4 E . E. 253. Circuits Lab. I ..................................... I Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ....................... Total 16 Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ........................... 3 Math. 320 . Elementary Differential Equations .................. 3 C . E. 313. Applied Mechanics (see note 3) .... ..... ............. 3 E . E . 214. Circuit Analysi s II. ................................. 4 E. E . 254 . Circuits Lab. II . ..................................... I Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ............... ..... ..... 3 Total 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fall Seme . l'ler E. E . 313. Electromagnetic Fields I ............................ 3 E . E . 321. Electronics I ....................................... 3 E . E .361.EiectronicsLab.l .................................... 2 Engr. 30 I . Thermodynamics .................. ................. 3 E . E . 381. Introduction to Probability Theory ................... 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ......................... 3 Total 17

PAGE 58

48 / University of Colorado at Denver Sprinr.: Semester E . E . 314 . Electromagnetic Fields II . .............•............. 3 E . E. 322 . Electronics II .......................... . ........... 3 E . E . 316. Energy Conversion I ................................ 3 E . E . 331. Linear System Theory .............................. 3 E . E . 362 . Electronics Lab. I .......................... ........ 2 Electi v es (see note 4) ... ........... ........................ Total 18 SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester E. E . 354 . Power La b . I ............... ....................... 2 Electives (see note 4) ....................................... 10 Social-humanis tic electi v es (see note I) ...................... . Total 18 Sprinr.: Seme.l"ler Electi ves (see note 4) . . ..................................... 15 Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ......•.... .............. 3 Total 18 Notes for B.S . (Electrical Engineering) Students s hould refer to the s ection on Academic Policie s of the College of Engineering and Applied Science in this bulletin . In addition to planning for sequences of courses based on prerequisites . students should plan to complete sophomore level courses before taking junior level courses and should have completed their junior level E . E . courses before starting their 4QO-level electives . I. Of the 24 hours of required social-humanistic electives. a student must have a minimum of 6 hours in literature and a minimum of 6 hours, in social sciences . The electrical engineering department does not require a sequence of two courses in one area. 2 . Or Ch.E. 210 . 3. The mechanics requirement may be satisfied by the 3-hour course, C. E . 313 . or the 6-hour sequences of either C. E . 212 and C . E . 311, or E . Phys . 221 and E . Ph ys. 332 . Students who first take E . E . 313 may, with permission. take only C .E. 311. 5 . The purpose of these electives is to allow the student to develop some breadth in electrical engineering as well as to develop some depth in areas in which he is most likely to concentrate after graduation. Usually these courses will be taken in electrical engineering , mathematics. and physics at the 300 , 400 , or 500 levels. In all cases the student need s the approval of his undergraduate adviser. Electrical engineering courses at the 400 and 500 levels are separated into the following seven areas: communications (C) digital (D). electronics (E), fields (F), materials (M). power (P), and systems (S) . Seniors are free to elect courses from any of these areas but: in order to insure a minimum breadth of studies. every student's program must include 9 semester hours of electrical engineering theory courses in at least three areas and a minimum of three laboratory courses in three areas. These distribution requirements could be met through Independent Study, E .E. 940(1-3) or E .E. 950(1-3) , only if the subject matter studied is actually in the appropriate area. Independent s tudy may be used onl y once to s atisfy part of the distribution requirements . A 3-hour upper div isio n course in physics must be included among the technical electives . The student who has good grades and is interested in graduate work should take additional mathematics. Some preliminary consulti ng with a department graduate adviser is desirable . Curriculum for B.S. In Electrical Engineering and Computer Science The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is: FRESHMAN Y EAR Fall Semester Semester Hours Math. 140 . Analytic Geometry and Calculus I •................. 3 Chern . 103. Gener al Chemistry (see note 2) ..........•....... ... 5 E . E . 130 . Problems and Methods of Modern Electrical Engineering . .................................... 2 E . E . 257 . Logic Circuit s ...•..... ..... ....................... 3 Social-humanistic ele ctives (see note I) ......... ...... ........ .:_:]_ Total 16 Sprinr.: Semes ter Math. 241. Anal y tic Geometry and Calculus II ................. 3 Ph ys. 231. General Ph ysics I ................................. 4 Phys. 232. General Physics Lab. II ...... . . .................... 1 Engr . 101. Engineering Drawing .............•............... . 2 E. E . 210 . Fundamentals of Computing ......................... 3 Social-humanistic ele ctives (see note I) ..................•.... .:_:]_ Total 16 SOPHOMORE Y EAR Fall S e m es ter Math. 242. Anal y tic Geometry and Calculus Ill ...... . ....... ... 3 Ph ys. 233 . General Ph ys ics II .......... ................... . ... 4 Phys. 234 . General Physics Lab. II ............. ............... I E . E . 213 . Circuit Analysis I . . . ................. . ............. 4 E. E . 253 . Circuits Lab. I .............•.. ......•.............. I Social-humanis tic electi ves (see note I) .....•........•........ .:_:]_ Total 16 Sprinr.: Seme.vter Math. 300 . Introduction to Abstract Mathematics (see n o te 3) .... 3 Math. 319 . Applied Linear Algebra .......................... . 3 E. E . 214 . Circuit Analysis 11 .................................. 4 E . E . 254 .CircuitsLab.ll . . ..... . . ............................. I E . E . 453 . Assembly Language Programming ....... . ............ 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ......................... 3 Total 17 J UNIOR Y EA R Fall Semest e r E . E . 313 . Electromagnetic Fields I ..•................•........ 3 E . E . 321. Electronics I . .............. ........................ 3 E. E . 361. Electronics Lab. I ....... ............•.. ............ 2 E .E. 381. Introduction to Probability ......................... . 3 Engr. 301. Thermodynamics ............ ...................... 3 E . E . 458 . Logic Lab ..................................... .... I E . E . 401. Survey of Programming Languages ..... . . .......... .:_:]_ Total 18 Sprinr.: Semes ter E . E . 314 . Electromagnetic Fields 11 ............................ 3 E . E . 322 . Electronics 11 ...................................... 3 E . E . 362 . Electronics Laboratory II .................... . ..... . 2 E . E . 316 . Energy Conversion I .................. . ...... . . . . ... 3 E . E . 331. Linear System Theory ...................•.......... 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ......................... 3 Total 17 SE N I O R Y EA R Fall Semes ter E . E . 422 . Electronics Ill ..................................... 3 E . E . 459 . Computer Organization ............... .............. 3 Math. 465 . Numerical Analysis (see note 5) ..................... 3 Social -humanistic elective (see note I) . . ...................... . 3 Electives (see note 4) ........................................ 6 Total 1 8 Spring Seme. 1 ter E. E. 460 . Computer Lab ..•.................................. I E.E. 559 . Advanced Computer Architecture or E.E. 551. Hardware Software Interface (recommended, not required) ........... ....... . .... .......... 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ................ ... ...... 6 Electives (see note 4) ................. ..................... :.:_! Total 18

PAGE 59

Notes for B.S. In Electrical Engineering and Computer Science Students s hould refer to the section on Academic Policie s or the College or Engineering and Applied Science in this bulletin . In planning their programs, students should consider prerequisite and corequisite requirements or courses and should plan to complete courses at the junior leve l before taking se n ior electives . I. or the 24 hours or social-humanistic elective s a student mu s t have a minimum or 6 hours in literature and a minimum or 6 hours in soci al sciences . The electrical engineering department does not require a sequence or two courses in one area. 2. Or Ch. E . 210 . 3 . Or equivalent mathematics s ub stitution with approval or adviser. 4 . The purpose of these electives is to allow the student to develop some breadth in electrical engineering as well as to develop some d ep th in areas in which he is most likel y to concentrate after graduation. Usually these courses will be taken in electrical .engineering. mathematics, and physics at the 300. 400. or 500 le els. In all cases the student needs the approval or his undergraduate adviser. Electrical engineering courses at the 400 and 500 levels are separated into the following seven areas: communication (C). digital (D). electronics (E), fields (F). material s (M). power (P). and systems (S). Seniors are free to elect courses from any or these areas, but in order to insure a minimum breadth or studies. every student's program must include at least 9 se mester hours or electrical engineering theory courses in at least three areas and a minimum or three laboratory courses i n three areas. These distribution requirements could be met through E . E . 400 (I to 3) , and E . E . 500 (I to 3), sh own in each area, only if the s ubject matter studied is actually in the appropriate area. E.E. 400 (I to 3) and E .E. 500 ( I to 3) may be used only once to satisfy part or the distribution requirements . A 3-hour upper d ivision course in physics must be included among the electives. The student who ha s good grades and is interested in graduate work should take additional mathematics . Some preliminary consulting with a departmental graduate adviser is desirable . 5 . E . E . 455 . Computer Techniques in Engi neering . may be substituted. ENGINEERING DESIGN AND ECONOMIC EVALUATION In the fall of 1978. the Engineering Design and Economic Evaluation program was merged with the Department of Mechanical Engineering . The E.D.E. E . degree will not be offered to new students. However. courses in design and economic evaluation have been retained and are administered through the Department of Mechanical Engineering. ENGINEERING PHYSICS William R. Simmons. Coordinator The engineering physics curriculum gives students a thorough foundation in the physical principles underlying most of engineering. The large number of engineering electives which may be incorporated in the curriculum makes it possible for the student to prepare himself for professional work or graduate school in a wide variety of fields . Because the program is particularly flexible, the student should be aware that proper preparation for his professional field will require careful selection of his engineering electives . The student is urged to prepare. in consultation with the departmental coordinator, a coherent plan of courses to meet his professional objectives . During the freshman and sophomore years. the student must attain a thorough training in mathematics College of Engineering and Applied Science I 49 and a grounding in fundamental methods and principles of the physical sciences. During the junior and senior years the work in physics is amplified to provide a comprehensive knowledge of the various branches of physics such as nuclear physics. atomic physics, electronics. thermodynamics. mechanics. electricity, and magnetism. Individual initiative and resourcefulness are stressed. For purposes of federal Civil Service requirements this degree is an engineering degree from an accredited College of Engineering . Students who plan to become registered professional engineers should check the requirements for registration in their state before choosing their engineering electives . It is recommended that students preparing for Graduate School also prepare for its foreign language requirement as part of their undergraduate curriculum. At present, the Bachelor of Science degree in engineering physics is awarded on the Boulder Campus only; therefore, in order to earn a bachelor's degree in engineering physics from the Department of Physics and Astrophysics a student must, in addition to any other requirements. successfully complete 30 semester hours of courses on the Boulder Campus, including 12 semester hours in upper division physics courses. Applied Physics Option It is also possible to earn the degree Bachelor of Science (Engineering Physics) with an applied physics option. This option differs from the regular engineering physics degree primarily in that fewer advanced theoretical physics courses are required and in their place a selection of applied science cours es is required . This option should not be selected by students intending to pursue graduate study in physics. but it is appropriate for students intending to pursue graduate work or employment in related fields such as geophysics. environmental science. oceanography. nuclear engineering, medicine. and law . Students intending to pursue this option should consult the coordinator by the beginning of their junior year regarding the electives which they wish to propose. The 24 hours of electives in pure or applied natural s cience mu s t be approved b y the engineering physics advising committee. which is located on the Boulder Campus. The committee will consider the proposed courses relative to the student's stated educational and 'or professional objectives. At least 30 semester hours of credit must be earned after the student's proposed program is approved. Curriculum for B.S. (Engineering Physics) The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136 . Approved ROTC courses may be substituted for a maximum of 6 hours of electives . A typical program is: FRESHMA YEAR Full Semester Seme.Her Hour s Math. 140. Analy tic Geometry and Calculus I ................. . 3 Engr. 101. Engineering Drawing .............................. 2 Social-humanis tic elective (see n ote I) ......................... 6 E. Phys . Ill. General Ph ysics (see note !!) .•.......•.......... Total 15

PAGE 60

50 I University of Colorado at Denver SpriiiK Semes ter Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ................. 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note I) .......... ............... 3 Phys . 112. General Physics (see note 8) ........................ 4 Phys . 114. Experimental Physics (see note 8) .......... ......... I C.S. 210. Fundamentals of Computing ......................... 3 Elective (sec note 2) ......................................... 3 Total 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Seme.wer Math. 242 . Analytic Geometry and Calculus Ill ...... ........... 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ......................... 3 Phys . 213 . General Physics (see note 8) ........................ 3 Phys . 215 . Experimental Physics (see note 8) ................. . . I Elective (see note 2) ......................................... 3 Math. 319 . Applied Linear Algebra ............. .............. 3 Total 16 Math. 320. Elementary Differential E4uations .................. 3 Chern . 202 . General Chemistry (sec note 3) ............... ...... 4 Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ......................... 3 Phys . 214 . Introductory Modern Physics (see note 8) ............ 3 Elective ( s ee note 2) ......................................... 5 Total 18 JUNIOR YEAR Fall Upper division mathematics elective .................. ......... 3 Phys . 317 . Junior Lab. . ..................................... 2 Phys . 321. Classical Mechanics and Relativity .................. 4 Phys . 331. Principles of Electricit y and Magnetism . . . ........... 3 Elective (see note 2) ......................................... 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ......................... 3 Total 18 SpriiiK Seme. wer Phys . 318 . Junior Lab ....................................... 2 Phys . 322. Classical Mechanics. Relativity. and Quantum Mechanics .............. ......... ............... 3 Phys . 332 . Principles of Electricity and Magnetism .............. 3 Phys . 341. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics ...... ..... 3 Chern. 453 . Physical Chemistry (see note 4) .................... 3 Chern . 454 . Physical Chemistry Laboratory (see note 4) ........ Total 16 SENIOR YEAR Fall E. E. 403. Electronics (see note 6) .............................. 2 E. E . 443 . Electronics Lab. (sec note 6) . •.............. ......... I Phys . 491. Atomic and Nuclear Physics ....... . ................ 3 Phys. 495. Senior Lab. . ................................. .... 2 Elective (see note 2) ......................................... 7 Social-humanistic elective (sec note I) ........... ...... . ....... 3 Total 18 Sprin!( Semestn Phys . 492 . Atomic and Nuclear Physics . ... ............ .... .... 3 Phys. 496 . Senior Lab. (see note 5) ......................... . . . 2 Elective (sec note 2) ...................... : ................. 1 o Social-humanistic elective (sec note 1) ..... .................... 3 Total 18 Curriculum for B.S. (E. Physlcs)-Applled Physics Option The first five semesters are identical to the regular engineering physics curriculum listed above. The mtntmum total number of hours for the degree is 136. Approved ROTC courses may be substituted for a maximum of 6 hours of electives. J UNIOR Y EAR Sprill!( Semester S eme.He r Hours Ph ys. 322 . Classical Mechanics and Quantum Mechanics ......... 3 Ph ys. 332 . Principles of Electricity and Magnetism .... .......... 3 Uppe r division thermodynamics elective ........................ 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ......................... 3 Electives (see note 7) . ................ . .................. . . SEN IOR YEAR Fall Seme . wer Total 16 E. E . 403. Elements of Electronics ( see note 6) ................... 2 E. E. 443. Elective s of Electronics Lab. (see note 6) .............. I Social -humanistic elective (see note I) ......................... 3 Electives (see note 7) ...................... .....•........... 12 Total 18 Spri!IK Seme.wer Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ......................... 3 Electives (see note 7) ................................ ....... I 5 Total 18 Notes for B.S. (Engineering Physics) I. A total of 24 hours of soc ial-humani s tic electives is re4uired . These must include 6 hours of literature and 6 hours s elected from economics. sociology. political science. history, and anthropology. The other 12 hours must be s elected from the above subjects and I or fine arts and music (critical or historical only), philosophy. and p syc hology . 2. Re4uired and elective engineering courses (excluding mathematics and ph ysics) mu s t total 22 se me s ter hours. 3 . Chern. 202 is offered only at the Boulder Campus. UCD students ma y s ub st itute Chern . 103 and 106 for Chern . 202. 4 . Chern. 453 and 454 are offered onl y at the Boulder Campus. One se mester of any upper divi sio n chemistry course with a ss ociated laboratory ma y be substituted for phy s ical chemistry . 5. Or Ph ys. 455 . or approved 3-hour ph ysics elective . 6 . E. E . 403 and 453 are offered only at the Boulder Campus. UCD students may substitute E.E . 321 and 361. 7 . The elective courses are di v ided into three exclusive groups: (I) Ph ysics electives . These mu st be fiv e hours from among Phys. 318.341. 361.365.366.367,446,451.455.461.462,491.492,495,496.500.501. 503. 504. and 580 . (2) Applied natural scie nce electives (24 semester hours. minimum). These mu s t include 4 hours of upper-division laboratory courses and sufficient engineering courses s o that the total of e ngineering courses (excluding mathematics and physics) is at least 22 semeste r hours. (3) Other cours es. 8. See the E . Phys. coordinator. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Ralph C. Koeller, Associate Chairman Mechanical engineering is perhaps the broadest in scope of all the engineering fields. It is not identified with or restricted to a particular technology, vehicle, device, or system; rather, it is concerned with all such subjects, both individually and collectively. In an era when technology is changing rapidly. the education of an engineer must provide a base for working in fields which may now not exist. The objective of the undergraduate program in mechanical engineering is to give the student a broad intellectual horizon and such habits and skills of study that learning new science as it

PAGE 61

appears and taking the initiative in applying it will be second nature. There can be only one firm foundation for the student preparing for a career in mechanical engineering: mathematics, physic s, and chemistry are the basic ingredients. Also essential is mastery of such engineering sciences as solid and fluid mechanics; thermodynamics, and heat and mass transport; materials, and systems analysis and controls. Along with the study of these fundamentals, the engineer must experience the ways in which scientific knowledge can be put to use in the development and design of useful devices and processes. The mechanical engineering program may be roughly subdivided into two-year groupings. In the first two years. the program emphasizes the fundamentals of those engineering sciences that are essential for an understanding of most branches of professional engineering. For the final two years. the department, in recognition of the extremely broad and varied demands which the advances of modern technology have imposed on the mechanical engineer. provides two plans. A and B. for the curriculum leading to the degree Bachelor of Science in mechanical engineering. The plans are designed to accommodate the professional objectives of the individual student. Plan A specifies a typical mechanical engineering curriculum and is intended for those students who wish to obtain a broad, general education in mechanical engineering without an emphasis on any of the specific professional a s pects . Plan B is designed for students who know what they intend to do upon graduation. This option allows the student to pursue any course plan that meets a valid professional objective and has been approved by the advisory committee. Under Plan B, the specific requirements of the program are determined after a detailed conference with an appropriate departmental adviser. In the course of this conference, the professional objectives of the individual student are studied in detail, and a specific plan (with a minimum of 136 credit hours) is designed to meet these objectives. With liberal use of courses throughout the University, the following may be considered typical among the professional concentrations which can be achieved: Thermodynamics Heat transfer Fluid mechanics Solid mechanics Electromechanical systems Design Power Dynamics and controls Materials science Thermomechanical systems All of the required courses for mechanical engineering plan A are offered at UCD. Plans are to expand the number of elective courses for plans A and Bin the near future. Students should work closely with their mechanical engineering adviser as they may have to complete some courses in Boulder depending upon their study plan and the phasing in of the complete program at UCD. Curriculum for B.S. (Mechanical Engineering) The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is: College of Engineering and Applied Science I 51 FRESHMAN Y EAR Fall Seme.H<'r Seme. vter Hour s Engl. 258. Great Books (see note I) ....... . . . . . . .............. 3 M . E . IJO . Introduction to Mechanical Engineering .............. 2 Math. 140 . Analytic Geometry and Calculus I .................. 3 E . E . 210 . Fundamentals of Computing .................. ....... 3 Chern. 103. General Chemistry (see note 2) .................. . Total 16 Spring Seme.fll.'r Engl. 259. Great Books II (see note I) ......................... 3 Ph ys. 231. General Physics I ........... . . . .................. . 4 Phys. 232. General Physics Lab. I ................... .......... I Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ................. 3 Engr. 10 I. Engineering Drawing .............................. 2 Social-humanistic elective .................•.......... ........ 3 Total 16 SoPHOMORE YEAR rail Seme. , ter M.E. 281. Mechanics I (see note 3) ............................ 3 Engl. 260. Great Books Ill (see note I) ...•.................... 3 Phys . 2J3 . General Ph ysics II ................................. 4 Phys. 234 . General Physic s Lab. II ......... . . . ................ I Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus Ill .... ............. 3 Math. 319 . Applied Linear Algebra .................•....... .:..:2 Total 17 Spring Semester M .E. 282 . Mechanics II (see note 3) ........................... 3 Engl. 261. Great Books IV (see note I) ........................ 3 Approved ph ysics elective .................................... 3 Math. 320 . Elementary Differential Equations ............•.... . 3 Engr. 301. Thermodynamics .................................. 3 Social-humanistic elective .................................... 3 Total 18 JUNIOR YEAR Fall Seme.>ter M .E. 312. Thermodynamics II ................................ 3 M .E. 314. Measurements I ................................... 2 M. E . 362. Heat Transfer ..................................... 3 M .E. 371. Systems Analysis I (see note 4) ...................... 3 M.E. 383 . Mechanics Ill ..................................... 3 Social-humanistic elective .................................... 3 Total 17 Spring Seme.Her M.E. 301. Introduction to Materials Science I .................. 3 M . E . 316 . Measurements II .................................. 2 M .E. 372. Systems Analysis II (see note 4) ................•.... 3 M.E. 384 . Mechanics IV ..................................... 3 M .E. 385 . Mechanics V ...................................... 3 Technical elective ........................................... 4 Total 18 SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester M . E. 442 . Mechanical Engineering Lab. . ...................... 3 M .E. 414 . Mechanical Engineering Design ..................•.. 3 M.E. 401. Introduction to Materials Science II ................. 3 Technical elective ........................................... 6 Free elective ............................. ................... 3 Total 18 Spring Semester Social-humanistic elective ....•.............•................. 3 Technical electives ..............•.............•....••..... . 15 Total 18

PAGE 62

52/ Universit y ofColoradoat Denver Notes for B.S. (Mechanical Engineering) I. Or other English options; see the English lis tings in the Course De scription section of this bulletin . 2 . Or Ch. E. 210. 3. M.E. 281 and M . E . 282 are offered onl y on the Boulder Campus. UCD students may substitute C. E. 212 and C. E . 311 for M .E. 281 and M.E. 282. 4 . M .E. 371 and M . E . 372 are offered only on the Boulder Campus. UCD s tudents may substitute E . E . 213 and E . E . 413 for M .E. 371 and M. E . 372. • 4o • •• _ _.. _ • .- • .. ,... ' ... \ •,._ .\o. . -. .

PAGE 63

College of Environmental Design Dwayne C. Nuzum. Dean INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE The College of Environmental Design at UCD offers five graduate programs: the Master of Architecture. Master of Architecture in Urban Design. Master of Interior Design -Interior Architecture and Space Planning, Master of Landscape Architecture, and Master of Planning and Community Development; and one service program, the Center for Community Development and Design. Undergraduate programs in the College are available only through the University of Colorado at Boulder, and students interested in the Bachelor of Environmental Design degree should see the catalog for that campus. The College offers programs designed both to train men and women who can meet the complex and demanding challenge of developing and shaping the environment and to provide the practicing professional a means of keeping abreast of cultural and technological changes. In recent years. the roles and responsibilities of the environmental design professions have broadened. The social and physical problems encountered by the architect. urban designer. the landscape architect. the urban and regional planner. -the technologist in environmental systems. and the interior designer have minimized the lines of demarcation among these profes sions and interdependence among them has increased . The College maintains traditional and essential ties with the professions and practitioners in the community and through the Division of Continuing Education offers workshops for architects in solar architecture, seismic de sign. and business development and law . The College participates in faculty interchanges with the Boulder campus. participates in the architectural engineering program of the College of Engineering and Applied Science, and relies on local professionals to buttress its teaching program. The College of Environmental Design is a member of the Association of Collegiate Schools of Architecture and is represented by its students. faculty. and alumni on various professional boards. committees. and societies. In 1978. the National Architectural Accrediting Board renewed the College's accreditation for the regular fiveyear period . Its program in urban and regional planning was granted recognition by the American Planning Association in 1975 for a five-year period. Full professional status in most environmental design fields requires a minimum of five or six years of academic experience and two or three years of practical experience followed by state registration or licensing through a professional examination. Qualifications for success in these careers are not easily measured. Candidates for this profession must have the ability to complete successfully an academic program ranging from fundamental humanistic and scien tific courses through applied technical activity to full creative development. They should have a background of secondary education that includes courses in mathematics and physics. Some experience in creative activity may aid them in predetermining their personal satisfaction from the creative process. Financial Aid Graduate scholarships and fellowships are available to continuing students only, with the exception of Colorado Grants. A limited number of Colorado Grants are available to new students who are residents of the State of Colorado and who fulfill the University's criteria for financial need. Forms to apply for State of Colorado Graduate Grants. Federal Work-Study Assistance. and Federal National Direct Student Loans (NDSL). are available through the Office of Financial Aid. UCD. II 00 14th Street, Denver 80202 . Grade-Point Average Requirement and Scholastic Suspension Students must maintain a 3.0 average for a degree. Students who fail to meet the minimum requirements during any semester will be permitted to continue their studies during the second semester. but will be placed on probation. Students who fail to meet the minimum requirement after two semesters will be s u s pended . After a period of one year. appeal for readmission may be made by petitioning the Scholastic Deficiency Committee of the College or the director. MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE The Division of Architecture offers three degree programs. all of which lead to the Master of Architecture. The three programs are named by typical time-in residence : three-year. two-year. and one-year programs. The three-and two-year programs lead to the first profe ssional degree for architectural practice; the one-

PAGE 64

54/ Universit y of Colorado at Denver year program leads to a second professional degree. The one-year program is open only to applicants already holding the first professional degree in architecture (generally the bachelor's, occasionally the master's) . Individually organized studies are focused on the student's interests in architecture or in architecture with an urban design specialization . The two-year program is open to holders of the Bachelor of Environmental Design or Architectural Studies degree and is arranged to receive graduates of the Division of Environmental Design at Boulder or similar undergraduate studies at other schools . The three-year program is open to holders of the bachelor's degree in all other fields . Curriculum The Division of Architecture is a professional school; its role and purpose is the education of men and women who wish to design buildings . The division provides studies in architectural design, graphic communications, history and theory, technology, and professional practice . Architectural design is the central activity of the several programs and the design stutfio serves to integrate architectural learning from all course work in the supportive arts and sciences . Most studios are conducted on the case study method; , skill in the defi nition and the solution of design problems is acquired through the analysis and the working of exercises which simulate actual building problems. Advanced studio options are available with projects in the Community Center for Development and Design. The design thesis is the culmination of architectural studies . Communications courses provide the graphic skills necessary to present de s ign ideas. History and theory courses anchor the student's work in s ocial responsibility, and in an understanding of the forces that give shape to buildings and cities . Technology courses give basics in structures, and in the environmental concerns of utilities, heating, lighting, and acoustics . Professional cours es provide exposure to the workings of contemporary practice, and an internship in a practicing professional's office is a course option in the final year. The goal of all of these s tudies is competency for the graduates of the division a s intelligent , knowledgeable, and creative designers , each at the threshold of entry to architectural careers in private practice, government, or industry. Admission Requirements APPLICATION The complete set of materials for application for the Master of Architecture programs include the application form, college trans cript s, three recommendations, statement of purpose, and a portfolio of academic and professional work. To be considered for admission , the complete set of application materials must be received by March 15 preceding the fall semester of entry. The portfolio must be no larger than 14 inche s by 17 inches . The application form and addition information ma y be obtained by wntmg to the Director of Architecture, University of Colorado at Denver, iiOO 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202. Applicants must hold a Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts, or Bachelor of Science degree from an accredited four-year college or university to be accepted into the three-year Master of Architecture program. A four-year degree in architecture or environmental design from an accredited college or university is required for acceptance into the two-year program. A Bachelor or Master of Architecture degree from an accredited architecture program is required for acceptance into the oneyear master's program. A student in the fourth year of the University of Colorado architectural engineering program may enter the first year of the three-year program and qualifications based upon the course work taken previou sly and upon academic performance. However, a student in this program must still apply and be accepted into the Master of Architecture program and must have completed all requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in architectural engineering before entry into the second year of the program. ADMISSION An Admissions Committee will review the application materials and select students to be admitted to programs. Applicants will be notified that they have been accepted, are on a waiting list , or have not been accepted, prior to May I. The recommended minimum grade-point average is 2 . 75 on a 4-point scale . If the student's grade-point average is below 2. 75, the Graduate Record Examination is recommended as part of the application materials. The student, however, will be evaluated for admission on the basis of all the application materials and not the grade-point average alone. One-Year Program The one-yea1 program is available only to students already holding the first professional degree, the Bachelor or Master of Architecture. The Master of Architecture or Master of Architecture in Urban Design i s awarded upon satisfactory completion of 32 semester hours of courses and special projects arranged for the particular candidate's program. The candidate and the adviser mutually develop the cours e of study through selection of offerings in the College of Environmental Design and other divisions of the University. The program is primarily research oriented, and students are allowed to pursue independently an area of their choice related to architecture. Two-Year Program The two-year program is open to the student with a fouryear Bachelor of Environmental Design or Architectural Studies degree who seeks the first professional degree in architecture. The program is a two-year, 64-semester-hour series of studies leading to the Master of Architecture degree . Students in the third or fourth year of the University of

PAGE 65

Colorado Environmental Design degree program who intend to pursue the Master of Architecture should take Structures (Arch. 452 and 453). Environmental Systems (Arch. 450), Material s and Methods of Construction (Arch. 451), Architectural History (Arch. 470 and 471), and Architectural Graphics (Arch . 410 and 411), and a minimum of six semester s of Design (including Arch . 400 and 40 I). Students who have not completed these courses previous to entry will be asked to complete them while in the program. Students from other four-year design programs must have taken two semesters of architectural history , two semesters of basic structures (statics, strength of materials) and must show, with the portfolio, a graphics ability equivalent to the two-semester course in architectural graphics. Required courses in the twoyear program that have been taken by the student in prior studies may be waived if the grade received is B or above. The Master of Architecture is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 64 semester hours and all required courses . TwoYEAR PROGRAM CouRsE REQUIREME Ts Semes ter H o urs Architectural desig n . ....................................... 24 Technologies .............................................. 15 Theory .................................................... 3 Professional practice and construction documents ............... 4 Landscape architecture ............................ .......... 3 Planning ...................... . . ........................... 3 Elective s ... ................... ........... ................. 12 Total 64 ThreeYear Program The three-year program is open to students with a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree, with a particular program prerequisite of one year of high school or college basic physics and college mathematics through calculus. The mathematics and physics requirement must be completed before entering the program. The Master of Architecture is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 96 semester hours and all required courses . THREE-YEA R CouRsE REQUIREMENTs S emes ter H ours Architectural de s ign .......... .............................. 34 Technologies ....... ........ ....•.......................... 27 Theory .................................................... 9 Graphic communications ..................................... 6 Professional practice and construction documents ...•........... 4 Landscape architecture ...•............ . . . ................... 3 Planning ................................................... 3 Electives ..........................................•.... ... I 0 Total 96 Recommended Order of Studies Two-YEAR PROGRAM: 600 and 700 le v el s THREE-YEAR PROGRAM: 500 , 600 , and 700 levels Fall Seme. fler : 500 le ve l Semester H o urs Arch. 500 . Design . . ..............•......•.......•....•...... 5 L.A . . 510 . Graphics I ............. . . ........................ 3 Arch. 551. Materials and Construction .....................•... 3 Arch. 552 . Structures I ........ . . . ........................... 3 U.P.C.D. 570 . Development of Environmental Form ..... ..... .. 3 Co llege of Environmental De s ign f 55 SprinK S emes ter : 500 le1el Arch. 501. Design ............. .............................. 5 L.A. 511. Graphics II ............ ... ......................... 3 Arch. 550 . Environmental S ystems ............•............... 3 Arch. 553 . Structures II ..... ................................. 3 Arch. 571. History/Philosophy ............... . . . ............. 3 Fall S eme.fta: 600 le1•el Arch. 600 . Des ign . . ......................................... 5 Arch. 650 . Heating and Plumbing ...............•............. 3 Arch. 660 . Structures Ill .......... ........... . ............... 3 L.A. 630 . Survey of Landscape Architecture .................... 3 U . P . C . D . 500 . Fundamentals of Planni ng ...................... 3 SprinK Semester: 600 lel•el Arch. 601. Des ign ........................................... 5 Arch. 651. Lighting and Acoustics ............................ 3 Arch. 666 . Structures IV ............................... .... . . 3 Arch. 660 . Professional Practice and Construction Documents .... 4 Arch. 680 . Theory and Practice or Arch. 670 . Designer Philosophies or U . D . 682 . Architectural and Urban Des i gn Theory .............. 3 Fall Semester: 700 len• / Arch. 700. Design ............... . . ....•......•.............. 5 Arch. 712. Thesi s Preparation ................•............... 2 Arch. 750 . Systems Synthes i s ......................... ........ 3 Arch. 760 . Internship (Optional) .............................. 3 Elective Spring Seme.vter : 700 le1el Arch. 701. Des ign Thesi s ..................•.................. 7 Arch. 761. Interns hip (Optional) ...........•................ . . 3 Elective MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE IN URBAN DESIGN Program Options and Descriptions Urban design is one of the graduate environmental design programs taught at facilities which are located within two urban renewal projects in the core of the metropolitan Denver area. The curriculum focuses on the complex problems that are generated by change and growth in a vigorous urban and regional laboratory. Emphasis is given to participatory community and publicly funded design, research, and technology. Special efforts are made to utilize the vast resources of information available from federal, state, and local agencies and institutions which are concentrated in the immediate community. Specific courses and projects attempt to incorporate these allied academic, civic. and citizen inputs into the design processes . The sequential format, content, and progression of the Architecture in Urban Design program has been developed to provide a broad range of balanced study which combines architecture, landscape, planning, and urban design methodologies. Direct contact and coordination with the activities of the students and faculty in these disciplines is an essential part of the curriculum. Importance is given to the problem-solving processes associated with mixed use complexes, neighborhood, activity center, village, town, and cityscape projects. Specific courses in urban technologies, urban theories,

PAGE 66

56 I University of Colorado at Denver environmental impact analysis. and social and economic factors are available . During the final semester students have a wide choice of professional electives which can be closely related to their thesis problem selection. Two sequences are available in the program. One is a nonprelicensing two-year graduate degree for students who have received a bachelor's degree in environmental design, landscape. architectural studies, planning. or urban studies . The one-year program is for students who have obtained a five-year Bachelor of Architecture degree. In both sequences the final master's year is a synthesis of the special factors influencing urban design in one of five options: recreational facilities . community development, rehabilitation or renewal, transportation, and health care. In this phase the student is carefully advised throughout the period of his independent research and design studies. Opportunities to do state and cit y outreach work in association with the Center for Community Development and Design (the College statewide design aid field program for ethnic and economic minorities) are available. Many other real problems and or case studies from the community. which require anticipatory and feasibility design and development, also are considered. Whenever possible, individual or team projects in cooperation with allied disciplines and institutions are encouraged. Admission Requirements In order for students to be considered for admission into the graduate program, they must submit application forms. college transcripts, three letters of recommendation, statement of purpose. and a portfolio of academic and professional work by March 15 preceding the fall semester they wish to enter. All portfolio material submitted with the application must be in 8W' by 14" format or smaller. If slides are included , they must be in a looseleaf slide holder. It is recommended that students indicate the type and length of all work experience they have had since receiving a degree. Application forms and information may be obtained by writing to the Director of Master of Architecture in Urban Design , College of Environmental Desig n, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202. Curriculum Outline In both sequences the studio is the focal point for the specialization selected by the student: The projects chosen are developed on an independent study basis with meetings , seminars, and evaluations scheduled between the student and the faculty advisers. Cognate courses are selected with the guidance of the faculty advisers from related subjects offered by the College or other units of the University . One-Year Program A one-year program leading to the Master of Architecture in Urban Design degree is available to students holding a first professional degree 10 architecture. The degree is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 30 semester credit hours. The program is for students who wish to pursue advanced studies in compound, complex community architecture and urban de sig n problems. O NE. YEAR S E QUENCE Cour. n' R e quire111e nt . \ ' Seme . H er Hour.\' Urban D es ign Studio ...............•........................ 5 Thesis Preparation ........ ........ ..........•............... I Emironmental Analys i s ................ ..............•....... 3 Planning. Landscape Electives . ......•............. .......... 15 Thesis Studio ..................... .•....... . . . . ....•........ 6 Urban Design Seminar .. ..•............... . ................. 3 Professio nal Elective s ..... . .................•.......••....... 6 15 30 Two-Year Sequence A two-year non-prelicensing program leading to a Master of Architecture in Urban Design degree is available to students holding a first degree in architectural studies, environmental design , landscape architecture, urban studies, and planning. The degree is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 60 semester credit hours. The program is for students who wish to pursue graduate studies in multidiscipline design problems and processes which are evolving throughout the urban environment. Fir. 1 1 Year Hourx Urban De s ign and Graphics Workshop ............. .......... . 3 Des ign Hi story Philosophy . . ............................. .... 3 Urban Design Systems and Management .. ..................... 3 Professional Electives ... .................. . . ......... . ....... 6 IT Urban Design Studio ............................... ......... 5 Des ign His tory Philosophy . ....... , ........................ .. 3 Envir onmental Systems ... ................................... 3 Transportation S ystems .................................... Second Y ear 15 30 See OneYear Sequence ..................................... 30 MASTER OF INTERIOR DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE AND SPACE PLANNING 60 The Master of Interior Design program is structured to educate designers who will be qualified to assume responsible leadership roles in the continuing growth of the profession and in the improvement of the quality of man's near environment by constructively relating the design process to man's life process. There are two programs leading to the Master of Interior Design degree. The two-year program is open to applicants holding Bachelor of Interior Design, Bachelor

PAGE 67

of Environmental Design. or Bachelor of Architecture degrees. The three-year program is designed for applicants holding bachelor's degrees in other fields from accredited four-year colleges or universities. The program is characteristically different from more traditional programs in the following ways: Multidisciplinary Approach. Individualized instruction and guidance are provided in skills and knowledge that are integrated from related disciplines. Accordingly, the student develops personal models and methodologies within a multidisciplinary conceptual framework for the analysis, design, and evaluation of appropriate interior environments. Interior Architecture and Space Planning Orientation. The program relies heavily upon the conviction that the design of an interior space and the building form containing it are inextricably related. The former inwardly responding to the human environment, the latter outwardly responding to the natural environment; both design activities require high degrees of interdependent specializations in generating an adequate integrative environmental form. Social and Behal'ioral Base. Understanding the social, behavioral. and biological implications of man environment interactions is emphasized as an integral part of design research / problem-solving methods in all design studio work. Coordinated Unil'ersityProfessional Community Learning Experiences. The program is a direct response to the Rocky Mountain region's general recognition of a need for designers whose professional training is relevant to regional interests. In turn. the professional community serves as an auxiliary source of educational enrichment b y providing students with opportunities to combine theoretical and applied learning. Admission Requirements APPLICATION In order for st udent s to be considered for admission into the graduate program. they must submit application forms. two original transcripts. three recommendations. statement of purpose. and a portfolio of academic and professional work by March 15 preceding the fall semester that they wish to enter. The portfolio format is to be 14 inches by 17 inches or smaller. Application forms and information may be obtained by writing to the Director of Interior Design, College of Environmental Design, University of Colorado at Denver. 1100 14th Street. Denver. Colorado 80202. ADMISSION A Faculty Admissions Committee will review the application materials and select the students to be admitted to the program . Applicants will be notified that they have been accepted. are on a waiting list. or have not been accepted. prior to May I. The recommended minimum grade-point average is 2. 75 on a 4-point scale. If the student's grade-point average is below 2 .75 the Graduate Record Examination is recommended as part of the application materials. The College of Environmental Design I 57 student, however. will be evaluated for admission on the basis of all the application materials and not the grade point average alone. ORDER OF STUDIES (Two and THREE-YEAR PROGRAMS) Fall Semester. Year Semester Hour.v I. D . 500 . Design Research/ Problem-Solving Methods . • • . . . . . . . 5 Arch. 510 . Graphic Communications I ............•.•.••...... 3 Arch. 551. Materials and Methods of Construction ............. 3 Arch. 570 . History I Philosophy I . . . . . . . • . . • • • . . . . • . • . • . . • . . . . 3 Elective Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 17 Spring Semester. First Year Semester I. D . 501. Residential Design . ....................•.•.•....... 5 Arch. 511. Graphic Communications II . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . 3 I. D . 557. Elements of Structures .........•................... 3 Arch. 571. History/Philosophy II ...................•...••... 3 Psych . 225. Behavioral Biology or. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Psych . 320. Human Behavior and Maturation Through the Life Span ........ ...................... .......... . .:_2 17 Fall Semester. Second Year Seme.lle r I. D . 600. Transportation Design .................•....•...... 5 J.D. 660. Furniture Design .................................. 3 I. D . 680 . Physical Environmental Factors .....•............... 3 Arch. 650. Environmental Control Systems I ................. . 3 B . Ad. 504 . Fundamentals of Management and Organi1.ation ...• .:_2 17 Spring Semester. Second Year Semester I. D . 601. Commercial Design ................................ 5 'J.D. 662 . Professional Practice ............................... 3 I. D . 681. Human Environmental Factors ...................... 3 Arch. 651. Environmental Control Systems II .........•.......• 3 B.Ad . 506 . Legal Environment of Business ................... .:_2 17 Fall Seme . 1 ter. Third Year Semester Hour. < I. D . 700 . Institutional Design ................................ 7 I. D . 624. Environmental Signage and Graphic Design .......... 3 I. D . 663 . Internship I ................•...................... 3 L.A . 630 . Landscape Architecture ........................... .:_2 16 Spring Seme .Her, Third Year Seme .Her Houn I. D. 70 I. Thesis. . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . .. . . .. .. . . .. .. .. . .. . .. 7 I. D. 664 . Internship II ............................•.........• 3 B . Law 512 . Business Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B .Ad. 610 . Business. Government. and Society or . ............. 3 B .Ad. 503. Fundamentals of Marketing (Fall or Summer Semesters) ........... .•...................... .:_2 16 MASTER OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE The academic program leading to a Master of Landscape Architecture degree at the University of Colorado at Denver responds to a perceived need to offer professional training preparing students to meet the complex and demanding challenges of designing and shaping the environment. Our rapidly growing western regions. both urban and rural, require comprehensive problem-solving skills which address regional climate. geology. soils. hy drology, and vegetation. These related processes provide

PAGE 68

58 I University of Colorado at Denver a regional basis for planning and designing land areas for public / private use, enjoyment, and preservation . Programs .UCD offers both two-and three-year graduate-level professional programs leading to the degree Master of Landscape Architecture. The two-year second profes sional degree program. comprised of a minimum of 64 semester hours, is structured to provide advanced training and exposure in the theoretical, technical. and practical aspects of design for those M. L.A. candidates possessing a Bachelor of Landscape Architecture degree. The three-year first professional degree program. comprised of a minimum of96 semester hours, is offered to students with undergraduate degrees not specifically related to landscape architecture. These programs permit the M.L.A. candidate to pursue a wide range of career goals responding to the profession's concerns and expertise in physical planning and design. A major goal of the program is to develop the candidates' knowledge and practical skills of landscape architecture to assume effective roles in professional practice. Emphasis is placed upon emerging problems and frontier areas of the Rocky Mountain Region, and on applying problem solving tools. theories, and methodologies to environmental concerns covering a broad range of scales and project types. Curriculum The curriculum includes those subjects considered as essential to core professional training in the field of landscape architecture. including design. technology, history, and professional practice. Both programs and courses have a design focus upon real problem-solving situations with emphasis on design process. Opportunities exist to develop complementary knowl edge and skills related to interdisciplinary projects involving the graduate programs of architecture, urban design, urban and regional planning. and public administration, within the College of Environmental Design. Additionally. through the Center for Community Development and Design (an outreach program in the College of Environmental Design), the M . L.A. candidate is afforded opportunity for actual project experience and participation for a variety of projects within the Denver metropolitan area and the state of Colorado. The hierarchy of courses from term to term includes sequences of design, technical, and history core courses required of all entering candidates. The final spring term Is reserved for an independent design practicum con tributing to the program and the profession of landscape architecture. This project is performed under the guidance of a Comprehensive Thesis Committee com prised of faculty, practicing professionals, ar.d techni cal specialists in the project topic. Additionally, the M.L.A. candidate is required to complete a minimum 12-week internship with a professional landscape architecture office or under the work supervision of a professionally registered landscape architect. Admission Requirements Applicants to the three-year program or those who do not have a first professional degree. Bachelor of Landscape Architecture. should have proficiency in college mathematics. physical science. English. environ mental science, and a basic course in art or drawing. Applicants to the two-year program, having undergraduate degrees in landscape architecture. architecture. environmental design. or other physical design degrees are considered for admission upon individual evaluation . of their undergraduate curriculum. scholastic per formance, and professional experience. To be considered for admission into the graduate pro grams in landscape architecture, applicants must submit application forms, college transcripts, three recom mendations, statement of purpose, and a portfolio of academic and professional work by April 15 proceeding the fall semester they wish t:> enter the program. The portfolio format is to be 14 inches by 17 inches or smaller. Application forms and further information may be obtained by writing to the Director of Landscape Architecture. College of Environmental Design. Uni versity of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202 . ORDER OF STUDIES Two AND THREE YEAR PROGRAMS Fall Seme ster, First Year Seme s ter Hours L.A . 500 . Landscape Architecture Design I .............. ....... 5 L.A . 510 . Graphic Communication I .......................... 3 L.A . 550. Landscape Architecture Engineering !Environmental Systems .. ............ ............. . . .... ... 3 L.A. 561. Synthecology Field Research-(Retreat I) .... .......... I L.A. 580 . Rocky Mountain Plant Materials .................... 3 15 Spring Semester, First Year L.A . 501. Landscape Architecture Design II .................... 5 L.A . 511. Graphic Communication II ................ .... ...... 3 L.A . 560 . L.A . Construction !-Elements ofStructures ........... ... 3 U.P . C . D . 570 . Development of Environmental Form ............ 3 L.A . 581. Rocky Mountain Plant Design ................... .. .:._:2 17 Fall Semester, Second Year L . A . 600 . Landscape Architecture Design III ................... 5 L.A. 650 . Landscape Architecture Engineering II .. .............. 3 L.A . 661. Synthecology Field Research-( Retreat II) ................ I L.A . 670 . Landscape Architecture History /Theory Seminar. ...... 3 Biology . Ecolor.y Elective .................. ............. . .... 3 I.N . T . D. 530 . Theories and Methods of Programming ........... 3 18 Spring Semester , Second Year L.A . 601. Landscape Architecture Design IV ............. . ..... 5 L.A . 651. Landscape Architecture Eng ine ering III ............... 3 L.A . 681. Rocky Mountain Plant Technology .................. 3 U . D.684 . : U.D.DevelopmentSystemsand Management. ........... 3 Elective ..... . .... .................................. . ....... 3 17

PAGE 69

Fall Semester , Third Y ear L.A . 700 . Landscape Arch. Design V .... ............... . . . .... 5 L.A . 760 . Landscape Architecture Construction II . ..... . ........ 3 B .Ad. Bus ine s s Admin. Elective . ................... ....... . ... 3 L.A . 761. S y ntheco l ogy Field Research-( Retreat III) .... ..... .... I L.A. 790 . Independent Design Practicum Research and Resear c h Methods ........ .. ........ . ........... ...... 2 L.A . 791. Lands cape Architecture I s sues Seminar ......... . . ...... 2 16 Spring Semest e r . Third Year L.A . 701. Independent Design Practicum-Design VI ............. 5 L.A . 721. Professional Practice Seminar .............. . . . . ..... 3 14 L.A . 791. Natural Resource Issues Seminar ..................... 3 Elective .......................... . . ................ . . . .... 3 Total Hours ............................................... 96 MASTER OF PLANNING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT The M PCD program prepares planners to research, design , and evaluate the ends and means of social and environmental action. Careers in planning usually center in such growing fields as environmental design, community development, social services. natural resources . ecology. planning consultation, environ mental assessment, urban renewal, and regional planning. Because Denver is the Rocky Mountain region's central location for managing these fields of action. UCD planning students are able to combine easily the general principles of academic learning with practical experience in nearby operating agencies and organ izations . Curriculum The curriculum requires 60 semester hours as a minimum for graduation. Forty-five of these semester hours are required core courses aimed at training the student in basic planning principles. content. research methods. and plan ( policymaking skills. Of these required credits , 3 are spent in experiential learning and internships with public agencies and other organizations. Another 15 credit hours of the curriculum are elective . They are chosen in consultation with the student's faculty adviser to form a consistent pattern of planning expertise along the line s of the individual's major interests. The courses may be chosen from the MPCD' s own core electives. from other programs in the College of Environ mental Design or from other graduate colleges at UCD. Typical areas of specialization have been ecology. transportation, planning administration, community development, urban design , and health planning. The final curriculum requirement in the student's last semester is the satisfactory completion of an in-depth planning study or project. The aim is to illustrate the individual' s ability to integrate and apply the knowledge and experience gained in the program. This is the major thrust of the core requirement entitled Planning Studio 3 . College of Env ironm e ntal Design / 59 Admission Requirements In order for a student to be cons idered for admission into the graduate program, application forms must be submitted by April 15 for the fall s emester. Entry into the program at other time s is not normally permitted . Applications for admission are r ev iewed by a faculty student committee. Criteria for admission include academic performance, experience . interest , and motiva tion for study. Candidates for admiss ion s hould note that a ! semester-hour course in statistics i s part of the 60-hour core curriculum. Students who ha v e taken an acceptable course in statistics may have this requirement waived. Application forms and information may be obtained by writing to Director of Planning and Community Development Program, Universit y of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denve r , Colorado 80202 . CENTER FOR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN The Center for Community De velopment and Design provides educational and techn i cal a ss i s tance to solve design. planning. and community de velopment problems upon request to groups, organizations. neighborhoods, communities. and s mall towns that cannot afford or do not have acces s to these s ervices. The center provides these services to aid in the de velopment of the community and to encourage local s elfr eliance. These serv ices are provided by mobi lizing the nece ssary and available resources of the College of Environmental Design and the community and b y utili z ing the appropriate community development process and participatory techniques . A central goal of the center is to combine academic and practical experience of students working w ith com munit y members on problem sol v ing through supervi s ed projects in the field . The facult y and staff of the center coordinate community projects for which students register through classes in the various academic curricula. Students who register for these projects assume an added responsibility of satisfy i ng client needs that goes beyond academic credit. Students are expected to do two things: Ut i lize and develop professional expertise which not onl y enhances their own education but also better prepares them to assist in the community problem-solving proces s . and to develop an understanding for community part icipatory processes and be able to integrate the s e into the technical aspects of their community project. The types of projects students may s elect to work on include developing a physical design program for a child care center in an innercity neighborhood; as s isting a neighborhood organize , design , and implement a self help housing program in a s mall mountain town; and developing a comprehensive plan in cooperation with a planning commission in a Colorado high plains town.

PAGE 70

Graduate School Robert N. Rogers, Associate Dean INFORMATION ABOUT THE SCHOOL The Graduate School is a University-wide body which authorizes programs within its constituent colleges and schools . At UCD, Business and Administration (except the M . B.A. program) , Education, Engineering, Liberal Arts and Sciences , and Music are colleges or schools whose graduate programs are offered through the Graduate School. In concept, there is a single Graduate School regardless of campus. In practice , most master ' s level programs are specific to the campus where the student is admitted, insofar as particular options and advisers are concerned. Doctoral-level programs in a discipline are viewed as the responsibility of the entire University community of that discipline. At the present time all Ph .D. programs are coordinated through the corresponding Boulder department. However, in a number of disciplines most or all course work for the Ph. D. can be completed at Denver and the research adviser may be a member of the UCD faculty. Some departments in which this is the case are communication disorders and speech sciences, com munication and theatre, electrical engineering, and civil engineering. In other disciplines, a significant portion of the course work required for the Ph.D. degree may be taken at UCD. Persons interested in pursuing doctoral level work should consult with the appropriate discipline graduate adviser. Anyone wishing further information not given in this bulletin should contact the Associate Dean of the Graduate School , University of Colorado at Denver, I 100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202. Degr"' Offered The following graduate programs are authorized for completion through the Graduate School at UCD. In some cases, a specific required course may only be offered through the University of Colorado at Boulder in a given year. The Master of Arts (M.A.) in: Anthropology Biology Communication and theatre Communication disorders and speech science Economics English Geography History Mathematics Political science Psychology Sociology The Master of Education (M.Ed.) and the Master of Arts (M . A . ) in: Administration and s uper visi on Early childhood education Educati onal p sychology Foundations of education Guidance and counseling Initial Certification Program in Educa t ion Librar y media Reading Second a ry education The Master of Science (M . S.) in: Ac counting Applied mathematics Chemi stry Ci vil engineering Electrical engineering En v ironmental s cience F i nan c e Management Management science Market i ng Mechan i cal engineer i ng The Master of Basic Science (M . B.S . ) The Master of Humanities (M.H. ) The Master of Social Science (M . S.S.) Facilities for Graduate Study and Research at UCD Facilities for research in many fields are available at UCD as well as specialized institutes , seminars, and meetings of national standing. The Graduate Student at UCD Approximately 1 , 800 students are enrolled in graduate programs at UCD and an additional 1,400 special students take graduate courses. Of these, approximately 45 percent are part-time students . Faculty The faculty operating in these programs is mainly housed at UCD, although resources of other campuses at the University of Colorado are used. Financial Aid for Graduate Study SCHOLARSHIPS AND FELLOWSHIPS The University of Colorado administers various forms of financial aid for graduate students: fellowships, scholarships, and a number of awards from outside agencies. The Graduate School each year awards to qualified regular degree graduate students approximately 50 doctoral fellowships paying up to $2,500 plus tuition.

PAGE 71

Special fellowships and scholarships are also available for study in certain departments. Colorado Graduate Grants are also available to students who can show demonstrated need. For details contact the Graduate School Office. Applications for fellowships, scholarships, and grants are due in the department before the announced department deadline. Fellowship awards are announced about March 15; Colorado Graduate Grant awards are announced each semester for the following semester. GRADUATE STUDENT TEACHING APPOINTMENTS Many departments employ graduate students as part time instructors for teaching assistants . The instructorship is reserved for those advanced graduate students already possessing an appropriate M.A . degree who may be independently responsible for the conduct of a section or course . Payment for these teaching appointments in 1979-80 was: one-half time instructor; $5,446 for the academic year; one-half time teaching assistant, $4,356 for the academic year. A half-time appointment for an instructor is considered to be equal to 6 class contact hours; a half time teaching assistant is appointed for 20 hours per week. Students appointed for one-half time qualify for resident tuition rates regardless of their actual Colorado residency status. Teaching assistants and instructors must be enrolled students in good standing for the full period of their appointment. RESEARCH ASSISTANTSHIPS Research activities provide opportunities for graduate students to obtain part-time work as research assistants in many departments. Holders of these positions pay resident tuition . Assistants must be enrolled students. LOAN FUNDS Graduate students wishing to apply for long-term loans through the National Direct Student Loan Program and for part-time jobs through the college work-study program should submit an Application for Financial Aid to the Office of Financial Aid by March 1 . This office also provides short-term loan assistance to students who have completed one or more semesters in residence. Short-term loans are designed to supplement inadequate personal funds and to provide for emergen cies . Applicants should go directly to the Office of Financial Aid . EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES The University maintains an employment service in the Office of Financial Aid to help students obtain part-time work either through conventional employment or through the college work-stud y program. Students employed by the Universit y are hired solely on the basis of merit and fitness, a policy which avoids favor or discrimination because of race, color, creed, sex, . age, handicap, or national origin. Students are also referred to prospective employers in accordance with this policy . Graduate School /61 International Education The Office of International Education expedites the exchange of students and faculty, entertains foreign visitors, promotes special relationships with foreign universities , and acts as adviser for Fulbright and other scholarships. The office also arranges study abroad programs. Students remain enrolled at the University of Colorado while taking regular courses in the foreign universities . A B average with the equiv alent of two years of college-level work in the appropriate language i s required. There are also occasional summer programs offering academic credit. Peace Corps information may be obtai ned from the Office of International Education. For additional information contact the Office for Student Affairs, 629-2861. Institute for Urban and Public Polley Research The institute was established at UCD to facilitate organized research on significant public policy issues and urban problems. Its principal objectives are (I) to improve public policy formation and decision making through more effectively relating issues with knowledge and research and (2) to assist faculty, policy makers, and students to work together as research teams on state and local problems that cut across disciplines. Research in the i nstitute is being done through centers, programs, and ad hoc teams utilizing individual expertise from the several campuses of the University of Colorado and other Colorado institut ions of higher education as required to deal with a specific problem. The institute has been involved i n a number of research activities including determining effective methods of using scientific and technological resources in metro politan, state, and regional government policy formation. and decision making; environmental quality studies; energy-related research; health needs assessment; gerontological studies ; evaluating community development programs; and attitude surveys . Its members have continuing programmatic research interests in the measurement of quality of life and social indicators, urban transportation policy ; urban and regional planning; community and organizational development; and the physical , biological, and social effects of energy development. Center for Environmental Sciences The Center for Environmental Sciences i s a cluster of federally funded research grants studying various environmental problems of concern to the state and nation. The center i s presently made up of four research components: the Environmental Trace Substances Research Program (ETSRP), the Department of Energy Oil Shale Task Force, the Policy Re s earch Program, and the Faculty Review Program. ETSRP consists of several grants studying the behavior of trace elements in the areas of oil shale mining , uranium mining and milling , and reuse of wastewater ; the Oil Shale Task Force coordinates oil shale environmental programs funded by

PAGE 72

62 I University of Colorado at Denver the Department of Energy; the Policy Research Program performs risk assessment and literature search studies in various areas of environmental concern; and the Faculty Review Program coordinates state government and faculty review of permit applications and environmental impact statements for energy development. Current funding agencies are the Department of Energy, Environmental Protection Agency, and the U.S. Bureau of Mines. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION General Requirements Students may be admitted to the Graduate School in either of the two categories described below. Admission to the Graduate School is not admission to candidacyfor an advanced degree. A student who wishes to become a candidate for a degree must make special application at the time and in the manner prescribed by the requirements for the degree sought. A student who is granted admission must reflect in a moral and ethical sense a personal background acceptable to the University. The University reserves the right to deny admission to applicants whose total credentials reflect an inability to assume those obligations of performance and behavior deemed essential by the University and relevant to any of its lawful missions, processes, and functions as an educational institution. REGULAR DEGREE STUDENTS Qualified students are admitted to regular degree status by the appropriate department. In addition to departmental approval, an applicant for admission as a regular degree student must: I. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a college or university of recognized standing, or have done work equivalent to that required for such a degree and equivalent to the degree given at this University. 2. Show promise of ability to pursue advanced study and research, as judged by his or her previous scholastic record. 3. Have had adequate preparation to enter upon graduate study in the field chosen. 4. Have at least a 2. 75 undergraduate grade-point average on all work taken. 5. Meet additional requirements for admission as established by major departments. Regular degree students must maintain at least a 3.0 grade-point average each semester or summer term on all work taken, whether it is to be applied toward the advanced degree intended or not. Students who fail to maintain this standard of performance will be subject to suspension from the Graduate School. Pass/ Fail Grades . In order to permit a meaningful evaluation of an applicant's scholastic record, not more than I 0 percent of those credit hours that are relevant to the intended field of graduate study shall have been earned with pass / fail grades, nor more than 20 percent overall. Applicants whose academic record contain a larger percentage of pass / fail credits must submit suitable additional evidence that they possess the required scholastic ability . If the applicant does not submit satisfactory additional evidence, he or she can be admitted only as a provisional student. PROVISIONAL DEGREE STUDENTS Applicants who do not meet the requirements for admission as regular degree students may be admitted as provisional degree students upon the recommendation of the major department. With the concurrence of the dean of the Graduate School, a department may admit provisional students for a probationary term, which may not normally exceed one academic year. At the end of the probationary period, provisional degree students must either be admitted to regular degree status or be dropped from the graduate program. Credit earned by persons in provisional degree status may count toward a degree at this University . Provisional degree students are required to maintain a 3.0 grade-point average or higher , as may be required by the terms of their provisional admission, each semester or summer term on all work taken, whether or not it is to be applied toward the advanced degree sought. If students fail to maintain such a standard of performance , they will be subject to suspen s ion from the Graduate School. Note: All prov isional applicant s must take the Graduate Record Examination and submit scores as part of the application . Application Procedures Graduate students who expect to study at UCD should contact the UCD Office of the Graduate School concerning procedures for forwarding completed ap plications. An applicant for admission must present a completed Application Form (Parts I and II), which may be obtained from the UCD Graduate School office, and two official transcripts from each university attended. The application must be accompanied by a nonrefundable application processing fee of $20 (check or money order) when the application is submitted. No application will be processed unless this fee is paid. Many departments require scores from the Graduate Record Examination, and most departments require three or four letters of recommendation. When a prospective degree student applies for admission, the chairman of each department or a committee named for the purpose shall decide whether the applicant shall be admitted and shall make that decision known to the Office of Admissions and Records, which will inform the student. Persons not wishing to work toward an advanced degree are referred to as special students (below). A completed application must be in the office of the major department at least 60 days prior to the term for which admission is sought or earlier as may be required by the major department. Students who wish to apply for a graduate student award for the academic year 1980-81, e.g., fellowship,

PAGE 73

scholarship, assistantship, etc., must file a completed application with the department before the announced departmental deadline (see previous section on financial aid). All credentials presented for admission to the University of Colorado become the property of the University. SENIORS IN THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO A senior in this University who has satisfied the undergraduate residence requirements and who needs not more than 6 semester hours of advanced subjects and 12 credit points to meet his requirements for a bachelor's degree, may be admitted to the Graduate School by special permission of the dean. GRADUATE RECORD EXAMINATIONS At the option of any department, the Graduate Record Examination may be required of applicants for assistantships, or of any student before his or her status is determined. Students who are applying for the fall of 1981 take the G R E no later than the December testing date so that their scores will be available to the graduate awards selection committee. Four to six weeks should be allowed for G R E scores to be received by an institution. Information regarding these examinations may be obtained from the Graduate School Office or the Student Relations Office at UCD, or from the Educational Testing Service, Box 1502. Berkeley, California 9470 I, or Box 955, Princeton, New Jersey 08540 . SPECIAL STUDENTS A student not wishing to earn an advanced degree from the Univeristy of Colorado should apply to the Office of Admissions and Records, UCD, 1100 Fourteenth Street, Denver, Colorado 80202, or to the Office of the Associate Dean of the Graduate School. Special students will be allowed to register only on the campus to which they have been admitted. Special students desiring to pursue a graduate degree program at this University are encouraged to submit the complete graduate application and supporting creden tials as soon as possible. A department may recommend to the graduate dean the acceptance of as much as 8 hours of credit toward the requirements of a master's degree for courses taken either as a student at another recognized graduate school, as a special student at the University, or any combination thereof. In addition, the department may recommend to the graduate dean the acceptance of credit for courses taken as a special student for the semester, quarter, or summer term for which the student has applied for admission to the Graduate School, provided that the student's application was on file with the department before the beginning of the semester. quarter, or term in question. REGISTRATION Course Work and Examinations On the regular registration days of each semester, Graduate School /63 students who have been admitted to the Graduate School and who expect to study in the Graduate School are required to complete appropriate registration pro cedures. Students should register for classes the semester they are accepted into Graduate School. If unable to attend that semester they must notify the department which has accepted them and submit the necessary forms to the Office of Admissions and Records at UCD in order to attend the following semester. Changes In Registration A student who wishes to drop a course or take it for no credit should follow the drop I add standard procedure (see current Schedule of Courses). Note that after the tenth week of classes a graduate student may not drop, add, or change a course to no credit without presenting a letter to the dean of the Graduate School, UCD Administration rluilding , Room 302, stating the excepti.onal cii curr:stances which justify the change. This Jetter, endorsed by the instructor of the course, must accompany the properly signed and completed drop/ add card or no credit option form. Master's Thesis or Report Graduate students working toward master's degrees, if they expect to present a thesis or M . Ed. report in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree. must register for thesis for a minimum of 4 semester hours or a maximum of6 semester hours, or for M.Ed. report for2 semester hours. The student may register for any specific number of hours in any semester of residence. but the total numher qf" hours for all semeslers must equal the number of credits the student expects to receive for the thesis or report. The final grade will be withheld until the thesis or report is completed. If the thesis or report is not completed at the end of the term in which the student is so registered. an in proKre. u (IP) will be reported. (The student may not register again for any portion of thesis credit on which an I P grade has been submitted.) Limitation of Registration FULL LOAD A graduate student will be considered to be carrying a full load during a regular semester for purposes of determining residence credit if the student is registered for not fewer than 5 semester hours in work numbered 500 or above. or at least 8 semester hours of other graduate work, or thesis . A full load for purposes of determining residence credit during the summer term is 3 semester hours of work in courses numbered 500 or above. or 6 semester hours of other graduate work, or thesis. MAXIMUM LOAD No graduate student may receive graduate credit toward a degree for more than 15 hours in a regular semester.

PAGE 74

64 I University of Colorado at Denver The maximum number of graduate credits that may be applied toward a degree during a summer term at UCD is 10 hours per 10-week summer term. TUITION AND FEES The schedule of tuition and fees is given in the General Information section of this bulletin . REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCED DEGREES Quality of Graduate Work Although the work for advanced degrees is specified partly in terms of credit hours. an advanced c/ef?ree will not be conferred merelyfor the completion of a specffiecl period of residence and the pa. uinK of a Kiven number of courses. Students should not expect to get from formal courses all the training. knowledge. and grasp of ideas necessary to meet the requirements for an advanced degree. They should work on their own initiative. reading widely and thoughtfully, reaching their own conclusions , and acquiring a sense of values. perspective, and proportion. All studies offered for credit toward an advanced degree (except those in deficiencies) must be of graduate status. A student is expected to maintain at least a 8 average in all work attempted in Graduate School. For the Ph.D., a course mark below B is unsatisfactory and will not be counted toward fulfilling the minimum requirements for the degree. A student who fails to do satisfactory work will be subject to suspension from the Graduate School by the dean with the approval of the major department. Appeal may be made to the Executive Committee of the Graduate School. The committee's decision shall be final. A suspended student is eligible to apply for readmission after one year. Approval or rejection of this application rests jointly with the student's major department and the dean. In case of lack of agreement between the department and the dean or in case of appeal by the student, the final decision will be made by the Executive Committee. Grading System The standing of a student in work intended for an advanced degree is to be indicated by the marks, A. B. and C. A -Superior, 4 credit points for each credit hour. 8 -Good, 3 credit points for each credit hour. C -Fair, 2 credit points for each credit hour. Work receiving the lowest passing grade, D. may not be counted toward a degree, nor may it be accepted for the removal of deficiencies. Marks below 8 are not accepted for the doctoral degree . An IF or an IW grade may be given for incomplete work at the discretion of the instructor. For details, refer to th discussion of the uniform grading system. The grade of I P (in progress) will be given for continuing thesis work and will be valid until the thesis is completed. A f?raduate student may repeat once a coursefor which he or she obtained a Krade of C, D. or F upon written recommendation to the clean by the chairman of the advisory committee and the chairman oft he department. provided the course has not previously applied toward a def?ree. Graduate students may register for undergraduate courses on a Pass / Fail basis; however, graduate credit will not be awarded, and such courses cannot be applied toward a graduate degree . Use of English A student who is noticeably deficient in the use and spelling of the English language may not obtain an advanced degree from the University of Colorado. The satisfaction of this requirement depends not so much upon the ability to pass formal tests. although these may be demanded, as it does upon the habitual use of good English in all oral and written work. Ability to use the language with precision and distinction should be cultivated as an attainment of major importance. Each department will judge the qualifications of its advanced students in the use of English . Reports, examinations, and speech will be considered in estimating the candidate's proficiency . MASTER'S DEGREE A student regularly admitted to the Graduate School and later accepted as a candidate for the degree Master of Arts, Master of Science, or other master's degree will be recol)1mended for the degree only after the following requirements have been met. In general. only graduates of an approved institution who have a thorough preparation for their proposed field of study and who do graduate work of high quality are able to attain the degree with the minimum amount of work specified below . All studies offered toward the minimum requirement for the degree must be of graduate rank. Necessary additional work required to make up deficiencies or prerequisites may be partly or entirely undergraduate courses. The requirements stated below are minimum require ments; additional conditions set by the department will be found in the announcements of separate departments. Any department may make further regulations not inconsistent with the general rules. Minimum Requirement The minimum requirement of graduate work for the degree Master of Arts or Master of Science may be fulfilled by following either Plan I or Plan II below. Plan 1: By presenting 24 semester hours of graduate work, including a thesis. At least 12 semester hours of this work must be at the 500 level or above. Plan II: By presenting 30 semester hours of graduate work, without a thesis . At least 16 semester hours of this work must be at the 500 level or above. Plan II does not represent a free option for the student. A candidate for the master's degree may be allowed to select Plan II only on the recommendation of the department concerned.

PAGE 75

Graduate Credit Graduate credit is given for courses which are listed at the 500 level or above and which are offered by those colleges or schools that are members of the Graduate School, or which have otherwise been approved by the dean of the Graduate School. No assurance can be given that work taken by a student will count toward a higher degree unless the student has the approval of the department. Not all courses listed are available at any one time; some of them are given in alternate years. Courses taken during the fall semester 1975 and thereafter will have graduate rank if they are taught by members of the Graduate School faculty and are in one of the following two categories: I . Courses within the major department at the 500 level or above. 2. Courses outside the major department at any level, provided they are approved for graduate rank for a specific degree plan by the faculty of the degree-granting program. This does not change the minimum number of courses that must be taken at the 500 level or above. However, as a result, most students who include 400-level courses of other departments in their program will not exceed those minimum requirements for graduation. Field of Study Studies leading to a master's degree may be divided between major and minor subjects at the discretion of the faculty of the degree-granting program. Status After a student has made a satisfactory record in this University for at least one semester or summer term and after he has removed any deficiencies that were determined at the time of admission or by qualifying examinations or otherwise. he should confer with his major department and request that a decision be made on his status. This definite status must be set by his major department before a student may make application for admission to candidacy for an advanced degree. Students who are inadquately prepared must make up 1\"ithout credit toward a graduate degree all prerequisites required by the department concerned. Language Requirements Candidates must have such knowledge of ancient and modern languages as each department requires. See special departmental requirements. Credit by Transfer Resident graduate work of high quality done in a recogni1.ed graduate school elsewhere and coming within the time limit may be accepted up to a limited amount, provided it is recommended by the department concerned and approved by the dean of the Graduate School. All work accepted by transfer must cor.1e within the Graduate School /65 five-year time limit or be validated by special examination. The maximum amount of work that may be transferred to this University is 8 semester hours. Credit will not be transferred until the student has established in the Graduate School of this University a satisfactory record of at least one semester in residence; such transfer will not reduce the residence requirement at this University, but it may reduce the amount of work to be done in formal courses. Requests for transfer of credit to be applied toward an advanced degree must be made on the form specified for this purpose and submitted to the Graduate School by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which the student will be graduated. Work already applied toward a master's degree receivedfrom another institution cannot be accepted for transfer toward the master's degree at the University of Colorado; extension work completed at another institution cannot be transferred; and correspondence work, except to make up deficiencies, is not recognized. Excess undergraduate credits from another institution may not be transferred to the Graduate School. Seniors in this University may, however, transfer a limited amount of advanced resident work (up to 8 semester hours) provided such work: I. Is completed with distinction in the senior year at this University . 2. Comes within the five-year time limit. 3. Has not been applied toward another degree. 4 . Is recommended for transfer by the department concerned and is approved by the dean of the Graduate School. Requests for transfer of credit to be applied toward an advanced degree must be made on the form specified for this purpose and submitted to the Graduate School by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which the student will be graduated. For more information contact the Graduate School office. Residency In general, the residency requirements can be met only by residence at this University for at least two semesters or at least three summer terms. For full residence a student must be registered within the time designated at the beginning of a semester and must carry the equivalent of not fewer than 5 semester hours of work in courses numbered 500 or above. or at least 8 semester hours of other graduate work. See Limitation of Registration, Full Load, for requirements for full residence credit during the summer. A student who is noticeably deficient in his general training, or in the specific preparation indicated by each department as prerequisite to graduate work, cannot expect to obtain a degree in the minimum time specified. Assistants and other employees of the University may fulfill the residence requirements of one year in two semesters. provided their duties do not require more than half time. Full-time employees may not satisfy the residence requirements of one year in fewer than four semesters.

PAGE 76

66 I University of Colorado at Denver Admission to Candidacy A student who wishes to become a candidate for a master's degree mus t file application to the dean's office not later than 10 weeks prior to the completion of the comprehensive-final examination. The number of hours to be presented for the degree must be determined before this application may be filed . See previous section on Status. This application mus t be made on forms obtainable at the dean's office and in various departments and must be signed by a representative of both the major and minor. if any. fields of study. certifying that the student's work is satisfactory and that his program outlined in the application meet s the requirements set in his particular case. A student on Graduate School probation is not eligible to be awarded a degree until he or she is removed from probation. Thesis Requirements A thesis. which may be of a research. expository. critical. or creative type. is required of every master's degree candidate under Plan I. Every thesis presented in partial fulfillment of the requirements for an advanced degree must: I. Deal with a definite topic related to the major field. 2. Be based upon independent study and investigation. 3 . Represent the equivalent of from 4 to 6 semester hours of work. 4. Receive the approval of the major department not later than 30 days (in some departments. 90 days) before the commencement at which the degree is to be conferred. 5. Be essentially complete at the time the comprehensive-final examination is given. 6. Comply in mechanical features with specifications obtainable from the Graduate School. Two weeks prior to the date on which the degree is to be conferred, two formally approved. printed or typewritten copies of the thesis must be filed in the Graduate School. The thesis must be complete with abstract. All theses must be signed by the thesis adviser and the second reader. All approved theses are kept on file in the library. The thesis binding fee must be paid at the Business Office when the thesis is deposited in the Graduate School. Credit hours earned for the thesis will not be accepted toward the requirements for a degree unless such credit has previously been registered. A student working toward a master's degree must register for thesis for a specific number of hours. The student may register for any specific number of hours in any semester of residence, but the total registered credit for thesis must total a minimum of 4 or a maximum of 6 semester hours, the total number of hours depending upon how much credit is to be given for the thesis. The final grade will be withheld until the thesis or report is completed. An I P will be reported for terms during which the student is registered for thesis prior to completion of the thesis . Comprehensive-Final Examinations Each candidate for a master's degree is required to take a comprehensive-final examination a,/ier the other requirements for the degree have been completed. This examination may be given near the end of the candidate's last semester of residence while he is still taking required courses for the degree, provided he is making satisfactory progress in those courses. The following rules applying to the comprehensive final examination must be observed: I. A student must be registered when he or she takes the examination. 2. Notice of the examination must be filed by the major department in the dean's office at least three days in advance of the examination. 3. The examination is to be given b y a committee of three graduate faculty members appointed by the department concerned in consultation with the dean. 4. The examination, which may be oral or written, or both. must cover the thesis. which should be essentially complete at the time, as well as other work done in the University in formal courses and seminars in the major field . 5. An examination in the minor work taken at this University is optional with the major and minor departments. 6. The examination must include all work presented for the degree not done in residence at the University of Colorado, whether in the major or minor field. The examination on transferred work will be given by representatives of the corresponding fields of study in this University. 7. A student who fails the comprehensive final examination may not attempt the examination again until at least three months have elapsed and until such work as may be prescribed by the examining committee has been completed. The student may retake the examination onfr once. Master's Thesis or Report Credit Every graduate student working toward a master's degree who expects to present a thesis or M . Ed. report in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree must register for thesis for a minimum of 4 semester hours or a maximum of 6 semester hours, or for M.Ed. report for 2 semester hours. The student may register for any specific number of hours in any semester of residence, but the total number of hours for all semesters must equal the number of credits the student expects to receive for the thesis or report. The final grade will be withheld until the thesis or report is completed. If the thesis or report is not completed at the end of the term in which the student is so registered , an in progress (I P) will be reported. (The student may not register again for any portion of thesis credit on which an IP grade has been submitted. ) Supplemental Examinations Supplemental examinations should be simply an extension of the original examination and given immediately. If the student fails the supplemental

PAGE 77

examination. three months must elapse before it may be attempted again . Course Examinations The regular written examinations of each semester except the last must be taken. Course examinations of the last semester, which come after the comprehensiv e-final examination has been passed , may be omitted with the consent of the instructor. Time Limit All work, including the comprehensive-final examination, should be completed within five years or six successive summers. Work done earlier will not be accepted for the degree unless validated by a special examination. A candidate for the master's degree is expected to complete his work with reasonable continuity. Deadlines for Master's Degree Candidates Expecting to Graduate During Deadline dates for the following can be obtained by calling the Graduate School office on the Boulder Campus. 492-740 I. I. Last day for requesting transfer of credit . 2. Applications for admission to candidacy . Applica tions must be submitted at least I 0 weeks before the student expects to take the comprehensive-final examination. Students are urged to submit this form by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which they expect to receive the degree. (The form may be picked up in the department or in the Graduate School office.) 3. Last day for thesis to he approved by department. 4 . Last day for schedulinK of examination . 5 . Last day for takinK examina tion . 6. Last dayfor. filing thesis in the Graduate School. At the time of filing, the thesis must be complete in all respects and must meet thesis specifications in order to be accepted by the Graduate School. Candidates whose theses are received after 5 p.m. on the indicated date will be graduated at the commencement following that for which the deadline is indicated. Graduate Programs ANTHROPOLOGY The master's program in anthropology offers general, flexible training in anthropology along with topical specialization and the opportunity to specialize in interdisciplinary, applied areas: medical anthropology and community and urban anthropology. The medical anthropology track is intended to serve students preparing for careers and those with established careers in the health care professions and related fields . Similarly, the community and urban anthropology track is intended to serve those who seek to employ anthropological concepts and methods of community Graduate S chool f 67 analysis in public administration, development, plan ning. and allied fields. Working with an advisory committee, each student will tailor an individual program of studies around courses and seminars in anthropology and allied disciplines. These programs will culminate in either a master's paper or master's thesis . A primary goal of the program is to produce graduates who are capable of understanding and proficient at res ol v ing, in cooperation with others, the many problems of complex societies; consequently, a premium will be placed on interdisciplinary instruction and practical exercises in the design and implementation of research in a variety of settings . More detailed descriptions of the options available within the M.A. program may be obtained by writing to the Director of Graduate Studies, Anthropology, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th St., Denver, Colorado 80202 . Admission Admission to the master's program in anthropology is open to any holder of a baccalaureate degree, not necessarily in anthropology. provided he or she meets the following requirements: (I) general requirements for admission to the Graduate School (2.75 or better gradepoint average for all undergraduate studies) ; and (2) knowledge of the fundamentals of anthropology. Applicants will be expected to have had a general introductory course in anthropology and secondary courses in ethnology, archaeology, linguistics, and physical anthropology or be able to demonstrate a mastery of materials equivalent to that which might reasonably be expected to result from such formal training. Applicants deficient in background may be admitted on a provisional basis but will be required to make up deficiencies without graduate credit during the first year in residence . A simpler alternative, when practical, would be to remove deficiencies as a special . student prior to applying for admission to the graduate program. In order to be considered for admission into the master's program, an applicant must submit (I) two copies of transcripts from all undergraduate institutions attended; (2) Graduate Record Examination scores for verbal and quantitative aptitude; and (3) at least three letters of recommendation. Evidence of previous nonacademic anthropology-oriented work or other experience will be carefully considered. as will that of special skills relevant to anthropological research. Department deadlines for receipt of applications for admission to the Graduate School, including accompanying materials, is April 15 for fall entrance. Further information concerning specialization within the program, departmental admission and advising policies, etc. , may be obtained by writing the Director of Graduate Studies in Anthropology. For general Graduate School requirements and application information, see beginning of graduate section of this bulletin . Residency A minimum of two full semesters devoted to advanced

PAGE 78

68 / University of Colorado at Denver study is required by the Graduate School. Students working toward the master's degree in anthropology will be strongly encouraged to attain that degree within three years following matriculation into the program. Course Hours and Distribution A minimum of 36 semester hours of credit is required for the M.A. degree in anthropology. Fifteen hours of nonthesis course work must be at the 500 level or above. Course work is to be distributed as follows for students pursuing an interdisciplinary specialty within the general anthropology track. the medical anthropology track, or the community and urban anthropology track: Courses in anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 semester hour s minimum Courses in related fields . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 semester hours minimum For students pursuing a subdisciplinary specialty within the general anthropology track, course work is to be distributed as follows : Courses in anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . IS semester hour s minimum Courses in related fields . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 semester hour s minimum The remaining 6 semester hours may be met either by writing a master's thesis, for which 6 hours credit is given, or by taking 6 additional hours of course work if the student prefers to write a master's paper. Examination Each student must pass a comprehensive M.A. examination demonstrating mastery of the fundamental principles of anthropology. This examination will ordinarily be taken before the conclusion of the fourth semester in residence . Thesis or Paper The student must either carry out an original research project and report the results in a the sis of profe ssiona l quality or write a master's paper. more limited in scope. to complete the degree . A thesis provides a valuable opportunity to initiate or pursue important. individual research objectives. The master's paper is intended as a flexible alternative for students who wish to pursue in depth some issue or specialty topic without engaging i n the sustained research effort on which a master' s thesis depends. APPLIED MATHEMATICS See Mathematics Program. BASIC SCIENCE, MASTER OF Collin Hightower, Coordinator for UCD The program leading to the Master of Basic Science ( M.B.S. ) degree is interdisciplinary . It provides an opportunity for present and prospective mathematics and science professionals and others to extend and/ or broaden their training in computer science. mathematics. museology. and the natural and physical sciences at advanced undergraduate and graduate levels. These . professionals include public school teachers, industrial scientists. engineers. business persons. and others. The student may elect the mathematics, science, or museology options as described below. Wide latitude is possible in the details of a degree plan so that each student may follow a course of study most pertinent to their interests. The degree plan will be designed in conjunction with the student's adviser and must be approved by the executive committee. ,All courses credited toward the degree must be taken through the University of Colorado at Boulder, Colorado Springs, or Denver, over a period of five years or six successive summers. The Master of Basic Science degree is supervised by an advisory committee appointed by the dean of the Graduate School, and application should be made to the Master of Basic Science Office, Ketchum 306, University of Colorado, Boulder, regardless of the campus which the student plans to attend. Requirements for Admission I . General regulations for admission to the Graduate School apply (see Requirements for Admission). 2 . A student is expected to have had at least 40 semester hours in the natural sciences and mathematics, including one year of calculus, upon admission. Students may be admitted to the program with a deficiency in calculus, but must remedy the deficiency within two years after admission by completing Math. 140-241 with a grade of Cor better (or other courses in mathematical subjects on approval by the advisory committee with a grade of Cor better). Requirements for the Master of Basic Science Degree I. General regulations of the Graduate School governing the award of the master's degree apply (see Master of Arts and Master of Science) except as modified below . 2. The student is required to complete 24 semester hours of University credit for the Plan I (thesis) option and 30 se mester hours for the Plan II (no thesis) option. All of these hours shall be numbered 300 and above, and be taught by members of the graduate faculty . At least 12 of these hours shall be numbered 500 or higher, not to include thesis credit. Normally, not more than 3 hours of 500-level credit should be independent study. 3. Minimum Grade-Puint A 1 •eral{e. Courses on the 300 and 400 level will be accepted toward the degree only with grades of A or 8; 500and 600-level courses will be accepted toward the degree with grades of A, 8, or C. The student mu s t have a 8 average in all courses taken subsequent to his admission to the program, including courses not actually offered for the degree. PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS Students who are not presenting a thesis for the degree mu st pass a final examination or prepare a paper de sc ribing a research project or other specialized study. The choice of these is at the discretion of the Administrative Committee which also must approve the candidate's performance.

PAGE 79

There are three basic options within the program: mathematics, museology, and science. A Plan II (no thesis) option is available in the science option. Mathematics Option A reasonable degree of competence is required in the fields of analysis, algebra, and geometry. A minimum of 15 semester hours of upper division courses (300 level or above) in mathematics must be offered for the degree, including at least 3 hours of analysis. 6 hours of algebra, and 3 hours of geometry. 2 . One upper division sequence of at least 6 semester hours in any of the physical or biological sciences represented in the program. With permission, two independent one-semester courses in the same area may be substituted for the one-year sequence. 3. Upper division electives in science, mathematics. or computer sciences , to complete an approved 30-semester hour degree plan. Of these 30. twelve or more hours must be from courses numbered 500 or higher. The 30 hours may also include 3 semester hours of upper division courses or seminars in secondary school mathematics teaching, history of mathematics or science, or philosophy of mathematics or science. Science Option I. An upper division sequence(300 level or above) of at least 6 semester hours in each of two of the physical or biological sciences named above. With permission, two independent one-semester courses in the same area may be substituted for one of the one-year sequences. 2. Upper division electives in science, mathematics, or computer sciences, to complete an approved degree plan . Of the total, twelve hours or more must be from courses numbered 500 or higher. The 30 hours may also include 3 semester hours of upper division courses or seminars in secondary school teaching, history of science or mathematics, or philosophy of science or mathematics. Museology Option (Boulder Campus Only) I. At least 8 but not more than 12 semester hours of courses offered by the museum. Three to 6 semester hours of courses in the College of Business and Administration of which 3 semester hours must be in the area of small business management. The total museum-business semester hours may not exceed 15. 2. An upper division sequence(300 level or above) of at least 6 semester hours in one of the departments (other than museum) represented in the program. 3. Upper division electives in science, mathematics, or computer science, to complete an approved 30-semester hour degree plan. Of the 30 hours, at least 12 hours must be numbered 500 or above. BIOLOGY Students wishing to pursue graduate work in biology should be familiar with the University of Colorado Requirements for Advanced Degrees . There are no Graduate S choo l I 69 special discipline requirements, although the prospective student must consult with a faculty adviser prior to making application. The general portion of the G RE is required, and the specialty area is recommended. Applications are submitted directly to the biology graduate coordinator at UCD. The discipline offers either Plan I (with thesis) or Plan II (without thesis) Master of Arts degrees in environmental, organismic, and population biology, and Plan II M . A. degree in biology with education. Upon admission to the program the student in consultation with an adviser will design a study program suited to the student's specific needs. There is no core of required courses structured into the master's degree program. Courses acceptable toward the master's degree in biology include. in addition to biology courses and subject to the approval of the adviser, any appropriate 400-, 500-, and 600-Jevel courses offered in other disciplines or divisions of the University . It should be noted that the student may have to complete some courses at the Boulder or Health Sciences Center campuses. In conjunction with the College of Engineering and Applied Science an interdisciplinary program has been developed with a major in environmental science. The program offers several subject concentrations within both basic and applied environmental science. Included within the basic approach are concentrations in ecology, earth scienc1=. population studies, and physics-chemistry. Included within the applied approach are concentrations in conservation of nat ural resources , systems analysis. and environmental quality control. Students interested in this program should contact the Graduate Representative for Biology at UCD. CHEMISTRY The M.S. degree is offered at UCD in any one of the following basic fields: analytical, bio-. inorganic. organic, or physical chemistry . Additionally. problems invol ving application of chemical knowledge to the problems of our environment are encouraged. The M.S . program is available to both full-and part time students. The chemistry faculty at UCD strives to ensure that students receive excellent supervision of work and advising in the graduate program. Students enrolled in the program have a good opportunity to be appointed as teaching assistants . Research activities on the part of the chemistry faculty provide opportunities for graduate students to obtain research assistantships. Degree Requirements Two types of degrees are offered : Plan I requires 24 credit hours including 15 to 20 credit hours of formal course work. 4 to 9 credit hours in research courses, the completion of a research investigation, and the preseniation of a thesis . Plan II requires 24 hours of formal course work and 6 credit hours of research without a thesis . Prerequisite . An undergraduate major in chemistr y is desirable si nce all students are required to pass

PAGE 80

70 I University of Colorado at Denver examinations covering the major fields of chemistry . The GRE (Graduate Record Examination) scores are required. Advanced chemistry GREs are recommended. Students who plan to enroll in the graduate program must take a qualifying examination to determine their background and qualifications for advanced study in the field of chemistry. CIVIL ENGINEERING Civil engineering graduate programs at UCD are offered through the combined departments of Civil. Environmental, and Architectural Engineering(Boulder) and Civil and Urban Engineering (Denver). Students wishing to pursue graduate work in civil engineering leading to candidacy for the Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy degrees should read carefully Require ments for Advanced Degrees in this bulletin . All requirements for the M.S. and a large part of those for the Ph. D. may be completed at UCD. A pamphlet elaborating on the rules as they apply to civil engineering is available from the departmental office at UCD. No qualifying examination is required for the M . S . degree; however, in competition for all University fellowships, the Graduate Record Examination, con sisting of the aptitude tests and the advanced test in engineering, is used in the evaluation of candidates. Therefore, students are advised to take this examination prior to their arrival on campus. Programs are available in the fields of transportation, water resources, hydraulics, soil mechanics, structural mechanics, and structural design. In each program, courses are selected by the student (under supervision of the faculty adviser) in such a way as to meet the student's interests and the requirements of the Graduate School. See also Master of Engineering degree. The civil engineering program has no Ph.D. foreign language requirement other than those communication requirements established by the Graduate School. Center for Urban Transportation Studies The Center for Urban Transportation Studies (CUTS), operating under the Department of Civil and Urban Engineering, was established : (I) to assume a leading role in the Rocky Mountain region in developing research, research facilities, and interdisciplinary graduate programs in urban transportation; and (2) to provide a central resource for information concerning urban transportation problems in the Rocky Mountain region, making available to outside organizations the expertise within the University . Through CUTS, the departments offer interdisciplinary graduate programs and research opportunities designed to develop professionals who will be capable of dealing with the complex problems of urban transportation in a competent and meaningful manner. Students in these programs are expected to reach significant levels of competence not only in urban transportation but also in at least two relevant minor areas, such as architecture, environmental design, mban planning, business manage-ment, geography, political science, public administration. sociology, computing science, and systems analysis. COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE Applicants are admitted to the graduate program in communication and theatre on the basis of their academic records and on recommendations. While there are no specific prerequisites beyond those required by the Graduate School, students admitted who are unable to offer a substantial number of semester hours of work in the area of their intended specialization or allied fields must expect that a significant number of additional courses and semester hours will be required of them in order to make up deficiencies. Every student must take a diagnostic examination before completing 9 semester hours. For every student who declares intention to qualify fo r an advanced degree, an adviser and committee will be selected not later than the beginning of the student's second semester (or second summer term) in residence. It is the duty of this adviser and committee to assume the responsibility for (I) approving the student's graduate program; and (2) evaluating the student's qualifying examination, thesis, and comprehensive-final examination. All M . A . degree candidates are required to complete C.T. 601 or its equivalent. At least two courses (4 to 8 hours) must be taken outside the department or outside the departmental area(s) of concentration. Plan I. With Thesis . After any undergraduate deficiencies have been removed, students under Plan I must normally earn 27 semester hours, of which a minimum of 16 must be earned in one major area. Four to 6 thesis hours may be counted toward the 27-hour requirement. The Plan If Option without thesis is available at UCD only upon application. Courses at the 500 level or above may be applied toward the graduate degree by graduate students in communication and theatre. Some courses are available only on the Boulder Campus; inquiry should be made. The graduate courses in communication and theatre are also applicable to the Master of Humanities program at UCD. COMMUNICATION DISORDERS AND SPEECH SCIENCE The graduate curriculum in communication disorders and speech science leads to the M.A. and Ph. D. degrees. The major area of emphasis at UCD is language and learning disabilities. Requirements for certification in the state of Colorado and by the American Speech and Hearing Association (ASHA) can be met. The program in communication disorders and speech science is accredited by ASHA. At present, students must take courses on both the Denver and Boulder campuses. Prospective students should read Requirements for Advanced Degrees and request additional information from the Graduate School Office.

PAGE 81

Master's Degree The M.A. degree plan includes course work in speech pathology. language pathology, learning disabilities. audiology, and education. Clinical and educational practicums with the communicatively disordered are required of all students. Students who do not have an undergraduate degree in the field will also be required to take courses in the basic communication processes. Students may fulfill the Graduate School requirements for the master's degree by following Plan I or Plan II. Doctor's Degree The Ph.D. degree plan is developed with the student's advisory committee to meet the individual interests and needs of each student. In addition to the major sequence of courses and practicum offered in language and learning disabilities. the student must select two or three minor areas of emphasis from this or other departments. A sequence of courses in statistics also is required . Students must meet requirements of the Graduate School for the doctoral degree as well as 8 hours among the following courses: C . D .S.S. 795-4 . Practicum Ill : Clinical Supervision C.D.S. S . 796-2 . Practicum IV: Clinical Administration C.D.S. S. 797 2 . Practicum V : Research Coordination C. D.S.S . 798-2 . Practicum VI: Classroom Instruction COMPUTER SCIENCE Under the auspices of the Computer Science Department at the University of Colorado at Boulder. the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering and the mathematics department at UCD are offering a program leading to the M.S. in computer science. The program consists of a core of five courses required of all students and the selection of a specialty field (numerical computation. programming languages. computer sys tems, management science. or signal processing) in which additional courses are taken. Students may choose the thesis option (Plan I) or the nonthesis option (Plan II). Those selecting Plan I may register for 4 to 6 semester hours of credit for thesis research, working with a faculty adviser from the Boulder or Denver campus. Those selecting Plan II must take C.S. 70 I. the master's reading option, offered on the Boulder Campus. In both cases the student's advisory committee usually will consist of faculty from both campuses. Admission to the program is granted by the Computer Science Department (Boulder). Information on the program can be obtained from the department, 4927514, the Electrical and Computer Engineering Department at UCD. or Professor Roland Sweet. UCD mathematics department. ECONOMICS The M.A. degree in economics is offered at both the Denver and Boulder campuses. The requirements are the same and the examinations are offered jointly. but the emphasis and fields offered differ. The Denver program is oriented toward part-time students concerned with Graduate School / 71 urban problems or seeking to teach below university level. Persons interested in the program should contact the graduate adviser. Professor Alan Shelly . Requirements for Admission (Students not meeting these requirements may be admitted provisionally.) I. General requirements of the Graduate School. Three letters of recommendation. 3. Sixteen semester hours of economics. 4 . Acceptable G R E scores . Degree Requirements I. Economic Theory: Econ. 507. 2 . Quantitative Methods: Econ. 580 (or 480). and Econ. 581. 3 . Plan /: An M . A. Thesis. Twenty-four semester hours. of which 12 must be at the 500 level ( 400 level if taken prior to fall 1975); 4 to 6 semester hours of thesis credit . Thesis credit does not count toward the twelve 500-level hours. 4 . Plan II: Without Thesis. Thirty semester hours. of which 16 must be at the 500 level (400 level if taken prior to fall 1975) . Two fields of concentration. Each field requires 6 credit hours. but the structure is highly flexible. e . g .• one field can be an internship. EDUCATION Graduate study in education at the University of Colorado is offered on three campuses (Denver. Boulder. and Colorado Springs) and through 14 program areas. All inquiries regarding programs at UCD should be directed to the Associate Dean's Office. School of Education, University of Colorado at Denver. Denver. Colorado 80202. or to the Associate Dean of the Graduate School at UCD. A wide range of professional and academic inte rest is served by these programs. Programs of study can be undertaken in the following areas: Administration and supervision Library media Early childhood education Reading Educational psycholog y Secondary education Elementary education (Mathematics education Foundations of education Science education) Guidance and counseling (elementar y , secondary , and agency settings) Graduate studies in education are offered at the M .A. (thesis and nonthesis) level. In some instances. doctoral work can be taken at UCD. but only with the prior approval of a student's adviser. and the dean's office on both the Boulder and Denver campuses . Outlines of each of the graduate programs of study are available upon request from the School of Education Office at UCD. Since many of the graduate degree plans are flexible and can be designed around individual student needs. it is highly desirable that the prospective candidate discuss tentative programs of studies with appropriate faculty members prior to submitting applications.

PAGE 82

72 / Univ e rsit y of Colorado at Denver Application for Admission A prospective candidate should re4uest application forms from the Associate Dean. School of Education. University of Colorado at Denver. The completed form should be returned to the Associate Dean. School of Education. UCD. together with a $20 application fee. The fee should be in the form of a check or money order payable to the University of Colorado. Two copies of official transcripts of all previous college and university study should be ordered by the applicant to be sent to the associate dean. Four recommendations on the forms provided, or by letter, should be furnished . At least two of these should be from college or university professors who can write with assurance about the applicant's academic and professional achievement promise. One or two recommendations from supervisors or employers are acceptable with reference to an applicant's ability and contribution to the enterprise with which he was or is associated . Application papers and all supporting documents (including GRE scores or MAT scores, see below) must be in the associate dean's office on March I for summer, July I for fall, and October I for spring semester admission. Applicants should re4uest the Educational Testing Service to send their scores on the aptitude test (verbal and 4uantitative) of the Graduate Record Examination (GRE). or scores from the Miller's -Analogy Test, to the dean's office . If an applicant has not taken the Graduate Record Examination or the Miller's Analogy Test. he should arrange to do so. The GRE or MAT is administered at many centers throughout the country. Information about the GRE may be obtained from the Graduate School Office. the Student Relations Office at UCD. the Educational Testing Service. 20 Nassau Street, Princeton. New Jersey 08540, or the graduate office of a univer s ity in the applicant's area. Master's Degree Two Master of Arts degree plans and a Master of Education plan are available, each comprising one academi c year or more of graduate work beyond the bachelor's degree. The minimum residence re4uirement for any master's degree is one academic year or the equivalent, and it may be satisfied by two semesters in residence. or three full summer sessions. or any combination equal to two semesters. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS I. M.A.Plan I (With Thesis). The program consists of 36 semester hours or more, including 4 semester hours for the master's thesis. While the inclusion of a minor field is not requ,red by the Graduate School, a student and adviser may agree on a minor, in which 4 to 8 semester hours can be applied toward degree require ments . The M.A. thesis is written in accordance with the specifications set by the Graduate School and under the supervision of the student's adviser. When a complete first draft is ready for final typing, the thesis must be read by a second reader appointed by the Dean's office. If the second reader approves the thesis, both the reader and the adviser will sign it when it is presented for filing with the Graduate School. If the reader does not approve. he and the student's adviser will confer and suggest appropriate changes . Two copies are re4uired by the Graduate School. 2. M.A. Plan II (Without Thesis). The Plan II program includes 36 or more semester hours of graduate credit . and may include 4 to 10 hours for a minor. The minor is highly recommended in some fields of study. 3. Master of Education ( M. Ed . ) . This program re4uires a minimum of 36 or more semester hours of graduate work, including a professional report for which 2 semester hours credit is granted. The professional report is prepared under the supervision of the student's adviser. in accordance with thesis specifications issued by the Graduate School. One copy is submitted to the adviser upon completion, but none is filed with the Graduate School. EDUCATION AS A MINOR FIELD In M.A. programs for majors outside the School of Education. students may include education as a minor if both their major department and the dean's office of the School of Education approve. For master's degrees. a minor in education consists of at least 6 semester hours of study in related courses. Not more than 2 semester hours may be transferred from another institution. Students who propose to minor in education must have had sufficient undergraduate work in education to prepare them for graduate study in the field. Appraisal of undergraduate preparation will be made by the dean's office and the coordinator of the program area in which the proposed minor courses will be taken. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Electrical engineering graduate programs at UCD are offered through the combined Departments of Electrical Engineering (Boulder) and Electrical and Computer Engineering (Denver). Students can undertake studies toward the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees at UCD in the areas of communication and information systems, computer hardware and software. control systems. electro-optics and holography. circuits and electronics. fields and propagation. .and power systems. A student wishing to pursue work in electrical engineering should read carefully the Requirements for Advanced Degrees section in this bulletin. He should also obtain a copy of the specific electrical engineering requirements by writing to the Director of Graduate Admissions. Electrical Engineering Department. U ni versity of Colorado at Boulder. Boulder. Colorado 80309. Special students and those intending to pursue a graduate program at UCD are urged to consult the departmental representative as part of their application procedure. Master's degree students are expected to present a thesis unless specifically exempted by the department. The Ph.D. preliminary examination will include the following areas:

PAGE 83

Bioengineering Circuits (active. passive, models) Communication theory Computers Control systems Electric and magnetic fields Energy conversion Mathematics Physical and semiconductor electronics Each student must complete two sections, mathematics and the area in which he plans to specialize, and must present an acceptable master's thesis or the equivalent as an indication of ability to perform independent research. ENGINEERING, MASTER OF The Master of Engineering degree program is administered by the Graduate School through the departments of engineering. The requirements for admission and for quality and quantity of academic work are essentially the same as for the Master of Science degree awarded in the College of Engineering and Applied Science . The degree is awarded by the Boulder campus only, although sufficient courses exist at UCD to allow for completion of course requirements here. The principal difference between the Master of Engineering degree and the Master of Science degree is that the Master of Engineering is intended especially to meet the needs of those practicing engineers who wish to follow an integrated, interdisciplinary program of studies in engineering and allied subjects related to the individual student's professional work . Examples of such inter disciplinary programs include engineering and social sciences, engineering and biological sciences, engineering and behavioral sciences, engineering and public administration, engineering and law, and engineering and business administration. A successful program to meet these needs requires greater flexibility in operation than is normally possible or intended under the existing Master of Science degree program. The degree will be especially valuable for continuing education programs for engineers in industry. It will provide a framework for such persons to work toward significant goals fitted to their particular interests. The program will make effective use of the present TV tape program for offering engineering courses from the University (the ACE program). The ACE program, plus extended use of live TV offerings, will make the program available on a comprehensive basis at various areas throughout the state. The Master of Engineering degree is not intended as a means to permit a random, unguided selection of courses. Each prospective student is required to present a well defined objective in order to be admitted to the program. In consultation with the faculty advisers, an academic program is developed to meet this objective. The requirements for the degree are 30 credit hours plus a written report on a creative investigation which may be related to the student's professional work. The report will be of the same general quality as that required for the thesis for the Master of Science degree and must be defended orally, but does not in itself carry credit nor Graduate School /73 require registration. It may be based upon work done for credit under independent study. At least 15 credit hours must be in engineering at the 500 level or above. As many as 15 credit hours may be taken outside of engineering. Credit in courses below the 400 level will not apply toward degree requirements. Requirements for the following are the same as for the Master of Science degree awarded by the College of Engineering and Applied Science: admission to Graduate School, application procedures, registration, quality of graduate work, status, credit by transfer. residence, admission to candidacy, and time limit . The admission of each student to graduate study, the approval of his degree program, admission to candidacy for the degree, and the approval of the awarding of a degree are to originate through a specific department of the College of Engineering and Applied Science, in the same manner as for the established Master of Science program. An advisory committee, including not fewer than three faculty members, will be appointed for each student by his department. The membership of each advisory committee shall be chosen from the various interdisciplinary academic areas represented in the student's program and will be from more than one department. The advisory committee guides the student. and is responsible for approving the individual's degree program and admission to candidacy; and approves the student's written report and the awarding of the degree . Additional information about the degree may be obtained from the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog. the Graduate School on the Boulder Campus, or College of Engineering and Applied Science departmental offices on the Boulder and Denver campuses. ENGLISH Students admitted to graduate study in English may complete all or substantially all of their course requirements for either the M.A. or Ph.D. at UCD; examinations are administered through the English Department on the Boulder Campus. Admission requirements for graduate study in English include satisfactory scores on verbal and advanced (literature) parts of the Graduate Record Examination. plus at least 24 semester hours in English (exclusive of composition, creative writing, speech, and literature courses counting as credits in education. but including 6 hours of Survey of English Literature). of which at least 16 semester hours must be in upper division work. Students wishing to pursue graduate work in English should note Requirements for Advanced Degrees in this bulletin . They also should obtain a copy of the brochure, Graduate in Engli .vh. issued by the English department and should consult the director of graduate English studies at UCD. All students planning to take any graduate English examination must state their intentions to the director of graduate English studies at UCD at least ten weeks prior to the date of the examination. The graduate courses in English are also applicable to the Master of Humanities program at U CD.

PAGE 84

74 I University of Colorado at Denver ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE A Master of Science degree in environmental science is offered through cooperation between the College of Engineering and Applied Science and the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences . For further details contact the associate dean of the Graduate School at UCD. FINE ARTS Some course work at the graduate level can be taken at UCD in the discipline, but degree programs must be completed through the University of Colorado at Boulder. Courses at the 400 level also may be used for graduate credit as part of the minor; 500-level courses are open to qualified seniors. The graduate courses in fine arts are also applicable to the Master of Humanities program at UCD. FRENCH At present UCD offers no French courses above 599. The courses at the 500 level are applicable to an M . A . degree through the University of Colorado at Boulder, depending upon degree plan approval by the graduate adviser in Boulder in each case. The graduate courses in French are also applicable to the Master of Humanities program at UCD. GEOGRAPHY An M.A. degree program is offered at UCD emphasizing the spatial analysis of a variety of urban phenomena. Areas of specialization include urban economic/ social geography, transportation, quantitative methods, urban microclimatology, demography, land use, perception, and environmental planning. Graduate training toward the Ph.D. degree is also available at UCD, but applications are presently processed by the departmental office on the Boulder campus. Flexible programs are designed to meet the needs of both full-and part-time students. All incoming graduate students will be required to complete Geog. 618 (Seminar in Geographic Problems). This orientation and diagnostic seminar emphasizes research methods and their application to selected topics. Each student's performance will be evaluated by the faculty to: (I) determine the general fitness of the student to continue toward the M.A. degree and (2) identify any academic deficiency the student may have . For admission to the M.A. program, the student must have a bachelor's degree in geography or some allied field. Applicants with little or no training in geography may be required to take additional course work in areas deemed necessary for completing graduate work. The G R E verbal and quantitative examinations, or their equivalent for foreign students, are required of all applicants. GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES Course work at the graduate level can be taken at UCD in this discipline, but degree programs must be completed through the University of Colorado at Boulder. HISTORY As general preparation for graduate work in history, it is desirable for a student to have had undergraduate courses in government, geography, and economics as well as a major in history. Candidates for graduate degrees may be required to pursue such fundamental courses in history as the department deems necessary to provide sufficient bibliographical background. The candidate for degree status is required to take the verbal section of the Graduate Record Examination before enrolling in the discipline's graduate program, and demonstrate adequate informational background for candidacy. The advanced history section of the GREis recommended but not required. While it is possible to obtain the M.A. degree in two full semesters of residence, it is frequently advisable and at times necessary that more time be spent in graduate work. Degree Requirements There are two options for fulfilling M.A . degree requirements. A student may take 30 semester hours of course work or 24 semester hours plus a thesis. The department strongly recommends the latter option. A comprehensive written examination must be passed before the degree is awarded. Before beginning graduate work, the student should seek guidance in course selection from members of the history faculty. HUMANITIES, MASTER OF The Master of Humanities is an interdisciplinary degree offered at U CD. Its purpose is to provide an opportunity for students to broaden their understanding of the relationships among the several areas normally subsumed under the heading of humanities, e . g., communication, philosophy, the arts, literature, and the languages . The M. H. program is especially suitable for the many high school, junior high school, and elementary school teachers who find themselves in the position of having to teach in several different areas of the humanities. However the M.H. program is by no means restricted to teachers. All courses required for the M.H. degree are offered at UCD. Admission Each student is required to take the Graduate Record Examination aptitude test as an aid in the planning of his studies for the degree . Before entering the M.H. program, a student is expected to have had at least 40 semester hours in the humanities. Humanities, as used here, is broadly conceived to include general studies in communication, theatre, philosophy, literature, the arts, the languages, and other areas as agreed upon by the student and the Graduate School. General requirements of the Graduate School governing the awarding of the master's degree apply.

PAGE 85

Degree Requirements All courses credited toward the M. H. degree must be taken at the University of Colorado over a period not exceeding five years or six successive summers. TheM. H. degree program shall be supervised by an advisory committee consisting of three members of the graduate faculty, each from a different area of the humanities. In addition to the 6 hours for Hum. 500 and 501 (described below). candidates for the M. H. degree are expected to complete a minimum of24 semester hours at the 500 level or higher in four of the following areas (i . e .• 6 hours in each of four areas): Communication English Fine arts French language and literature History Music Philosophy Spanish language and literature Theatre Up to 6 hours in areas other than those listed above may be accepted as humanities as agreed upon by the student and the advisory committee. The requirement of 6 hours in each of four areas is intended to insure that the student achieves a considerable degree of breadth. On the other hand, this requirement should not be construed as precluding the student from doing additional work in one particular field in order to achieve further depth. Within one calendar year of entering the M. H. program. the student is required to take Hum. 500 and 501. These are 3-credit seminars which deal with the identity of the humanities, their place in the life of man, the various media through which they manifest themselves, and related matters. H urn. 500 and 50 I count as part of the 30 hours required for the M.H. degree. Twenty-four of the required hours will be taken in the disciplines listed above, the remainder to be completed through H urn. 500 and 50 I. Before completing 15 hours of course work toward the M . H., the student must meet with an advisory committee to plan the directions and emphases for the remainder of studies for the degree . After completing the 30 hours required for the degree. the student is required to pass a comprehensive examination covering three of the four areas in which course work has been concentrated. It should be stressed that this examination is nut a combination of three d{{ferent master's degree examinations; rather. it is an opportunity for the student to display, and the faculty to view. the student's expertise in combining significant aspects of three different fields. bringing major trends and ideas of the fields into meaningful relationships with each other. The examination will be composed and administered by the student's advisory committee. After satisfactory completion of the comprehensive examination, the student must present a final thesis or project. This is a substantial scholarly and/ or creative exercise involving three different humanistic areas. It is supervised by the student's advisory committee and must be performed or presented before an open seminar consisting of the committee and any other faculty members who wish to attend. The approved thesis or report of thesis-performance shall be recorded in the Graduate School. Graduate School /75 Throughout this work toward the M.H. degree, the student must uphold the high standards of the Graduate School, maintaining at least a B average in all courses taken subsequent to his admission to the M.H. program. Required Courses The only courses specifically required for the M.H. degree are the new Hum. 500 and 501 described above. The 24 hours (in addition to Hum. 500 and 501) required for the degree will normally be drawn from 500level courses which already exist at UCD. The language requirement for the M. H. degree is fourth-semester proficiency in a language relevant to the student's particular course of study. Such relevancy will be decided upon by the student's advisory committee. For further information about the Master of Humanities degree program students should contact the Division of Arts and Humanities. MATHEMATICS Two graduate degrees may be earned in mathematics: the M.A. in mathematics and the M.S. in applied mathematics. (Also see Master of Basic Science.) It is the responsibility of each individual student to see that the requirements for these degrees are satisfied at the proper time. To begin graduate work toward one of the above degrees, a student should have at least the following preparation: 30 semester hours in mathematics including, beyond a full course in calculus, a year's course in advanced calculus, 3 semester hours oflinear algebra and either a 3-semester-hour course in higher algebra or a 3-semester-hour course in ordinary differential equations. Students who do not have all the prerequisites for one of the advanced degrees may still be admitted provisionally if, in the faculty's judgment, their record justifies this (but also see the Graduate School admission requirements). For a mathematics minor for a graduate degree, a full course in calculus is prerequisite. Requirements for the M.A. and M.S. The student must present 30 hours of course work. including a 6-hour minor. All mathematics courses submitted must be numbered 500 or higher. If the minor is taken outside of mathematics, the minor courses must be numbered 400 or higher. These 30 hours must include at least two of the following two-semester sequences. See the Schedule of Courses for courses offered. Math. 501-502. Topology Math. 511-512 . Theory of Numbers Math. 513-514 . Abstract Algebra Math. 515-516 . Linear Algebra Mat h . 521-522 . Projective Geometry Math. 523-524 . Differential Geometry Math. 531-532 . Real Analysis Math. 535-536. Complex Variables Math. 537-538. Topics in Applied Mathematics Math. 541-542 . Calculus of Variations Math. 549-550. Partial Differential Equations Math. 553-554. Mathematical Physics

PAGE 86

76/ University of Colorado at Denver Math. 560-561. Numerical Analysis Math. 562-563. Numerical Solutions of Ordinary and Partia l Differential Equations Math. 571-572. Logic Math. 573-574. Set Theory Math. 581-583. Statistics and Probability Math. 581-587. Statistics Math. 583-585. Probability A two-hour written examination will be given on the content of the two sequences and two other one-semester courses that the student offers for the degree. There is no thesis requirement for either degree . There is no foreign language requirement for either master's degree. However, students who may want to continue for a Ph. D. should satisfy at least one of the foreign language requirements before obtaining a master 's degree. Mathematics offers a wide assortment of programs leading to a master's degree. All programs must be planned in consultation with and approved by a mathematics graduate adviser. Suggested M.A. in Mathematics FIRST YEAR Seme.vter Hour.v Math. 515-516 . Linear Algebra I, II .......................... 6 Math. 535-536. Functions of a Complex Variable I , II .......... 6 Minor .................................................... 3 SECOND YEAR Math. 513-514. Modern Algebra I , II ......................... 6 Math. 531-532. Introduction to Real Analysis I, II ... .....•.... 6 Minor .................................................... 3 Total Suggested M.S. in Mathematics FIRST YEAR 30 Seme.fter H o ur.s Math. 560-561. Numerical Analysis I, II ... ................... 6 Math . 543 . Ordinary Differential Equations .................... 3 Math. 549 . Introduction to Partial Differential Equations I . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Minor .................................. .................. 3 : SECOND YEAR Math. 505. Topics in Combinatorial Analysis ........ .. ........ 3 Math. 507 . Ad va nced Calculus Ill ...•........................ 3 Math. 537-538. Topics in Applied Mathematics ........... ..... 6 Minor .............•.................................•..•. 3 Total 30 MUSIC Graduate study in music at UCD is presently offered in several cooperative programs with the University of Colorado at Boulder . Varying amounts of work toward the Master of Music Education and the Master of Music degrees may be taken in Denver. Admission to these programs is achieved by application to the Office of the Associate Dean for Graduate Study, College of Music, in Boulder . Postbaccalaureate study in the special areas of concentration unique to UCD include composition and arranging, sound synthesis and recording , and music and media . Since these are innovative programs, prospective candidates should make personal inquiry at UCD about requirements. The music educator intending to undertake graduate work will find the UCD programs attractive, particularly if he or she has special interests in jazz , rock, improvisation, sound synthesis and recording, and the repertory associated with today's youth. The composer-arranger-performer-producer who seeks graduate training in the fields of recording, television, and music for advertising also will find UCD responsive to his or her needs. Applied Music Polley All performance standards, requirements, and credits specified for a particular music degree in this college do not necessarily transfer and become acceptable for any other music degree within the college. Additional information on this policy is available from the Office of the Associate Dean, UCD College of Music . PHILOSOPHY Applicants for admission to the Graduate School for work toward an M .A. or Ph.D. degree with a major in philosophy are expected to have had 18 or more semester hours in undergraduate courses in the subject, including history of philosophy. While some course work at the graduate level may be taken at UCD in this discipline, all degree programs must be arranged through the University of Colorado at Boulder. Students wishing to pursue graduate work in philosophy should note Requirements for Advanced Degrees in this bulletin and should obtain from the department a copy of the Graduate Program in Philosophy. The Graduate Record Examination is not required. Certain special programs exist (M.A.'s in comparative East / West philosophy and in history and philosophy of science), details of which may be had on request. PHYSICAL EDUCATION A variety of graduate-level courses in health, physical education, and recreation can be taken at UCD. At the present time, the degree program must be completed through the University of Colorado at Boulder. Courses at the 500 level are available to qualified students. For further information, contact the School of Education. PHYSICS While some course work at the graduate level may be taken at UCD in this discipline, all degree programs must be arranged through the University of Colorado at Boulder. Physics courses at the 400 level may be used for graduate credit for students in nonphysics graduate programs. POLITICAL SCIENCE Admission to the M.A. Program Students applying for admission to the M . A . program in political science normally should present at least 18 hours of undergraduate or previous graduate work in

PAGE 87

political science, at least 9 hours of which should be at the upper division or graduate level. Deficiencies may be made up at UCD by enrolling in political science courses as a special student. Deficiencies usually must be made up before the student will be admitted as a regular degree student, and the work involved will be in addition to the minimum hourly requirements for the degree. Graduate Record Examination aptitude scores are required of applicants. The department may make exceptions to these requirements in unusual cases (for instance, where course work in related fields such as psychology, economics, and history, or practical political experience, compensate for course work deficiencies in political science). Master of Arts In Political Science The degree requirement shall consist of at least 25 semester hours of work at the graduate level, including at least one seminar in each of three broad areas of political science American, foreign. and theory-and at least one additional graduate seminar in political science. The other 13 hours may be distributed among other political science seminars, the master's thesis (4 hours), and a maximum of9 hours combined in independent study and work in cognate disciplines (but not more than 6 hours of either). Emphasis of the political science discipline at UCD is on critical perspectives, creative teaching and writing. interdisciplinary work, experiential involvement, and cooperative research projects. Close and continuing contact among students and between faculty and students is encouraged . SOCIAL SCIENCE, MASTER OF The Master of Social Science (M.S.S.) graduate degree program was instituted at UCD in fall 1978 to provide students with an opportunity for urban-oriented, interdi sciplinary, liberal education in the social sciences . All courses required for the degree are offered at UCD. Because courses also can be taken at the University of Colorado at Boulder. the range of course work possible is large . General rules for admission to the Graduate School apply . A student is expected to have completed at least 30 se me ster hours of undergraduate work in any combination of anthropology. economics. social or economic geography. psychology, history. political science, or sociology. The M .S.S. degree gives students wide latitude in designing their programs to satisfy their unique educational needs. Candidates must complete 36 semester hours of credit : at least 18 hours of course work at the 500 level and above (9 hours of which must be graduate level seminars usually taught at the 600 level) . Up to 6 hours of the 36 may be for thesis credit. or taken as Soc. Sci . 610 to complete a research. an internship. or a work-related project. For further information contact the UCD Division of Social Sciences. telephone 629-2616. Graduate School /77 PSYCHOLOGY The M.A. program offers a specialty in . child development, and is appropriate for persons who will have responsibility for implementing and evaluating child care deliver y programs, as well as for those with research and/ or service functions associated with early psychological development. Students wishing to pursue graduate work leading to the Master of Arts degree should read Requirements for Advanced Degrees. The GRE (verbal and quantitative) Aptitude Tests and Advanced Test in Psychology are required . The master's degree program is the onl y graduate program in psychology offered at UCD. Any questions should be directed to Professor Graham M . Sterritt, director of the graduate program, or to the Graduate School. SOCIOLOGY The M.A . degree in sociology offered at UCD has an urban focus with an applied emphasis. The urban sociology program is designed to complement profes sional degree programs in environmental design, medicine, nursing, community health, physical en gineering. public and business administration, education. and fine arts by providing advanced semina rs. and planning and research opportunities in urban theory and methodology. Requirements for Admission I. General requirements of the Graduate School. 2. A combined grade-point average of at least 3 . 0 for all courses taken in sociology as an undergraduate or graduate prior to admission . 3 . Three letters of recommendation. 4 . A statement specify ing the purpose and goal of advanced stu dy . Degree Requirements I . Completion of a minimum of 30 semester hours of approved graduate work. 2 . Completion of a project in the format of an article prepared and submitted for publication in a relevant professional journal. 3 . Sociological theory sequence 6 hours (Soc. 515 and 516) . 4. Research methods sequence 6 hours (Soc. 507 and 508) . 5. Area of concentration-14 to 16 hours . 6 . Passing of comprehensive-final examination. SPANISH At present UCD offers no Spanish course s above 599 . The courses at the 500 level are applicable to an M.A. degree through the University of Colorado at Boulder. depending upon degree plan approval by the graduate adviser in Boulder in each case . The graduate courses in Spanish are also applicable to the Master of Humanities program at UCD.

PAGE 88

College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Daniel Fallon, Dean INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE Study of the liberal arts and sciences aims to develop human potential in order to bring the best of human intellect and emotion to bear on the experiences and challenges of life . By providing a broad educational foundation. the arts and sciences prepare students to initiate careers. to change careers in midlife. to pursue advanced study in a discipline, to study for a professional career such as law or medicine, and, in general, to lead a rewarding and productive life. The curriculum helps students to increase substantive knowledge , to learn skills such as logical argument and clear expression, to gain new insights about relationships in nature and society. to develop critical thought and interpretive ability, to solve complex problems rationally, and to heighten aesthetic appreciation. To accomplish these aims, the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences supports a vigorous interaction between faculty and students. A young and dedicated faculty with strong academic credentials is committed to highly motivated urban students who represent a broad range of age and experience. Thus, the curriculum of the College maintains traditionally high university academic standards while providing numerous flexible learning opportunities to meet the varied objectives of university students from the Denver metropolitan area. At the undergraduate level, the College offers a high-quality liberal educational program that also prepares students for subsequent professional and graduate study. At the graduate level, the College offers students disciplinary and broad interdisciplinary master's degree programs which may serve as a means of beginning study towards doctoral degrees . Because students are consulted and involved in the design of both undergraduate and graduate programs, the curriculum of the College reflects the concerns of Denver area students. There are many opportunities to study urban problems, confront contemporary issues, participate in off-campus working internships, and in general make use of the resources of the city. To accommodate the many students who are employed full time during the day, about half of all courses offered by the College are scheduled after 5 p.m. Many students enroll in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences to study the liberal arts and participate in the general education associated with the B.A. or B.F .A. degree as an end in itself. Upon receiving a degree, some students decide to continue study at the graduate level. Others set aside further formal study and initiate careers . Because a liberal education provides a broad foundation in problem-solving skills and substantive knowledge that can be widely applied, graduates of the College have begun careers in a variety of positions in industry, commerce, and government. Manv students also enroll in the College of Liberal Arts Sciences specifically to prepare themselves for admission to one of the professional schools of the University. which include the School of Dentistry, School of Education. College of Environmental Design, School of Journalism. School of Law, School of Medicine. School of Nursing. School of Pharmacy. and Graduate School of Public Affairs. The specific admission requirements for each of these professional schools can be met in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences . The faculty of the College provide instruction at the undergraduate level through three divisions: Arts and Humanities. Natural and Phys1cal Sc1ences, and Social Sciences. Each division offers a wide variety of curricula including traditional undergraduate major programs. interdisciplinary studies, and preprofessional programs. The degrees offered by the College at the undergraduate level are the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) and Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.). A number of degrees are offered at the graduate level. MAJOR PROGRAMS Students can earn the Bachelor of Arts (B.A .) degree in the following areas: Anthropology Geology Biology German Chemistry History Communication and Mathematics (students may also theatre choose a specia l computer Economics science option) English Philosophy English Wriiing Program Physics Ethnic st udies Political Science Fine arts (students may Population dynamics stu dy for either a B.A. or Psycholog y B .F.A. degree) Sociology French Spanish Geography Urban studies Special options are available those students would like to distribute their maJor program stud1es among two or more disciplinary majors studies) or who would like to propose a umque maJor

PAGE 89

program tailored to meet a specific objective (individually structured major). The College also provides the necessary course work to prepare students for careers in elementary or secondary te a c h ing. journalism. and law . as well as the following h e a lth science fields : child health associate. dental h ygiene, dentistry, medical technology, medicine, nu rsi ng, optometry, osteopathy, pharmacy. physical ther apy, podiatry. and veterinary medicine . Double Ma j o rs Stu dents may graduate with more than one major (e.g .. ma thematics and French) by completing all requirements fo r both majors . Second De gre e s Students who have been awarded a bachelor's degree (either from the College or elsewhere) may be granted a second bachelor's degree provided that (a) all general re q u i rements for the degree have been met ; (b) the major fo r the second bachelor's degree is different from the major for the first; and (c) at least 30 hours are com pleted in this College after admission to the second d eg ree program. Double Degree s Stud ents may earn two degrees from the University of Colorado simultaneously by fulfilling all requirements for both degrees. The College of Liberal Arts and S cie n ces requires that a student complete at least 90 l i b eral arts credits and /50 total credits in order to be gr a n ted two bachelor's degrees . It is recommended that students planning one of these mult iple programs consult with the College Advising Offi ce at t h e earliest possible date . Note: Graduate degree programs offered by the faculty of t h e College through the Graduate School are described ir: the Graduate School section of this bulletin. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISS I O N Enter i ng First-Year S t udent s S t udents planning to enter the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences must meet the requirements described in the Gen eral Information section of this bulletin under A dmission Policies and Procedures . Applicants to the College are considered for admission according to the following schedule . J If: And: Then: Your Rank in Or Your Hif{h S chool Your ACT Com hi ned Your S101us .fiJr Clan f., Composile SAT Smre A clmi.uion /.> U p per l / 2 23 or higher 1 .00 0 or highe r Assured admission Upper 2 / 3 18-23 800 or higher Considered on an individual basis Lower I 2 Below 18 Below 800 Considered by Admissions Committee IThis sc hedul e corresponds to the general requirements descr ibed in the General Information section. but more detail is prov ided here for prospective College of Liberal Arts and Sciences students. College of Liberal Arts and Sciences I 79 Transfe r S tu dents Students who have attended another college or university are expected to meet the general requirements for admission of transfer students as described in the General Information section of this bulletin. Applicants who have been away from a college environment for mor(! than three years will be considered on the basis of all factors available: high school record, test sc o res, original college admission qualifications, college per formance, and interim experiences that might sugges t potential success in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences . A maximum of 72 semester hours taken at a community college may be applied toward a degree in the College . M S C C ro ss-listed Courses During the 1979-80 academic year the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences cross-listed many undergraduate courses with two schools at Metropolitan State College, the School of Liberal Arts and the School of Science and Mathematics. These cross listed courses were taught by either UCD or MSC faculty and counted as University of Colorado credit, not as transfer credit. For the academic year 1980-81 a n d beyond, the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences will continue to work with the two schools at MSC in an effort to make courses easily available to the students of both institutions through a simplified registration process. ACADEMI C POLICIES Students are referred to the Genera l Information section of this bulletin for a description of academic policies that apply to all undergraduate students at UCD. The policies which follow apply specifically to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. A ca d e mic E t h ics Students are expected to conduct themselves in accordance with the highest standards of honesty and integrity. Therefore, the faculty assumes that term papers. reports. studio work. results of labora t ory experiments. and examinations submitted by the stude n t represent the student's own work . Students are refe r re d to the Statement on Academic Honesty of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. available from the Office of the Dean, for guidance on generally acceptable limits o n cooperation i n the preparat ion of academic work. and for a discussion of what constitutes academic dishonesty . Academic dishonesty. such as plagiarism or cheat i ng. is a serious charge which. if substantiated. may result i n course failure. probation. suspension. or expulsion from the University . The Academic Ethics Committee. composed principally of faculty and students. is charge d by the faculty of the College with considering evidence in contested cases, determining guilt or innocence. and assessing penalties. Special rules of the committee. available from the Office of the Dean have been designed to insure due process .

PAGE 90

80 / University of Colorado at Denver Academic Advice and Information Students in the College are expected to assume tht: responsibility for planning their academic programs in accordance with College rules and policies and major requirements. To assist students, the College maintains an advising staff located in the UCD Administration Building, Room 204, telephone 629-2555. Students are urged to consult with the staff of this office concerning individual academic problems and progress toward their degrees . As soon as the student has determined a major, he or she must declare the major to a department adviser. The department adviser will be responsible not only for the student's advising but also for the certification of the completion of the major program for graduation. Students planning to earn a degree from one of the professional schools should see an adviser in that school. Each professional school has certain specific require ments. Preprofessional health science students should see a member of the Health Careers Committee during their first year in the College. Appointments should be made through the sciences secretary in Room EC 232, 6292646. The College ha s organized a Pre-Law Advising Committee for the purpose of advising all UCD students who are interested in careers in law . This committee has a library of law school catalogues, pre-law handbooks, and other relevant documents, advises individual students, interviews students who need to secure a dean's letter for application to certain law schools, and sponsors meetings at which information of interest to pre-law students is shared. Students may contact the Committee through the Office of the Dean, telephone 629-3396 . UCD also has a counseling service available through the Office for Student Affairs to which a student may go for assistance with personal problems. Career counseling is available to all students with majors in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Assistance in skills analysis, resume preparation, and career exploration is available through the Office of the Dean, telephone 629-3396 . Academic Probation and Scholastic Suspension Good academic standing in the College requires a grade-point average of 2.0 (C) on all University of Colorado course work. Grades earned in another college or school within the University of Colorado are used in determining the student's scholastic standing and progress toward the degree . However, grades earned at other institutions are not used in calculating the gradepoint average at the University of Colorado. ACADEMIC PROBATION Students whose cululative grade-point averages fall below a 2.0 (C) at the end of the fall or spring semester will be placed on academic probation for the following semester. Students will be informed in writing concerning the grade-point requirements which must be met by the end of the succeeding semester. The grade-point requirements are listed in the table below. Students must continue to meet the required grade-point average each semester until their cumulative grade-point average is a 2 . 0 . At that time students will be removed from probation. SCHOLASTIC SUSPENSION Students on academic probation who do not meet the required grade-point average in the succeeding semester will be suspended from the College for one year. Scholastic records of students are reviewed as soon as grade reports are available at the end of the fall and spring semesters . Students are informed in writing of scholastic suspension. Hour s Deficient 1 -10 11-20 21-30 Over 30 GradePoint A inlhe Mo . w Recent Seme. wer 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 The number of hours deficient is equal to the number of credit hours of B work that the student must earn to raise the cumulative G.P.A. to 2.0 (C). For example, if thP student has attempted 24 semester hours and has earned 42 grade points , the G.P.A. is 1.75. The student needs 6 semester hours of B to raise the G. P. A. to 2 .0. To calculate the hours of B that are needed, multiply the total hours attempted by 2 and subtract the number of grade points from this figure. Example: 24 semester hours attempted x 2 = 48; 48 42 grade points = 6 semester hours of B needed or 6 hours deficiency. In attempting to raise a grade-point average while suspended, a student may register for courses in the University of Colorado summer term on any campus, for correspondence through the University, or for credit courses offered through the Division of Continuing Education. FIRST SUSPENSION The normal period of suspension is two regular semesters (one academic year, excluding summer term), after which the student will automatically be readmitted on probation to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. The student then will be expected to meet the sliding scale (based on the student's University of Colorado record only) until the cumulative G.P.A. reaches 2.0. Failure to do so will result in a second suspension. A student under a first suspension may be readmitted before the end of the normal suspension period only if the student has demonstrated academic improvement in one of the following ways: I. By achieving a cumulative 2 . 5 average on all summer or correspondence work attempted at the University of Colorado since suspension. (A student must register for a minimum of 6 credits in the summer term on any campus, through correspondence work, or through credit courses in the Division of Continuing Education.) 2. By raising the cumulative grade-point average to 2.0 through correspondence or summer work at the University of Colorado.

PAGE 91

3. By raising the cumulative grade-point average to 2.0 at another institution. (The cumulative grade-point average is defined in this instance as the grade-point average at the University of Colorado in combination with course work taken at all other institutions.) Upon return to the University, however, the student retains his or her previous grade-point average . The G . P . A . from other institutions does not transfe:bac k to t he University of Colorado. SECOND SUSPENSION A student suspended for a second time will be readmitted only under unusual circumstances and only by petition to the Academic Standards Committee of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Each petition will be examined individually . The committee will expect the student to show that chances for successful completion of an educational program in the College have been materially improved by factors such as increased maturity or a relief from stressful circumstances. The deadline for petitions to the Academic Standards Committee for reinstatement for any fall semester is August I ; for reinstatement for any spring semester , the deadline is December I. A student who completes 12 or more semester hours at another institution must apply for readmission to the University of Colorado as a transfer student, regardless of his or her status in the University of Colorado. He or she also must present a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average on all collegiate work attempted (at the University of Colorado and elsewhere) in order to be considered for readmission . Petitioning for Special Requests or Exceptions to Standing Academic Polley The Academic Standards Committee is responsible for the administration of the academic policies of the College as established by the faculty . This faculty student committee constitutes the bridge between the faculty in its legislative capacity and the students upon whom the legislation comes to bear. The committee alone is empowered to grant waivers of exemptions from and exceptions to the academic policies of the College. Students wishing to submit a petition to the committee should meet with the advising staff first to discuss the petition. One of the major responsibilities of the committee is the handling of suspension and reinstatement of suspended students. The normal period of suspension is two regular semesters (one academic year , excluding summer term) . However, students suspended a second time will be reinstated only under unusual c i rcumstances and only by petition to the committee . Course Load The normal course load is 12 to 18 semester hours each semester . Students registered for fewer than 12 hours are regarded as part-time students. Students wishing to register for 19 hours or more must obtai n approval from the dean. Designation as a part-time or full-time student C o llege o f Liberal Art s and S c i e nces /81 depends only upon courses taken for credit in the University and does not include correspondence courses or noncredit courses . To receive credit, the student must be officially registered for each course . Students who hold or expect to hold full-or part-time employment while enrolled in the College should register for course loads they can expect to complete without unusual difficulty. Recommended course loads are given below , but each student must w e igh h i s or her own abilities and assess the demands of each course in determining an appropriate schedule. The College assumes that all courses selected will be completed. Employed 20 hours per week 10 to 13 semester hours , or three to four courses . Employed 30 hours per week 8 to II semester hours , or three courses . Employed 40 hours per week 6 to 9 semester hours , or two or three courses . Summer Term :Sincethesummerterm is only tO weeks long , the recommended course load is less than in the fall and spring . Employed fewer than 15 hours per week 9 semester hours, or three courses . E mpl oye d 15 t o 3 0 hours p e r w e ek 6-8 se mester hou rs, or t w o cou rses. Employed over 30 hours per week 3-5 semester hours , or one course . Courses t a ken a t t h e Univer sity o f Co lor a do a t B o uld e r and the University of Colorado at Colorado Springs, and interinstitutionally with MSC and CCDA, are included in the total load . Note : 6 semester hours i s considered a full load in the s ummer term . Maximum course load is 9 semester hours. Students wishing to register for 10 hours or more must obtain approv al from the dean . Earning Academic Credit Special Options Students in the College may earn credit toward a degree for knowledge gained prior to enrollment in the College or for knowledge gained outside of College cours es . Some specific programs by which credit is awarded include Credit by Examination, Advanced Placement, and the College-Level Examination Pro gram. These are described in the General Information section of this bullet i n . In addition, credit may be earned for Cooperative Education, Army ROTC, and the following activities. CORRESPONDENCE STUDY Students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, with the approval of the dean, may take work in correspondence study offered b y the University's Division of Continuing Education. A maximum of 30 hours of correspondence work ma y count toward the degree . CREDIT FOR COURSES IN THE PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS AND IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION Stud e n ts m ay co unt t ow ard the Bac helor of Art s and

PAGE 92

82 / Unive rsit y of Colorado at Den ver Bachelor of Fine Arts degree s as many as 24 semester hours of course work from curricula l ea ding to degrees other than the B.A. (business, engineering and applied science, environmen tal design, journalism , music, nursing, and pharmacy). College of Liberal Arts and Sciences students desiring secondary school certification will be allowed to take up to 37 se m ester hours in the certification program of the School of Educa tion as part of their total required hours for the Bachelor of Arts degree . Students desiring e lementar y educa tion certifi cation will be allowed up to 44 hour s in the certification p rogram. Vocational and technical courses from a two year program ma y not b e included. Activity courses in ph ysical education, up to a maximum of 8 semester hours, will count toward the 120 hours requir ed for the degree. CREDIT FOR INDEPENDENT STUDY Students may register for independent study with the written approval of the appropriate faculty member and divisional dean . The amount of credit to be given for an independent study project (not to exceed 6 credits per semester) shall be arranged at the time of registration. A maximum of 12 credits taken on an independent study basis may apply toward the bachelor's degree . Independent study credit may not be used to satisfy the College area distribution requirements . Effective summer 1978, independent study courses are numbered as follows: 910919 Freshman level course 920 929 Sophomore l evel course 930939 Junior level course 940 949 Senior level course 950 -Graduate l eve l course 999 -Candidate for degree COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM (CLEP) An exciting challenge is available to College of Liberal Arts and Sciences students who want to earn university credit by examination in subject areas in which they have obtained college-level proficiency . Interested students are encouraged to take appropriate subject examinations provided in the College Level Examination Program of the College Entrance Examination Board Testing Service. The College will award credit for the following subjects if a student scores at the 67th percentile: Arts and Humanities American literature Analysis and interpretation of literature English literature Natural and Physical Sciences B iolo gy General chemistry Geology Introductory calculus General psychology So cia l Sciences American government American history Introductory ec onomics Western civilization Students should contact the O ffice for Student Affairs, UCDA Room 207, 629-2861, to arrange for the examinations. SUMMARY Following is a listing of the types of credit and the maximum number of hours that may be earned for nonclassroom work. Type . f of Credit Advanced Placement Credit(AP) College-Level Exami nati on Program(CLEP) Cooperative education Correspondence study Credit by examination Independent study Maximum Credit Hours Allowed Toward the B.A . Degree No limit 30 semester hours 12 se mester hours 30semesterhours No l imit 12 semester hours Graduation Requirements STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES The student is ultimately responsible for knowing the requirements for his or her degree and for fulfilling these requirements. Upon completion of the requirements (including those of a major), the student will be awarded the appropriate degree . THE LIBERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM In order to qualify for a B.A . or B.F.A. degree from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, students must complete the liberal education program, which consists of area distribution requirements and a foreign language requirement. To satisfy the area distribution requirements, students must choose from a list of available courses in each of three areas: I. Arts and humanities -12 semester hours . 2 . Natural and physical sciences -12 semester hours. 3. Social sciences -12 semester hours. Lists of courses that will satisfy these area requirements are available in the Schedule of Courses published each fall and spring semester and summer term. The Schedule may be obtained in each d i visional office and in the Office of the Dean of the College. To satisfy the foreign language requirement , students must demonstrate proficiency in a foreign language . This requirement may be met prior to admission by completion of a Level Ill high school course in any classical or modern foreign language. Students who have not satisfied the requirement upon admission may do so by (a) demonstration of a third-semester proficiency by examination, or (b) completion of a third-semester course in the College. Students are strongly urged to begin or continue their college-level language studies immediately upon enrollment in the College. Students who elect to continue a language studied before entering the College will be placed in courses appropriate to their levels of preparation. Students are urged to consult the advising staff of the College or any foreign language faculty member regarding foreign language study and the foreign language requirement.

PAGE 93

MAJOR REQUIREMENTS In addition to completing the above mentioned college requirements, students in the Bachelor of Arts degree program must declare a major. As soon as a major has been determined (no later than the beginning of the junior year), students must declare their intentions to the major departments. Each department stipulates its own requirements for the major. These requirements shall include at least 30 semester hours of work in the major area (as determined by the department) of C grade or higher, at least 16 hours of which shall be at the upper division level. The grade average in the major shall be at least C. Not more than 48 semester hours in one field may be counted in the 120 hours required for the degree. The student is responsible for knowing the requirements for the major . The department adviser shall be responsible for determining when a student has satisfactorily completed the requirements for the major and for so certifying to the dean of the College. For requirements of the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree, consult the Fine Arts section in the alphabetical listings under the description of programs. UPPER DIVISION REQUIREMENT Students must complete at least 45 semester hours of upper division work (courses numbered 300 or higher) to be eligible for the bachelor's degree . Any student may register for upper division courses providing he or she has satisfied the prerequisites or has the approval of the discipline in which the course is offered. Courses transferred from a community college carry lower division credit. Exceptions to this require approval of the dean of the College and the appropriate discipline representative , who may ask the student to validate upper division credit by taking an advanced standing examination. TOTAL CREDIT-HOUR AND GRADE-POINT REQUIREMENT To qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, students must pass at least 120 semester hours with an average of at least 2 . 0 (C) in all courses attempted at the University of Colorado. RESIDENCE REQUIREMENT A candidate for a degree from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences must earn the last 30 hours while enrolled as a degree student in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. The College will not graduate any student who has not completed at least 30 hours of letter-graded work at the University of Colorado. SENIOR PROGRESS REPORT AND DIPLOMA CARD Upon completion of 80 semester hours of course work, each student must make an appointment with the College Advising staff to determine the student's status with respect to degree requirements. College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 183 During registration for their last semester, students are required to file Diploma Cards, indicating the date they intend to graduate and Applications for Degree Candidacy. Failure to file a Diploma Card with the College Advising Office will result in delayed graduation. Diploma Cards and Applications for Degree Candidacy are available in the College Advising Office. SUMMARY CHECKLIST OF GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS liberal Education Program I. Arts and humanities: 12 semester hours. 2. Natural and physical sciences : 12 semester hours. 3. Social sciences: 12 semester hours. 4. Foreign language: third-semester proficiency in any one language or completion of a Level Ill high school foreign language course . Major Requirements I. 30 to 48 semester hours in the major field . 2 . A minimum of 30 semester hours of C grade or better in the major field . 3. A 2.0 (C) grade-point average in all major course work. 4. A mimimum of 16 semester hours of upper division courses in the major, C grade or higher. 5. Special requirements as stipulated by the major adviser . General Requirements I. A total of 120 semester hours passed. 2. A 2 . 0 (C) cumulative grade-point average on alr University of Colorado course work. 3 . A minimum of 45 semester hours of upper d ivisio n course work. 4 . The last 30 hours while registered in the College . Note: Not more than 48 hours in any one field and not more than 24 hours outside the College can be included in the 120 hours required for the degree. SPECIAL ACADEMIC PROGRAMS Honors FORMER POLICY FOR GRADUATION WITH DISTINCTION A student who performs superlatively in course work in the College will be awarded a bachelor's degree accompanied by the statement, with distinction. To be eligible for graduation with distinction, a student must have completed at least 30 semester hours at the University of Colorado and have obtained a grade-point average of 3 . 5 or higher by the end of the semester prior to the final semester's work toward the degree. The cumulative grade-point average must be based upon all collegiate work attempted, both at the University of Colorado and elsewhere.

PAGE 94

84 I Universit y of Colorado at Denver NEW POLICY FOR GRADUATION WITH DISTINCTION Effective summer 1978, all graduating seniors must have completed a minimum of 45 semester hours at the University of Colorado (on any CU campus), including the final semester, with a grade-point average of at least 3 . 75. The 45 semester hours must be completed in the student's junior and senior years. The student also must meet the College's residency requirement, i . e., the last 30 hours in the College. Students who feel they are qualified to graduate with distinction , but who do not meet these standards , may petition to the Academic Standards Committee for a review of their particular cases. Petitions dealing with these standards will rarely be approved , however , and then onl y with evidence of academic performance equivalent to the standard. Special Notes I. Courses that UCD does not offer, but that the faculty encourages students to take at the other Auraria institutions (MSC and/ or CCD), may be counted as part of the 45 semester hours. 2. A maximum of 6 semester hours may be completed with a grade of P(on PI F option) and included in the 45 semester hours. 3. All credit courses which are completed through the Division of Continuing Education may be included in the 45 semester hours . 4. In calculating the minimum total of 45 semester hours, part of a semester will not be counted but, instead, all courses in a semester will be included . The new policy outlined above was approved by the Academic Standards Committee on April 19, 1978. Both the old and the new policies will be administered simultaneously for all students who matriculated prior to summer 1978. For those students who matriculated in summer 1978 or thereafter, only the new policy will be used . COLLEGE HONORS PROGRAM Independent of graduation with distinction, which is based on grades alone, the College offers a program through which students can qualify for the following honors awarded by the College: summa cum laude, magna cum laude, or cum laude . The determination of the level of honors to be awarded is made by the College Honors Council. These awards may be earned either In a specific department (Departmental Honors), or in general studies (General Honors), or in both. In either case, special independent creative work is required to qualify. Any junior or senior student with a cumulative grade-point average of 3.0 (B) or higher may participate in the program. In order to qualify for the award of College honors in a discipline, a student must (a) complete a research project or honors thesis in the discipline, (b) take the Advanced Graduate Record Examination, and (c) take an oral examination administered by an honors committee . The College-wide General Honors program is designed to encourage and assist academically strong students to achieve a greater degree of breadth in their educational experiences than they ordinarily might obtain in their college careers. The program is intended for students who like to deal creatively with ideas and who desire to extend education beyond the usual course requirements . Any qualified junior or senior may enroll in honors seminars without becoming a candidate for graduation with honors. Grading in honors courses is based on the designations H (Honors), P (Pass), and F (Fail). All honors courses carry upper division credit. In cross-listed courses, open to honors students upon consent of the instructor, honors students may expect to do additional or independent work as determined in consultation with the professor . In order to qualify for General Honors , a student must (a) complete at least four honors courses with grades of H . (b) submit an honors paper, and (c) take oral and written honors examinations administered by the College Honors Council. Detailed information concerning the Honors Program may be obtained from the director of the Honors Program or from the College Advising Office. Students interested in the program ordinarily should begin participation in their junior year. PHI BETA KAPPA Students in the College who excel in their undergraduate studies may be invited to join Phi Beta Kappa, the nation's oldest academic honorary society, founded in 1776 at the College of William and Mary. For further information, interested students should contact the College Advising Office. Cooperative Education Based on the precept that employment experiences can often contribute to liberal education, the Cooperative Education Program is designed to provide opportunities to supplement academic work with practical experience. Students may be placed as employees with corporations, businesses, and public agencies in ways that complement .or enhance their academic course work. Many cooperative education students choose to contract with a professor i:1 their major fields to receive academic credit for their work experiences. An academic cooperative education contract designates a certain number of academic credits for satisfactory performance in a related work experience . The credit is contingent upon satisfactory completion of whatever academic project the faculty member chooses to assign in conjunction with the job. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences participates in this program with cooperative education courses offered at the 3981evel in each department. These courses are listed under each department heading in the Course Description section of this bulletin. Students placed by the Cooperative Education Office i n paid or volunteer assignments, as well as students who have obtained their own jobs, may be eligible, subject to the guidelines below: I. The participant in the program will be enrolled in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences and generally have

PAGE 95

attained sophomore standing. 2. The participant must have at least a 2 . 5 grade-point average . 3 . A contract for Cooperative Education credit is required for all projects. It is to be completed by the employer, sponsoring faculty member, and the student before being approved by the divisional dean. The Cooperative Education office will distribute copies oft he completed contract to the student, the sponsoring faculty member, and the employer. 4 . Job experience approved for credit will be related to the student's undergraduate academic curriculum. 5. Credit will be approved for more than one semester for a job, provided that the learning possibilities and responsibilities of the student allow for additional academic growth. 6 . Projects will be granted from I to 6 hours of credit per semester . The number of credit hours will be arranged between the student and the sponsoring faculty member with possible consultation with the employer. The number of credit hours must reflect the quality of the academ ic experience gained from the project, not the hours worked . 7 . Twelve hours is the maximum number that a student can earn toward the bachelor's degree in Cooperative Education. Departments may decide whether or not Cooperative Education hours will count toward requirements for the major. Cooperative Education hours ma y not count toward the Area Distribution Requirem ent. 8. The Cooperative Education project may not simultaneously be used for academic credit in other programs such as Independent Study. Students should contact the Cooperative Education Program office for further information and forms for placement and credit, 1047 9th Street , 629-2892. Study Skills Center The Study Skills Center is administered by the College on behalf of UCD. The purpose of the center is to help UCD students develop methods of efficient study . Services are available to help specifically with particular subject areas, as well as to strengthen general academic and research skills. Telephone, 629-2802. Each semester the center offers three courses for which students may receive I semester hour of credit graded on a pass / fail basis : developmental composition, develop mental reading, and college preparatory mathematics. Detailed course descriptions may be found in the Course Descriptions section of this bulletin. A maximum of 3 semester hours in study skills courses may be included in the 120 required for the degree. A noncredit modular course, such as rapid reading , also is offered in which students may accelerate reading speed, learn reading flexibility, and build word-grouping ability and comprehension. Study technique workshops (noncredit) are offered in such topics as : reading for maximum effectiveness; writing papers and using the library; improving memory, study techniques , and note taking; tests without panic; and time management. Also, a noncredit spelling and vocabulary workshop is available. College of Liberal Arts and Sciences f 85 The center has available a collection of books, including a number by minority authors and about minorities which may be utilized for research assign ments as well as for improvement of general knowledge. Special Services Program The Special Services Program is a federally funded project designed to assist selected students to be successful in their university lives . The goal of the project is to increase the likelihood for students with special needs to graduate from UCD. This is done by providing academic support services to students during their freshman and sophomore years. Services provided include the following : tutorial assistance, classroom instruction in basic skills, classroom instruction in English as a second language, academic advising, personal counseling, academic skill improvement, diagnostic testing , student advocacy, and disabled student services. Students must meet specific eligibility criteria in order to receive services as the project is designed to provide intensive help to a specific target population. Students eligible for participation include low income students, culturally diverse students, students with limited English speaking ability who are U .S. citizens or who hold a permanent visa, academically deficient students, and physically disabled students. Any studen t who feels he or she may be eligible for these services should contact a special se rvice s adviser in Room 47, East Classroom Building , telephone 629-8345. PREPARATION FOR PROFESSIONS Completion of the undergraduate curriculum of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences can prepare students for a number of careers in the professions. Information on preparation for those professions most frequently asked about by students in the College is presented here. Students seeking information about other professions should contact the College Advising Office . Law Students intending to enter a school of law may maj_or in any field while completing their bachelor's degree programs since law schools do not generally specify a particular undergraduate degree major. Successful prelaw students from the College have had majors in many different fields . However, students preparing for law school should place primary emphasis on learning superior methods of study, critical thinking , and communication skills, which are often considered more important by law schools than factual knowledge alone. College courses should be chosen with care to produce a balanced pattern of skills and insights. Sufficient Englis h should be studied to insure good use of language skills in grammar, spelling, composition. and rhetoric, and also to develop a capacity for analysis and criticism. Because the natural sciences provide an appreciation for inductive and deductive approaches, evaluation of evidence, and detailed accuracy of observation, some study in thi s area is desirable . Mathematics is helpful in developing a

PAGE 96

86 / Universit y o f C o l o rad o at D e n ver capacity to think analytically , as are certain courses in philosophy. The Law School Admission Test (LSA T) is required of all applicants for admission to law school and should be taken as early as po s sible during the senior year. For additional information, s tudents s hould review the current Prelaw Handhook , published annually in October and prepared by the Law School Admissions Council and the Association of American Law Schools. This book includes materi al on the law and lawyers , prelaw preparation, appl y ing to law s chools, and the study of law, as well a s i ndividuali z ed information on most American law schools . It ma y be ordered from Educational Testing Serv ice, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. Any stude nt who as pir es to a c a r ee r i n law s hould contact the College pre-law adviser , telephone 629-3396 . Students interested in applying for admission to the School of Law of the University of Colorado should contact the Admissions Office of the School of Law, Room 118, Fleming Law Building , Boulder , Colorado 80309. Journalism Students interested in preparing for a career in journalism may decide to obtain a bachelor's degree from the College as a general preparation, or they may choose to complete a B.S . degree in journalism. The B.S. degree in journalism is granted from the School of Journalism at the University of Colorado at Bould er. However, the first two years of the journalis m curriculum may be completed at UCD within the College . Students pursuing the journalism B . S . degree normally transfer into the School of Journalism at the beginning of the junior year . To be considered for transfer admission , a student must have completed a minimum of 60 semester hours with a gradepoint average of at least 2 . 25. Interested students should consult the University o f Colorado at Boulder Catalog for detailed information concerning requirements for the B . S. degree in journalism. Information is also available in the College Advising Office, Room 204, Administration Building, telephone 629-2555. Health Careers Course programs have been developed within the College to prepare students for the following specific careers within the general area of health sciences . Child health associate Dental hygiene Dentistry Medical technology Mtdicine Nursing Optometry O steopathy Pharma c y Physical therapy Podiatry Veter i na ry Medicine Because the prerequ1s1tes for these health career programs are continually changing, students interested in. pursuing one of these careers should contact the Health Careers secretary , UCD East Classroom Building, Room 232, 629-2646 , or the College Ad v isin g Office for current requirements and for advising. Education Students seeking certification for teaching at the elementary and 1 or secondary school level must complete a major program in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, and approximately 30 to 50 semester hours of professional education work in the School of Education. Students completing all requirements will receive a Bachelor of Arts degree and teacher certification . Early planning is crucial for students intending to enter the Teacher Education Program. Since the School of Educa ti o n ha s initiat e d a n e w program at both the elementary and secondary levels , students must consult the School during their first semester on campus conce rnin g n e w requir e m e nt s for th e Teach e r Education P r o g r a m s, 6 29 -27 17. PRE-EDUCATION PROGRAM Students pursuing teacher certification should so indicate on all application and registration materials so that they may be advised by the education counselor or faculty members. Application for admission to the Teacher Certification Program should be made during the last semester of the sophomore year. The minimum requirements for acceptance are: I. Completion of at least 60 semester hours of acceptable college work with a grade-point average of 2. 5 for all courses attempted, and 2 . 5 for all courses attempted at the University of Colorado, and 2.5 in the major teaching field . No student will be recommended for certification to teach in any field in which the gradepoint average is less than 2.5 . 2. Information on the general education requirements for students planning to student teach at the secondary or elementary school level are available in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Advising Office and the School of Education. COLLEGE-WIDE INTERDISCIPLINARY ACADEMIC PROGRAMS Most of the individual departments represented in the College have numerous links with other disciplines, and many faculty members consequently encourage students to take courses in related disciplines . In the natural and physical sciences new subject-matter areas are emerging from blends of traditional disciplines; examples include biochemistry , geophysics , biophysics, and psycho biology . In the social sciences the similarity of method and of subject matter from discipline to discipline tends to promote broad interaction and a sense of common purpose. In the arts and humanities the continual synthesis of useful analytical ideas and concepts gains strength as it it tested against differing perspectives; comparative lit e r ature, mix ed m e dia fine arts, and philosophical psychology are examples of this kind of interdisciplinary involvement. Therefore, students will often find opportunities to explore relationships among different disciplines while studying within traditional disciplines. Ih some instances, such as ethnic studies, much or most of the academic work can be characterized as interdisciplinary even though the area is treated as a traditional discipline. The following programs are explicitly interdisciplinary and college-wide in character.

PAGE 97

Distributed Studies The College's distributed studies major has been designed for those students who wis h to develop consolidated major programs based upon the study of two or three disciplines together rather than to focus their major programs on single disciplines. In pursuing a distributed studies major, a student works closely with a faculty adviser to de velop a specific program. One discipline is designated as primary subject, and then one or two other disciplines are designated as secondary subjects . The total program must consist of at least 60 semester hours in at least two disciplines . The disciplines must be disciplines or areas offered within the College , and the program may not include a first-year course in English (I 0 I, I 02) or foreign language (I 0 I. I 02). General requirements for the primary subject are (a) a minimum of 30 semester hours with grades of Cor better, and (b) a minimum of 12 semester hours of upper division course work with grades of Cor better. General requirements for the secondary subject(s) are (a) a minimum of30 semester hours from among one or two disciplines . and (b) at least 12 semester hours in any one discipline. The specific requirements in any case depend upon the program worked out with a facult y adviser , who may stipulate specific course requirements. Students interested in a distributed studies major program should contact the College Advising Office for additional information. telephone 629-2555. Ethnic Studies For a complete description of the Ethnic Studies program. see the Division of Social Sciences section of this bulletin. Individually Structured Major Some students wish to study in depth. as a major program. a coherent topic area that crosses traditional disciplinary lines and/ or requires significant independent study to complete . These students are encouraged to propose a design for an individually structured major program. To pursue an individually structured major program, a student must work out the details of the proposed program sometime after his or her first year in the College with a committee of three College faculty members . The major becomes the student's official program upon final approval by the faculty committee. In recent years students in the College have structured majors in suc h areas as French and cinematography, or oral histor y and environmental planning. Advising for the individuall y structured major is available through the Office of the Dean, 629-3396. Population Dynamics Melvin Albaum, Director The Population Dynamics Program is a multi disciplinar y major designed to provide a comprehensive and flexible educational experience for persons who are interested in population processes, especially within the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences /87 urban environment. Emphasis of the major is on the social, economic. and mental health problems com plicated by the dynamics of population processes. The principal departments involved are biology, geography, psychology. and sociology. The major is appropriate for students intending careers in the fields of urban and community planning, family planning and counseling, population education. environmental demography, and population-related careers in community action pro grams, neighborhood health centers , and local. state. and federal agencies . Students completing this major may enter graduate programs in most of the social, beha viora l , and natural scie nc es, demography (po pu lation stu die s), public affairs and admini stration, urban and regional planning. and in public health , medicine, law, or social services . All students majoring in population dynamics will be expected to meet the following course requirements: I. a . A minirrium of 6 hours of P . D . P . 300-2 , Workshop in Population Dynamics1 b . A minimum of 3 hours of P .D. P . 310-3. Practicum in Population Dynamics c. .P.S. 200-3 , Human Sexuality 2. Any tii' O of the following three courses : Geog . 473-3. Population Geography Soc. 421-3. Advanced Population Studies Soc. 424-3 . Migration 3 . One of the following four courses : Psych . 211-3. Experimental Research in Psychology Soc. 402-4 . Statistics Math. 383-3. Introduction to Statistics Geog . 400-3 . Introductory Quantitative Methods in Geography 4. A minimum of 24 additional hours from the following disciplines with not more than 12 hours from any one discipline: anthropology, biology , communication and theatre, computer science, economics, geography. physical education, political science. population dynamics, psychology, rehabilitation services, social science. and sociology. Students should consult with the program director in selecting these hours to be sure the courses are acceptable in the program. Note: Those students wishing to receive teacher certification should consult with the academic counselor in the School of Education and should familiarize themselves with the School of Education requirements in this bulletin . Urban Studies Faculty: Cedric D. Page The Urban Studies Program has a fourfold purpose. First, it provides an in-depth understanding of urban problems to permit the student to pursue advanced degrees in one of several traditional academic disciplines in the College of Environmental Design or in the Graduate School of Public Affairs. Second, the program permits graduates to move directly into a variety of I The W orkshop in Population Dynamics has a varied theme each s emester . It is the purpose of the workshop to syn1hesize the mullid isc iplinary nature of the pr?gr am theme s. The workshop will utili1. e community persons to conduct vanous sessaons rclahn& the academic 11pects of the program to commun ity needs .

PAGE 98

88 I University of Colorad o at Den ve r careers with federal, state, and local agencies as well as private companies concerned with urban affairs. It also provides a desirable second major or minor for students preparing for public school teaching, human service, legal, or medical careers . Third. an undergraduate degree in urban studies provides a liberating educational experience for those whose career interests have not been fully decided. Fourth, the major increases an individual's sensitivity to and awareness of the unique experiences and problems of economic. social. and ethnic groups in cities. The generalist who is trained in the application of analytical and policy tools of a variety of disciplines will be more immediately employable and will be of significant value to his or her community. Since urban centers are increasing in size and influence , an understanding of the city and its problems is indispensable and essential to the modern urban society . The baccalaureate major in urban studies is designed to prepare and train such citizens. REQUIREMENTS FOR MAJORS The urban studies major is designed to provide both flexibility and depth in the relevant academic per spectives, as well as versatility in career selections. The major provides an interdisciplinary view of the city and its environs in a more comprehensive manner than any single traditional academic discipline can provide. The requirements of the major in course units therefore are greater. Whereas most academic disciplines require about 30 semester hours of course work, the urban studies major requires 42. All students who intend to major in urban studies will be expected to meet the following requirements : I. Urban Studies / Soc. Sci. 210-3. Urbanization in America. This course is the foundation and orientation course for further study for the urban studies major. One objective of the course is to present to the student the most important theori es and perspective s of seve ral disciplinary approaches to urban society. Another objective is to encourage the student to recognize areas of overlap among the disciplines, the interrelationships between disciplines, and the value of interdisciplinary knowledge and research . 2 . Urban Studies/Soc. Sci. 311-3 . World Patterns of Urbanization. 3. Four of the following six upper division courses for a total of 12 semester hours: Econ . 425 . Urban Economics Hist. 470. United States Urban History Pol. Sci . 407 . Urban Politics Urban Studies/ Soc. Sci . 371. U.S. Urban Ethnic Groups Anthro. 444 . Urban Anthropology Soc. 421. Advanced Population Studies 4. One course from the Ethnic Studies offerings (3 semester hours). 5. Soc. 402 . Statistics (3 semester hours) or equivalent with consent of program director. 6. In addition, each student will successfully complete not less than 3 semester hours (6 semester hours maximum) of credit in Cooperative Education 398 for the internship placement. This requirement is usually taken toward the conclusion of the academic program. The placement can be determined by the student and/ or the program director. The internship should permit the student to gain experience in an area related to his or her academic preparation and career goals and interests. 7 . The core program of required courses specifies a minimum of 27 semester hours necessary for graduation with an urban studies major. The program director, . in consultation with the student, may authorize changes in the above program to accommodate the specialized interests and objectives of the student. In addition to the minimum (core) 27 semester hours required, the student will be advised to choose electives from the following disciplines (for a total of 15 semester hours): Anthropology Communication and theatre Economics Geography History Philosophy Polit ic al science Ps yc hology Sociology Planning and Comm. D ev. Division of Arts and Humanities Shirley White Johnston, Assistant Dean The Division of Arts and Humanities offers programs in the traditional humanistic disciplines as well as interdisciplinary studies on both the undergraduate and graduate level. Undergraduate . Students seeking bachelor's degrees may major in communication and theatre, English, fine arts, French, German, philosophy, and Spanish. (See the following individual department sections for details.) Students may also earn B.A.'s in interdisciplinary curricula such as the General Writing Program and the distributed studies major. The General Writing Program, which acquaints students with the rhetoric and methodologies of the sciences, social sciences, and humanities, prepares its graduates for writing careers in a wide va r iety of fields. ( See the sec tion on the English program for details.) The distributed studies major combines two or three fields and is particularly appropriate in the interrelated disciplines that make up arts and humanities; students can enrich their undergraduate education through in-depth study in such areas as literature, theatre, and filmmaking, for example; or the languages and literatures of America, Britain, France, Germany, and Spain; or the languages and literatures of North America and Latin America . (See the section on CollegeWide Interdisciplinary Academic Programs.) Students who earn the B.A . within the Division of Arts and Humanities have excellent preparation for graduate education in their majors and for advanced training in professional fields such as medicine and the other health sciences, law, business, public affairs, and architecture. Arts and humanities majors also provide excellent preparation for jobs in teaching , journalism, personnel administration and management. Graduate. A complete program leading to the Ph.D. is offered in English; programs leading to the M.A . are also fully available in communication and theatre and English. Graduate curricula leading to the M.A. in

PAGE 99

communication disorders and speech science as well as the Ph.D. in communication and theatre and in communication disorders and speech science are also available although students in these programs must at present complete some of their work on the Boulder campus. Fine arts, French, philosophy, and Spanish also offer courses on the graduate level. In addition, a complete interdisciplinary program leading to the Master of Humanities is available on the Denver campus; this curriculum combines the arts, communication, literature, philosophy, and theatre, and is especially attractive to public school teachers who teach in several areas. (For details on all these programs, see the Graduate School section.) Students interested in majoring in any of the disciplines or in participating in any of the specialized programs should request additional information from the divisional office. For information on scheduling of courses, consult the appropriate Schedule of Courses for day, time, and meeting place of classes. COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE Faculty: Samuel A. Betty, J. Brad Bowles, Laura Cuetara, Robley D . Rhine, Jon A. Winterton. Attendant: lla M. Warner. Adjoint: J. Joseph Craft. An undergraduate wishing to major in communication and theatre will choose one of the three basic areas of emphasis: communication, theatre, or communication and theatre education. An emphasis in radio-television is available, but part of the work must be completed at the University of Colorado at Boulder. Each emphasis has its own requirements for graduation, and specific programs will be developed in consultation with the student's major adviser to insure that each student's term-by-term schedule, choice of electives. involvement in cocurricular and extracurricular activities will be best suited to his or her needs , skills, and goals. Lists of required and suggested courses in each of the three areas of emphasis may be obtained from the divisional office. Communication Emphasis The primary goal is to equip the student with a wide range of theoretical perspectives and diverse communication skills. The theoretical perspectives generally focus on face-to-face communication in interpersonal. small group. institutional, and community settings. The skills component of the emphasis seeks to equip students with flexibility in their communication repertoires so that they may react effectively to their analysis of communication situations. The program offers two types of courses to the student: (I) courses in communication and rhetorical theory. which present traditional rhetorical theories, empirical support for communication theories, strategies for the application of communication theory to problems confronting the community; and (2) courses focusing on the development of the students' communication skills which promote confidence in their abilities to perform effectivel y in many contexts. These courses build into the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences I 89 students' repertoires the tactics and strategies of effective expression. The communication emphasis requires that students take a total of 45 hours of course work (usually 15 courses) in communication and theatre. Six courses ( 18 hours) are required. Four courses (12 hours) are chosen from a list of specified alternatives . The remaining 15 hours may be chosen from a wide range of courses available in communication and theatre, allied dis ciplines, or independent study projects. Since requirements for the communication emphasis insure that the student knows both communication theory and how to apply it, communication graduates are generally well equipped for employment. Students with an interest in management and administration, training, writing and copy preparation, public relations, information services, and wide variety of occupations focusing on communication will find in the communication emphasis a curriculum relevant to their expected employment needs . Theatre Emphasis This program provides a broad range of experiences in courses, laboratory workshops. full productions. and field work in the Denver area. Helping the student to answer questions concerning the significance of what theatre does to us and for us is the primary goal of the program. Three kinds of courses will be taken by each student in theatre: (I) performance skills acting, directing, oral interpretation, technical theatre; (2) critical skillsdramatic theory and criticism and theatre history; and (3) communication theory-interpersonal, small group. intercultural, social change, etc. In addition to the 42 hours of required courses within the department of communication and theatre, 12 additional hours from English, fine arts, and music are required. As an integral part of the program, each student will have the opportunity to participate as performer, technician, or designer in faculty-directed productions which occur each term. The auditions, rehearsals. and performances involved in these productions provide opportunities for close examination of the process of making and performing theatre from practical. theo retical. critical, historical , and social perspectives. After each performance the audience will be invited to share their responses with the production team in order to provide some indication of impact. In order to increase the range of practical and critica l experience, each student will see and evaluate at least six live theatre productions in the Denver area each term. These experiences test the assumptions and beliefs about theatre discussed and worked with in classes and productions. As majors develop their performance and critical skills, special internships for credit in a variety of capacities may be arranged with local theatre operations through independent study or cooperative education. Depending on the individual's actual program of study (cocurricular and extracurricular activities), a degree in communication and theatre with an emphasis in theatre not only can provide a graduate with useful technical and

PAGE 100

90/ Universit y of Colorado at Denver practical skills, but also, and more importantly, it can provide critical insight into theatre as a human enterprise wherever it occurs . Through examining and experiencing theatre's potential to achieve human va lue, studen t s should develop personal, aesthetic, and social principles which will guide them to sound career choices (as performers, technicians, designers, producers, or man agers) . Communication and Theatre Education Emphasis The emphasis in communication and theatre education prepares students to meet Colorado certification requirements in communication or in theatre for grades 7-12 . Requirements for these professional programs are complex and demanding. Interested students in their freshman or sophomore years should meet with the department adviser fort he education emphasis to discuss the requirements and to plan a long-range schedule to be followed . COMMUNICATION DISORDERS AND SPEECH SCIENCE Faculty: Natalie Hedberg Daves, Patricia Killian , Philip M. Prinz; part-time: Thomas Prescott , Jon Hasbrouck. The B.A . degree in communication disorders and speech science is not available at UCD, but the following courses are open to undergraduates: C.D.S.S. 401 and 435 . For information on graduate-level courses see Communication Disorders and Speech Science in the Course Description section of this bulletin . For information on M.A . and Ph. D. degrees see the Graduate School section . COMPARATIVE LITERATURE Students wishing to pursue graduate work in comparative literature should consult the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog. On the 400 level, students may read all texts in translation; however , reading knowledge in at least one foreign language is highly recommended. On the 500 and 600 levels, students must be able to read in two foreign languages. ENGLISH Faculty: Re x S. Burns , Richard T . Dillon, Evelyn Effland, Herbert G . Eldridge, Louis B. Hall, Robert D . Johnston, Shirley W . Johnston, Elihu H. Pearlman, Jean Phillips, Joel Salzberg, Doris J. Schwalbe, Mary Rose Sullivan, Peter L. Thorpe, B . Jeanne Webb, William A . West ; Emeritus: Ida D . Fasel. Part-time: Howard Movs hovitz; Adjoint: Kenn e th L. Justice; Visiting: Louis James, John Labbe. The purpose of the English major is to provide a full exposure to the great tradition that constitutes the Anglo-American literary inheritance. In the process of studying individual works and the periods from which they emerged, students acquire an especially rich sense of the culture of which they are a part. All students, majors and nonmajors alike, may acquire an understanding of how various literatures reflect wide developments and trends in the history of culture and ideas in the Topics in Literature series, Engl. 290 to 294 . Students may further widen their perceptions by the study of how literature, in its broadest sense, and ideas are expressed in film through Engl. 225 (Introduction to Film), and 306 and 307 (The History of Film I and II) . Students majoring in English must present a total of 39 hours in English, excluding Engl. 101, 102, and 103, of which 24 hours must be earned in upper division courses. None of the required 39 hours may be taken on a pass / fail basis. Of the 24 hours required at the 300or 400-level, at least 3 must be earned in a course dealing with English literature before 1800, at least 3 in a course dealing with English literature after 1800, at least 3 in a course on American literature, and at least 3 in a major figure of either English or American literature. Required courses: Engl. 250, 251 (Survey of English Literature6 hours) ; Engl. 300 (Critical Writing 3 hours); Engl. 497 or 498 (Major Authors or Topics in Literature -3 hours). At least 12 hours of the major's uppero r lower di\ • ision work in English must be done at UC Din order to qua/(fr for the B . A . in English. English majors interested in graduating with honors should confer with the honors adviser as soon as possible, but definitely no later than the beginning of the spring term of their junior year . Students who contemplate teaching should obtain from the School of Education sheets listing curricula required for a teaching certificate and should consult the School of Education, which supervises the teachertraining program. Since fulfilling requirements for education and English involves close scheduling, students should fulfill at least some of the college requirements during their freshman a nd sophomore yea r s. English for foreign students and courses for prospective teachers of English as a foreign language are listed in the course description sectioa of this bulletin under communication and theatre. For additional literature courses see Comparative Literature and Mexican American Studies. Note: A considerable amount of writing is required in all English courses and is graded on form as well as on content. In addition to the regular major, the English discipline offers a General Writing Program, an alternative to the traditional baccalaureate in English. Especially designed for future writers, it offers a wide range of intensive writing experience combining such areas as technical reports, fiction, and poetry. The student is trained in the rhetorics of the arts and humanities, the social sciences, and the sciences. In order to enroll in the program, students must consult with the director oft he General Writing Program through the division office at 629-2730.

PAGE 101

FINE ARTS Faculty: J os'e A. Arguelles, John R. Fudge, Gerald C. Johnson, Charles L. Moone, Ernest 0 . Porps, Ludwik Turzanski. Visiting, Jane Comstock. Adjunct: Paul E . Biagi, Richard G. Conn. An education in fine arts is based on discipline, absorption, and knowledge. Discipline is the relationship of the student to his material or form. What comes through the form is the self of the student and his relationship to the world. This constant exposure through di sci pline leads to absorption which can be seen as a fascination with and appreciation of both himself and the world. In fine arts, the record of this process is made visible for the world to see and is called art. The Fine Arts discipline offers both a B.A . degree and a B.F.A. degree in painting, sculpture, printmaking, or design . The B.A. degree must include 40, but not more than 48. hours in fine arts, 24 of which must be in upper division courses. The B , F.A. degree must include 54, but not more than 72, hours in fine arts, 24 of which must be in upper di v ision courses. Students wishing to apply for the B.F .A. degree must have a 2.0 average in all course work at the time of application, which may not be earlier than the end of the junior year. Application forms are available in the division office . The core curriculum for fine arts majors includes 12 hours of Studio I (Fine Arts 100, 101, 102), Studio II (Fine Arts 202) , Fine Arts 180-181 , Fine Arts 496 , and 6 hours of upper di visio n art history. The recommended program for the B .F.A. includes at least two yea rs in one creative field (painting, printmaking, design, or scul p ture) plu s 9 se mester hours in drawing. Students who are candidates for the B.F .A. must take a minimum of 27 hours while in residence . Studio I and II Courses For an orientation to studio practice, including drawing and an exploration of two-and threedimensio nal media. fine arts majors are required to take 12 hours of Studio I and II courses. There are no prerequisites for Studio I and II courses, but all upper division courses require the corresponding basic course as a prerequisite . FRENCH Faculty: Simone Christopherson. Blandine M. Rickert, Terrence D . Wright. A B.A . degree with a French major prepares students for the following careers: Foreign SenicePositions abroad with government agencies . private business. foundations. and other organizations having interests in French-speaking countries throughout the world . Teaching -Teaching at all levels: elementary, secondary. and college . Trans/a/ion and lmerprelatiort -Exchanges in the fields of science, culture. politics, and economics have become vital to the nations of the world . Effective College of Liberal Arts and Sciences /91 international communication requires an increasing number of expert translators and interpreters . International Trade-Administrative and managerial positions with U.S.-based firms involved in foreign trade. A strong background in French can be very valuable to such programs as English, black studies, business, political science, interdisciplinary, and cross-cultural studles. Students who have completed a Level ill high school French course have automatically satisfied the college graduation requirement in a foreign language . This requirement may also be satisfied by completion of French 20 I, 211, or 212 or by demonstration of equivalent proficiency by placement test. Students who have studied French in high school and who wish to continue with the language will he placed according to their high school record and verbal SAT score or English ACT score. A student normally may not receive credit for a course at a lower level than that into which he or she is placed. For a complete statement of policy on foreign language placement and credit, see the statement on foreign language available from the College Advising Office . Students majoring in French must complete a minimum of 35 semester hours beyond first-year proficiency. Students presenting four years of high school French for admission must complete 30 hours beyond the second year. Students majoring in F rench may choose between the following options: Option A: Literature . Required courses are: French 211 and 212; 30 I and 302; 311 and 312; 40 I and 402; and a minimum of 6 hours of French literature courses at the 400 level. Option 8: Culture and Civili::ation . Required courses are French 211 and 212, 301 and 302,311 and 312.401 and 402, 320. 420 and 421. Students planning to acquire certification for teaching French at the secondary level are required to take French 496, Methods of Teaching Modern Languages (required by the School of Education). For those students Option B is preferable for the major. UCD students who wish to take nonrequired courses in another institution must obtain permission from the French department chairman at UCD. Students must see the department adviser prior to registration for 300-level courses. Since all courses are not offered every year. it is extremely important for students to plan their sched ules in advance to avoid a delay in graduation. The department strongly recommends that all majors include some study in a French-speaking country in their major programs. Credit earned will normally count toward satisfaction of the major requirements, but the student should see an adviser before enrolling in a foreign program to assure full transfer of credit. Students majoring in French must satisfy the requirements of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences . At least 15 hours of upper division work, including all 400-level required courses, must be taken from the UCD French department in order to earn the UCD degree . Literature courses at the 500 level are applicable to an M . A . degree from the University of Colorado at Boulder and to the M . H. degree at UCD.

PAGE 102

92 / Universit y of Colorado at Denver GERMAN Faculty: M . Kent Casper, Carsten Seecamp; Part-time: Friedheim F . Rickert. The German program provides a variety of courses for students interested in German language, literature, history, philosophy, music , and art. The curriculum contains essentially three course clusters: basic language skill courses, from beginning through advanced levels; upper division literature courses taught in German; and German area studies courses taught in English with readings in English translation. Foreif:n Lanf:uage Requirement. Students who have completed a Level III high school German course have automatically satisfied the college requirement in a foreign language. This requirement may also be satisfied by completion of German 20 I, 202, or 221 or by a demonstration of equivalent proficiency by placement test. Students who have studied German in high school and wish to continue with the language will be placed according to their high school record and verbal SAT score or English ACT score . A student may not receive credit for a course at a lower level than that into which he or she is placed . The German Maior . A B . A. degree with a German major can prepare the student for the following career options: teaching positions at the elementary and secondary levels, including the requisite undergraduate training for those wishing to pursue further graduate work; translator and interpreter positions (e.g., with the publishing trade or with various private firms or government agencies); foreign service with the U.S. State Department; or positions in international trade with U.S. firms abroad. Students majoring in German must complete 35 hours beyond first-year proficiency. Not more than 12 hours may be taken on the second-year level toward the major. Course work successfully completed at other institutions will be evaluated for credit transfer, but a minimum of 12 hours of upper division credits must be taken within the UCD German department. Majors must maintain a B average in German. Required courses for the major are German 301-302 , 401-402, plus a minimum of9 hours in literature and/ or culture courses at the 400 level. German majors are encouraged to take German area studies courses, but these courses may not count toward the major unless some of the readings and written assignments are done in German. Majors should consult with the instructor on this requirement. Students planning to acquire certification for teaching German at the secondary level are required by the School of Education to take German 496 (Methods of Teaching Modern Languages). It is strongly recommended that all majors attempt to include some study in a German-speaking country in their programs. Credit earned abroad normally counts toward satisfaction of major requirements, but students should see an adviser before enrolling in a foreign program to insure full transfer' of credit. PHILOSOPHY Faculty: Charles Kenevan. Glenn A. Webster; Adjunct: Manuel Laderman. The philosophy program is recommended to those students whose goal is a liberal arts education in the finest sense . Philosophy is concerned with the most sustained and deeply reflected thoughts of human civilization, with the transmission and evaluation of basic beliefs and values. It is not an easy field of study. but for more than 25 centuries philosophy has been judged most rewarding by those who seek self-development, intellectual sophistication. and the happiness of a reflective life. For career preparation, philosophy should be combined with other fields. It is an excellent undergraduate preparation for such professional fields as law and medicine . A program for the philosophy major must include a minimum of five courses ( 15 hours) at the 300 level; a minimum of three courses (9 hours) at the400 level; and a minimum of one course (3 hours) at the 500 level. The balance of the courses for the major may be taken at the discretion of the student. The following courses are recommended (not required) for philosophy majors who are planning to do graduate work in philosophy: Symbolic Logic (Phil. 344); His tory of Philosophy (Phil. 300, 302. 402, 403,404 ); Ethics (Phil. 315); Metaphysics (Phil. 335); Epistemology (Phil. 336): several courses concerned with a single philosopher (e.g .. Phil. 580. 581. 582, etc.); and one course concerned with the relationship of philosophy to some other discipline (e . g .. Philosophy of Science, Philosophy of History. etc.). General prerequisites (which may vary for some courses) are: 100-level -none; 200-level 3 hours; 300level 6 hours; 400-level--9 hours; and 500-level -12 hours. The prequisite may be waived with consent of instruct or. SPANISH Faculty : James Anthony Black, Phil Jaramillo. Martha Manier, Francisco A . Rios. Edith R. Rogers, Donald L. Schmidt; Attendant: Daniel E. Martinez, lla M . Warner. The Spanish programs emphasize all phases of the study of the language. literature. civilization. and culture of Spain, Hispanic America, and the Spanish-speaking Southwest oft he United States. The courses are directed toward three distinct groups: lower division students who are acquiring proficiency in a foreign language; upper division students who are either majoring in Spanish or increasing their competence through study in advanced courses in language and literature; and graduate students in the Spanish M . A . degree program offered in conjunction with the Boulder Campus (see the Graduate School section of this bulletin), most of whom are preparing for professional careers in teaching. Courses prepare students in language, literature, and civilization as part of an enhanced liberal education and as professional training. Study under this department offers an opportunity to be better prepared for industry, commerce, government. public services. or further study at the graduate level. Courses also are functionally

PAGE 103

supportive of such programs as those leading to the teaching certificate, comparative literature, the Master of Humanities degree, and the Master of Arts degree in bilingual-multicultural emphasis offered at UCD, Students who have completed a Level Ill high school Spanish course have automatically satisfied the college graduation equirement in foreign language. Requirement may also be satisfied by completion of Spanish 211 or by demonstration of equivalent proficiency by placement test. Students who have studied Spanish in high school and wish to continue with the language will be placed according to their high school record and verbal SAT or ACT score. A student may not receive credit for a course lower than that into which he or she is placed . For complete statement of policy on foreign language placement and credits, see the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences general information sect